Home

Suprtool 5.5 for MPE

1. 311 Sign Command SI osten err ternera Ree PEE p eee E eene ER 312 Spaces Command SP erento erant rre erobern P eene 313 Use Command U sc eee nere rere ree p TRU p b eser Re RET 314 Verify Command V riter ertet rer rrt tip ee ERE Eee PIPER ener PM eene IT 315 Xeq Command X tee cierto tette e REC veswnetuebsnecbnte SERE ERR EFE E 316 XMI Commard XMIE ett RR PERENNE S Ut tact 317 Zero Command Z 5 due eet 320 Example of STExport Output 321 Example acer bap SES ee Eee eben 321 Limits Within STExport 325 ELSE EC 325 Welcome to Dbedit 326 Introduction c BA A ae e dp a i b 326 Restrictions einige eee ipee as a des idee e depu eec eee eee 326 Functions of Dbedit isse ace eere ere eee dedere deer et eS 326 Performance of Dbedit 5 sse eee re erect ireren er E 327 Field Lists o prO n RR e ERE EE 327 Database Locking eruere petere ee pereo rece eere npe eeEr ER 328 Decimal Points esie eene dece bere pecie et deines deeper es 328 Critical Item Update ertet tete er pete eee cepe eee ipee a 328 Dbedit Commands 331 General Notes c ARE eae nna eva nev RR NR ERE e eR ERI 331 Abbteviating essendo eee etn ain ee 331 Uppercase or Lowercase sese nenne nene trennen trennen 331 S IDIDERG IEEE 331 ona 332 Comm
2. IN 10 OUT 2 CPU Sec 1 Wall Sec 1 In this example we see two records that do not contain proper dates The first record contains all 9s which is probably used as some sort of flag We may need to add 99 in front of these dates But the second record is obviously wrong We can use Dbedit to correct this before converting the other dates We need to know our data to properly convert to a new date format Once all the incorrect dates are fixed we can start converting We can add a prefix of 19 or 20 to all the appropriate dates by using the following Extract statement Please note that we are updating this directly In case we need to redo this task we only convert those dates that have not yet been converted In this example we set the cutoff year to 30 so any dates before 30 will have 20 as the century and the others will have 19 gt get d sales gt set date cutoff 30 gt item purch date date yymmdd gt item deliv date date yymmdd gt if not invalid purch date and not invalid deliv date gt update gt ext purch date stddate purch date gt ext deliv date stddate deliv date gt xeq We have now converted all the J2 yymmdd dates to a ccyymmdd format and added the correct century to the date 96 e Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Suprtool Issues and Solutions Case 2 X6 yymmdd Data to X8 ccyymmdd The following Suprtool task shows how you can generate a new file to put into a new database
3. eese enne Welcome to Suprlink Welcome to Suprlink esee Installing Suprlink eene Built In File Names essere Accessing Suprlink Suprtool 5 5 for MPE How To Run Suprlink seeeeeeeenen How to Xeq a Suprlink Task see Son PEOCeSS iot diete eto tette ae Suprtool Link Command eene Preventing MPE Commands see Exit with Veriby ode cette ere rte ERR reet R Uere ER AERE Preventing Suprlink from Suspending JOR Control Word iei p emen Using Suprlink in Batch esee Summary of Parm Values sseeeeeeeneee SuprlinkOutCount JCW eese SuprlinkFullCount Variable eee e 13 Introduction to Suprlink 363 How Report Programs Work ssseseeeseeeeeeeeneeeeen enne enne nnennenn nnne nne 363 Input Files coset 028 Sag SG SNES Loe heP A Ree oA RP 363 UT ep 2s 6e eS eR ee 364 Output C A 364 SO KEYS M EE 364 Selection LEG BIC 2 e Rb ite bo teo qu D BR RR Dade ieu iei trei 364 A Link Example cea eio itn be n oim eii ice 365 A Jom Example ose e oot e RD OR oU e e oet 365 Performance Considerations cc ccccssscecssscececssececesaececseeaececseeeecssaececseseeeecsueeeeseseeecsenaeees 367 Another Example eee eet eite Ged bed P oU ER Doe tede 367 WG Bal Digits
4. sss 134 263 Xeq option on Exit esses 134 293 380 XL file XlItrim Index e 499 Y Z Year 2000 teste gite Rheni ere eR Zero comniand i tete on eerte ie rete e Year 2000 testing eese ett EI Rae te SERERE Pen ZONE constants eee eter teen droite nero sna yes answer to questions zoned decimal illegal digits yes response in pseudo batch Z type TPI keys yyymmdd date format essere 500 Index Suprtool 5 5 for MPE
5. Qctooooooocoooc o q q q page db variables 0 b base 5 filler value spaces 5 db name b set b rist b set 200 ic s9 4 comp value 200 Spde control 05 spde version S9 4 comp value O0 05 spde buffer size s9 9 comp value zeros 05 filler x 20 value spaces 01 db buffer ic x 4096 page 00 MAINLINE procedure division 00 main section perform 05 get parameters thru 05 get parameters exit if not answer spaces then perform 10 init testread thru 10 init testread exit move false value to end of db set flag move zeros to in record count perform 20 read set thru 20 read set exit until end of db set move in record count to display number display In display number perform 90 close files thru 90 close files exit 00 main exit goback page 05 get parameters Prompt for the database password dataset and field list 05 get parameters section Examples of Calling Speed Demon e 429 perform 05 10 get database if not answer spaces then perform 05 20 get password if not answer spaces then perform 05 30 get dataset if not answer spaces then perform 05 40 get field list go to 05 get parameters exit 05 10 get database move spaces to input line display Enter Database Name accept input line move input line to db name 05 20 get password move spaces to input line display Enter Database Password accept input line mov
6. Suprtool 5 5 for MPE In the following examples the key field is in the first four bytes of the record Duplicate ness is based on records having the same key value In any group of records with the same key value the first record is considered to be the original and the rest are considered to be the duplicates Report without Duplicate Records This is an example of filtering out duplicated records the original remains This is done by using the None option of the Duplicate command Input Result 1111 a 1111 a 2222 b 2222 b 2222 c 3333 e 2222 d Getting a Quick Start with Suprtool e 33 33339 4 gt get dataset gt sort keyfield gt dup none keys gt output result gt xeq Report Only the Duplicate Records This is an example of keeping only the duplicated records the original is not kept This example is the opposite of the previous example Use the Only option of the Duplicate command to do this Input Result 1111 a 2222 6 2222 b 2222 d 2222 c 2222 d 3339 gt get dataset gt sort keyfield gt dup only keys gt output result gt xeq Report Only the Unique Records This example shows how to report only those records without duplicates That is if the records have duplicates both the originals and their duplicates are omitted from the report Input Result 1111 a 1111 a 2222 b 3333 e 2222 c 2222 d 3333 e You have to use two Suprtool tasks to accomplish this The firs
7. end procedure CallSuprtool2 begin suprtool2 SuprControl if SuprControl status lt gt 0 then begin writeln Suprtool2 interface call has failed writeln Error number SuprControl status 1 end end Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Examples of Calling Suprtool e 465 procedure ST2Cmd cmd SuprCmdStr var i integer begin for i 1 to MaxSuprCmdLen do SuprControl command i for i 1 to strlen cmd do SuprControl command i cmd i CallSuprtool2 end begin InitST2 ST2Cmd in infile out null ST2Cmd exit writeln SuprControl out count end SPEEDWARE Example You can call the Suprtool2 interface from a SPEEDW ARE V 6 or V 7 program Use the Supr Control area to pass commands to Suprtool2 There are 3 ways to get Speedware to find the Suprtool2 routine 1 Using Designer In the Operating Options OPEO screen add the XL to Local 4GL Parms XL ST2XL PUB ROBELLE This is the recommended approach for SPEEDW ARE V 6 2 Using Linkedit Copy the routines into SPWXL SPWxxxxx SPEEDWRE This is the XL that Speedware provides for this purpose This could become a problem as SUPRTOOL2 changes over the years and the new version is not updated into SPWXL 3 Using RUN Add the XL to the run command n b If you do this you will also need to include Speedware s database interface XL called DBMSXL RUN SPW4GL SPWxxxxx SPEEDWRE 7 XL DBMSXL SPWxxxxx SPEEDWRE ST2XL PUB ROBELLE
8. rexit Join Keys Suprlink allows files to be linked by up to two keys a primary and a secondary key field By default Suprlink assumes that the key field to the Join file is the same key field specified for the Input file If the Join key field is different from the Input key field use the B Y clause to specify the correct key field input customer key name is custnum join sales by custno new name for the same field You would also use the BY clause if the Link file was created using the Suprtool Output Query option instead of Output Link Secondary Keys Suprlink has an option that allows you to select which join record you want by matching a second key field in the master JOIN filename BY primary key secondary key This option forces Suprlink to compare both the primary key and the secondary key when comparing an input record to a join record For example input ordhist key name is cust join orders by cust prod Orders contains prod This example says that the file Orders is sorted by both cust and prod fields The join will occur on those records that match both keys Secondary Input Key It is possible that the second key field has a different name in the input file and the Join file The FROM clause lets you handle this case Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Note that you must specify the Input file key field as part of the FROM clause This example is identical to the prev
9. seeeesseeeeeseeeeee eene nennen eene en rennen enne tenen 406 Fourth Generation Languages 4GLs eseseesseeeeeeeeeneennee nennen nennen nenne 406 Caveats for Privileged Mode Users sessssseeeeeeerenneeee nennen nennen 406 SPDEPREFET CH JCW conis onat e n eg ee t ea tet ie eed ta 406 Installing Speed Demon 409 Compatibility and Native Mode Versions eese nennen nennen 409 System Sls Installation ete te ette ute eren bee de pese tenis 409 User XL Install tion 5 not peterent ee e ertet te qe bed eres 410 Group or Pub SL Installation nessies inerse nes ees eones ener tenete nennen 411 Netb sec to sct e ea SE qup E RE ete e dettriege estt 411 P b SE zt iEUSSUE eRe ta RB E ed 411 Gro p SL ice rettet t e e tei eee de rtm aes 412 Accessing Speed Demon 413 Accessing Speed Demon oet AG OR apiece aps AT ade iter peri ets 413 Original Program Using DBGET sees enne nennen trennen nennen 413 Modified Program Using Speed Demon sese nennen 414 How to Use Speed Demon sees ene enne trennen tenete trennen 416 SPDEDBINIT and the Control Record eese eene 416 Error Handling uen mee Doe Reo eee reddis 416 MPEIX quem E EE 417 Speed Demon Intrinsics 419 T he IntrinsiCS ot d RR UU ERE Eug 419 The Status ATfay ctae ttr Petes Ee kta hag ro eru te e EO UR egi 419 SPDBEXPLAIN LIntEHfiSIC iiU Deren QUEUE 420 SPDE
10. sese MakeAbsent Set option eeseeeeeenereren mapped file access in STExport mapped file access in Suprlink ssseesss Mapped Set option essere master dataset expansion Match pattern a s eee pe e Mee TWEEN PET maximum block size in Suprtool sss maximum delimiter length maximum heading length maximum input block size maximum input record length maximum link block size maximum link fields maximum link files maximum link record length maximum output fields maximum output record length sse maximum size HTML files eseee means range of fields sese measuring performance eseeseeseeeeeeeeeneneeennennennenee message files missing comma CITOL ceeceeseeeececeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeaeeneeene MIT pd te terere hee ie tere tene ie e e rh mixed case comparisons mode parameter eg nee iere mode O returns version number sess mode 2 prints statistics mode 3 concurrent database access sssesssss 421 Modify command eese Modify command locking modulo operator moving STExport around moving Suprlink around moving Suprtool around MPE commands
11. esee MPE commands disabling access MPE Ales ss obses Nb uda bo tiat Suprtool 5 5 for MPE MPE files with lockwords eee 63 MPE files linking MPE V performance tete ient 100 MPEXLE og EEURUPT PH ES MPE restricting us MPE iX and Speed Demon sess 410 417 MPE iX commands 107 280 332 376 481 MPE AX file nates nsibeses tenentem pes 480 MPH iX variables eer SERE esq 73 MPEAX performance seseseeeseeeeneenenee 72 100 MPE X prefetch een eae eem 241 406 multid taset access iet ee ete 18 multiple commands per line 105 331 485 multiple output files esee 216 multiple search values eee 251 N native language support uo eee ee eeeeceeeteteetseeseneeeees 69 239 Native mode perfOrMANCe eecececceeeeeeseeeeeeteeteeeeeseeeeee 72 Negative Value es Peder alah tetas nes aaa 150 Netbase network services oie eeee testet eee cene Pee eee enean 72 111 NLS option Set command see 239 no quotes RE NOBUF MR 3ce6e6SS ttr fpe eterne taret titer trennt non collating dates essent nonprinting characters i non SD Files and duplicate sees 129 HOt Equal to eroe tette e pter i rerit tende 484 NOT operator ertet tnter es 169 NS 3000 32 111
12. run suprtool pub robelle input skipdays streams prod define skipdate 1 6 item skipdate date yymmdd if skipdate today 1 output Snull exit setjcw skiptoday suprtooloutcount lif skiptoday gt 0 then tellop Yesterday was a holiday No Backup today lelse comment Insert the BACKUP commands here comment STORE etc lendif The skipdays file is a regular text file with records in the following format 184 e Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Suprtool Commands New Years Day Good Friday Victoria Day Thanksgiving Canada Remembrance Day Christmas Boxing Day New Years Day Good Friday Victoria Day Thanksgiving Canada Remembrance Day Christmas Boxing Day Long Expressions Long If commands can use an ampersand to continue the command over several lines gt if status 20 and gt gt state AZ x CA gt gt OR no ampersand on the last line This is awkward to use and for internal reasons the maximum length is restricted to 256 characters The read function makes it easier to enter long If commands Its maximum length is based on the complexity of the expression not on the number of characters Read Function The read function reads the If expression from stdinx or from the usefile if the If command is in a usefile Read continues to prompt for input lines until you press Return or enter You must remember to enter all the necessary parts of t
13. This represents a simple use of definition processing from the data dictionary There are many other uses for this technique These are some other examples to create record definitions for FORTRAN programs define variables for each field and EQUIVALENCE them to the proper element of a buffer array for tape file transfers to other machines create a new file with all numeric fields converted to type Zoned and to create PC database structure definitions for receiving downloaded data also see Format Options on page 212 Quiz Generating Suprtool Commands Suprtool does not have the ability to prompt users for selection criteria You can easily create a short Quiz procedure to prompt for values and create a file of Suprtool commands define D PROMPT date format YYMMDD parm prompt Enter selection date report amp base BASENAME 5 amp skip get SETNAME amp Skip if DATEFIELD D PROMPT pic amp Skip output OUTFILE amp Skip xeq set nohead set report device disc name STCODE set page length 0 go V V VV V V V V V VN NM Quiz edits the user s input for a valid date Note that there is no ACCESS statement but Quiz still writes one record to the output file Execute the resulting commands as a Suprtool usefile Generating Suprtool Commands from Quick Alternatively you could use Quick to prompt a user for input to create a file of suprtool commands 86 e Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Suprtool Issues
14. gt get d sales gt numrecs 200 output file will have extra room gt output dsale gt set squeeze off reserve room between EOF and LIMIT gt xeq gt get d history gt output dsale append Dsale has room for appending gt xeq Statistics SET STATISTICS ON OFF Initially OFF STATISTICS causes Suprtool to print statistics at the end of each task This can be useful for determining the effectiveness of Suprtool s Get versus Chain commands Subsystem SET SUBSYSTEM ON OFF Initially OFF Normally Suprtool ignores database subsystem access Use Set Subsystem On to instruct Suprtool to examine the subsystem option of the database in the Base and Put commands Subsystem access can be restricted to READ or NONE by using DBUTIL If subsystem access is NONE Suprtool does not open the database If subsystem access is READ the Suprtool Put and Delete commands are disallowed and the Dbedit Add Delete Modify and Change commands are also disallowed Once you enable Set Subsystem On you cannot disable it This Set option applies to all databases you cannot enable it for a specific database Using the creator Suprtool Commands e 245 246 e Suprtool 5 5 for MPE password overrides the subsystem flag and allows full access to the database If you wish to take advantage of subsystem access we recommend that Set Subsystem On be added to your Suprmgr file The following example restricts the STORE database to read acces
15. 5 Format these dates into a meaningful value by using STExport Year 2000 Solutions with Suprtool For this discussion we ll ignore the fact that the twenty first century really only started in 2001 Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Suprtool often has to process dates in both the twentieth and twenty first centuries If you include the century in your dates Suprtool should behave as most users expect If you do not include the century in your dates how Suprtool behaves will be dependent on your specific application and data What If Have Four Digit Years If your dates have four digit years Suprtool should work as expected Selection based on the today or date features will select dates in both the twentieth and twenty first centuries Dates that do not collate correctly e g mmddccyy will not be accepted by Suprtool s If command for relative selection e g lt gt or gt If you have these date formats you can use the stddate function converts any date format to a ccyymmdd type date Suprtool as it has always done will continue to sort dates based on their numeric value and not on any implied date order In Suprtool 4 0 we introduced some new command parsing features that let you control how Suprtool parses the year of the date function You can either use two digit years by applying a cutoff rule or you can force all years to be specified as four digits Suprtool Issues and Solutions e 91 92 e Suprtool
16. Any invoice line with a corresponding record in the invoice Header file will have a Y in the linkflag field Records failing the match will contain the default space This technique can easily be adapted for use as a command file to minimize the amount of code added to a job stream See the MPE iX Programming section of the Suprtool User Manual for ideas about command files Linking MPE and KSAM Files Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Suprlink s input or link files can come from datasets MPE files or KSAM files Before linking either an MPE or KSAM file you must convert the file into a self describing file Because MPE and KSAM files have no implied structure you must use Suprtool s Define and Extract commands to define the structure of the file Suprlink s only requirement is that the file contain a sort field and some optional data fields The sort field does not have to be the first field in the record The following example demonstrates how to convert an MPE file into a self describing file Introduction to Suprlink e 369 run suprtool pub robelle input mpecust regular MPE file gt def first fields 1 10 fields before the sort field def sort field 11 6 sort field for this file def last fields 17 20 fields after the sort field gt extract first fields remember to extract all of the gt extract sort field fields in the correct order gt extract last fields gt sort sort field must also remember the sort gt output sdf
17. If the date format does not allow the specification of a certain day such as yymm ccyymm yyyymm aamm ccyy and mmyyyy then you do not need to specify the entire date format although Suprtool will allow either format for date 182 e Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Suprtool Commands Using a first pass to generate a Suprtool command dynamically then using that command in a second pass is a powerful technique Suprtool 5 5 for MPE gt item trans month date yymm gt item purch date date yymm gt if trans month lt Sdate and amp purch date gt date 00 01 Because dates beyond 1999 in the yymmdd and yymm date types do not collate correctly relative comparisons are no longer valid Suprtool produces an error in the following case gt item trans date date yymmdd gt if trans date gt date 2001 01 01 Error Cannot use a date beyond 1999 for this date format You can override this setting by entering the Set Date Ifyy2000error command gt set date ifyy2000error Off gt item trans date date yymmdd gt if trans date gt date 2001 01 01 Century and Date Suprtool needs to generate a date or today date in the ccyymmdd format If you specify a two digit year in the date function Suprtool needs to assume a century for the given date gt item trans date date ccyymmdd gt if trans date gt Sdate 01 01 01 Suprtool assumes 20 for the century if the specified year is less than t
18. Suprtool Commands Suprtool 5 5 for MPE gt in custs self describing file gt if status lt gt 10 20 30 40 the only valid values gt set list pcl 1 select LaserJet option gt list title Invalid CUSTOMER Records gt xeq include title on listing Changing the Date Format When you select page headings by specifying a title each page includes today s date By default this date is formatted as mmm dd ccyy e g Mar 20 2000 You can override this format with the Date keyword Use the Set command to specify a different default date format for future List commands e g Set List Date 2 The valid date formats are as follows Value Format Example 0 default mmm dd ccyy Mar 20 2000 1 yy mm dd 00 03 20 2 mm dd yy 03 20 00 3 dd mm yy 20 03 00 4 dd mmmyy 20 Mar00 gt list title Example Report date 3 gt xeq heading date is in dd mm yy format Changing the Time Format When you select page headings by specifying a title each page includes the current time By default the time is in 24 hour format e g 23 02 You can override this format with the Time keyword Use the Set command to specify a different default time format for future List commands e g Set List Time 2 The valid time formats are as follows Value Format Example 0 none 1 default 24 hour 23 02 2 AM PM 11 02PM gt list title Example Report time 2 gt xeq time will be in AM PM format Simple Reports A Fast Method for Producing S
19. v verify x xeq Uppercase or Lowercase You may enter the letters in either uppercase or lowercase because Suprlink upshifts everything in the command line except literal strings within quotes abc These two commands are identical EXIT exit Continuation The maximum physical command line is 256 characters You may enter commands on multiple input lines by putting an amp continuation character at the end of the line The maximum total command length is 256 characters The most common reason for continuing commands is to specify a lengthy Link command with secondary keys Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Suprtool 5 5 for MPE input students link majors by ssn cmaj from amp ssn curmajor output outfile rexit Comments on Command Lines Comments may appear at the end of any command line when they are surrounded by braces Many of the examples in this manual show comments at the end of each command line You can enter a comment as the only item in a Suprlink command line When continuing command lines the comment can appear before or after the continuation character link customer records to invoices input invoices sorted by custnum link customer combined with customers output invcust produces the file we want rexit STREAMX STREAMX is a product from VESOFT that permits you to build flexible job streams STREAMX contains a complete programming language with loops prompts and parameter
20. Arithmetic overflow in computations will cause Suprtool to abort Accuracy By default Suprtool uses floating point arithmetic to compute In some cases there can be slight inaccuracies due to rounding errors Rounding errors are more likely with Classic floating point arithmetic Set Arith Classic For example the following expression fails if you have a single integer field with the value 7 or 7 Suprtool Commands Suprtool 5 5 for MPE gt set arith classic if integer field 10 10 7 This expression does not fail when using IEEE floating point Set Arith IEEE If you are developing Suprtool applications for both Classic MPE and MPE iX we suggest that you enable Set Arith Classic in Suprtool iX to ensure exactly the same results in both applications Numeric Truncation The accuracy of arithmetic computations is limited to approximately sixteen digits Suprtool may truncate four word integers quad or large packed decimal or display numbers when they are converted to floating point Suprtool does not produce any error or warning in this case Abs function Suprtool supports an abs function which returns the absolute value of a number For example if a field called Credit contains the value 547 83 the abs function returns 547 83 This function will work on a field or even on an expression such as gt if Sabs credit 100 1 07 gt 500 00 This function will also work in the Extract command gt def newcr
21. Decimal Places For numeric type edits Suprtool attempts to adjust the data according to the number of decimal places in the edit mask when compared to the number of decimal places defined in the field For example if the data field has one decimal place and the edit mask has two decimal places then the data is adjusted Suprtool Commands e 155 156 e Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Data and Edit mask 102 3 2222 99 will result in the final data being 102 30 Similarly if the data has three decimal places and the edit mask only has two then the data will be rounded appropriately with the same rules as outlined in the number function You can specify more than one decimal place in an edit mask However Suprtool will print a warning and it will utilize the right most decimal place for data alignment The decimal place character is defined by a set command set decimalsymbol If you define another character as the decimal symbol Suprtool will use that character as the point to align the decimals If you define a decimal symbol that is not an allowed edit mask character with Set Decimalsymbol Suprtool will assume that the field has zero decimal places and adjust the data accordingly Currency and Dollar signs Suprtool edit masks support both fixed and floating dollar signs Logic for floating dollar signs will be invoked if more than two dollar signs are defined in the edit mask A floating dollar edit mask attempts to
22. Deletes all entries selected from the input dataset DELETE Delete has no parameters and can be entered only after the source of input records has been specified using Get or Chain Delete causes Suprtool to delete the input records after they have been read either all of the input records or a subset defined by the If command Delete is not supported for KSAM and MPE files only for IMAGE datasets Examples gt comment Delete and sort old transactions write to file gt base store 1 writer open for write access gt get d sales dataset to delete from gt if purch date 980101 select which records to delete gt delete ask for deletion gt sort cust account sort by account and sort gt sort purch date by date gt output oldsales output file with deleted and sorted records gt exit Losing Records Delete can be combined with other operations such as select sort write to output file and even a Put to another dataset Care must be used when combining operations because such combinations cannot be restarted if the Suprtool run is aborted for any reason including hitting Control Y and answering yes See Suprtool and IMAGE on page 53 for more details on using the Delete and Put commands in combination Suprtool deletes records during the input phase This means that records are deleted before they are sorted All of the selected input records are deleted before the first output record is written when sor
23. The following example shows the Form command listing for an input file a Link file and the resulting output file We start with an input file of invoices form invoices File INVOICES TEST DATA SD Version B 00 00 Entry Offset CUSTNUM X8 1 Sort 1 gt gt DELIVERED I2 9 PRODUCTNUM Z8 13 PRICE I2 21 PURCHASED I2 25 QTY I1 29 TAX I2 31 TOTAL I2 35 Limit 100 EOF 100 Entry Length 38 Blocking 107 Suprtool produced both the invoice and the customer file by using the Get Extract and Sort commands The invoice file was produced with Suprtool s Output Link option If you had used Suprtool s Output Query option the Form command would not have printed any information about the key fields The next listing is the customer file form cust File CUST TEST DATA SD Version B 00 00 Entry Offset CITY X12 1 RATING I2 13 CUSTNUM X8 17 lt lt Sort 1 gt gt STATUS X2 25 FIRSTNAME X10 27 LASTNAME X16 37 STATE X2 53 ADDRESS 2X25 95 ZIPCODE X6 105 Limit 50 EOF 50 Entry Length 110 Blocking 37 The street address is a compound field If you had used Suprtool s Output Query option the field would have appeared with a question mark for the data type In that case you cannot use the field as a key field in Suprlink but the actual data in the field will be processed and linked correctly Your final report should be able to read Suprtool 5 5 for MPE this data just as if it came from the database We use Suprlin
24. gt output tempsales gt xeq gt in tempsales gt sort cust acctx gt dup none keys gt output dsales gt exit Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Suprtool Commands e 131 Edit Command ED Edits an IMAGE 3000 database EDIT The Edit command of Suprtool invokes an independent module of Suprtool called Dbedit This module permits the user to add change list or delete individual records or chains of records from an IMAGE database This module should be useful for debugging systems doing data entry on simple systems and quickly prototyping systems The Edit command uses the database opened previously by the Base command Where Suprtool is primarily a serial tool the Edit module is primarily a tool for chained or keyed access Examples gt comment Edit the STORE database gt base store 1 writer gt edit open for write access switch to Dbedit exit gt returns control to Suprtool Suprtool prompts again list d inventory Dbedit prompts with Notes An entire user manual has been provided to describe how to use the Edit feature of Suprtool See the Dbedit section in the manual for all the details 132 e Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Suprtool Commands Exit Command E Exit Suprtool in one of three ways quit immediately suspend entry of commands or execute the current task then quit EXIT ABORTI SUSPEND XEQ Default XEQ Users are often frustrated when they exit Suprtool after specifyin
25. A B or a field and a constant e g A XX field relation field field relation constant 168 e Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Suprtool Commands Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Fields A field can be a temporary Defined field or a field from a self describing file or an IMAGE field with possible subscripts see below Each field has a type see Key Command K on page 197 for further details The constant must match the type of the field If the field has a byte type you must surround the constant with quotes gt if name TAMMY ROSCOE name is byte gt if rating gt 10000 rating is integer gt if balance arrears compare two fields Constants A constant is a value that matches the data type of field Constants are either a string constant in quotes a numeric constant or a date constant specified with date or today See the next section about Constants for more details Constant Type NATHAN ARMSTRONG string constant 12345 numeric constant date 00 07 09 date constant July 9 2000 Relations A relation is one of the size comparison symbols Suprtool does not use words like EQUALS as in QUERY Relational operator Means equal to greater than less than gt greater than or equal to lt less than or equal to lt gt not equal to Complex Expressions Complex expressions can be made by combining the AND OR and NOT operators arithmetic operators and mod and parentheses The order o
26. If the record length of the output file is not the same as expected by Suprtool the records are automatically truncated or expanded with either binary zeros or blanks If the blocking factor is not as expected Suprtool automatically reblocks the records Thus Suprtool can be used to reblock disc or tape files economically into better block sizes in order to save disc space or to improve on line access or to speed batch access 216 Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Suprtool Commands Put Command P Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Directs output records to be DBPUT into an IMAGE dataset Put can be combined with Output to a file but if no Output command is entered Suprtool defaults the output file to null It is your responsibility to ensure that the output records match the format of the target dataset The DATA option of the Output command is the only valid output option when Put is specified PUT setname database mode password Default base Base mode 1 pass Creator Parameters If database is not specified setname must be a valid dataset of the Base previously opened You must have write access to the dataset selected If database is included the specified database is opened The specified database can be redefined to reside on another system or in a different account group via a File command The default open mode is and the default password is Creator This Put database is closed after the task is completed unlike the databa
27. Our report selects all customers in California sorts the records by city and reports on the city account number and name of each California customer 42 e Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Getting a Quick Start with Suprtool Suprtool 5 5 for MPE gt get m customer input dataset gt if state CA California customers gt sort city sort by city name gt extract city city first on each line gt extract cust account followed by account gt extract name first and first name gt extract name last and finally last name gt list standard produce a quick report gt xeq These commands produce a report with four columns The title consists of the Store database and the m customer dataset The column headings are the name of each field that we extracted Printing a Report By default the List command writes output to stdlist where lines are folded as necessary to fit within 78 columns to prevent line overflow To write the report to a system line printer use the following file command before using the List command gt file suprlist dev lp rec 132 If you are writing a report to a LaserJet we suggest that you add this command to your task It selects 175 column output in Landscape mode gt set list pcl 1 Specifying Your Own Title If you don t like Suprtool s default title you can override it with your own gt list standard title Customers in California Column Headings Column headings default to uppercase f
28. Suprtool is a solution for those programs that serially read and select data from large IMAGE datasets Suprtool performs best when you are selecting less than 5046 of the entries from the dataset also see the Speed Demon User Manual To replace a serial scan of a dataset use the following steps 1 Use the Get and If commands of Suprtool to scan and select your entries 2 Optionally sort the records with Suprtool Use the Output command to put the selected records in an MPE file 4 Change the application program to read the MPE file instead of the IMAGE dataset Each record in the file has exactly the same layout as a record from the dataset Suppose that your program scans the d sales dataset to produce a report of all d sales records with a sales total greater than 10 000 00 Currently your program looks like this 10 read and report section perform 10 10 get d sales if not end of d sales then if dsa sales total 10000 then perform 20 report d sales thru 20 report d sales exit go to 10 read and report exit 10 10 get d sales Use DBGET to read a d sales record into buffer d sales 10 read and report exit exit Assuming that only a small percentage of the d sales dataset have a sales total greater than 10 000 00 you would replace this scan with the following Suprtool Issues and Solutions Suprtool 5 5 for MPE run suprtool pub robelle gt base store 5 gt get d sales open for read access scan
29. This is the recommended approach for SPEEDWARE V 7 and higher Below is a sample SPEEDWARE process that calls the Suprtool2 interface The program uses Suprtool to read a dataset then writes the dataset to a file 466 e Examples of Calling Suprtool Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Examples of Calling Suprtool e 467 GLOBAL TITLE Calling Suprtool Test EXIT MENU SET WINDOW ROW 4 COL 4 HEIGHT 15 WIDTH 40 BRANCH Copy D SALES to file DO REPORT SUPRTOOL2 EXIT REPORT SUPRTOOL2 LISTING lr TITLE Calling Suprtool2 T WINDOW UPR CONTROL CHAR BYTES 582 UPR VERSION INT BYTES 2 LEN 4 UPR CONTROL 1 2 UPR STATUS INT BYTES 2 LEN 4 UPR CONTROL 3 4 UPR COMMAND LINE CHAR BYTES 256 UPR C ROL 5 260 UPR PRIORITY CH BYTES 2 UPR C ROL 261 262 UPR MAXDATA TES 4 UPR C ROL 263 266 UPR PRINT STATE CH TES 2 UPR CONTROL 267 268 UPR TOTAL TYPE CH BYTES 2 UPR CONTROL 269 270 UPR FUTURE FLAGS CH BYTES 18 UPR CONTROL 271 288 UPR TOTALS 15 ZONE BYTES 18 UPR CONTROL 289 558 UPR OUT COUNT INT TES 4 UPR CONTROL 559 562 UPR WORKSPACE CHAR BYTES 20 UPR CONTROL 563 582 H zZ POPOPOHOPO i E initial values CALCUL 4 UPR VERSION 0 SUPR STATUS DS SUPR PRIORITY ER UPR PRINT STATE AS SUPR TOTAL TYPE Mor SUPR WORKSPACE CALCUL base store 1 READER SUPR COM
30. executes new commands in DOIT Some users find that they Exit from Suprtool inadvertently To require Suprtool to get user approval on Exit run Suprtool with Parm 64 run suprtool pub robelle parm 64 2e Okay to exit no gt Preventing Suprtool from Suspending If you run Suprtool from within HPDesk and some other programs Suprtool suspends on Exit but HPDesk does not notice The next time you run Suprtool you will get a new copy of Suprtool Eventually you will have many suspended copies of Suprtool hanging from HPDesk consuming system resources Turning Set Suspend Off forces Suprtool to terminate on Exit rather than suspend You can force Set Suspend Off by running Suprtool with Parm 32 run suprtool pub robelle parm 32 Stdin and Stdlist Files Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Suprtool reads command lines from stdinx the MPE predefined name for the standard job input file This is usually the terminal or the stream file You can redirect the input by using an option of the Run command For example comment kcommand created with editor run suprtool pub robelle stdin kcommand You can also use the I O redirection capabilities of MPE iX to achieve the same goal run suprtool pub robelle kcommand This file must not be numbered use Keep xxx unn in EDIT 3000 or use KQ in Qedit The maximum record width of this input file is 256 characters Note the Stdin file must not be a Qedit workfile Suprtool prints
31. gt out newfile erase gt xeq Finally if it s a big KSAM file you may wish to create it as temporary first then SAVE it after you re done to squeeze even more speed out of the process file n newfile disc temp lt lt Note the temp designation fcopy from oldfile to n subset 0 1 suprtool gt in oldfile gt out newfile erase gt exit save newfile Reuse option and KSAM XL Files The Reuse option forces deleted record space to be reused in KSAM files In order to take advantage of the Reuse option in KSAM XL files you must specify this option with a file command gt input file data gt file myksam reuse gt output myksam append gt exit Suprtool and MPE Files Suprtool reads MPE files as easily as IMAGE datasets with the single exception of variable length records which Suprtool cannot handle Instead of using the Get or Chain command to specify your input source use the Input command to read from an MPE file The default output file is an MPE disc file named OUTPUT but you can control the name and format of that file with the Output command and the MPE File command Buffered and NOBUF File Access You can control the way Suprtool accesses MPE files through the use of File commands Normally Suprtool tries to read and write MPE files with NOBUF and multirecord access To force Suprtool to read one block at a time you would use gt file file input nomr gt input file input
32. gt output result gt xeg Other tricks with today purch date Stoday 1 yesterday tomorrow purch date today 1 Select by Particular Date To specify a particular date use the date function in the If command The date function has the form date year month day This example selects all the sales transactions for August 12 2000 Getting a Quick Start with Suprtool gt get d sales gt item purch date date yyyymmdd gt if purch date Sdate 2000 08 12 gt output result gt xeq Select by Year Suppose we want to select all the sales transactions for 2000 Suprtool does not have a short hand for specifying everything in that year To specify an entire year use a date range from January 1st to December 31st gt get d sales gt item purch date date yyyymmdd gt if purch date gt date 2000 01 01 and amp purch date lt date 2000 12 31 gt output result gt xeq Select Prior Month In the date function use a to indicate the current year month or day Similarly a means the previous year month or day For this example select all the sales transactions for the prior month Note the use of the special keywords first and Jast to indicate the first and last day of the month gt get d sales gt item purch date date yyyymmdd gt if purch date gt date l first and amp purch date lt date 1 last gt output result gt xeq Selecting b
33. gt put d sales gt xeq Now you have converted two dates from an X6 format to an X8 format Case 3 Different Date Formats X6 MMDDYY Data to X6 YYMMDD The following Suprtool task shows you how to convert a date in a self describing file from mmddyy to yymmdd format Consider the following self describing file with the deliv date and purch date fields 98 e Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Suprtool Issues and Solutions Suprtool 5 5 for MPE LES04 DATA ACCOUNT SD Version B 00 00 Offset UST ACCOUNT Z8 1 LIV DATE X6 9 lt lt MMDDYY gt gt ODUCT NO Z8 15 ODUCT PRICE I2 23 RCH DATE X6 27 lt lt MMDDYY gt gt LES OTY I1 33 LES TAX I2 35 LES TOTAL I2 39 t 115 EOF 15 Entry Length 42 Blocking 97 You want to convert these two dates to a data format of yymmdd before adding a century in front of the year This can be easily accomplished by defining each sub part of the date and extracting those parts in the new order You can use string addition to re order the field in one pass gt in sales04 gt def new deliv 1 6 gt item new deliv date yymmdd ef deliv date mm deliv date 1 2 ef deliv date dd deliv date 3 2 ef deliv date yy deliv date 5 2 ef new purch 1 6 gt item new purch date yymmdd gt def purch date mm purch date 1 2 gt def purch date dd purch date 3 2 gt def purch date yy purch date 5 2 gt ext cust account gt ext new deliv deliv date yy deliv date mm deliv date dd gt ext product n
34. open input selitem move false value to end of items flag perform 02 print item until end of items close selitem close line print 00 main exit gobac 01 call suprtool call SUPRTOOL2 using supr control if not supr ok then display Error Unable to sort the invrec dataset display display Suprtool interface error number supr status 02 print item read selitem at end move true value to end of items flag if not end of items then move item prefix to report prefix move item suffix to report suffix move item description to report description move report record to line record write line record after advancing 1 lines FORTRAN Example FORTRAN programmers may use the Suprtool2 interface to invoke Suprtool from within a FORTRAN program The control area may be in COMMON or it may be Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Examples of Calling Suprtool e 451 local to one routine If the control area is declared local to one routine then all calls to Suprtool2 must be from within the same routine The following example declares the control area in a common block One routine initializes the Suprtool2 control area The second routine is repeatedly passed command lines which copy the first 100 lines of catalog pub sys to the temporary file tempfile This example program is compatible with FORTRAN 66 FORTRAN 77 V and FORTRAN 77AX FORTRAN 66 FORTRAN 66 users may need to increase the size of Maxdata for your program in o
35. prep Soldpass tool2cob program cap ph save tool2cob program run tool2cob program lib p The MPE prep command prints a warning message when you specify cap ph You may ignore this message or specify cap ia ba ph on your prep command If your program requires other capabilities they should also be specified e g cap ph ds Warning The Suprtool2 interface will change over time The interface should never be installed directly into a program file It should only be installed into SL files Compiling and Linking on MPE iX Suprtool 5 5 for MPE You require PH capability in order to use the Suprtool2 interface The interface is installed in XL files The following commands demonstrate how to compile and link your program to use the native mode Suprtool interface cob85xl example source link from Soldpass to example pub cap ph run example pub xl st2xl pub robelle User XL Files You can use MPE iX s Linkedit command to add the Suprtool2 interface to your own XL file For example Welcome to Calling Suprtool e 443 linkedit xl xl pub copyxl from st2xl pub robelle replace exit run example pub xl 2 xl pub The Replace option is not in all versions of Linkedit If your version does not allow Replace and you already have Suprtool2 in your XL file you will need to manually purge the existing module before copying the new one linkedit xl xl pub purgexl module suprtool asm Suprtool2 can succes
36. CurrencySymbol SET CurrencySymbol Default Dollar Sign This setting is used to change the Currency character which is used to edit the data in a field used by the Number function The defined currency symbol s is stripped from the field prior to converting to number in the number function The CurrencySymbol can be up to four characters gt set CurrencySymbol The default character for the Currency Symbol is the Dollar sign Date Cutoff SET DATE CUTOFF number Initially 10 Default 00 Suprtool Commands Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Date Cutoff tells Suprtool what century to use when Suprtool generates the date value from the date and stddate functions This setting only affects the date values generated by the date and stddate function in the If and Extract commands This does not affect user data Versions of Suprtool without Set Date Cutoff would assume 19 for the century for any user specified date with a two digit year Now with Set Date Cutoff xx Suprtool assumes the following a value of 20 for the century if the two digit year specified in the date or stddate functions is less than the value of Set Date Cutoff a value of 19 for the century if the two digit year is greater than or equal to Set Date Cutoff The initial value of Set Date Cutoff is 10 Therefore the default behavior in date and stddate is to treat the two digit years with values of 00 09 as 2000 2009 and the two digit years with valu
37. Dbedit Set Mapped 4e odes eet set name parameter sese Set NLS Set Openmode eps deeneedoten epe Set Ofacle i o REESE RE ERS Set Prefetch Set PEIVIDOdE ed asc o neato ces eee ads Set PLOQTESS i eee ro e et EP EP SERE Set Prompt Dbedit Set Prompt Suprtool Set Quiet Dbedit Set Recover Set Reset Dbedit Set Sortfast Set Squeeze Set Statistics STExport Set Statistics Suprlink Set Statistics Suprtool essere Set SUDSySleT oe RARI teintes Set Suspend Set ThousandSymbol eere Set Underline Dbedit sese Set Userlabels Set VarS b netter tre Herde Set Varsub STExport esee Set VarsubCompat Set VarSubDebug eere Set Verify Dbedit nU Rp tere sRS Set Warnings Set Warnings STExport Set Xlirim nae RO OE ES Set XMLtagchar STExport esee 310 Set ZonedFix STExport eee 311 SICOGNOS 3 5 see eee eei etes 161 SICOGNOS Superdex sese 87 Sign command torn dete 312 Signed PUNCHOM ue eco ecco te mercerie AE 150 simple tasks file ec ee neve iens 24 single quotes 305 SL grO p teen Pre eee 412 Index e 497 SIs DD use node ere and n ped teres SL system slasichar cter mnao iere PH ti NIE PAD file
38. KKEKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK TOOL2COB FUNCTIONAL OVERVIEW uses Suprtool to extract and print INPUT Invrec set of INVORY database All items with spec prefix 4 char sorted OUTPUT print report on LINE PRINTER TERMINATED BY eof or error PREP WITH cap ph 00 rmg 19 Apr83 started first implementation 01 djg 25 Jan84 modified the control record to include the version number 02 djg 09 Nov87 modified to include totals in the control record 03 djg 10 Aug90 modified for version 4 control rec REV INIT DATE REASON x KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK page environment division environment division configuration section source computer hp 3000 object computer hp 3000 special names top is new page input output section file control select line printer assign to LINEPRT UR A LP select selitem assign to SELITEM data division file section fd selitem data record is item record 01 item record 05 item number 10 item prefix 10 item suffix 05 item description line printer data record is line record line record page constants working storage section true value pic x value T false value pic x value F revision no pic 99 value 03 page logical variables 0 end of
39. Norec option ee uberem e RARE List Noskip option Last Octabopti ont su ERR List Oneperline option esee List Record option List Rightjustnum option eee 201 List Standard option see 203 List Time default List Time option List Title OptiOnz uere tro rere listing listing formats listing labels Listing One per line ertet mere tine listing with subheadings ee 204 listing without field names eee 201 listing producing simple reports eese 203 listing suppressing blank lines seses 201 494 e Index Listredo command suse literals in the output file loadfile HowMessy produces esee 68 loading a dataset esee EREREERIHRES 38 Lock Set option n locking each transaction esseeeeee 35 locking IMAGE eene 55 238 328 locking KSAM input locking KSAM output eere 58 lockwords 1 445 lockwords on files eh 63 long expressions Lotus 1 2 3 w 215 TOW Valles bec otii te Ere He n peres 172 lower case 145 178 LDPdevice decennio e incesto ee io 205 LP SetOpO uenerunt E 352 M MACS date format essent 193 mailing labels maintenance of databases
40. Oracle Open FIX ois ne IER RE RIO ee 240 Oracle Integer oue e Re HERO ERE e e eee tSs 240 Oracle PassS hift itr ree rere pee e er ERES RUE PR e ER Re ees 240 Oracle ZeroNull PEEL 241 hola D EEEE 241 luce EE 241 Privmode eoi cec o eta re EN HER Se REN S RTE TRE RASEN EN 242 luu tc pc 242 Prompt sisi otis Ree eee herds ee mede eH eme OBS 243 R alM3p 4ui eoe na Sei Sed a eine eH ae ne REUS 243 RECOV EL pee eret t te ete Eee v Sabe repu be E EE E E pe aeta 243 inh ME 243 NO DENIM EIE 244 SQUCEZE pU 245 Statiste Sea EE 245 Subsystem x uut pet e de du ete etes e eret e tete EEE 245 SUSpend c iae quU du te dericiss 246 Thousand ymbol etn ee ern err ee T erobern tee edes 246 Userlabelsii DD E 246 Miu mE 247 Vars bCompat tet peperit ie te rie ete oreet Eure eet ide detiene 247 V AFSUDDEDU B D 247 Eni e Mn 247 P ndumMM EE EE 248 sort Command SO peni ni eerie ehe etc ee dece 249 Table Command TA e e cie oe eiie deca 251 Adding Individual Values to a Table seen 251 Adding Values froma File iie ie Re ee end Herpes 252 Total Command T iie ee eed eit e e etie ee pides 256 Update Command OP isis ocior rte ee ee tet ie tt dee arte tedio redes 258 Use Command U o ederet pecie ee tt eee dece e de 259 Userpause Command USER cccsssssscssssesvescsessessssevensesnessosnsssnsnessnessns
41. The QUERY ALL option is not supported Example gt base store 5 gt item last ship date date yymmdd gt item unit cost decimal 2 gt edit enter Dbedit form d inventory D INVENTORY Detail Entry BIN NO LAST SHIP DATE lt lt YYMMDD gt gt ON HAND QTY PRODUCT NO M PRODUCT SUPPLIER NAME M SUPPLIER UNIT COST lt lt 2 gt gt Capacity 112 Entries 3 Entry Length 19 Blocking 14 Formout File The Form command writes all output to the file Formout This file defaults to stdlist You can redirect this file to a line printer or a disc drive If you redirect the Formout file to a disc file Suprtool assumes a temporary file by default gt file formout dev lp gt form sets writes to line printer gt file formout dev disc gt form d inventory writes to temporary file Form Keywords The Form command shows Items Paths and Sets before searching for a dataset or file with these names Use a string e g sets to display the form of a dataset or file that matches one of the Form keywords gt form paths Dbedit Commands e 345 Help Command H 346 e Dbedit Commands Show what commands and options are available in Dbedit HELP command keyword option Default browse through the entire help file Command Help If you specify any parameters Help first assumes that you want help on a specific Dbedit command If you know the structure of the help file you can specify one of
42. The above task would clean all byte type fields of any characters from Decimal 0 Null to Decimal 31 plus Decimal 128 to Decimal 255 Removing Bad Characters You can have the Clean function clean the field and instead of replacing with a space the clean function will essentially shift characters to the left by Setting the CleanChar in the following manner gt Set Cleanchar lt null gt Suprtool will pad the field that was cleaned with the appropriate amount of characters with a space at the end of the field 118 e Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Suprtool Commands Define Command D Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Defines fields that can be used in the Duplicate Extract If Item Sort Table and Total commands With Define you can do selection on ordinary data files using the same kind of readable expression that you use with databases You can also access data fields that are not actually structured as defined in the database e g implicit subfields within an IMAGE field DEFINE field definition field is an identifier up to 32 characters long must begin with a letter and can consist of letters A through Z digits 0 through 9 or the following symbols 6 amp _ In the case where the field name is written to a self describing file only the first 16 characters are used definition can be in two different forms absolute or relative Absolute Definitions DEFINE field byteposition sublen type subcount De
43. The copying of user labels is done even if the output option is DATA or ASCII If you extract fields from a self describing SD file that has user labels and don t use Output LINK or Output QUERY the output file still contains all the user labels of the SD file The filecode of the output file is not SD however In many instances the user labels in a file do not interfere with the processing of the file However some MPE tools need specific options to work with files with user Suprtool Issues and Solutions e 63 labels For example FCOPY needs the Nouserlabels option when you are copying from a file with user labels to an existing file without them SDUnix Utility SDUnix is an MPE program that takes self describing file information and writes it out to an MPE flat file This flat file can then be transferred to HP UX together with the data file so that Suprtool UX can reference the self describing information about the fields To copy the SD file to the HP UX machine it must have an sd extension and be in the same directory as the data file For example if the data filename is usr local data datafile the SD file must have the name usr local data datafile sd The SD file is written out to the same domain permanent or temporary as the input file The SD file contains only one record with the necessary length to store all of the label information SDUnix Parameters All SDUnix parameters are specified via Info string There
44. Use the etoa or atoe functions to convert specific fields from EBCDIC to ASCII or vice versa Each of these functions accepts a single parameter that is a byte type field Extract SETOA char field Extract ATOE char field There are several restrictions on the etoa and atoe functions e They do not work with either the ASCII or PRN output options e You cannot extract an EBCDIC constant The following example would produce an error message gt extract Setoa char field abcdef e You cannot extract a range of fields using etoa or atoe Notes The Extract command is valid only with e Output xxx data e Output xxx data num e Output xxx query e Output xxx link e Output xxx ascii e Output xxx prn The Extract occurs logically after the sort phase if any but prior to the final Output Put or List An If command can refer to fields of the input record that are not included in the extracted output record The sort keys can be fields that are not among those extracted If the extracted record length is shorter than the input record length Suprtool attempts to speed up sorts by doing the extract before sorting Suprtool can only do the extract before sorting if the output option is DATA the default QUERY or LINK and all of the sort keys are included in the Extracted fields One advantage of not using the Extract command is that the output file from Suprtool has exactly the same format as the input dataset which created the f
45. You would use the same Table commands but a slightly different If command if not 1ookup part table part Values with Decimal Places If the itemname for the table has implied decimal places the Table command accepts decimal points and scales input values For example gt item cost decimal 2 two implied decimal points table cost table cost item 10 10 5 10 75 if Slookup cost table cost gt out out3 select records for 1000 1050 and 1075 gt xeg Adding Values from a File You may need to look for hundreds of part numbers The Table command accepts the table values from a file The file must contain lookup values in exactly the same format as the itemname which describes the data Duplicates are eliminated as they are loaded into the table For a table consisting of values from a file use TABLE tablename itemname FILE SORTED filename HOLD DATA field 1 field2 field3 Parameters itemname The item determines the data type and length of the key values in the table By default you can only load a table from a file when the item is the first field in the file If you load a Table from a self describing file Suprtool first checks for the field in the self describing file FILE vs SORTED The File option assumes that the file of table values is not sorted Sorting a large file of values is slow If the file is already sorted use the Sorted option Suprtool checks the records to make sure they are in
46. as long as the record structure doesn t change The entire first step of running Quiz or QTP to create the subfile may be omitted The Set Subfile statement in Quiz creates a PowerHouse subfile Subfiles are regular MPE files or KSAM XL files in the case of indexed subfiles which have user labels containing their record descriptions in Cognos proprietary format The data portion of the files is standard however and can be read by other non Cognos products It is important to ensure that when you read a subfile with Suprtool you define the fields correctly so that Suprtool s view of the data structure exactly matches the PowerHouse description of the records Step 2 Output Erase in Suprtool Once you have created the PowerHouse subfile use the Erase option of the Output command in Suprtool to load the file This overwrites any data in the subfile but it does not touch the PowerHouse mini dictionary in the user labels run suprtool pub robelle gt base actrec gt get custmast if cred limit 1000000 gt output cmasfile erase gt sort custnum gt exit Step 3 Report with Quiz The Cmasfile file contains the sorted records for the Quiz report Quiz knows the structure of this file because of the initial Quiz commands that we used to create it You can now use Quiz to generate the report 78 e Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Suprtool Issues and Solutions Suprtool 5 5 for MPE quiz gt access cmasfile gt report gt go
47. combination of numbers and letters of the alphabet to represent years beyond 1999 Suprtool Issues and Solutions By substituting a letter of the alphabet in the first position of the year we can extend a six digit date and also ensure that the dates collate correctly For example YY of AAMMDD CCYY AO A9 2000 2009 BO B9 2010 2019 CO C9 2020 2029 Because letters are greater than numbers in the collating sequence we can ensure that aammdd dates beyond 1999 will order correctly Suprtool also supports other date formats with this two digit year representation These formats are aamm mmddaa and ddmmaa Invalid Dates The If command has a invalid function to find all invalid dates for a particular field An invalid date is any number of a particular date format whose date equivalent cannot be found on the calendar For example a date with a month of 99 will be considered invalid gt base store demo Database password gt get d sales gt item deliv date date ccyymmdd gt if invalid deliv date out baddates link gt xeq Can Suprtool Convert Two Digit Years to Four Digits Suprtool is capable of converting dates from one format to another using a variety of Suprtool features We will show how Suprtool can convert common dates without the century to those that have the century included While Suprtool can convert your data it is up to you to change your programs Adager a third party program for chang
48. expression that results in the fewest possible number of output records Use the output file from the first pass as input to the second Apply the remainder of your If expression during the second pass Error Code Overflow Suprtool translates If commands to an internal machine representation There is a limit on the size of this code When an error occurs there is little you can do except use tables and lookup wherever possible and when this fails use multiple passes Read in Usefiles When you specify read in a usefile Suprtool expects the If expression to appear in the usefile This provides a method for storing and executing complicated If commands You can also manipulate Suprtool into prompting for portions of an If command When the If command with read is the last command in a usefile Suprtool satisfies the read from stdinx The read function can appear anywhere in which a space can appear so you can use this to prompt the user for values gt use prompt use gt in sdfile gt if status read and amp state Sread 10 first line of usefile continue the If command last line of the usefile prompt for status AZ CA OR prompt for state user must remember comma user also enters quotes end of the second read A end of prompt for status Notes Suprtool is not designed to be used by end users We prefer that you write intelligent front ends th
49. field is analyzed by STExport the data that originally started as Niagara Falls Ontario Canada would be transformed to be Niagara Falls Ontario Canada This function will not work on fixed columns and can be invoked with the escape command escape delimeter quote eol The above command will take the defined delimeter quote and Eol and escape with a if found in any byte type field STExport Commands e 291 Exit Command E Exit STExport in one of three ways By default perform the current task if any then leave STExport Users are often frustrated when they exit STExport after specifying part of a task and STExport starts processing the task To avoid this situation use the Abort or Suspend options to exit STExport conveniently without executing the current task EXIT ABORTI SUSPEND XEQ Default Xeq Typing Exit with no parameters means Exit Xeq STExport recognizes special command names which specify both the Exit command and an exit option e g ES means Exit Suspend Exit Abort EA Cancels the current operation and terminates STExport The Exit command without parameters always attempts to perform the task currently specified while Exit Abort cancels the task and terminates immediately Should STExport be executed as a son process Exit only suspends STExport while Exit Abort actually terminates the process Examples comment You began to specify an input file stopped for comme
50. file custlist data state code Sif 1ookup cust table cust no and amp 1ookup cust table cust no state code state code gt output orders gt xeq When using lookup to return data the lookup must always be on then left side of the expression If not Suprtool will stop with an error gt if id field Slookup mytable char field id field Error S lookup in this context data comparison must be on left side Performance of Lookup Due to the nature of the lookup function it can be at times CPU intensive however since the If command uses short circuit evaluation lookup should be specified as the last part of the If command For example gt if status 10 and Slookup cust table account is faster than gt if Slookup cust table account and status 10 because Suprtool can evaluate status 10 faster than lookup When the status is not 10 Suprtool knows the record will not be selected therefore there is no need to do the lookup Null fieldname The If null fieldname command selects any rows that have null values in them This feature is available only for SQL databases and only on columns that allow null values gt if null SALESTOTAL If you want to find only those values that are not null you can add the NOT keyword in front of null gt if not null SALESTOTAL Constants This section describes numeric and string constants See also Date Selection Numeric Constants Nume
51. gt xl xl we assume the XL already exists gt copyxl from demonxl pub robelle replace gt exit The Replace option is not in all versions of Linkedit If your version does not allow Replace and you already have Speed Demon in your XL file you will need to manually purge the existing modules before copying the new one Demonxl can successfully be installed into the System XL file but this is not recommended by HP Demonxl can be combined into an XL file with other Robelle XL files except Qcompxl a part of Qedit Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Alternatively you can specify the XL for a program to use with the Altprog and Link commands in Linkedit To add an XL to a program that you are building with the Link command you can specify the following from within Linkedit linkedit HP Link Editor iX HP30315A 06 14 Copyright Hewlett Packard Co LinkEd link from main to myprog xl demonxl pub robelle To alter an existing program to use the Demonxl you can use the Altprog command from within Linkedit LinkEd gt altprog myprog xl demonxl pub robelle Please see the Linkedit manual for details about the Link and Altprog commands in Linkedit Group or Pub SL Installation Suprtool 5 5 for MPE This procedure is for MPE V systems and for compatibility mode programs on MPE ix It is not the recommended or supported procedure See the Speed Demon V instructions in the previous section We only support Speed Demon V when it is insta
52. listf source the edited command is shown you press Return 1istredo 10 Sbefore 5 redo 5th command in stack Sbef 8 10 redo 8th through 10th Sb listf redo last Listf command Sb listf temp redo listf temp command Sb temp Sbefore 2 before 5 2 redo last containing temp redo command before previous redo by relative lines Modify Operators If you wish to change any characters within the line the modify operators are the regular Control Codes used in Qedit e Any printing characters replace the ones above e Control D plus spaces deletes columns above e Control B puts you into insert before mode e Control A starts appending characters at the end of line e Control A Control D plus spaces deletes from the end e Control T ends Insert Mode allowing movement to a new column e Control G recovers the original line e Control O specifies overwrite mode needed for spaces 282 STExport Commands Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Persistent Redo Redo commands can be saved in a permanent file and can therefore be used from another session You can use the Set redo command to specify a filename to save your redo commands Please see the Set Redo command for details Suprtool 5 5 for MPE STExport Commands e 283 Clean Command CL Specifies what characters to clean from a byte type field CLEAN SPECIAL lt string gt range Default None STExport will automatically clean
53. placeholder Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Suprtool Commands e 153 154 e Suprtool 5 5 for MPE in postal gt form File POSTAL NEIL GREEN Entry Offset POSTAL CODE X6 1 Limit 10000 EOF 2 Entry Length 6 gt def postl1 1 12 byte gt def post2 1 7 byte ext postl edit postal code xxx xxx gt ext post2 edit postal code xxxbxxxbbbbb list gt xeq gt IN POSTAL NEIL GREEN 0 gt OUT NULL POSTI L2H 1L2 POST2 L2H 1L2 gt IN POSTAL NEIL GREEN 1 gt OUT NULL POST1 L2H 1L2 POSTZ L2H 1L2 Note that in Post the field is not left justified because the blank spaces at the end of the mask are trimmed where as in Post2 the right field is left justified as the edit characters to the right of the main mask are considered hard placement This is just for spaces and blanks to the right hand side of the mask Z placeholder for byte fields The Z placeholder character works differently for byte fields than for numeric fields For byte type fields if the Z placeholder and the corresponding data is 0 then the Zero is suppressed regardless of the position This is primarily for suppression of Zeroes in byte type date fields ext a Sedit date field xxxx zx zx The above edit mask would then edit a byte type date of 20031005 to be 2003 10 5 Overflow and limits An edit mask is limited to 32 characters in total for both numeric and byte type fields If data overflows the edit mask by default Suprtool will fill tha
54. select all customers gt base sales gt get m customer sort and link key Link output option gt sort custnum gt output customer link gt xeq gt if state CA in California We now have a self describing file with all the customers from California sorted by the customer number Next we select all invoices over 2 000 00 and sort them into customer number sequence gt get d invoice select all invoices gt if amount gt 200000 over 2 000 00 gt sort custnum sort and link key again gt output invoices link remember the link option gt exit If we specify the cust file as input the Output file will only contain one invoice per customer Because we want to produce a report of all the selected invoices we specify it as the input file tinput invoices driving input file custnum is the key link customer combined with customers toutput invcust produces the file we want texit Each record of the invcust file will have both the invoice information and the customer information for each invoice of the Input file i e one record per invoice What happens if there is no customer record for a specific invoice In this case the invoice record does not appear in the Output file To force Suprlink to include these records use the optional keyword on the Link command sorted by custnum don t exclude invoices if the customer information is missing input invo
55. simple replacement is performed Undo makes sense only if you have a line on which you have performed some editing that can be undone Simple replacement Any other character not i r d d gt gt d gt r c or u will be put into the current line at the position above where it is placed replacing any existing character Simple replacement also occurs for the editing characters i r c or gt if they are not followed by text or if gt appears at or beyond the current end of line Hpmodify Examples Here are examples of the MPE style REDO sub commands in action Edit Action 7 O O u First occurrence undoes the previous edits The u must be in column one Second occurrence undoes all edits on the current line The u must be in column one Replaces the current text with xyz starting at the position of r Replaces the current text with xyz starting at the position of x Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Suprtool Commands e 221 222 e Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Inserts xyz into the current line starting at the position of the i ddd Deletes three characters one above each d d xyz Deletes a single character above the d skips one space then replaces the current text with xyz starting at the position of x ddixyz Deletes two characters then inserts xyz in the current line starting at the position of the i Deletes one character above the first d skips two spaces and deletes a second character above the
56. specify Suprtool input gt numrecs 30000 make room for 30000 records gt output out2 output file will have room for gt xeq 30000 records Reducing File Sizes Suppose that the d sales dataset contains 100 000 entries but you use the If command to select 15 of the entries We would specify 15 as the percentage on the Numrecs command to reduce the size of the sort scratch file and the output file specify input specify 15000 as file size select a subset of d sales sort using the dataset path output file will have room for 15000 records gt get d sales gt numrecs 15 gt if sales qty 100 gt sort cust account gt output out2 gt xeq MPE Files vs Datasets When you specify a source of records using the Input command as opposed to reading a dataset using the Get or Chain command Suprtool attempts to duplicate all of the input file s attributes in the output file This includes the file limit For this reason the Numrecs value is ignored if the output file limit is smaller than the input file limit Numrecs is still useful when reading MPE files to reduce the size of the sort scratch file Appending to Files When you want to create a file that you can append to later you need to use both the Numrecs command and the Set Squeeze Off command Suprtool Commands e 207 gt get d sales gt numrecs 200 output file will have extra room gt set squeeze off reserve room between
57. syntax using up to three subscripts allowing you to refer to subfields without Define see the If command for details Tables Tables are created with the Table command and they are used for testing in the If and Chain commands Tables are used by the lookup function of the If command Use tables when you wish to check a data field for many different test values You may also use tables to specify the records to search for with the Chain command Table can also mean a table from an SQL database Third Party Indexing In MPE iX 4 0 Hewlett Packard added support for third party indexing TPI to TurboIMAGE XL TPI is a seamless interface to the indexing products of Dynamic Information Systems Corporation DISC and Bradmark Technologies Inc Their products Omnidex and Superdex respectively offer generic and keyword search capabilities through the standard interface in TurboIMAGE XL TPI is only available to users on MPE AX 4 0 or later The database must be indexed using either Omnidex or Superdex and must be enabled for indexing using DBUTIL If a database has TPI enabled Suprtool can take advantage of the generic search capability in the Chain command The Form command shows the third party indexes that correspond to IMAGE fields and any byte type indexes that do not correspond to Suprtool 5 5 for MPE an IMAGE field MPE automatically maintains the indexes as Suprtool adds deletes and modifies records Warnings Warning
58. the keywords under the command name help list Help on the List command help list notes notes section of the List command Keyword Help If no help is found in the Commands section of the help file we assume you specified one of the outer level keywords To see this list of keywords type help with no parameters You ll see a short introduction to Dbedit before the list Specify any of the keywords or a subkeyword on the Help command help intro introduction section Quick Help HQ HQ asks Dbedit to look under the keyword QUICK in the help file QUICK contains the text from the Dbedit Quick Reference Guide offering the experienced user a quick review of the syntax of any command hq add quick description of Add hq commands quick list of command names Notes If no parameters are specified Help allows you to browse through the help file The Help command uses the QHELP subsystem to enable you to move through the file Dbedit Help Robelle which contains most of the User Manual For help in help type when you see the QHELP prompt character The help file is organized into levels To go back to the previous level press Return instead of a key name If you press F8 you will exit the QHELP subsystem and return to Dbedit Suprtool 5 5 for MPE List Command L Displays entries from a dataset LIST file options Options numeric valuelAll KeylLimitlRelatedIUNder The field list of the file pa
59. then the century applied to the new ship date field will be 20 Ship dates with a year of 15 or more will have a century of 19 applied What does Set Date ForceCentury do Set Date ForceCentury On will not allow a yy date to be entered in the date function it will force the user to enter a full ccyy date gt set date forcecentury on gt item date field date ccyymmdd gt if date field gt Sdate 98 12 10 Error You must specify the century or Set Date ForceCentury off The default value for Set Date ForceCentury is off What If Have Two Digit Years If you have dates with two digit years there are two main solutions to making your application ready for the Year 2000 Suprtool Issues and Solutions Suprtool 5 5 for MPE 1 Convert all of your date data to use four digit years and modify your programs to process four digit years or 2 Assume that certain dates are in the twentieth century and some in the twenty first this is usually called date windowing The first solution requires that you change all Suprtool Item commands for two digit years to a four digit year format If you have not already done so you may want to isolate all of these Item commands in a single file per input source e g one file for every dataset in every database in your application or just one file for every database You can nest use files making this approach even easier e g having one database use file that then includes each data
60. total sales amount gt xeq Running SubTotals Suprtool has the ability to keep a running subtotal for any numeric field based on a given sort key The target data must be a packed field with 28 digits in order to help avoid overflow issues A sample use of the subtotal function could be gt def mytotal 1 14 packed gt get orders gt sort order number gt ext order number gt ext part number gt ext description gt ext sales amount ext mytotal subtotal sales amount order number gt out sales link gt xeq This would result in a file containing a running subtotal in the field mytotal for a given order number You could then generate a simple report with the simple Suprtool commands 40 e Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Getting a Quick Start with Suprtool gt in sales gt list standard gt xeg The basic syntax for the subtotal function in the extract command is extract targetfield Ssubtotal field sort field You must specify the sort command before referencing the sort field in the subtotal function You can subtotal up to ten fields per task Listing Records You can print selected input records either formatted or with the Octal Hex Decimal or Character representations To dump all sales records with a negative amount use these commands gt get d sales gt if sales total lt 0 gt list lp gt xeq This finds the entries that meet the selection criteria and prints them to the defa
61. uivalence suprpriority suprcon uivalence suprmaxdata Suprcont uivalence suprprintstate suprcont uivalence suprtotaltype suprcon uivalence suprotherflags suprcont uivalence suprtotals Suprcon uivalence suproutcount suprcont uivalence suprworkspace suprcont System intrinsic setjcw if suprstatus ne 0 goto 900 suprcommand command call suprtool2 suprcontrol if suprstatus eq 0 goto 900 display SUPRTOOL interface failed with command display command call setjcw 1 return end TRANSACT Example To call the Suprtool2 interface from a TRANSACT program you must first define the Suprtool2 control record We suggest that the control record be included from the file Transact Qlibsrc Robelle The TRANSACT definition of the control record with the proper initializing values is as follows 454 e Examples of Calling Suprtool Suprtool 5 5 for MPE define item supr control supr version supr status supr command supr pri supr maxdata supr print supr tot type supr other supr totals supr total supr tot sign supr out count Supr workspace list supr control let let supr version supr status supr command supr pri supr maxdata supr print supr tot type supr other supr out count supr workspace supr totals 1 supr totals 18 set up initial values lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt 0 ER lt lt
62. 07 03 and later To determine the version number of IMAGE run Query Run Query Pub Sys and enter the Version command run query pub sys gt version Similarly you can also run Dbutil Pub Sys type Help and look for the Addindex command B trees are built only on the key item of a manual or automatic master dataset However if the path into a given detail dataset has an attached B tree you can implicitly take advantage of the B tree by using a partial key lookup on the associated detail Suprtool can take advantage of these B trees via the Chain command Suprtool also shows any B trees that it can utilize through the Form command Master Dataset Expansion MDX In newer version of IMAGE SQL master datasets can expand while records are being put into the database This new capability is similar to the Detail Dataset Expansion DDX which was made available with MPE iX 5 0 Details on a dataset with MDX enabled are documented in the Form Command Jumbo Datasets and Large Datasets On newer versions of MPE iX IMAGE SQL supports Jumbo datasets which can store data in one or more MPE files By spanning files you can have more than 4Gb of data in a single dataset In versions of Image prior to version C 07 14 the maximum size of a Jumbo dataset is 40Gb Suprtool Issues and Solutions e 57 The maximum size of a Jumbo dataset was increased to 80Gb in IMAGE version C 07 14 and later In the C 09 02 version of Image and lat
63. 1 eee ere 165 422 highwater mark reading to sse 232 holding tables for re use 2 252 holiday detection in batch jobs 184 how many records to read ee eeseesessceeeeecneteeeseeeeeeeeees 165 lA ropu m how to run Suprtool HowMessy Loadfile esses HowMessy program eeeseeeseeeeeeeee ener HPCalendar date S HPCalendar date format ccccccccsssccessscceesseeeeseeeessseees 193 HP Desk proram eret Hpmodify editing examples HTML command 51 1 8 teinte aE 300 HTML files maximum size eeeeeee 300 I IBEEn mbetrs2 a EE ets 294 If lookup 170 If command 168 If command performance 102 If command too long use read 185 If command too long use Table sss 251 If command combining with Chain 116 If command decimal places sees 173 If command prompting for values sss 186 Uf then else eed EE RBS 216 Ifcheck Set Opti li ede ehe e 234 Ignore Set option illegal digits packed or zoned sss 368 IMAGE applications eerte 53 Image B Trees IMAGE Ciupdate option see IMAGE end of file dere terrere nee ret
64. 125 5 add 5 of 125 to 125 Result 12 5 125 125 5 oops we needed to change the order Result 131 25 this looks like the answer we wanted The last two examples show the importance of the order in which calculator evaluates the expression We needed to use parentheses to force calculator to evaluate our expression in the correct order Display Formats A calculator expression may be followed by a comma and a display letter The default is decimal and the options are hex or H octal or O double D ASCII A and binary B With these options the result is treated as a 32 bit integer Suprtool Commands 10 0 standard octal format Result 000012 10 0 negative number in octal Result 37777777766 100 h hexadecimal Result 0064 In Double format calculator prints the double result as two octal numbers the way they appear in DEBUG The first number represents the high order 16 bits and the second number represents the low order 16 bits 10 d treat result as two 16 bit octal words Result 000000 000012 1000000000 d high order 16 bits are no zero Result 035632 145000 10 d note negative value 2 s complement Result 17777 7 177766 In ASCII format up to four characters are printed in Hex Decimal and ASCII display format 2020 a Result 2020 32 32 20161 72145 a Result 2071 32 113 q 7465 116 101 te In binary format the high order 16 bits are ex
65. 263 Calculator Command 264 e Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Evaluates an expression and prints the result in one of several formats expression OIDIBIHIAIs I961 Any command that begins with an equal sign is treated as an expression to be evaluated An expression consists of numbers and operators followed by an optional display format The operators can be addition subtraction multiplication division or exponentiation The value of the expression is printed immediately on stdlist add two numbers together multiply the same numbers subtraction 2 L5 L5 L5 divide print precise result t 1 33333333333 15 20 raised to the 15th power lt 327680000000E 20 Order of Evaluation Unlike most programming languages the calculator always evaluates the calculation from left to right This is similar to an electronic calculator where each keystroke is operated on immediately You can use parentheses to force the calculator to evaluate the expression in a different order 14 16 15 3 compute an average Result 15 0 14 16 15 3 add 14 16 and the result of 15 3 Result 35 0 14 164 15 3 add 16 15 divide by 3 then add to 14 Result 24 3333333333 Percentages A number in the calculator expression may be followed by a percent sign The calculator assumes that you want to qualify the number as a percentage 125 5 what is 5 of 125 Result 6 25 1254
66. 4 suprmaxdata haracter 2 suprprintstate haracter 18 suprotherflags haracter 2 suprtotaltype haracter 18 suprtotals 15 nteger 4 suproutcount haracter 20 suprworkspace 3 Qraaqagaraaa equivalence suprversion Suprcont equivalence suprstatus Suprcon uivalence suprcommand Suprcon uivalence suprfiller Suprcon uivalence suprpriority suprcon uivalence suprmaxdata suprcon uivalence suprprintstate suprcon uivalence suprtotaltype suprcon uivalence suprotherflags suprcon uivalence suprtotals Suprcon uivalence suproutcount suprcon uivalence suprworkspace suprcon suprversion suprstatus suprcommand suprfiller suprpriority suprmaxdata suprprintstate suprtotaltype suprworkspace return end Call the invokesuprtool subroutine for each command line that must be passed to SUPRTOOL subroutine invokesuprtool command character 254 command common suprtool suprcontrol integer 2 suprcontrol 291 integer 2 suprversion integer 2 suprstatus character 254 suprcommand character 2 suprfiller Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Examples of Calling Suprtool e 453 character 2 suprpriority integer 4 suprmaxdata character 2 suprprintstate character 18 suprotherflags character 2 suprtotaltype character 18 suprtotals 15 integer 4 suproutcount character 20 suprworkspace uivalence suprversion Suprcont uivalence suprstatus Suprcont uivalence suprcommand Suprcon uivalence suprfiller Suprcont
67. Application programs should invoke Suprtool when they expect to select a small percentage of the records i e when the overhead of reading the output file will be minimized Application programs should call Speed Demon when they expect to select a large percentage of the records STExport Data Export Utility STExport converts fields in a self describing input file into an output file that can be imported into different applications Use STExport to produce a formatted output file that can be used to import data into databases and applications Other databases have different requirements for the format of input data You will have to experiment with the various STExport formatting options to find a format that your particular database tool accepts Suprlink Multidataset Access Suprlink is a program that works with Suprtool to add multidataset capability to Suprtool Suprlink is not a set of callable routines To use it you must run Suprlink Pub Robelle or use Suprtool s Link command Rather than take the regular path to multiple datasets random retrieval via IMAGE keys with its well known performance problems we have chosen to follow a different path fast serial extracts plus a very efficient merge The tests that we have performed indicate that this method is often significantly faster than the official IMAGE method of chasing down chains and hash synonyms Welcome to Suprtool To understand what Suprlink does thin
68. C Software Research Northwest SOM DIOCESSn e i s e ee dE a sort break totals n eee tenete en Sort command sort information not retained SOft KeyS ede tee fett sort speed sort count sort descending sort multiple keys sort subtotal Sortfast Set option sorting datasets cesius aa i ide Sorting files nonr enit di erre sorting records database sorting 4096 record size esssseeeeeeree Sortscr file inier peiiieec een Spaces command spaces removing SPDEDBINIT control record sees SPDEDBINIT intrinsic SPDEDBINIT version number eene SPDEDBSCAN intrinsic cessere SPDEDBSHUT intrinsic SPDEDBSHUT version numbe ccccccccesssceessseeeees 426 SPDEEXPLAIN intrinsic eese 420 SPDEPREFETCH JCW ocorrida 406 Special characters ici ssc o r E er ERES 483 special string testean sie de RE ee 176 specifying input 115 164 188 302 385 Speed Demon enne URHUPROCRR PRETI EEUS 18 Speed Demon error messages esse 437 Speed Demon performance eee 102 Speed Demon vs Suprtool esse 406 speed of IMAGE extracts sese 54 405 speed under MPE X ertet retener 405 SPEEDWARE invocation of Suprtool 466 SP
69. Commands DbeditAX will execute any MPE command e g Run UDCs and command files Caution programs that suspend instead of terminating are not killed by the HPCICOMMAND intrinsic Calculator Any command line beginning with an equal sign is treated as a calculator expression You may use this feature to compute data entry values without the need of an electronic calculator 332 e Dbedit Commands Suprtool 5 5 for MPE 2745 1 33 Result 3650 85 Example Database The examples in this manual use the revised STORE database described in the IMAGE 3000 Handbook Prompting for Search Criteria In the Change Delete List and Modify commands Dbedit first prompts you for search criteria and then processes the records you have selected Search criteria are any or all of the search and sort fields of the file Dbedit asks for the value of the primary search field first unless you override the prompt ordering with the KEY option For detail datasets it then asks for match values for the other search fields and sort fields You may press the Return key to any of these prompts to indicate that you don t care what values these fields have When Dbedit finishes processing the records you select it recycles and prompts you for the next set of search criteria You may press the Return key at this point to exit from the command and return to the prompt Command Parameters Suprtool 5 5 for MPE The major commands File List Add D
70. Control characters for modifying the commands The default mode is to replace characters To delete use Control D and to insert use Control B If you prefer HP style modify D R I and U use the Redo command instead of Before Examples tlistf soruce source is not spelled right NON EXISTENT GROUP CIERR 908 Before redo most recent command listf soruce last command is printed our you enter changes to it listf source the edited command is shown you press Return listredo 10 tbefore 5 redo 5th command in stack tbef 8 10 redo 8th through 10th b listf redo last listf command b listf temp redo listf temp command b temp redo last containing temp before 2 tbefore 5 2 redo command before previous redo by relative lines Modify Operators If you wish to change any characters within the line the modify operators are the regular Control Codes used in Qedit e Any printing characters replace the ones above e Control D plus spaces deletes columns above e Control B puts you into insert before mode e Control A starts appending characters at the end of line e Control A Control D plus spaces deletes from the end e Control T ends Insert Mode allowing movement to a new column e Control G recovers the original line e Control O specifies overwrite mode needed for spaces Suprlink Commands e 377 Persistent Redo Redo commands can be saved in a permanent
71. IMAGE field name or a field from a self describing file or a Defined field Total specifies that a total value for the field be printed after processing the records There does not have to be any output file i e it can be null for a total to be printed There can be up to 15 totaled fields The subscript is valid only for compound items If no subscript is specified the first field of a compound item is totaled The decimal places provides a decimal point when the final total is printed If the Item command specifies the number of implied decimal places the decimal places parameter is not needed The values within each field are assumed to be aligned File Options By default totals are written to stdlist Use the file option to have the totals written to a file or to the List device When writing to a file the default is to create a new file If Suprtool cannot save the file it produces an error The Append Erase and Temp options are the same as in the Output command The file specified in file must have a minimum record size of 48 bytes If you want the totals written to the end of the List device the output of the List command specify list as the file file name All other options are ignored when list is specified To write totals to the output file use Total file xxx Append where xxx is the name of your output file You also need to turn Set Squeeze Off otherwise there will not be room for the totals Appending
72. Numeric to Byte Conversion rsson ee rerperr eoho aean esmes aa trennen trennen 152 SEdit EUnCUOr 53 rrt ree erf ete ee ctr tet ede ene 152 Placeholders and Format Characters sess 152 Byte Type Formatt ng eire teet e ee eee ee onde rp 153 Z placeholder for byte feldspat eisni eskearen seose ie aesae seske oaeee 154 Overflow and limits eed teet de e e eee erdt 154 Numeric field edit masks eesssssssessseseseeeeenee enne enne 154 SIgDS unde ppPR B IPIE PORUS I T mim Dp D tergum 155 Decimal Places 5 helper eDim ep e 155 Data and Edit mask enn Wank ei D eei 156 Currency and Dollar signs tee pote Beet perte etaed 156 Overflow and floating dollar 2 eoe e Det et peer rtt 156 Set Currency Symbol ieesetos me penne Dia potete 157 Overtlow and limits enean elei D RIO De 157 Form Command E z iste inepte cite citet 159 Get Command G 4 n4nse iin S BB eie ORI D edem 164 Help Conmmiand EH irt rt ERR ERE DOC DR REPRE HR T 167 Te Command IE i ans ende ee echec 168 EXpr SSIOnS 5 ee tope pm OD DR PODER Depp 168 Coristants a a r E eu SE RI IRE 171 Suprtool 5 5 for MPE SUbsCripts 5o eU DORIA eU HG E EEE E REPRE 172 Numeric EXpressiODnS iter pete ERR beer bere DERE RE 173 String Expressions iret depo r En RE CHEER sees 175 Date Selection 3t eoe bte aen 179 Long EXpressiODns t rte Etre pee 185 Input Command M eee cifre E rer ERI PEE E R RU re REEE 1
73. Quick in the help file Quick contains the text from the Suprtool Quick Reference Guide offering the experienced user a quick review of the syntax of any command hq input quick description of Input gt hq commands quick list of command names Notes If no parameters are specified Help allows you to browse through the help file The Help Command uses the QHELP subsystem to allow you to look at the material in the file Suprtool Help Robelle which contains most of the user manual For help in help type when you see the QHELP prompt character The help file is organized into levels To go back to the previous level press Return instead of a key name If you press F8 you will exit the QHELP subsystem and return to Suprtool Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Suprtool Commands e 167 If Command IF Specifies a subset of records to select from the input source during the next extract task The If command supports full logical expressions with comparisons between all data types between data fields and constant values or between one data field and another The If command also provides partial string compares bit field extracts subscripted IMAGE fields AND OR NOT operators and parentheses to override precedence You can use arithmetic expressions involving any numeric data types IF expression Note The examples below show multiple If commands These are for illustrative purposes only Suprtool does not permit multiple If c
74. S ys file Set pattern old Prefetch SET PREFETCH number Initially 0 Default no change Suprtool can read data directly from disc into memory with multirecord NOBUF reads However Suprtool is often slowed down on MPE iX while waiting for the file system to satisfy its read requests Suprtool can increase its throughput by using prefetch on MPE iX and instructing MPE IX s memory manager to read the data from disc to memory ahead of time This way Suprtool doesn t have to wait when it needs the data because the data it is already in memory The Set Prefetch command tells the memory manager how far ahead of Suprtool it should fetch data Setting this number too low won t give the memory manager sufficient time to get the data into memory before Suprtool needs it Setting the number too high may mean that on a busy system the data will be overwritten before Suprtool gets a chance to use it Due to changes in MPE memory management in more recent versions of MPE performance improvements from prefetching data has decreased and in some cases such as systems with a large amount of memory prefetching shows little or no performance gain and may impact other users It is for this reason that we have changed the default value to zero or off In short our advice at this stage is for you to try different values of prefetch and see if you see performance improvements with some key tasks however since we are not seeing the performance gains we
75. Set Date ForceCentury is off Date IfYY2000Error SET DATE IFYY2000ERROR ON OFF Initially ON By default Suprtool considers dates with a two digit century component from the date and today functions to be invalid when the dates resolve to be greater than 1999 and the If operation is a relative operation e g greater than or equal to You can control whether Suprtool considers this condition an error by using the following Set command gt set Date Ifyy2000Error Off The following example shows what is considered to be an error by the If command and how the Set command can turn off the error check gt def a 1 6 gt item a date yymmdd gt if a gt today Error Cannot use a date beyond 1999 for this format gt set date ifyy2000error off We have chosen this condition to be an error by default because when the today or date function in the If command resolves a date in a yymmdd format to a value beyond 1999 the result is not always a useful value For example a December 10 2000 date in a yymmdd format would have a value of 001210 and comparisons to this value could be logically incorrect If you would have included a Delete command in a dataset selection task you could have removed all of your records Date MapToPHDate8 SET DATE MAPTOPHDATES ON OFF Initially OFF This set command will change any item command reference to phdate to mean phdate8 for assistance in converting to the newer phdate format found
76. Suprtool also supports other date formats with this two character year representation These formats are aamm mmddaa and ddmmaa Oracle Oracle dates include both the date and the time The date and today functions only apply to the date part of Oracle dates SRN Chronos The Srnchronos date format is used in applications from Software Research Northwest Like Oracle dates this format includes the date and time but the time portion is ignored by the date and today functions DDD Dates Dates consisting of ddd in the format name use the ddd to represent the nth day in the current year This means that January will be day 001 and Dec 31 will be day 365 on non leap years Some people refer to these type of dates as Julian dates HPCalendar The HPCalendar date format is supported by HP s new HPCalendar intrinsic and consists of a 32 bit integer number whereby the first 23 bits represent the year and the last nine bits represent the day of the year Decimal Places The decimal attribute is the number of implied decimal places in an item The minimum number of implied decimal places is 0 The maximum is based on the data type of the item Data Type Maximum Implied Decimal Places Il 5 D 10 3 15 14 19 Kl 5 Suprtool Commands Suprtool 5 5 for MPE You cannot specify implied decimal places for byte char real long or IEEE type items Once you define a decimal place almost every command in Suprtool is affecte
77. Verify Command V Print the definition of the current task VERIFY Verify prints the current Input and Output files and all export specifications in other words it is a Verify All command Suprtool 5 5 for MPE STExport Commands e 315 Xeq Command X Perform the current task XEQ Xeq checks that you have specified an Input file and an Output file Then it performs the task and creates the Output file Finally it closes the files ready for you to specify another task or Exit If you also wish to leave STExport after completing the task use Exit instead of Xeq 316 STExport Commands Suprtool 5 5 for MPE XML Command XML Use XML to produce XML Documents for either Internet or Intranet applications XML VERSION 2 string DOCTYPE 2 string amp l filenamel FILE 2 string RECORD QD string l Example STExport can generate well formed XML output with just a few commands Sinput filelsd xml Soutput myxml xeq These four simple commands will generate the following file that packages such as XMLSpy will consider to be well formed XML The result of such an STExport task will look as follows lt xml version 1 0 gt lt file gt lt record gt lt CITY gt Los Altos lt CITY gt lt CREDIT RATING gt 100000 lt CREDIT RATING gt lt CUST ACCOUNT gt 4003302 lt CUST ACCOUNT gt lt CUST STATUS gt 20 lt CUST STATUS gt lt NAME FIRST gt Ralph lt NAME FIRST gt lt NAME LAST gt Perkins l
78. Welcome to Suprtool 19 20 e Suprtool 5 5 for MPE literal symbols consult the index In the help file underlining and italics are not available and variables appear simply in lowercase 3 Brackets enclose optional fields example subscript 4 Braces enclose comments in examples For example gt INPUT ACTREC input from a data file Braces can be used for comments in actual Suprtool commands 5 Uplines separate alternatives from which you select example Set Ignore OnlOff sometimes the alternatives are shown listed on several lines 6 Dot dot dot indicates that the variable may be repeated many times in the command 7 Other special characters literal symbols that must appear in the command as they are shown in the format example the comma above Some commas in Suprtool are optional In examples there is an implied carriage return at the end of each line Examples The examples in this manual use the revised STORE database described in the IMAGE 3000 Handbook Welcome to Suprtool Highlights Highlights in Suprtool 5 5 Set XLTRIM On now tells Suprtool to close a file and release the disc space between EOF and the Flimit STExport s Escape command has been re engineered to fix some corner cases that didn t work previously Ksam64 files were not assumed to be Self describing like CM KSAM and KSAMXL files when it was the input file and had labels The Sedit function did not wor
79. a description of the field Dbedit uses the following locking strategy The Add command locks one dataset using DBLOCK mode 3 after all of the field values have been entered The Modify and Delete commands do the following 1 After all of the field values have been entered the dataset is locked 2 The records are re read using DBGET mode 4 for details or DBGET mode 7 for masters 3 The re read record is compared with the original record If they are not the same no update or delete is done 4 Therecord is updated or deleted When a search field or a sort field is changed with the Modify command the record is deleted and added again 5 The dataset is unlocked The Change command locks the entire database while all key values are being changed In all cases the DBLOCK is done unconditionally This means that Dbedit always waits for other locks to be released possibly holding up your terminal If you use Suprtool s Item command to specify implied decimal places for an item Dbedit scales all input values according to the number of implied decimal places When listing records fields with implied decimal places are formatted with a decimal point For example gt item unit cost decimal 2 two implied decimal pts gt edit dadd d inventory unit cost SUPPLIER NAME gt STD Ribbons PRODUCT NO gt 2001001 UNIT COST 210 50 SUPPLIER NO 5051 PRODUCT NO 50513001 UNIT COST 10 50 When Dbedit prompts for field v
80. a serial Get command instead of a random access Chain command and the job time fell to 4 5 hours much easier to schedule Get was faster than Chain even though it had to look at every entry in the dataset Why Get reads many contiguous records with each access to MPE while Chain must call TurboIMAGE to retrieve each chain entry Since the entries on the chain are seldom in the same disc block Chain generated many more disc accesses and they were randomly distributed over the disc space In this case he was selecting 11 of the dataset 261 230 out of 2 307 685 entries Chain had to do about 424 000 random disc reads while Get did only 14 471 serial reads a reduction of 97 However the Chain command would have been faster if he had selected less than 15 000 entries You can use the Set Statistics On command to see how many disc reads a Get command uses if that is less than the number of entries selected Get will usually be faster than Chain Suprtool Issues and Solutions e 101 102 e Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Suprtool Performance Hints Not all portions of the Suprtool product give equal performance boosts The primary technology of Suprtool is large NOBUF MR reads and writes By asking the operating system for many records at once instead of invoking the system software for each record Suprtool reduces the CPU overhead of the task dramatically This technology is present when you use the Input and Get commands but not the Chain command
81. a space itself however if you end a mask in spaces they will be trimmed For example suppose you have data that is in ccyymmdd format in an X8 field Here is how you would use a xxxx xx xx mask to format the data gt in mydate gt form File MYDATE TEST NEIL SD Version B 00 00 Entry Offset A X8 1 lt CCYYMMDD gt Limit 10000 EOF 2 Entry Length 8 gt def formatdate 1 10 ext formatdate Sedit a xxxx xx xx gt list gt xeq gt IN MYDATE NEIL GREEN 0 gt OUT NULL 0 FORMATDATE 2003 09 24 gt IN MYDATE NEIL GREEN 1 gt OUT SNULL 1 FORMATDATE 2003 09 24 As you see in the example above the placeholder character is the x and the is the format character You insert a space either by specifying a B or by putting an actual space character in the edit mask An example of inserting a space might be the formatting of Canadian postal codes e g V3R 7K1 gt in postal gt form File POSTAL NEIL GREEN Entry Offset POSTAL CODE X6 1 Limit 10000 EOF 2 Entry Length 6 gt def postl1 1 7 byte gt def post2 1 7 byte ext postl edit postal code xxx xxx gt ext post2 Sedit postal code xxxbxxx gt list gt xeq gt IN POSTAL NEIL GREEN 0 gt OUT SNULL 0 POST1 L2H 112 POST2 L2H 112 gt IN POSTAL NEIL GREEN 1 gt OUT SNULL 1 POST1 L2H 112 POST2 L2H 112 However if you want to force spaces at the end of an edit mask to help control position within a field you must use the B
82. add 50 12cobol2 qglibsrc robelle 1 20 The definition of the control record with the proper initializing values is Spde db control 05 spde version pic s9 4 comp value O0 05 spde buffer size pic s9 9 comp value zeros 05 spde future pic x 20 value spaces Error Handling Programs that call IMAGE intrinsics usually have an error section for fatal IMAGE errors These sections typically call DBEXPLAIN and abort the program When a fatal Speed Demon error occurs SPDEEXPLAIN should be called instead of DBEXPLAIN 416 e Accessing Speed Demon Suprtool 5 5 for MPE 98 spde fatal error section call SPDEEXPLAIN using db status area call QUIT using db status area 98 spde fatal error exit exit MPE iX To access Speed Demon iX from a native mode program you must modify the Run command for your program to include an XL file The following example shows how you would compile link and run a native mode COBOL program that calls Speed Demon ix cob74xl testsrc demon link run oldpass xl demonxl pub robelle Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Accessing Speed Demon e 417 Speed Demon Intrinsics The Intrinsics In this chapter we describe the Speed Demon intrinsics in alphabetic order The parameters to each intrinsic are word arrays just like IMAGE You must include every parameter or pass a dummy variable as a place holder The condition code is not returned by any Speed Demon intrinsic The Status Array The
83. all ASCII output messages to stdlist the MPE predefined name for the standard job listing file This is usually the terminal or the line printer but it can be re directed with the Run command For example Running Suprtool under MPE e 47 Input and Output Files As with SORT 3000 it is possible to specify both the input file and the output file using File commands and then specify only the Key fields as Suprtool commands Only one task is allowed per RUN with this method file input oldxx file output newxx run suprtool pub robelle Suprtool Copyright Robelle Solutions Technology Inc 1981 2001 Version 5 5 gt key 1 10 gt key 20 5 gt exit Using CREATEPROCESS Duplicating Files Since both command input and message output are under user control it is possible to run Suprtool as a son process from within an application program see the MPE Manual for CREATEPROCESS You can check the Job Control Word to see if Suprtool called Quit and terminated in an error state See the Suprcall user manual for a complete description of a working interface that is available to all Suprtool users One of the most common reasons for using Suprtool in a SESSION is to duplicate a disc file quickly Accordingly Suprtool has a special option to facilitate this function If you RUN the Suprtool program with Parm 16 a file copy is implied from Input to Output and no commands are needed File commands are used to specify the names
84. all the byte type fields for a given SD file To define what characters that need to be replaced you use the clean command with the character you want to clean in quotes Since most of the characters that you will need to clean are unprintable you can enter the decimal equivalent of the character This is denoted by entering the character in quotes preceding the decimal number of the character you wish to clean You can set the character with the command set cleanchar as shown below in mysdfile Sclean VANON WAR OM SO Ug Sset cleanchar Sout myexport xeq Since the Cleanchar is by default set to space the above task could simply be in mysdfile Sclean WANQ WAS S UA Qu esp out myexport xeq The SPECIAL keyword automatically defines Clean characters of Decimal 0 thru to Decimal 31 in mysdfile clean special out myexport Sexit You can also specify a range of characters with the following syntax Sin mysdfile Sclean 0 10 Sout myexport Sexit The above task would clean all byte type fields of any characters from Decimal 0 Null to Decimal 10 Line Feed Removing Bad Characters You can have the Clean function clean the field and instead of replacing with a space STExport will essentially shift characters to the left by Setting the CleanChar in the following manner gt Set Cleanchar lt null gt STExport will pad the field that was cleaned with the appropriate amount of characte
85. also known as zoned decimal The size of the display field depends on the format of the binary field Field Format Output Size I1 J1 5 bytes 12 J2 10 bytes 13 J3 15 bytes 14 J4 19 bytes K1 5 bytes K2 10 bytes Pn n 1 bytes P n n 2 bytes Suprtool Commands Suprtool 5 5 for MPE The last digit of the number is replaced with a letter corresponding to positive or negative values See the following table Units Digit Positive Negative No Sign 0 0 1 A J 1 2 B K 2 3 C L 3 4 D M 4 5 E N 5 6 F O 6 7 G P 7 8 H Q 8 9 I R 9 Positive values for I and J type fields are converted into neutral i e no sign display values The sign is preserved when converting packed fields to display DISPLAY is not supported for Real or IEEE fields Byte fields are not affected by this option Display fields in the input record are not converted into display PRN Many PC software packages import PRN files these files are also called delimited in some PC documentation A PRN file has quotes around character fields and a comma between each field Binary values are output in ASCII with an optional leading sign Not all applications accept PRN files for more precise conversion of data use STExport PRN converts each input field to a fixed width output field filling with trailing spaces where necessary All binary values are converted into their equivalent ASCII value left justified in their fields The sign precedes the ASCII va
86. are more than 65 535 output records Suprtool sets SuprtoolOutCount to 65 535 You can use the Showjcw command to see the value of a JCW For values greater than 16K Showjcw displays either the word WARN FATAL or SYSTEM followed by some digits These words correspond to the following values Word Value WARN 16384 Running Suprtool under MPE e 49 FATAL 32768 SYSTEM 49152 Add the value of the word to the number that appears with it for the true value of SuprtoolOutCount For example showjcw suprtooloutcount SUPRTOOLOUTCOUNT WARN8616 16384 8616 25000 The MPEAX Showvar command can also be used to see the value of a JCW Showvar displays the full correct number e g 25 000 up to the maximum of 65 535 Suprtool also sets two other JCWs SuprtoolOutCount1 and SuprtoolOutCount2 These communicate the full OUT value to the Suprtool2 interface SuprtoolFullCount Variable On MPE ix when Suprtool closes the output file it also sets a variable named SuprtoolFullCount with the number of output records This is the same number reported in the total line i e OUT The advantage of the variable is that if more than 65 535 records are written to the output file the value of the SuprtoolFullCount variable is not truncated Summary of Parmz Values Value Meaning 4 execute Info string once execute Info string on each re activation 16 duplicate Input file to Output file 32 don t suspend terminate completely 64 ch
87. are set to initial factory settings The Suprmgr file may contain Set commands to override the initial values Set commands remain set until the end of the Suprtool run or until changed by another Set command Some commands have optional parameters e g the numeric value of Set Lock If the command is specified without a value the default that Suprtool uses may be different from the program s initial value When that is the case the command description will show the initial value and the default when omitted value Suprtool Commands Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Allbase SET ALLBASE ROWS number Initially 100 If you open an Allbase database Suprtool reads more than one row at a time when processing the input source By default Suprtool fetches 100 rows at a time You can vary the number of rows that Suprtool fetches with Set Allbase Rows The minimum number of rows is 1 and the maximum number is 990 You must specify Set Allbase Rows before entering the Select command Arithmetic SET ARITHMETIC Classic IEEE Initially depends Specify which data type Suprtool should use for arithmetic expressions by using Set Arithmetic The default is Classic for Suprtool V and IEEE for Suprtool iX and Suprtool UX This option is only supported in Suprtool iX Baseclose SET BASECLOSE ON OFF Initially OFF Use Set Baseclose On to ensure that Suprtool closes your database whenever it exits The default is for Suprtool to hold the databas
88. are three parameters input file sd file LF NOLF The first parameter is the name of an MPE self describing file The second parameter is the name of the sd file that SDUnix created LF vs NOLF Use the third parameter to specify whether the data file has LF line feed as the record separator or whether the file does not use a file separator If you use FTP to copy the data file to your HP UX machine you should specify the NOLF option and be sure to use a binary mode transfer If you are using DSCOPY with its default options to copy the data file you should specify the LF option Examples The following section contains examples of creating an SD file on MPE converting the SD information and finally copying the two files to an HP UX machine First create an SD file with run suprtool pub robelle gt base store 5 Database password gt get d inventory gt out dinv link gt exit Now you can convert the label information to an sd file using the SDUnix utility Note that the data file is the first file passed in the info string Specify LF if you are using DSCOPY Now you can use DSCOPY to copy the files to the HP UX machine 64 e Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Suprtool Issues and Solutions dscopy dinv to store dinv dopey data password dscopy dinvsd to store dinv sd dopey data password Specify NOLF if you are using FTP run sdunix pub robelle info dinv dinvsd nolf Use FTP to copy the files to
89. as such gt extract middlename Strim Ssplit wholename 2 last The above means to extract out all the data from the second occurrence of the to the end of the field and trim all spaces Naturally as noted above we also have the First keyword which indicates the start of the field Unprintables You can specify an unprintable character for Suprtool to use as the character to split on using the following syntax Suprtool Commands Suprtool 5 5 for MPE extract middlename split wholename 9 2 1ast which means that the split would start at the second occurrence of Decimal Nine or the Tab character Please note that for specifying unprintable characters you do not put in quotes Cleaning your Data In this day and age of migrations we were looking at issues that customers have run into when importing data into new databases What came from this investigation where ways to Clean up your data in any given byte type field We have added two methods to clean your data you can use Suprtool to clean an individual byte type field or STExport to clean all of the byte type fields for a given file that you are exporting Sometimes un printable or extraneous characters get stored in files or databases that have no business being there This may be some tab characters in an address field or perhaps and embedded carriage return or line feed Suprtool now supports the clean function which will replace individual characters for
90. avrete ete dcn quotes double n quotes Toleti pba eed RE DUIS i a R random sanipling 5 1 2 2 me ees 164 189 range of fields eet eret 140 range extracting 140 read only mode 1 233 reading datasets erdt ede de e 53 record changed error see 56 record format output eren 41 Record Mode List option eee 205 record number selection D record number IMAGE record number KSAM a essere record number MPE m record number Output seseeeeeeeeereen record number XSORT records not qualifying ES records number of qualifying esee 216 Recover Set option 243 iedo comimiand ee eed ettet asa s resa 26 Redo command sese 220 306 351 392 Redo number of commandis 220 306 392 Redo Set 243 308 394 reduced output ue ertet 237 Reflection el e diete iere hr eie det TI Related option Dbedit 21935 relative dates 179 relative dates notes 182 relative field definitions sene 119 remote database 110 166 rem tesysteMS is icc kbe sash caseens beds gieneteeeersccentaeaeeeestecanes 72 111 remote systems FOPENS esee 112 Suprtool 5 5 for MPE removing bad characters sse 284 removing spaces repeated fields ia dde HU eee
91. before the Extract command If you did not do the If lookup then the price field would contain zeroes for those fields that did not have a matching record Notes on CM MPE V The Xeq command clears any tables that are not held Suprtool uses extra data segments to store the table values You may not be able to load huge tables because of a lack of system resources e g DST entries To reduce the number of extra data segments Suprtool needs you should configure the maximum extra data segment size to 32 764 words using SYSDUMP on MPE V or SYSGEN on MPE ix Searching huge tables is CPU intensive If you do this on line it seriously affects other users While it is possible to load tables as large as 15 megabytes we suggest that you make sure that there is enough real memory to hold the table Remember that MPE takes at least one megabyte of real memory on Classic HP e3000s Set Limits Tablesize restricts the maximum size of tables so you can limit the total amount of table space to a specified number of megabytes In order to accomodate some large tables you may need to increase the value of Maximum number of XDS per process The maximum value of this setting is 255 and can be changed using SYSDUMP on MPE V or SYSGEN on MPE ix Suprtool Commands Notes on NM MPE iX The Xeq command clears any tables that are not held Searching huge tables is CPU intensive If you do this on line it seriously affects other users While it is pos
92. calculator is given after the description of the Xeq command Chains A chain is a group of related records in an IMAGE dataset linked by a key value The Chain command is used to force Suprtool to use IMAGE search paths when reading the input source The Chain command can also be used with master datasets even though master datasets only have one record per key value Control Character You create a control character by holding down the Control key while you strike another key Y plus Control generates Control Y These are normally nonprinting characters but they may do things to your terminal For example Control G rings the bell Suprtool uses control characters for a number of purposes In the Before command control characters specify the edit functions Control D for delete Control B for before etc Control Y stops execution of the current Suprtool task Suprtool prints a status report and asks if you would like to stop the operation Control H causes the cursor to backspace one position in the current line Control X cancels the current input line Control S pauses a listing that is printing too fast for you to read Control Q resumes a listing that you have paused with Control S Database A database in Suprtool is an IMAGE 3000 database or an SQL database A database is specified in the Base or Open command Several commands e g Get Chain or Select do not work until a database has been specified Some commands
93. change the STREAMX expression characters from to job example user acct setbraces run stexport pub robelle Sinput invoices Input file to format floating fixed 2 Option for floating point numbers Soutput invdata Produces the file we want Sexit tell hpjobname hpuser hpaccount Example done eoj MPE Commands STExport also accepts MPE commands with or without a colon comment Scomment For commands that are the same in both STExport and MPE STExport executes the MPE command only if you type the colon For example Shelp you get STExport help help you get MPE help MPE iX Commands STExport iX executes any MPE command e g Run UDCs and command files Caution programs that suspend instead of terminating are not killed by the HPCICOMMAND intrinsic File Names STExport s Input and Output commands accept a file name in either MPE or POSIX format File names starting with or are treated as POSIX file names All other file names are assumed to be MPE file names MPE file names are upshifted and POSIX file names are not POSIX file names are limited to a maximum of 240 characters Here are some examples of POSIX file names Suprtool 5 5 for MPE hello david mgr dev david CHDIR SUBDIR run stexport pub robelle Sinput file Sverify input DEV DAVID SUBDIR file Calculator Any command line beginning with an equal sign is treated as a calcu
94. characters within the line the modify operators are the regular Control Codes used in Qedit e Any printing characters replace the ones above e Control D plus spaces deletes columns above e Control B puts you into insert before mode e Control A starts appending characters at the end of line e Control A Control D plus spaces deletes from the end e Control T ends Insert Mode allowing movement to a new column e Control G recovers the original line e Control O specifies overwrite mode needed for spaces Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Dbedit Commands e 339 Change Command C Changes all uses of a specific search field value in all detail datasets related to a master This command only applies to master datasets CHANGE file options Options numeric valuelKeylLimitlUNder This command changes the search field value in all related detail datasets Dbedit can only change values in detail datasets where there is an explicit IMAGE path It is up to the user to change any user defined paths Once this command has started making changes to the database it cannot be stopped Entering Control Y during the change will have no effect Dbedit locks the entire database while all changes are taking place The database password must give you write access to all related datasets that must be changed If CIUPDATE is On or Allowed in the database the Change command executes much faster Example change m supplier Change Key V
95. checks each search field value as it is entered For master datasets the search field value must not exist For detail datasets the search field value must exist To add records from a disc file see the Put command of Suprtool 338 e Dbedit Commands Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Before Command B Repeat any combination of the previous 1000 command lines with or without editing BEFORE start stop string ALL Default redo previous line BQ redo without change The Before command allows you to modify the commands before it executes them If you don t need to change them use BQ or Do The Before command uses Qedit style Control characters for modifying the commands The default mode is to replace characters To delete use Control D and to insert use Control B If you prefer HP style modify D R I and U use the Redo command instead of Before Examples listf soruce source is not spelled right NON EXISTENT GROUP CIERR 908 Before listf soruce redo most recent command last command is printed the edited command is shown you press lt return gt listf source our you enter changes to it listredo 10 before 5 redo 5th command in stack bef 8 10 redo 8th through 10th b listf redo last Listf command b Gtemp redo last containing temp before 2 redo command before previous before 5 2 redo by relative lines Modify Operators If you wish to change any
96. combined with the Userpause command The example is a usefile that provides an explanation of how long a task takes gt q gt q We will select all transactions over 10 000 Since gt q there are many transactions this task will take gt q some time usually more than fifteen minutes gt q gt userpause Press any key when you are ready to start Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Suprtool Commands e 219 Redo Command REDO Enables you to modify and repeat any of the previous 1000 command lines REDO start stop string ALL Default redo the previous command Comma is short for REDO The Redo command allows you to modify the commands before it executes them If you don t need to change them use the Do command Commands are numbered sequentially from 1 as entered and the last 1000 are retained Use the Listredo command to display the previous commands You can redo a single command a range of commands or the most recent command whose name matches a string The Redo command uses MPE style editing logic D I R U and The default mode is to replace characters To delete type DDDD under the characters to be removed To insert type I under the insertion spot then the new characters To undo your changes type U To append to the end of the line use gt xxx To delete from the end of the line use gt DD To replace at the end of the line use gt Rxxx And to erase the rest of the line use D If you p
97. composite record consists of the related fields from both files This file is just what we need to feed into the report program The tests that we have performed indicate that this brute force method which uses serial extracts sorts and a merge is often significantly faster than the official IMAGE method of chasing down chains and hash synonyms Input Files The primary Input file which if doing a link operation is the file that should have the many or detail records If any of the Link files contain duplicate records Suprlink will select one of them to link to the primary record s The Suprlink Output file will have no more records than the Input file The Input file and Link files are created with the Output xxx Link option in Suprtool These files must be sorted by the same key field in ascending order Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Introduction to Suprlink e 363 Link Files Output Files Sort Keys Selection Logic 364 e Introduction to Suprlink You can have up to seven Link files that are combined with the Input file Suprlink merges the Input file and Link files by comparing the key fields of both files you can optionally specify a secondary key The default is for Suprlink to exclude any Input records that do not have a matching record in all Link files Specifying the Optional keyword on the Link command will force Suprlink to fill the Output record with default values spaces and zeros when it doesn t find a match in a sp
98. did 15 years ago when prefetch was implemented we are turning it off Suprtool iX ignores the Set Prefetch value when reading from a remote file or database or from a KSAM V KSAM XL circular or RIO file Set Prefetch is ignored by Suprtool V Suprtool Commands e 241 242 e Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Privmode SET PRIVMODE ON OFF Initially ON Suprtool requires privileged mode to quickly scan IMAGE datasets You can force Suprtool to read a dataset using DBGET by turning Set Privmode Off but Suprtool runs about five times slower You must specify Set Privmode Off before using the Base command To enable fast serial reading turn Set Privmode On and reopen the database with the Base command This feature is intended for cases where bugs in MPE are causing Suprtool to fail Progress SET PROGRESS Percent number Minimum number Initial amp Defaults Percent 5 Minimum 10000 MPE V 50000 MPEAX The Set Progress command is used to turn the Suprtool progress report feature on or off The PERCENT value specified tells Suprtool by which percentage increment to report the progress messages of any given input or output phase The allowed range for set progress is from 0 to 25 the default is every 5 percent If the PERCENT parameter is not specified then the next parameter is considered to be the PERCENT value This is to remain compatible with some earlier pre release versions of Suprtool The MINIMUM value is the minimum numb
99. different record added in its place while Suprtool has the database unlocked Suprtool checks for this by retrieving the database record once the database is locked and checking it against the original record read If any changes have occurred Suprtool reports an error If Set Ignore is Off Suprtool stops the current task when the error occurs If Set Ignore is On Suprtool displays the records that were changed with Set Dumponerror On and continues processing Control Y with Locks and Dbedit Locking If you type Control Y during a Put Delete or Update the dataset locks are still in effect Do NOT walk away from your terminal without answering YES or NO to the stop question The Edit command uses its own locking strategy For complete details on database locking with Dbedit see the Dbedit manual Database Maintenance Delete Put The Delete and If commands of Suprtool give you a powerful facility for archiving data without writing COBOL programs Be careful when using the Delete and Put commands It is better to break up a Suprtool run into multiple passes in order to make the job more fail safe For example we might like to archive all of the 2000 transaction records to a disc file and have them deleted from the database The obvious way to achieve this is run suprtool pub robelle gt base actrec data get artrans gt if trans date 000101 and trans date 001231 gt delete gt sort trans date sort cust number out
100. digits sss 368 page headings in List parameters Dbedit commands sss 333 parentheses zz ns eerte nee eapite 169 486 Parm values for STExport sese 274 Parm values for Suprlink esses 360 Parm values for Suprtool sse 50 Parm 0 in Speed Demon esee 425 Parm 1 in Speed Demon eee 425 Parm 16 in S prtooL isse petente etre 48 Parm 3 in Speed Demon see 426 Parm 32 in STExport eese 273 Index e 495 P rinz32 im Suprlink inae eren 360 Parm 32 in Suprtool Parm 4 in Suprtool eene Reiter 45 Parmz64 in STExportt eeseesesesesesesesesssessssesereroreseerrseseseses 273 Parm 64 in Suprlink Parm 64 in Suprtool sese 47 Parm 8 in Suprtool eese 46 Parm 8192 in STExportt esee teens 273 Parm 8192 in Suprlink eee 359 Pascal example for Speed Demon sss 432 Pascal invocation of Suprtool sss 464 password in batch esee 49 110 password parameter 110 217 password upshifted essere 110 paths IMAGE detail datasets seeees 115 pattern matching 177 241 484 PaUSIN GS AOL
101. ede repeated fields Extract command sess 137 repeating commands POP OTIS imran cz eio dice oet a oe oe Not rat ed Reset command eee Reset Set option Resolving Variables sees restrictions in Dbedit eee 326 restrictions in Speed Demon 405 RIO fileS ete nehm 62 Roman 8 characters HTML output 301 Roman 8 vs ASCH 202 RPG programming language eee 90 run parameters s es eee 444 running S TEXpDOIC frere predetto 272 running S prlink 5 Ee Returned 358 running Suprtool runi totals J A e ee deer rere re esee a S scientific format tede tec ettet eer eee 294 SD files SD Files restrictions eee ianp cemere 66 SD KSAM files eem ere aee e SPESE ENSE RES 67 Select by list of values esses 29 Select command 224 Select command Allbase rows 227 Select command Oracle rowS cccccccccssscceesseecessseeessseees 240 Select menu processor esee 46 272 358 Select performance 224 Select Long commands selecting multiple values selecting records 168 selecting records database cece eseeseesceeeeeeneeseeseeeeeeees 26 selection by Gate eene rre 179 selection Criteria eere enean vennero ree eget dey 27 selection logi
102. entries by which the master dataset increases from the current capacity 160 e Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Suprtool Commands Suprtool 5 5 for MPE SQL Database If an Allbase database is open and no input file has been specified the default Form command shows all of the tables in the database If a Select command has been specified the default Form command shows the columns in the Select command The exact format of the Form command is different for each SQL database Self Describing Files The Link output option produces an SD file with information about how the file was sorted what fields are compound and the date format or the number of implied decimal places for any fields The Form command shows all of this information gt form custfile File custfile SD Version B 00 00 Entry CHAR FIELD lt lt Sort 1 gt gt REPEATED I1 compound field DATE FIELD lt lt YYYYMMDD gt gt COST FIELD lt lt 1 2 gt gt Limit 10000 EOF 15 Entry Length 20 Blocking 64 Third Party Indexing If the database is enabled for MPE iX third party indexing the Form command shows any third party index that corresponds to an IMAGE field When doing a Form dataset each field is checked to see if it is a byte type or Z type third party index If it is the comment lt lt TPI gt gt is shown Indexes that have a name other than an Image item name are shown at the end of the form listing The Form command only shows those indexes that can b
103. file and can therefore be used from another session You can use the Set redo command to specify a filename to save your redo commands Please see the Set Redo command for details 378 e Suprlink Commands Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Do Command DO The Do command will repeat without changes any of the previous 1000 commands DO start stop string ALL Default repeat the previous command Commands are numbered sequentially from 1 as entered and the last 1000 of them are retained Use the Listredo command to display the previous commands You can repeat a single command do 5 a range of commands do 5 10 or the most recent command whose name matches a string do list If you want to modify the commands before executing them use Redo or Before Examples listredo o do previous command again 39 do command line 39 again 5 8 do command lines 5 to 8 again link do most recent Link command show do last starting with show showjob job do last showjob job command job do last containing job 2 do command before previous x 5 do by relative line number 5 do command lines 5 to last OO00000000 Notes The Do command cannot be abbreviated Persistent Redo Redo commands can be saved in a permanent file and can therefore be used from another session You can use the Set redo command to specify a filename to save your redo commands Please see the Set Redo command for details Supr
104. file names For example if you use the command Set redo myredo you will have a redo stack called Myredo for your STExport commands If you exit STExport then run Qedit and supply the same command Set Redo command your Qedit commands will be written to the same file that was used for your STExport commands Statistics SET STATISTICS ON OFF Initially OFF Statistics causes STExport to print statistics at the end of each task STExport Commands e 309 310 STExport Commands Varsub SET VARSUB ON OFF Initially OFF Setting Variable Substitution causes STExport to resolve any CI variables in a command before processing VarsubDebug SET VARSUBDEBUG ON OFF Initially OFF Suprtool now has a setting called Set VarsubDebug on which will print out the line after the variable substitution has occurred This setting only works if Set Varsub is on and Set VarsubDebug is on setvar outfile amp GREEN SUPRTEST filename901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123 45678901 run suprtool pub robelle SUPRTOOL iX Copyright Robelle Solutions Technology Inc 1981 2007 Version 5 5 Internal TUE OCT 30 2007 2 58 PM Type H for he gt set varsub on gt set varsubdebug on gt in filelsd suprtest vd in filelsd suprtest output outfile link temp vd output GREEN SUPRTEST filename90123456789012345678901234567890123 vd 2345678901 link temp The output is formatted into 74 byte chunks and printed with a pr
105. flag if not end of notecust then perform 20 20 process record 20 20 process record if notecust serial no head serial no then perform 20 30 print header move notecust text line to rept text line write line record from report detail 20 30 print header move spaces to line record write line record move notecust serial no to head serial no move notecust company name to head company name write line record from report header 20 produce report exit exit 474 e Calling Suprlink Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Installing the Suprtool2 Interface Compatibility Mode Installation You do not need to do any installation steps in order to use the native mode version of Suprtool2 These instructions describe how to install the Suprtool2 interface into the System SL on Classic versions of MPE and on MPE ix for access by compatibility mode programs The job stream Suprcall Suprjob Robelle installs the Suprtool2 interface so that it can be used by any program on the system Use it either to update the interface when you receive a new version of Suprtool or to re install the interface after a MIT update from HP You will need a small tape for a new COLDLOAD tape to contain the Suprtool interface segment You can also install the Suprtool2 interface in a pub or group SL see Compiling and Linking on MPE V on page 442 Installing into the System SL 1 showjob Make sure that the Robelle account has been created and all files h
106. for some tasks the Get command must revert to using the slower standard database reads but it always prints a warning The If and Extract commands are powerful for reducing a large input file into a small output file that contains just the data desired They are reasonably efficient but usually consume as much processor time as the serial read itself The If command does partial evaluation of expressions Therefore you should place the tests that are most likely to fail at the start of the expression and place the table lookups which are slower at the end This minimizes overhead Using Extract reduces the size of the output record and greatly improves sort times if all sort keys are extracted The Delete Put and Update commands are implemented by calling the corresponding TurboIMAGE intrinsics DBDELETE DBPUT and DBUPDATE A simple way to improve Delete Put and Update performance is to use Set Lock 0 see below but this is rarely appropriate when on line users need access to the database There is another option that improves the speed of Deletes Puts and Updates but it comes with many warnings see Defer on page 231 The Dbedit Subsystem an interactive editor for dataset entries and chains of entries does not use NOBUF MR so is strictly a convenience not a performance aid Suprlink is a tool for linking together fields from several files by a common key value It links sorted files that Suprtool extracts from IMAGE KSA
107. form invfile writes to temporary file 296 STExport Commands Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Heading Command HEA Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Specify a heading if any that appears as the first record of the output file HEADING NONE FIELDNAMES I string ADD string COLUMN string Default None When importing data into other applications the first line of the import file is often treated as field names or headings Use the Heading command to specify what STExport should write as the first line of the output file Field Names If you specify Heading Fieldnames STExport creates a default heading This heading is constructed by using the field name of each field in the input file The Fieldname option uses the formatting options that apply to byte type fields to determine the final format e g the Quote command STExport produces multiple field names for compound fields For compound fields the repeat count is used to determine the number of field names The repeat count is appended to the field name starting with one until all the field names have been generated User Specified Heading You can specify your own heading line by doing gt heading your heading Because the maximum length of an STExport input line is 256 characters you may not be able to specify a long heading with a single Heading command Use Heading Add to add additional strings to your heading Account Note no Add in first string First Name Las
108. gt get d inventory gt item unit cost decimal 2 input dataset implied decimal places gt update gt extract unit cost amp unit cost Update must come before Extract calculate the new unit cost value gt if unit cost 10 00 selection criteria gt xeg This next example selects all inventory items with a part number of 12345677 and changes it to 12345678 d inventory input dataset product no 12345677 selection criteria gt update ciupdate gt extract product no 12345678 new unit cost value gt xeq You can set CIUPDATE by using the DBUTIL Utility To set CIUPDATE on just run Dbutil and use the Set command run dbutil pub sys gt gt set dbname ciupdate on gt gt exit Notes The only commands that can be combined with Update are selection commands e g the If command The following commands are not allowed Delete Duplicate Key List Output Put Sort or Total You cannot update critical fields in master datasets Update does not work with MPE or KSAM files If you are updating a packed or display field remember that Suprtool uses unsigned values for non negative numbers unless you add a leading plus sign to the number See Packed and Display Constants on page 137 for more details 258 e Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Suprtool Commands Use Command U Specifies a file of commands to be executed as a group USE Q filename Database Date Items A usefile makes
109. gt get d sales 20 every 20th record is 5 gt output result gt xeg Look at the First Few Records If you want to look at the first few records of a dataset use the Numrecs command This command tells Suprtool to extract at most the number of records specified Then instead of sending the result to a file send it to the screen with output ascii The example shows you how to look at the first 10 records in your dataset gt get d sales gt numrecs 10 first 10 records output ascii output to screen format numbers gt xeq Selecting by Criteria Simple Criteria To tell Suprtool to choose records based on certain criteria use the If command Think of the If command as a shorthand for Select all records that have In this example Suprtool extracts all records with a sales total value greater than 20000 from the d sales dataset gt get d sales gt if sales total gt 20000 select gt output result gt xeq Complex Criteria To choose records using more complex criteria combine several simple criteria using AND OR NOT and parentheses In this example Suprtool extracts all records that have a sales total value greater than 20000 and a product price value less than 5000 from the d sales dataset Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Getting a Quick Start with Suprtool e 27 gt get d sales gt if sales total 20000 and product price lt 5000 gt output result gt xeq String of Digits If you have a byt
110. if a year is less than 1950 then the century should be 20 You can easily convert each date by processing each field separately by using an intermediate self describing file Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Suprtool Issues and Solutions e 97 gt base store dbold 1 Database password gt get d sales gt set squeeze off gt item deliv date date yymmdd gt if deliv date gt date 1950 01 01 gt out sales01 link gt ext cust account gt ext 19 gt ext deliv date sales total gt xeq IN 15 OUT 14 CPU Sec 1 Wall Sec 5 Now insert 20 to the century for the appropriate records gt base store dbold gt get d sales gt if deliv date lt date 1950 01 01 gt ext cust account ext 20 ext deliv date sales total gt out sales01 link append gt xeq Now you can convert the other field from the flat file sales01 and add a century to the purch date field gt reset gt base close the open database gt in sales01 gt item purch date date yymmdd gt if purch date gt Sdate 1950 01 01 gt set squeeze off gt out sales02 link ext cust account product price gt ext 19 gt ext purch date sales total gt xeq IN 15 OUT 15 CPU Sec 1 Wall Sec 1 Because you extracted all 15 records you know you do not have any records with the purch date field that need to be updated with a 20 Now you can insert the records into the new database gt base store db gt in sales02
111. implied decimal points or the date format for an item The date and today functions of the If command work only with dates The Item command must precede any If or Extract commands ITEM itemname DATE DECIMAL attribute ltemname The itemname must be an IMAGE itemname an SD field or a Defined field If the itemname exists both as an IMAGE itemname and as a Defined field the attribute is associated with the IMAGE itemname and the Defined field is deleted If the itemname exists both as an IMAGE itemname and as an SD field the attribute is only associated with the IMAGE itemname and a warning is produced The itemname cannot be qualified with a subscript Date Formats For dates the attribute must be one of the following Attribute Attribute ASK ccyymm Calendar ccyy ddmmyy aammdd ddmmyyyy aamm mmddyy mmddaa mmddyyyy ddmmaa Oracle SRNChronos PHdate mmyyyy yymm yyddd yymmdd ccyyddd yyyynm HPCalendar yyymmdd JulianDay yyyymmdd EDSDate ccyymmdd PHDate8 Abbreviations When specifying the Date keyword you can use a leading subset for the date attribute For example if you want to specify the Calendar date type you can specify only CA gt item cal date date ca If you do not like this feature you can turn it off by specifying the following command in your Suprmgr file Suprtool Commands e 191 192 e Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Data Types for Dates Each date attribute is compatible with certain data types For more
112. in both datasets When the table is loaded Suprtool obtains the cust account field information from the self describing custacct file gt base store 5 get m customer gt if cust status 30 customers in arrears out custacct link self describing output for the Table command gt xeq gt table cust table cust account file custacct gt chain d sales cust account cust table gt output dsales gt xeq The next example sorts selected records from the d inventory dataset Because the output file is not a self describing file we must use the Extract command to make the key field the first field in the file We use this file to load a table and select the records from the m product dataset get d inventory gt if on hand qty 10 select records gt ex product no product no must be first gt ex on hand qty other fields follow gt ex last ship date gt so product no sort by key value gt out invent later use this file in the Table command gt xe gt get m product contains product description gt table product table product no sorted invent gt if Slookup product table product no gt sort product no gt output mproduct gt xeq The next example shows how to select part numbers from flat file parts using the file Partin We use the Define command to define where the part no field is in the record This example assumes that the Part numbers are in the first six bytes of each file S
113. in the second base After the task finishes the Put and Delete datasets or the Update dataset are unlocked Set Lock 0 provides the best performance but other users cannot change the database during the entire Suprtool task The reason for improved performance is twofold 1 The database only needs to be locked once 2 IfSuprtool is reading the database with DBGET it does not have to reget records and ensure that they have not changed with each lock Locking for Each Transaction Set Lock 1 the default causes Suprtool to lock and unlock around every DBDELETE DBPUT and DBUPDATE transaction This provides the least contention with other users of the database but may not be the best choice for large overnight runs where exclusive access to the database is available Suprtool Issues and Solutions e 55 Locking Once in a While Any other value of Set Lock causes Suprtool to lock and unlock the datasets every n transactions where n is the value of Set Lock A transaction is either a DBDELETE DBPUT or DBUPDATE it is not the number of input records read After the Xeq command Suprtool does not lock the datasets until the first DBDELETE DBPUT or DBUPDATE After unlocking the datasets Suprtool does not do another lock until a further DBDELETE DBPUT or DBUPDATE Record Changed Before It Could Be Deleted If you are deleting or updating records when Set Lock is not zero it is possible that a record will be modified removed or a
114. information see the table on data types in the Define command The following table shows the compatibilities Date Attribute Data Type Compatibility ASK Jl and K1 Calendar Jl and K1 ddmmyy X6 Z6 J2 K2 and P8 or greater ddmmyyyy X8 Z8 J2 K2 and P10 or greater mmddyy X6 Z6 J2 K2 and P8 or greater mmddyyyy X8 Z8 J2 K2 and P10 or greater Oracle X7 PHdate J1 K1 J2 and K2 yymm XA ZA J1 and K1 yymmdd X6 Z6 J2 K2 and P8 or greater yyymmdd J2 P8 yyyymmdd X8 Z8 J2 K2 and P10 or greater ccyymmdd X8 Z8 J2 K2 and P10 or greater ccyymm X6 Z6 J2 K2 and P8 or greater yyyynm X6 Z6 J2 K2 and P8 or greater aammdd X6 aamm X4 mmddaa X6 ddmmaa X6 ccyy XA ZA J1 and K1 SRNChronos X6 mmyyyy X6 Z6 J2 K2 and P8 or greater yyddd X5 Z5 J2 K2 and P8 or greater ccyyddd X7 Z1 J2 K2 and P10 or greater HPCalendar J2 K2 EDSDate J2 P8 JulianDay J2 PHdate8 J1 K1 J2 and K2 Date Limits The date function in Suprtool can generate dates between the years 1583 and 2583 Some date formats have limits based on their particular format such as 2027 for a Calendar date and 2259 for the aammdd aamm mmddaa ddmmaa dates Suprtool Commands Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Calendar The Calendar attribute is provided for users who have fields containing the 16 bit MPE Calendar date format as an unsigned logical value with seven bits for the year of the century bits 0 6 followed by nine bits for the
115. is similar to the yyymmdd format in which the first digit represents the century The first digit in the EDSDATE is either 0 or 1 a 0 represents a century of 19 and a 1 represents a century of 20 JulianDay The JulianDay number is the absolute count of the days that have elapsed since January 1 4713 BC on the Julian calendar Typically Julian Day numbers refer to an integer number corresponding to whole days while the Julian Date may mean an integer plus a decimal value that resolves the Julian count to precise parts of a day Suprtool supports the JulianDay number and does not attempt to support an hour or point in the day aammdd and Related Date Formats The aammdd attribute is similar to yymmdd except the aa portion of the date uses a combination of letters and numbers in order to represent dates beyond 1999 The aammdd date format was developed by James Overman of HP for use in their MM3000 product This format is available only for X6 data type Suprtool Commands e 193 194 e Suprtool 5 5 for MPE By substituting a letter of the alphabet in the first position of the year we can extend a six digit date and also ensure that the dates collate correctly For example YY of AAMMDD CCYY 00 09 1900 1909 90 99 1990 1999 AO A9 2000 2009 BO B9 2010 2019 CO C9 2020 2029 Because letters are greater than numbers in the collating sequence you can ensure that aammdd dates beyond 1999 will order correctly
116. is true for all programs not just Suprtool You can use the Form and Verify commands to determine how many records Suprtool will read The Form command shows the number of entries in the dataset After specifying a Get command for a detail dataset use Verify Numrecs to see how many records Suprtool will read If there is a large difference between the number of entries and the highwater mark you may wish to repack the detail dataset If the dataset is dynamic with many entries being added and deleted it is better to let Suprtool take longer otherwise you would be continuously repacking the dataset For regular monitoring of all your datasets use HowMessy which shows both the number of entries and the highwater mark for detail datasets FLIMIT Different The Get command may print an error FLIMIT different than calculated or a warning FLIMIT greater than calculated Suprtool verifies that the physical MPE file that corresponds to the dataset matches the information returned by DBINFO Suprtool computes the number of records in the MPE file as follows records capacity 1 blockfactor 1 Suprtool Commands e 165 where capacity and blockfactor are reported by the Form command When this error occurs Suprtool prints the MPE file name MPE FLIMIT dataset name dataset number and the computed FLIMIT gt get m test Error Dataset with FLIMIT different than calculated MPE Filename TESTO1 STORESC DB Actual MPE Flim
117. left Ur Clean command STExport sse 284 Clean Chats ue o e REP Ua Em SEM CleanChar Set m Cleaning datas 9 3 bo eet ee CM to NM KSAM conversion eene 60 COBOL define of P28 130 COBOL example for Speed Demon we 427 COBOL invocation of Suprlink w 460 COBOL invocation of Suprtool 447 code overflow error 186 Cognos date fields ee teme tret 193 COLON se EEA tete 107 280 332 375 485 colon for MPE commands 481 column headings List command sees 43 Column Headings Html command sss 301 Columns command eese 285 combining commands on same line command line cormands eee teretes commands formatting essere ener 277 commands multiple COMMENTS ocean meon hide pan pee Comparing against Key and Data 31 170 comparing strings as numbers compatibility mode esses compiling eorr te ERES compound items condition code configuring Dbedit configuring Suprtool Connect Oracle Open CODStalitsus eicere constants in arithmetic expressions constants in the output file continuing commands ns control Dreak 5 ete ERREUR EE control charactetrs 5 de aaa eae control record for SPDEDBINIT is control record for S
118. length If you want to sort records greater than 4096 bytes use the compatibility mode version of Suprtool To improve speed we recommend using the Object Code Translator on the CM version of Suprtool hello mgr robelle pub octcomp suprcm suproct run suproct pub robelle We consider this problem a bug in HP s native mode sort intrinsics one unlikely to be fixed The solution is to use the Object Code Translated version of Suprtool to sort files with records greater than 4096 bytes Suprtool and CI Variable Substitution Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Suprtool is able to substitute any CI command interpreter variables from almost any command line source whether via interactive commands a usefile or batch input In order to use this feature first enter the following Set command set varsub on Variable substitution is not enabled by default for backward compatibility Example Because Suprtool is now capable of CI variable substitution you no longer need to echo commands out to a file and subsequently use the newly created file The following example varies the sort order of an extract using a CI variable called order Suprtool Issues and Solutions e 73 74 Suprtool 5 5 for MPE setvar order desc run suprtool pub robelle set varsub on base test get dline sort ord num order output file3y exit Batch Requires Indent The Streams facility under default setup replaces any exclamation mark fo
119. mode This should not concern any normal user but there are two consequences for privileged mode users 1 You cannot call Speed Demon V from split stack mode 2 Do not enable a privileged mode Control Y trap handler while calling Speed Demon V SPDEPREFETCH JCW Speed Demon can read data directly from disc into memory using Multi Rec NOBUF reads However Speed Demon is often slowed down on MPE iX while waiting for the file system to satisfy its read requests Using prefetch on MPE ix Speed Demon is able to increase its throughput by instructing MPE iX s memory manager to read the data from disc to memory ahead of time This way when Speed Demon needs the data it is already in memory and Speed Demon doesn t have to wait 406 Welcome to Speed Demon Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Suprtool 5 5 for MPE The SPDEPREFETCH JCW tells the memory manager how far ahead of Speed Demon it should fetch data Setting this number too low won t give the memory manager sufficient time to get the data into memory before Speed Demon needs it Setting the number too high may mean that on a busy system the data will be overwritten by something else before Speed Demon gets a chance to use it When reading an input dataset Speed Demon iX prefetches twice the buffer length of data from disc to memory This default value of 2 works well even on small machines If Speed Demon is running stand alone on a fast CPU with a lot of memory you may wish to increase the pr
120. name Key is optional Any command that starts with a numeric character is assumed to be a Key command The Verify command shows all of the current key fields and the Reset command cancels them If no sort fields are defined prior to the Xeq or Exit command Suprtool performs a copy not a sort 198 e Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Suprtool Commands Link Command LIN Send commands to Suprlink LINK suprlink command Switching into Suprlink If you enter Link with no parameters Suprtool executes Suprlink Pub Robelle Suprlink then prompts you for commands just as it does when you run Suprlink from MPE When you exit Suprlink you are returned to Suprtool gt link invoke Suprlink SUPRLINK Copyright Robelle Solutions Technology Inc 1988 2001 input invoices by cust no Suprlink prompts for commands link customer output invcust texit do Suprlink task and return to Suprtool gt Passing Commands to Suprlink You can send commands directly to Suprlink by specifying the Suprlink command as part of the Suprtool Link command Suprlink executes the command and returns to Suprtool Suprlink does not execute its task until it receives an Xeq or Exit command input invoices by cust no link customer send link customer to Suprlink output invcust exit exit from Suprlink not Suprtool Notes You can use the Suprtool2 interface and the Link command to call Suprlink See the Suprcall User Manual for a complete examp
121. on a field or even on an expression such as Suprtool Commands Suprtool 5 5 for MPE gt def newcredit 1 4 double gt ext newcredit Sabs credit 100 1 07 This function will also work in the If command gt if abs credit 100 1 07 gt 500 00 Truncate function Suprtool supports a truncate function which returns the number to the left of a decimal place For example if the field stddev contains the value 547 83 the truncate function will return 547 Note that there is no rounding This function will work on fields and expressions For example gt def newdev 1 4 double ext newdev truncate stddev 100 1 07 This function will also work in the If command gt if Struncate stddev 100 1 07 gt 200 SubTotal Function Suprtool has the ability to keep a running subtotal for any numeric field based on a given sort key The target data must be a packed field with 28 digits in order to avoid overflow issues A sample use of the subtotal function could be gt def mytotal 1 14 packed gt get orders gt sort order number gt ext order number gt ext part number gt ext description gt ext sales amount gt ext mytotal subtotal sales amount order number gt out sales link gt xeq This would result in a file containing a running subtotal in the field mytotal for a given order number You could then generate a simple report with the simple Suprtool commands gt in sales gt l
122. on the requested number of digits For example define D PRICE integer 4 25 creates a field capable of storing 4 digits i e a 2 byte integer while define D PRICE integer size4 25 will guarantee a 4 byte integer field When in doubt use QSHOW to examine the structure of the subfile Tip 4 Fields Created by Summary Operations Here is a list of data types for PowerHouse summary functions written to subfiles Data Type Field Count Integer size 4 Subtotal Float Size 8 Minimum Float Size 8 for numerics Character size nn for char fields Maximum Float Size 8 for numerics Character size nn for char fields Average Float size 8 subtotal Integer size 4 count and an Integer size 4 filler of binary zeros Percent two Float Size 8 subtotals Ratio two Float Size 8 subtotals Sysname Character size 40 Sysdate Phdate integer size 2 or 4 if century included Systime Integer size 2 HHMM format Suprtool Definitions QSCHEMA You can create Suprtool field definitions from the record layout information provided by PowerHouse Think of the QSHOW output as a list of records that needs only to be translated into another form What you do is send the QSHOW report to a disc file and process that file with Quiz turning it into a list of Define commands for Suprtool Suprtool Issues and Solutions e 83 84 e Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Notes on QSHOW Output To capture the output of QSHOW you can run QSHOW and redirect
123. only to DU since there is also a Define command in Suprtool gt i sdfile Input command gt l List command 2x Xeq command Uppercase or Lowercase You can enter the letters in either uppercase or lowercase because Suprtool upshifts everything in the command line except literal strings within quotes e g abc These two commands are identical gt EXTRACT QTY Multiple Commands per Line You can enter several commands on a single line if you separate them with semicolons An entire task can be placed on one input line Suprtool Commands e 105 The maximum command that may be specified in the Info parameter of the Run command is 60 characters You may also use MPE s COMMENT command to enter comment lines gt in old out new xeq get m customer if cust status lt gt 10 20 30 list x Caution Suprtool cannot distinguish between several commands on one line and several commands entered on several lines This is not a problem when using Suprtool in batch as Suprtool stops executing when an error occurs But when using Suprtool interactively specifying multiple commands separated by a semicolon Suprtool keeps on parsing the rest of the line after it finds an error For example if you misspell the fldname when you type the following get dsetname if fldname value del out filename xeq Suprtool sends you an error message with the typo but continues with the rest of the command line This has the effect of de
124. performance is causing you a problem Then if you obtain improvements by using Suprtool you know you can achieve better speed in practice as well as in tests Use Suprtool as a front end to your problem report producing a small extract file containing just the fields and records needed for your final program Once you get that working consider linking in data from other files or datasets using Suprlink For comparison purposes run the Suprtool test at the same time as you would normally run the original program Comparing a standalone midnight run against a mid day run does not give valid results nor does comparing two runs in succession the second run benefits on MPE iX since the files are already in memory at that time You have several choices when deciding how to extract the data for your report One user had a report that consumed 18 hours on his Series 955 Since the site had only a short window for batch processing each night the job would spill over into the prime shift By the time the report did complete it was a day late and a new report was running His boss was considering going to a 960 to reduce the job time The programmer tried Suprtool as a front end but it only reduced the time to 15 hours When he called Robelle in disappointment we investigated his application He had used the Chain command because he had a TurboIMAGE search item for his key values and thought following such a search path would be fastest We suggested
125. prodtable prodno gt extract unit cost 1ookup prodtable prodno unit cost gt xeq If you did not specify the If lookup then records that did not qualify under the lookup function in the extract field will result in zeroes for any numeric field and spaces for any byte type fields Data Conversion You can convert numeric fields from one data type to another Any nonbyte field type is considered to be numeric You can also lengthen or truncate character fields The general syntax for doing conversions is EXTRACT target field source field Target Field The target field determines the byte length data type and repeat count for the expression The expression is extracted during the output phase and cannot be used by other Suprtool commands that accept fields e g Sort To avoid confusion it is best to define a new field name for the target field instead of using an existing field name The following example shows defining a new target field as a double integer The Extract command target field then takes the definition from the Define command and extracts data from the source field display field gt in oldfile gt def salesqty 1 4 double gt ext order no order date gt ext salesqty display field Packed and Display Fields When the target of an extract conversion is a packed or display type field Suprtool always converts positive values to a neutral packed or display value To ensure that expressions
126. product price decimal 2 sales tax decimal 2 sales total decimal 2 Salefile We now produce a file called salefile using Suprtool s Output Link option The Link option produces a self describing file complete with the date and decimal place information gt get d sales output salefile link gt xeq gt form salefile File salefile SD Version B 00 00 Entry Offset CUST ACCOUNT Z8 1 DELIV DATE I2 9 lt lt YYYYMMDD gt gt PRODUCT NO Z8 13 PRODUCT PRICE 12 21 RX ato PURCH DATE 12 25 lt lt YYYYMMDD gt gt SALES QTY Il 29 SALES TAX I2 31 2 jx SALES TOTAL I2 35 2 755 Limit 108 EOF 8 Entry Length 38 Blocking 107 Notice how the Form command correctly identifies which fields are dates and which fields have implied decimal places STExport uses this information to format the file STExport Output We then use STExport to read the self describing Salefile to produce our sample output on stdlist To demonstrate how dates are handled we insert a separator in each date field run stexport pub robelle Sinput salefile self describing input file Sdate yyyymmdd dates with a dash separator Soutput output to stdlist xeq 10020 1993 10 05 50511501 98 31 1993 10 01 0 02 27 53 224 15 10003 1993 10 15 50511501 98 31 1993 10 15 0 01 13 76 112 07 10003 1993 10 15 50512501 145 62 1993 10 15 0 01 20 39 166 00 10003 1993 10 15 50513001 192 20 1993 10 15 0 01 26 91 219 10 10016 1993 10 21 50
127. put the dollar sign at the left most position of the significant data For example if you have the following data and edit mask 0001234 54 the data would end up as 1234 54 Suprtool will not however put the dollar sign to the right of the decimal place If you had the same edit mask and the data was 09 the data would end up being formatted as 09 Similarily the edit function will attempt to place the dollar sign correctly in most cases For example Suprtool will not format data in the form of 123 50 Suprtool does attempt to fixup these cases and would format the data in the following manner 123 50 Overflow and floating dollar If the number of digits in the data is equal to the number of placeholder dollar signs then the dollar sign is dropped and not added to the edited field 12345 50 99 would result in Suprtool Commands Suprtool 5 5 for MPE 12345 50 Set CurrencySymbol If Set CurrencySymbol is not equal to then after the formatting has been applied whatever symbol s are defined within the set command are used to replace the symbol in the data For example if you have the Currency symbol set as CDN gt set currencysymbol CDN Suprtool will replace the after the edit mask has been applied with CDN provided there is room to the left of the dollar sign It is recommended that if you are using multiple characters for the dollar symbol that you leave enough characters
128. record may appear in the Output file It is best to have Suprtool Extract only the fields you will actually need since if any of the Suprtool extracts result in enormous Output files the time to do the sort may be prohibitive The BY clause is only necessary when the Input file has been created using the Suprtool Output Query option instead of the Output Link option Output Link adds the sort field information to the self describing file so that you do not have to specify it in a BY clause Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Suprlink Commands e 385 Join Command J 386 e Suprlink Commands Join the Input file to another Join file this links files with multiple key values in both the input file and the Join file JOIN filename BY join keys FROM input keys OPTIONAL REQUIRED Default REQUIRED File Name The Join file should be created by Suprtool with the Output Link option it should only contain the fields that you actually need in the final report plus any sort fields If you do a LISTF of the file it should show SD as the CODE this means it is self describing It contains a description of its own record structure in some special user labels this allows you to refer to the same field names as in the original database and Suprlink can compute where they occur in the record For example Sales is sorted by custno key is custno Join two files into custsale input sales join custfile output custsale
129. record for each student Suprlink matches the students cmaj against the cmaj in the link record Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Secondary Input Key It is possible that the second key field has a different name in the input file and the Link file The FROM clause lets you handle this case Note that you must specify the Input file key field as part of the FROM clause This example is identical to the previous secondary key example but in this case the current major field is called curmajor in the students file and cmaj in the majors file Optional Linkage If there is more than one link record with the same key value Suprlink will select the first one it finds You can sort by another value such as date time to force a certain record to be first Please note that this is unlike Quiz which does a hierarchical expansion to include every record accessed If there are no link records for a given key value of the input file that input record is dropped from the output file this is the default option REQUIRED To make the linkage optional specify the OPTIONAL keyword When you use OPTIONAL and Suprlink does not find a matching link record in the file Suprlink fills in the linked fields with default values The default for byte type fields is spaces for zoned type the default is ASCII zeros 0 and for all other types the default is binary zeros For example tinput custfile key name is custno link addrfile optional don t drop cus
130. records to a dataset with Omnidex keys you must have MPE iX third party indexing enabled in your database or you must run Suprtool with Omnidex s call conversion facility run suprtool pub robelle xl 2 xl pub disc gt base store gt input mpefile gt put d sales d sales has Omnidex keys gt exit Notes If the dataset selected for output is a master dataset it is possible that some of the output records may be duplicate key values If this happens Suprtool prints an error message and terminates the task unless you have enabled Set Ignore in which case the duplicates are counted and reported at the end of the task Duplicate records are not written to the output file To add individual entries into a dataset specifying each field value in ASCII use the Add command of Dbedit 218 e Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Suprtool Commands Q Command Q Prints a message on stdlist Q string Default print a blank line The string of up to 253 characters is printed on stdlist The string is truncated to the record width of stdlist In many cases job streams are limited to 80 or 132 characters The string must be embedded in quotes Either single quotes or double quotes are permitted The quotes are not printed on stdlist Use the Q command in usefiles for printing explanations Put COMMENT in usefiles for a nonprinting comment line then invoke the file with the USEQ command Examples The Q command is often
131. return gt listredo all Sredo 5 redo 5th command in stack Sred redo previous command redo 2 redo command before previous redo 8 10 redo 8th through 10th redo 10 redo 10 through last redo purge redo last Purge command redo purge temp redo last purge temp redo temp redo last containing temp Notes The Redo command cannot be abbreviated To save more commands use a File command on the file Stexredo before you run STExport file stexredo disc 5000 run stexport pub robelle 306 STExport Commands Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Reset Command R Cancel the current task RESET Reset closes the current Input file then resets the Output file name to Output Formatting options are not reset only the task related commands are reset If you try to reset an individual command STExport prints a warning Suprtool 5 5 for MPE STExport Commands e 307 Set Command S 308 e STExport Commands Enables or disables certain operating options within STExport These options are not reset by Xeq or Reset commands SET CLEANCHAR lt string gt MAPPED ONIOFF REDO filename STATISTICS ONIOFF VARSUB ONIOFF VARSUBDEBUG ONIOFF WARNINGS ONIOFF XMLTAGCHAR ZONEDFIX ONIOFF CleanChar SET CleanChar string Initially set to space Sets what character is used to replace a Clean character If you just want to clean the fields and replace the bad character with no ch
132. s transactions gt put d sales mon ostore 1 add to OSTORE database Password password not echoed gt exit the output file defaults to null This example shows how Suprtool can read an MPE disc file and Put each record in a database Suprtool Commands e 217 Improving Put Performance with Deferred Output Suprtool uses the standard Image intrinsic DBPut to add entries from a dataset This makes tasks with a Put operation slower than the standard MR NOBUF reads but insures structural integrity of the database and that any Third Party Indexes are kept in sync You can reduce the time needed to Put dataset entries by enabling deferred output for the Put database When Set Defer is On and the Put database is opened in mode 3 exclusive Suprtool calls DBCONTROL to notify IMAGE that disc writes are to be deferred whenever possible The database creator can enable deferred output processing for all users of a database with DBUTIL enable base for autodefer Deferred output can improve the speed of DBPUT significantly but it has a major drawback if the system crashes i e you have a system failure or a nonrecoverable power failure while you are in deferred output mode you must RESTORE your database from tape If Suprtool stops due to an error or if you abort Suprtool i e break abort or abortjob while the database is opened in deferred output mode your database does not have to be restored Omnidex If you are adding
133. second d It does not delete a range of characters making it unlike the MPE V version of Redo d d gt xyz Deletes a single character above the first d skips two spaces and deletes to the end of the line beginning at the second d and then places xyz at the end of the line Appends xyz to the end of the current line gt ddxyz Deletes the last two characters from the end of the current line and then places xyz at the end of the line Replaces the last three characters in the current line with xyz gt ixyz Appends xyz to the end of the line In this case the i command is superfluous because gt accomplishes the same result Using gt xyz would be sufficient c ab def Changes all occurrences of ab to def c ab Deletes all occurrences of ab CXYZ Replaces the current text with cxyz starting at c Because delimiters have not been specified as they were in the previous two examples this is a simple replacement with the four characters Persistent Redo Redo commands can be saved in a permanent file and can therefore be used from another session You can use the Set redo command to specify a filename to save your redo commands See Redo on page 243 for details Suprtool Commands Reset Command R Resets aspects of the current task RESET ALL command Default Delete Sort Key If List Parameters More than one command can be Reset at once by entering several commands separated by a space or a comma I
134. self describing file has been entered a Form command without parameters shows the fields in the current input source If a Base command has been specified but no input source a Form command without parameters does a Form Sets 162 e Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Suprtool Commands Form Keywords The Form command shows items paths and sets before it searches for a dataset or file with these names Use a string e g sets to display the form of a dataset or file that matches one of the Form keywords gt form paths paths is the name of a dataset Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Suprtool Commands e 163 Get Command G Selects an IMAGE dataset from a previously opened Base as the input source for the next extract You must have read access to all fields in the dataset entry Only one Chain Get or Input command is allowed per extract task Get always reads the dataset serially GET setname startrecord endrecord stcount Default all records Dataset Input The first example shows the most common use of the Get command An input dataset is specified as input to Suprtool We select a subset of the entire input dataset using the If command gt base store 5 READER gt get d inventory open for read access only serially read dataset gt if unit cost 10000 the UNIT COST field is gt output outl automatically defined by Get gt xeg Selection by Record Number The startrecord endrecord parameter permit
135. session You can use the Set redo command to specify a filename to save your redo commands Please see the Set Redo command for details Suprtool 5 5 for MPE STExport Commands e 303 Output Command O Specifies the Output file OUTPUT filename TEMP ERASE By default the Output file is permanent and named Output If you specify Columns None the output file will have variable length records When Columns Fixed is specified STExport creates the output file with fixed length records STExport computes the maximum record size by computing the maximum length of each formatted field and adding them together If the heading line is longer than this the length of the heading line is used as the record length You can use a file equation to reduce the record size but it is not recommended since too short a record size can cause STExport to fail in the middle of a task File Equations STExport allows the use of file equations to help ensure a file is built with the attributes that you require in the output file One example of this is when you are generating HTML output and want to use it with the Apache Web server on MPE The Web server needs the files to be bytestream files One caveat for this technique with bytestream files is that you have to specify a disc value greater than or equal to the total number of bytes that will be written to the file because by definition a bytestream file has a record size of only one byte An e
136. size is configured too small 522 INVALID FUTURE PARAMETER The future part of the control record does not contain twenty blanks Make sure that the control record was declared correctly and that the correct name was passed to SPDEDBINIT Verify that the control record is the fifth parameter of SPDEDBINIT and be sure that either a dummy argument or a field list was passed as the last parameter to SPDEDBINIT 521 INVALID BUFFER LENGTH xxxx The buffer length of the control record did not contain a valid value The minimum buffer size is 4096 and the maximum is 14 336 unless zero was specified Make sure that the control record was declared correctly the correct name was passed to SPDEDBINIT verify that the control record is the fourth parameter of SPDEDBINIT and be sure that a dummy argument was passed as the last parameter to SPDEDBINIT 520 INVALID VERSION NUMBER x The version number of the control record did not contain a zero Make sure that the control record was declared correctly the correct name was passed to SPDEDBINIT verify that the control record is the fifth parameter of SPDEDBINIT and be sure that a dummy argument was passed as the last parameter to SPDEDBINIT It is possible for Speed Demon to abort because of an internal inconsistency These are called assertion errors and they should be reported to Robelle Solutions Technology Inc There is one assertion error that can be caused by problems in the application
137. software Each Speed Demon V intrinsic checks for ten words of room in the status area If there is not enough room Speed Demon V is aborted with assertion error number one If this happens you should check that the declaration of the status area is correct This problem could also be caused by a large portion of the application stack being wiped out Speed Demon Error Messages e 439 Welcome to Calling Suprtool Calling Suprtool Suprtool including its Suprlink and Dbedit components is a utility program like FCOPY or QUERY You run it either interactively or in a batch job and feed it commands to define a task to be done How would a user application program invoke Suprtool to perform a desired task One way would be to use the COMMAND intrinsic to launch a batch job that ran Suprtool Unfortunately the user program would have little control over when the batch job started or finished To solve this problem Robelle provides an interface routine that will run Suprtool for a user program and pass commands from the program to Suprtool the same commands you would type into Suprtool This routine procedure subroutine intrinsic allows user programs to call Suprtool A typical use of this interface would be for a COBOL program to ask Suprtool to extract a selected subset from a large IMAGE dataset and write it to a disc file which the COBOL program would then read and format into a report Suprtool2 Routine The interface routi
138. starts appending characters at the end of line Control A Control D plus spaces deletes from the end Control T ends Insert Mode allowing movement to a new column Control G recovers the original line Control O specifies overwrite mode needed for Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Suprtool Commands e 113 spaces Persistent Redo Redo commands can be saved in a permanent file and can therefore be used from another session You can use the Set redo command to specify a filename to save your redo commands Please see Redo on page 243 for details 114 Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Suprtool Commands Chain Command C Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Selects an IMAGE dataset and a search path as the input source for the next extract Unlike the Get command the Chain command reads records by using the standard IMAGE intrinsics For detail datasets the Chain command does a DBFIND on the specified search path and uses DBGET mode 5 to read the records For master datasets the Chain command uses DBGET mode 7 You must have read access to all fields in the dataset entry Only one Chain Get or Input command is allowed per extract task CHAIN setname search field value CHAIN setname search field table name When using Chain the size of the output file defaults to the size of the Chain dataset If the dataset is large and the selected subset is small you should use the Numrecs command to reduce the size of the output file Selection by Individual
139. the HP UX machine dopey binary exitonerror put dinv users data store dinv put dinvsd users data store dinv sd quit Now you can use Suprtool UX to read the SD file suprtool gt input store dinv gt form File store dinv SD Version B 00 00 No line feeds Entry Offset BIN NO FL LAST SHIP DATE I2 ON HAND QTY I2 PRODUCT NO Z8 SUPPLIER NO Z8 UNIT COST P8 ITEM DESC X20 ITEM DESC2 ITEM DESC3 X20 ITEM DESC4 X20 Entry Length 110 Blocking 1 gt out dinvfile gt xeq Link vs Query SDUnix and Suprtool UX can recognize files created with the Query option and from Query However they cannot recognize compound item details or any Item attributes such as Decimal or Date type Suprtool and Self Describing Files Suprtool 5 5 for MPE A problem with data files is that there is no field information Self describing files solve this problem by providing field information about the file Suprtool reads and writes SD files Suprlink requires SD files as input and creates an SD file as output Create an SD File from a Dataset You request an SD file using the Link option of the Output command If you extract fields from the dataset only the extracted fields appear in the SD file gt get d sales input from a dataset gt output salefile link salefile has all of the fields from d sales gt xeq Create an SD File from a Data File You must Define and Extract the fields you want to have in the SD file
140. the Input command instead of the If command you need to use do i s instead of just do i gt i somefile gt if lt expression gt PU gt xeq gt do is repeats previous Input command How to Save On line Commands to a File After you have performed a task on line you can save the commands you ve used to a file You can edit this file to help you create Suprtool batch jobs gt listredo all unn out somefile Selecting Database Records 26 e Suprtool 5 5 for MPE These examples show you how to get records from an IMAGE dataset It assumes you have opened the demo database with the Base command The results are written to a data file called result which can be read either by a program or by a report writer Getting a Quick Start with Suprtool run suprtool pub robelle gt base store demo robelle 5 READER read access Select All Records This example extracts all the records from the dataset Note that we didn t specify any selection criteria so Suprtool selects all the records gt get d sales input dataset gt output result output file gt xeg Xeq command performs the task Select a Random Sample Sometimes you may need to select a random sample from your dataset to test a new report or program You can easily do this by adding a count parameter to the Get command The count value tells Suprtool to select only every nth record The example shows you how to select 5 of your database
141. the file as an SD file To convert the file back to a non SD disc file run suprtool pub robelle gt in samplesd gt file flatfile code 0 gt set userlabels off out flatfile gt xeq Suprtool and Sorting Files When Suprtool sorts two records that have the same key value the first record read by Suprtool is the first record on the output file For data files this means that input records with the same key values appear in the same order in the output file 68 e Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Suprtool Issues and Solutions Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Suprtool reads only the KSAM V data file Records in the data file are organized by chronological order If two input records have the same key value the one that was first added to the KSAM V file is the first one in the output file To help preserve sorted order in a KSAM V file be sure to specify all of the KSAM V sort keys as sort keys to Suprtool Fast Sorting Suprtool 1X uses a set of fast internal routines for sorting These routines are twice as fast as the HP sort routines supplied with MPE XL 3 0 and slightly faster than the HP routines that come with MPEAX 4 0 and 5 0 By default Suprtool iX attempts to use the internal sort routines If the internal sort initialization fails for any reason Suprtool iX prints a warning and tries to do the sort with HP s sort routines If Native Language Support has been set either automatically via the NLDATALANG JCW or explicitly via Set NLS
142. the same place in front of the leading zeros 320 STExport Commands Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Example of STExport Output Example In this example we show you how to use Suprtool and STExport We start with an IMAGE SQL dataset identify the fields that are dates and the number of implied decimal places in other fields We then produce a self describing file using the dataset as input and show the default output from STExport We also show you how easy it is to migrate data from MPE files and databases to an Oracle database The Form command displays the fields in a dataset or a self describing file For files this information is stored in the user labels of an MPE file and is not accessible with other tools Use the Form command to obtain the record layout of STExport input files Sales File We will be formatting data from an IMAGE SQL sales dataset that has the following form gt form d sales Database STORE DEMO ROBELLE D SALES Detail Entry CUST ACCOUNT 1 M CUSTOMER DELIV DATE 9 PRODUCT NO 13 M PRODUCT PRODUCT PRICE 21 PURCH DATE 25 SALES QTY 29 SALES TAX 31 SALES TOTAL 35 Capacity 602 14 Entries 8 Highwater 8 Bytes 38 Dates and Decimal Places We use Suprtool s Item command to identify which of the fields in the d sales dataset are dates and which fields have implied decimal places Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Example of STExport Output e 321 deliv date date yyyymmdd purch date date Yyyymmdd
143. to the left of the symbol For example if the CurrencySymbol is defined as CDN then you should leave two spaces to the left of a fixed dollar sign definition If there is not enough room to put in the currency symbol then the dollar symbol is blank Overflow and limits An edit mask is limited to 32 characters in total for both numeric and byte type fields If data overflows the edit mask by default Suprtool will fill that field with asterisks There is an option to have Suprtool stop when it encounters a formatting overflow gt set editstoperror on will force Suprtool to stop if there is data left over to place when applying the edit mask With numeric type fields leading zeroes do not cause overflow Restrictions You can only use one expression in each Extract command and the expression must be the last item If you want to extract several expressions or more fields after an expression you need to use several Extract commands Incorrect gt extract name i sales tips c cost dept Correct gt extract name i sales commission gt extract c cost gt extract dept Extracting Bits The Extract command can be used to define individual bits from one data item as separate fields order shipped 1 2 int order paid 1 2 int order shipped status field 0 1 order paid status field 1 1 This makes it easier to check the status of certain bits within a given field Suprtool Commands e 157 EBCDIC Conversions
144. totals supr totals supr totals total offset amp lsl1 1 if supr totals blank total bl supr totals then begin if first time then begin p Totals output first time false end if print supr totals total offset wl supr totals 0 end if total index total index 1 end while end proc lt lt print totals gt gt Spage call suprtool2 lt lt pass a command line to suprtool gt gt procedure call suprtool2 begin integer length 460 e Examples of Calling Suprtool Suprtool 5 5 for MPE subroutine print int val value val integer val begin val ascii val 10 outbuf print outbuf val 0 end subr lt lt print int gt gt subroutine print command begin length 256 do length length 1 until length 0 or b command line length lt gt length lengtht1 print supr command line length 0 end subr lt lt print command gt gt suprtool2 supr control if supr status lt gt supr ok then begin p Suprtool2 interface call has failed err print command p Error number ask print int supr status setjcw 1 end if blank supr command line wl supr command line end proc call suprtool2 page init tool2spl K lt check logon mode parm values etc see if we can send one command to suprtool gt gt logical procedure init tool2spl begin integer temp init tool2spl false who temp batch temp 12 2 2 p TOOL
145. totals to the output file only works if the output file is a disc file Examples The first example prints the totals for a single field gt in filel gt def total field 1 5 gt total total field gt xeq Totals TUE OCT 10 2000 4 30 PM TOTAL FIELD 611105 The next example is identical to the previous one except that we qualify the total with the number of decimal places Suprtool Commands gt in filel gt total total fielg 2 gt xeq Totals TUE OCT 10 2000 4 31 PM TOTAL FIELD 6111505 The previous example specified the number of decimal places by using the Total command The next example is the preferred way to specify decimal places because it qualifies the cust bal_ field with two decimal places for all Suprtool commands This example also totals two fields note that you need two Total commands and shows how to total individual fields using subscripts gt base test gt get dorder gt item cust bal decimal 2 gt total cust bal 1 gt total cust bal 2 gt xeq Totals TUE OCT 10 2000 4 32 PM CUST BAL 1 143598 16 CUST BAL 2 155399 73 All the examples so far have shown the totals being written to stdlist The next example writes the totals to the file tot file gt base store gt get d sales gt total sales tax gt total sales total gt total file totfile gt xeq To write the totals to the end of a Suprtool listing use the file option with list as the file na
146. type X or U The Form command does not show B trees that it cannot utilize even if the B tree does exist The Form command also reports a damaged B tree gt form sets Database CD DB DATA BtreeModel ON Wildcard character Set Item Entry Load Entry Sets Num Type Count Capacity Count Factor Length M ARTIST T i 2 21T 3 T 2 75 A SONGS ae 307 41 13 20 A CD TITLE i 2 11 3 t 20 D SONGS 6 1004 41 78 gt form m artist Database CD DB DATA BtreeModel ON Wildcard character M ARTIST Master Indexed Set 1 Entry Offset ARTIST X30 1 Search Field gt gt NOTES 2X60 31 Capacity 211 4 Entries 3 Bytes 150 gt form d songs Database CD DB DATA BtreeModel ON Wildcard character D SONGS Detail Set 4 Entry Offset CD NO J2 T CD TITLE X40 5 A CD TITLE Indexed SUB TITLE X40 45 ARTIST X30 85 M ARTIST lt lt Indexed gt gt SONG NO J1 115 SONG TITLE X40 117 A SONGS lt lt Indexed gt gt Capacity 1004 4 Entries 41 Highwater 41 Bytes 156 Formout File The Form command writes all output to the file Formout This file defaults to stdlist You can redirect this file to a line printer or a disc drive If you redirect the Formout file to a disc file Suprtool assumes a temporary file by default gt file formout dev lp gt form sets writes to line printer gt file formout dev disc gt form d inventory writes to temporary disc file Default Form If a Chain Get or Input command of a
147. value becomes 54 00 Suprtool will not accept data that has Suprtool Commands e 151 More than one sign More than one decimal place Spaces in between numbers Signs that are in between numbers Characters that are not over punch characters Fields that when edited do not fit in the defined space for the display field You can control the character that defines the currency thousand and decimal symbol for other currencies and formats using the following commands set decimalsymbol set thousandsymbol set currencysymbol Suprtool in the above case will strip the currency and thousand symbols and use the decimal symbol to determine the number of decimal places You can set these characters to any values you want but the defaults for each are used in the above set commands The decimal and thousand symbols are only single characters The currency symbol allows for four characters Numeric to Byte Conversion Suprtool has several ways to convert binary numbers e g J4 I2 P8 into human readable ASCII form You can use STExport or Suprtool s Output Ascii or Output Display commands If you want to convert only some of your numeric fields you can use Suprtool s numeric conversion to convert binary fields to display fields For example here is a conversion of a J4 field to an Z18 field define mynumber 1 18 display get dataset extract some fields extract mynumber binary number output fil
148. what characters to clean when using the Clean function CLEAN SPECIAL string range Default None Suprtool will clean or replace all of the characters specified in the Clean command from a byte type field when invoked by the Clean function To define what characters that need to be replaced you use the clean command with the character you want to clean in quotes Since most of the characters that you will need to clean are unprintable you can enter the decimal equivalent of the character This is denoted by entering the character in quotes preceding the decimal number of the character you wish to clean An example of how easy it would be to clean your database of certain bad characters in byte type fields would be as follows gt base mydb 1 gt get customer gt clean 9 410 40 7 gt update gt ext address 1 gt ext address 2 gt xeq Sclean address 1 Sclean address 2 The SPECIAL keyword automatically defines Clean characters of Decimal 0 thru to Decimal 31 gt base mydb 1 gt get customer gt clean special gt update gt ext address 1 gt ext address 2 gt xeq clean address 1 clean address 2 You can also specify a range of characters with the following syntax gt base mydb 1 gt get customer gt clean special 128 255 gt update gt ext address 1 gt ext address 2 gt xeq Sclean address 1 Sclean address 2
149. xeq Converting Numbers There are several ways to convert binary numbers e g I2 P8 into human readable ASCII form You can use STExport s Output ASCII or Output DISPLAY if you want to convert all numbers If you want to convert only some of your numeric fields you can use Suprtool s numeric conversion feature to convert the binary fields to display fields define mynumber 1 6 display get dataset ext some fields ext mynumber binary number output filename xeq Note that this technique also works for converting a number from one numeric type to another numeric type You may also convert from binary to ASCII directly by using the Sedit function define mynumber 1 6 byte get dataset ext some fields ext mynumber Sedit binary number 999999 output filename xeq Counts and Subtotals Count and Subtotal on Sort Keys This example counts the number of sales transactions for each customer and produces the total sales for each customer We use the Count and Total options of the Duplicate command Note that we made the output file self describing so we can easily work with it later d sales cust account cust account need to sort by key sales total decimal 2 decimal places none keys count total sales total standard result link The output file contains three fields The first field is the cust account that we extracted Suprtool created two new fields at the end of each output record st cou
150. your task easier by allowing common commands to be specified once in an external file A common reason for usefiles is to isolate Define and Item commands for a database in one place This makes future changes easier and prevents mistakes In this example we isolate all Item commands for dates from our database in a Suprtool usefile gt use store suprtool define delivered deliv_date define purchased purch_date item delivered date yymmdd item purchased date yymmdd Dataset Field Definitions In the store database the street address is a 2X25 item Suppose that you always wanted to refer to the first and second part of the address with different names The following usefile would access the m customer dataset and define the two necessary fields gt use mcust suprtool get m customer define street address 1 street address 1 define street address 2 street address 2 Infoz and the Base Command Our final example shows how to embed a database password in a usefile using the password in the Base command gt use store5 suprtool hint 5 is the open mode base store 5 means read password from usefile Password reads password from usefile but no echo Quiet Execution By default Suprtool displays the commands in a usefile as they are executed The quiet option is not used in the examples above so that you could see the actual commands inside each usefile Suprtool can execute commands quietly using
151. 000 are retained Use the Listredo command to display the previous commands You can redo a single command a range of commands or the most recent command whose name matches a string The Redo command cannot be abbreviated The Redo command uses MPE style editing logic D I R U and The default mode is to replace characters To delete type DDDD under the characters to be removed To insert type I under the insertion spot then the new characters To undo your changes type U To append to the end of the line use gt xxx To delete from the end of the line use gt DD To replace at the end of the line use gt Rxxx And to erase the rest of the line use D If you prefer Qedit style editing Control D etc use the Before command instead of the Redo command Examples listf G soruce source is not spelled correctly NON EXISTENT GROUP CIERR 908 redo redo most recent command listf soruce last command is printed our you enter changes to it edited command is shown you press return listf source listredo all redo 5 redo 5th command in stack redo redo previous command redo 2 redo command before previous redo 8 10 redo 8th through 10th redo 10 redo 10 through last redo purge redo temp redo last Purge command redo last containing temp Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Dbedit Commands e 351 Set Command S 352 e Dbedit Commands Changes certain operating options withi
152. 000 command lines with or without editing BEFORE start stop string ALL Default redo previous line BQ redo without change The Before command allows you to modify the commands before it executes them If you don t need to change them use BQ or Do The Before command uses Qedit style Control characters for modifying the commands The default mode is to replace characters To delete use Control D and to insert use Control B If you prefer HP style modify D R I and U use the Redo command instead of Before Examples gt listf soruce source is not spelled right NON EXISTENT GROUP CIERR 908 gt Before listf soruce redo most recent command last command is printed our you enter changes to it listf source the edited command is shown you press Return gt listredo 10 gt before 5 redo 5th command in stack gt bef 8 10 redo 8th through 10th gt b listf redo last Listf command gt b listf temp redo listf temp command gt b temp redo last containing temp gt before 2 redo command before previous one gt before 5 2 redo by relative lines Modify Operators If you wish to change any characters within the line the modify operators are the regular Control Codes used in Qedit Characters Action Any printing characters replace the ones above Control D plus spaces deletes columns above Control B puts you into insert before mode Control A
153. 1 or I1 S9 4 COMP c 3 4 real R2 Classic floating point d 5 8 long R4 Classic floating point e 21 8 character string f address 5 fifth occurrence of address g address 5 3 4 relative offset h address 5 4 2 byte middle of the address i x 6 4 starts at sixth byte of X j invoice 6 byte redefine field as Byte Absolute Example The following example shows the most basic use of the Define command to create a new field definition at an absolute location in the input record Suprtool Commands e 121 amt is an integer that starts at the 11th byte of file def amt 11 2 int gt if amt gt 1000 amt is now a field we can select on gt output outfile Absolute Example with Subcount IMAGE and Suprtool allow fields to be repeated In the next example we define an amount field that repeats twelve times e g once for each month of the year We use a subscript when we want to refer to a specific month gt def amt 11 2 int 12 amt is an integer that repeats 12 times gt if amt 5 gt 1000 we select on the 5th subfield gt output outfile Relative Examples Use the simplest form of relative definitions to rename existing fields gt def quantity qty quantity is a more readable name gt if quantity 100 selection on the new field The Define command copies the byteposition sublength and type to the new field but it does not copy the subcount Define assumes that you want th
154. 189 486 for O S comimnarids ie eee tei eden 485 e prompt for database password 110 217 485 means alphanumeric pattern eee 485 matches anything essere 484 means range of fields 140 means character constant sseeseeeseeeeeeenee 138 172 start command line comment 279 332 375 J end command line comment 279 332 375 lt lt means less than renner R R an 484 lt gt means not equal to sese 484 Suprtool 5 5 for MPE User Manual means calculator means equal to set name ParaMeteL nee eeseeeesseeeeeeeees 158 188 483 Means matches pattern sess 484 Input option of Output seen 211 gt gt changing the prompt character sees 243 gt is the prompt character 484 gt means greater than 484 gt lt means doesn t match pattern sese 484 4 4096 record size A4 size paper aammdd date format abbreviating commands Abort option on Exit esee absolute field definition absolute value function accessing Speed Demon accuracy in numeric expressions eese 174 Add command 2 rm eterne 109 338 Add command
155. 2 interface always invoke Suprtool with Lib P you would use this command 444 e Welcome to Calling Suprtool Suprtool 5 5 for MPE setjcw suprtool2lib 1 Slist234 File Some previous versions of the Suprtool2 interface created a temporary file called Slist234 which contained the stdlist from the Suprtool run A few programs were written to read this file By default the Suprtool2 interface no longer creates this file If your program needs it use the following JCW to force the interface to create and save the Suprtool listing in the temporary Slist234 file setjcw saveslist234 1 Lockwords on Suprtool To tell the Suprtool2 interface that the Suprtool program has a lockword you can use the suprtoolfilecommand facility file suprtool suprtool secret pub robelle setjcw suprtool2filecommand 2 run prog lib p Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Welcome to Calling Suprtool e 445 Examples of Calling Suprtool Copying the Examples This chapter contains working examples of source code that calls Suprtool2 You can copy the examples from the manual but typing them from scratch would be tedious and error prone The best way to copy the examples is to take them from the on line Suprtool2 documentation file The file is stored in Robelle Qedit format If you have Qedit just Text a copy of Suprcall Doc Robelle and extract the portions that you are interested in If you don t have Qedit use the Qcopy program to copy the documentation file
156. 2SPL Copyright Robelle 1982 2001 output p current version output print outbuf 0 0 blank line blank supr control wl supr control supr version 4 supr maxdata 0d move supr print state ER move supr total type AS if copy of parm 2 then move supr print state AL else if copy of parm 3 then move supr print state NE p Please hit RETURN for EXIT at end Thanks output move supr command line COMMENT Test of Suprtool Interface call suprtool2 if supr status 0 then begin init tool2spl true print outbuf 0 0 end if end proc init tool2spl page mainline copy of parm actual parm if init tool2spl then begin Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Examples of Calling Suprtool e 461 end C Example lt lt main loop of program gt gt do begin p gt ask input if input length lt gt 0 then begin move b command line inbuf input length call suprtool2 end if end do until input length 0 or supr status lt gt 0 move supr command line EXIT call suprtool2 if supr status 0 then print totals end if tool2spl Below is a C program to invoke Suprtool through the interface routine 462 e Examples of Calling Suprtool Suprtool 5 5 for MPE include lt stdio h gt include lt string h gt DO NOT use int s in this structure since they are the wrong size and are aligned on 4 byte boundaries which will confuse Suprtool2 a str
157. 30 22 330 66 Entries 13 Highwater 13 Bytes 30 Database Name For IMAGE databases Suprtool attempts to show the fully qualified database name It cannot do this with a remote database or if the database was opened in mode 3 or if Set Privmode was Off when the Base command was specified If the database has MPE iX third party indexing the third party product name and version number are also shown ba store gt fo Database STORE DEMO APPDEV TPI SUPERDEX 15015d 4 0 39 Set Item Capa Entry Load Entry Sets Num Type Count city Count Factor Length M CUSTOMER 9 211 20 9 8 55 M PRODUCT 307 13 4 24 M SUPPLIER 2p 3 49 D INVENTORY 550 13 2 15 D SALES 602 0 0 19 Suprtool shows the type of each dataset e g M for Manual master A for Automatic master D for Detail If you have enabled dynamic dataset expansion Suprtool adds DX to the type of the dataset e g MDX DDX Suprtool Commands e 159 Detail Datasets If you request information about a specific detail dataset Suprtool prints the path information in DBSCHEMA format The path shows the related master dataset and the sort item name When displying the form of an IMAGE SQL dataset Suprtool shows the capacity in a format similar to the one in DBSCHEMA gt form d inventory D INVENTORY Detail Entry BIN NO J1 LAST SHIP DATE lt lt YYMMDD gt gt ON HAND QTY J2 PRODUCT NO Z8 M PRODUCT SUPPLIER NO Z8 M SUPPLIER UNIT COST P8 RED
158. 4 tight portrait 80 cols 60 lines 6 Lineprinter legal landscape 223 cols 60 lines See the Set command for a complete description of the PCL options By default Suprtool assumes that the List output device is not PCL compatible List PCL 0 If you use the List command to your terminal with a global Set List PCL value other than zero your terminal screen may be cleared To avoid this situation you can explicitly specify the PCL setting along with the device Suprtool Commands e 201 202 e Suprtool 5 5 for MPE gt get d sales gt list serialp pcl 2 gt xeq A4 Size Paper Most of the PCL options with the exception of PCL 5 were designed and tested with North American letter size paper This is especially true with PCL 5 for A4 paper it reduces the horizontal spacing between characters so that 80 columns of Courier output fits on a single line In addition if you add 2000 to a PCL code Suprtool adjusts the number of rows and columns for that option to match A4 paper For example to print Landscape on A4 paper use PCL 2001 instead of PCL 1 In general selecting A4 paper gives you more space along the long side of the paper and less space along the short side If you are happy with the way letter size rows and columns work on A4 paper simply do not add 2000 to the PCL code If for some reason you want more columns than provided by Suprtool e g you are using a PCL compatible system printer with wider paper you can override the
159. 5 176 e Suprtool 5 5 for MPE String expressions involving the operator or the Supper lower trim ltrim and rtrim built in functions are done using variable length strings Suprtool keeps track of the length of every string and all operations are done using the actual string length For fields the length of the string is the length of the field If you do not want to retain all of the spaces in a field use one of the built in trimming functions When creating string expressions string constants are created with the exact length of the constant For example the string constant abc is three characters long and wo the string a is one Byte Fields For historical reasons comparing two byte type fields to each other is a special case If the two fields are exactly the same length Suprtool compares them completely If one field is shorter the comparison is done for the length of the shortest field Suprtool does not check for spaces in the trailing characters of the longer field For example gt define short 1 10 ten character field gt define long 11 15 fifteen character field gt if short long In this example Suprtool compares the ten bytes in the short field with the first ten bytes of the long field but ignores the last five bytes of the long field If the expression on either side of the equal sign consisted of more than one field using the operator or involved any of the string functions Supper lowe
160. 5 5 for MPE Help Command H Show what commands and options are available in STExport HELP command keyword section Default browse through the entire help file Command Help If you specify any parameters Help first assumes that you want help on a specific STExport command If you know the structure of the help file you can specify one of the keywords under the command name Shelp sign help on the Sign command Shelp sign trailing trailing section of the Sign command Keyword Help If we cannot find any help in the Commands section of the help file we assume that you specified one of the outer level keywords in the help file To see this list of keywords type help with no parameters You see a short introduction to STExport and then a list of keywords You can specify any of these keywords on the Help command You can also specify a subkeyword Shelp intro input input section of Introduction Quick Help HQ HQ asks STExport to look under the keyword Quick in the help file Quick contains the text from the STExport Quick Reference Guide offering the experienced user a quick review of the syntax of any command Shq input quick description of Input Notes If no parameters are specified Help allows you to browse through the help file stexport Help Robelle The Help command uses the Qhelp subsystem from the QLIB For help in help type when you see the Qhelp prompt character The help
161. 5 5 for MPE Usefiles You can use a usefile as a mini data dictionary for Suprtool For databases it is a good idea to put all the Item commands associated with a database into a usefile After the Base command has been specified the usefile can describe the items in the database to Suprtool For MPE files you can put both the Define and Item commands in a usefile and execute them right after the Input command for the file If you use the Link output option both date formats and implied decimal places are saved in the self describing file so they never need to be specified again Suprtool Commands Key Command K Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Specifies the next sort field for an extract task using an explicit byte position in the record not a field name See Sort Command SO on page 249 for specifying sort fields by IMAGE field name or Defined field or by field name in an SD file Up to 20 Sort and Key commands may be specified per extract task the first is the major sort field KEY byteposition bytelen type DESC Default type B YTE ASCENDING order Parameters Desc specifies that the field is to be sorted in Descending order The byteposition is a number between and the length of the input records specifying where the sort field begins The bytelen parameter is a number from to the length of the record specifying how long the sort field is The type is a word that gives the desired data type of the field for sortin
162. 5 5 for MPE What does Set Date Cutoff do Date Cutoff tells Suprtool what century to use when Suprtool generates a constant date value from the date function Before version 4 0 Suprtool would assume 19 for the century for any user specified date with a two digit year For example gt item date field date ccyymmdd if date field lt date 40 12 26 Previously the date function would convert the user specified date to 1940 12 26 in order for it to be compared to the date field format of CCYYMMDD Now with Set Date Cutoff xx Suprtool assumes 20 for the century if the two digit year specified in the date function is less than the value of Set Date Cutoff For example gt set date cutoff 50 gt item date field date ccyymmdd if date field lt date 40 12 26 Suprtool in this case assumes the full date to be 2040 12 26 because the 40 in date is less than the 50 in Set Date Cutoff The default value of Set Date Cutoff is 10 Stddate and Set Date Cutoff When Stddate has to convert from a date with only a two digit year the conversion to the four digit year will use the value of Set Date Cutoff when converting the date For example gt get sales detail gt set date cutoff 15 gt def new ship date 1 4 double gt item ship date date mmddyy gt ext order no sales amount gt ext new ship date stddate ship date out salesinfo link gt xeq In this example if any ship date has a year of 14 or less
163. 50 it is not a repeated field e NAME is the same as NAME 1 e NAME 1 4 6 is the first and only sub item starting at the 4th byte and extending for 6 bytes e NAME 1 10 is a field that starts at the 10th byte and implicitly extends to the end of the field for the remaining 41 bytes gt if name 1 4 6 HAWAII gt if addr 3 VANCOUVER B C gt if addr 3 11 20 B C pattern matching Numeric Expressions Bit Selections The If command can extract and test any series of one or more contiguous bits in a field Suprtool allows bit extracts only on Integer or Logical fields of two bytes in length one 16 bit word To do a bit extract from another type of field first use Define to redefine the data as a two byte Logical field Once Suprtool extracts a bit string it always treats it as an Unsigned Integer a Logical and never interprets it as negative The format for bit extracts calls for a starting bit number and a bit count The 16 bits in a computer word are numbered from the left 0 to 15 The two bytes to extract from need not be on a word boundary i e they can start in any byte position See Define Command D on page 119 for how to define a two byte logical field field startbit bitcount gt define bitfield name 2 10gical gt if bitfield 4 2 3 How to Check a Byte for a Numeric Value Because Suprtool does not have one byte integers it can be difficult to check a single byte
164. 521001 24 59 1993 10 21 0 03 10 33 84 11 10016 1993 10 21 50532001 139 85 1993 10 21 0 01 19 58 159 42 There are no byte type fields in the input file so all fields are converted from their internal numeric representation to a string of digits All date fields were converted from their internal yyyymmdd format to the external yyyymmdd format with a dash separator between day month and year All fields with implied decimal places have been converted with a decimal point Load Data Into Oracle If you need to load the export file into an Oracle database you can use Oracle s own SQL Loader Files created with STExport can be processed immediately with SQL Loader Suppose we want to load the data extracted in Salefile We would use STExport to format the information and store the results in Expsale 322 e Example of STExport Output Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Suprtool 5 5 for MPE run stexport pub robelle Sinput salefile self describing input file Sdate yyyymmdd dates with a dash separator Soutput expsales output to a file xeq If the Oracle database resided on an HP 9000 we would need to transfer Expsale How you transfer the file is not important as long as it gets there in the same format including line separators Also note that the file should have an extension SQL Loader expects a dat extension by default The Oracle table should have all the necessary columns To create a table with the fields in Salefile you c
165. 66 Restrictions of SD Elles ipte ee tbt e ee treten e petet 66 Creating KSAM SD Files ope tette tertie near en beet ipe pet inei 67 HowMessy Loadfile 5 tpe ertt tee tee teet e pete 68 Notes on SD Tiles eene tm ote metet pate EEE E tees beaten bey 68 Convert an SD File to a Disc File eene 68 Suprtool and Sorting Files ettet terrere tete tienne eme net EES e etes 68 Fast Sorting anie eut pete te eei e eee PE dU 69 Native Language Support esssesereersrerererssserererereersrerersreeeerererereseerersrerersenerererernersre 69 With Reduced Disc Space sese nee enenene 69 Suprtooland Tape Files 5 x o tt doe re er eremi EEEE ere mesi NEE sire Red 70 Labelled Tapes eie ie edente det 70 Multiple Files 71 n c antec 71 Bile User Labels erii etre t ette eae ent rette reed 71 Suprtool and Remote File ACCESS 5 ice tiii sentia eee tese 72 Network Services NS eee eiecti be ese dpa ect 72 Suprtool and MPE AX 4 4 cei e dee niae eee ieget 72 Calling Suprtool in Native Mode sese 72 User XE Files oie tede nid eed det 72 When Errors OCCUE eese tie eet eee rtp tried 73 Sorting with Suprt ol 1X 4 aient rete tpi ope e le ee eite 73 Suprtool and CI Variable Substitution esee nennen eene enne 73 Example nee oer edem te 73 Batch Requires Indent 5 nene dp TRE DRE ERE 74 Avo
166. 88 Item Command MP ei erben meni 191 Date Portnats ena epe mb eene eno n 191 Decimal Pl ces etatem ees 194 uc 195 Key Command K 2 n rtr retener Hr SEHE Ee ener eine E 197 Link Command LIN a nmt rere RR Ep erar irika 199 List Command L 2 e heiter RD eS RIEN E Eee Eee Ee estes 200 Format epe eru ied RR IMPR ERI RII 200 LaserJet Listings eo eee er e ete tete 201 Headings in Listings sees nennen nennen rennen enne eret 202 Simple Reports oerte HE IR MU Rr RI Re EVENES 203 List Device eie ime p aen eee eR RETRO cee acest 204 Listredo Command LISTREDO eeeseseeeeee eene ener enne enne 206 Numrecs Command N ie eee tree a iE EER i nak 207 Open Command OP rrna E eE EAEE VRE EE TE 209 Output Command lO ete ert E EErEE EEE Ee EXPE EEEE EE S 210 Pit Command P iU n RISE ees 217 Q Comimand Qi LEE e erbe ER ET ast ie epe 219 Redo Command REDO lt x n E tete bte tee etie t pe tei ns 220 Reset Command E 5 ER RIRs 223 Select Command SEL e r E eren enne enne en rennen nnne en nnns 224 Set Command 5 sue tU teme deti eis 225 ANID ASG it SAE E A A E E eite RL eh aes 227 AritlimetiC x esee nU RUE 227 ptr 227 BlOCKS1Z6 2 itt Ri lah a ete ded 227 Inu Adee 227 CleanCliat zeit eid tie ade et tn cec ete c ce 228 CutrencySymbol 35
167. 89 File command for the tape drive you must specify on the Input gt file tin dev tape gt input tin we build the output file with room for 30000 records gt output tout gt xeq gt numrecs 30000 specify 30000 input tape records The Input command is processed immediately Suprtool does not wait for an Xeq or Exit command before opening the Input file If the session seems to hang after the Input command check the console to see whether it is waiting for the reply Notes Only one Input Chain or Get command is allowed per extract task The Input command opens the specified file immediately The file is held open until the input is reset or the current task completes If at least one sort key has been specified the Input command is optional but you can specify the input file by means of a File command File Input xxx Suprtool first attempts to open the input file as READ SHARED NO LOCKING If it cannot open the file because someone else has it open with LOCKING Suprtool tries again with LOCKING specified If the input file is a KSAM V file Suprtool eventually closes the KSAM V file and reopens it with LOCKING and INOUT access If you specify a self describing input file with Oracle dates Suprtool will automatically recognize the Oracle date attribute 190 e Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Suprtool Commands Item Command IT Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Use the Item command to specify the number of
168. AAAA This listing shows you the attributes and sequence of the fields but doesn t give any clues as to their storage format QSHOW gives a much more useful listing Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Suprtool Issues and Solutions e 81 show subfile salesub SUBFILE DICTIONARY SUBFILE RECORD REPORT Subfile SALESUB Type Permanent Organization Direct Format 7 Record Size 38 Bytes Item Type Offset Size Occurs CUST ACCOUNT ZONED UNSIGNED 0 DELIV DATE NTEGER SIGNED 8 PRODUCT NO ZONED UNSIGNED 12 PRODUCT PRICE NTEGER SIGNED 20 PURCH DATE NTEGER SIGNED 24 SALES OTY NTEGER SIGNED 28 SALES TAX NTEGER SIGNED 30 SALES TOTAL NTEGER SIGNED 34 Pe hw PB 00d CO Notice that this listing shows the offset of the fields within the record with the first field starting at offset 0 the length size of the fields as well as the storage data type In most cases these map directly onto the IMAGE Suprtool data types See Translation Table above For example the above subfile can be defined in Suprtool as follows gt define cust account 1 8 display gt define deliv date 9 4 integer gt define product no 13 8 display gt define product price 21 4 integer gt define purch date 25 4 integer gt define sales qty 29 2 integer gt define sales tax 31 4 integer gt define sales total 35 4 integer Note that PowerHouse s Zoned Unsigned data type is equivalent to Suprtool s Display data type and that Suprtool s Define offset start
169. AMX substitutes actual date gt and product code X 3Q gt output mpefile gt exit tell hpjobname hpuser hpaccount Example done leoj MPE Commands If Suprtool doesn t recognize the command you have entered it tries to interpret it as an MPE command Suprtool also interprets any command line beginning with a colon as an MPE command Only the commands that MPE allows in break are allowed in Suprtool V This feature can be used to establish File commands for the input or output files to PURGE the output file to avoid a duplicate file name error and to include COMMENT lines For example gt comment sort custfile by custnum gt input custfile gt key 1 10 no colon on the next command gt purge sortcust make sure that no duplicate file error occurs gt output sortcust gt exit MPE iX Commands Suprtool iX executes any MPE command e g Run UDCs and command files Caution programs that suspend instead of terminating are not killed by the HPCICOMMAND intrinsic Calculator Any command line beginning with an equal sign is treated as a calculator expression This feature can be used to compute blocking factors and do other calculations without the need of an electronic calculator For help type Control Y Interrupt You can interrupt a Suprtool task with the Control Y key hold down Control while striking Y Suprtool responds by telling you how much work it has done IN OUT etc a
170. BY clause of the LINK command to manually specify the sort keys Non Self Describing Files If the input file is not a self describing file and you are using Count or Total you also need to extract all the fields from the file You can quickly extract the fields by defining a new field that contains the entire record For example if your records are 56 bytes long then you do the following to extract all the fields Suprtool Commands e 129 gt define entire 1 56 byte gt extract entire Output Restrictions When you are using the Count and Total options the only Output formats that you can use are Data Data Num Query and Link If you want to quickly see the Count or Total results without using a second pass use the List Standard command gt get dataset gt sort key field gt duplicate none keys count total data field gt output result link gt list standard gt xeq P28 fields in COBOL and PowerHouse Some versions of COBOL do not allow a field greater than 18 digits To use the P28 field you must define the first five bytes of the field as filler For example 05 ST TOTALO1 10 FILLER PIC X 05 10 TOTAL 1 PIC S9 17 COMP 3 PowerHouse users should define this field as follows Define Total packed size 14 Notes The option of Only or None must be specified before the option of Record or Keys Reversing the order causes a syntax error in the Duplicate command You cannot combine the Total command with
171. CAN using db base db status area db buffer d sales db dummy arg if db end of file then move true value to end of d sales flag else if not db stat ok then perform 98 spde error 10 read and report exit exit If the original program used partial field lists we would call SPDEDBINIT with mode 2 and pass the field list as the last parameter For example Accessing Speed Demon e 415 move CUST ACCOUNT PRODUCT NO PRODUCT PRICE PURCH DATE to db list d sales call SPDEDBINIT using db base db set d sales db mode2 db status area Spde db control db list d sales if not db stat ok then perform 98 spde error How to Use Speed Demon To replace the DBGET mode 2 calls with calls to SPDEDBSCAN we did the following 1 Called SPDEDBINIT to initialize the d sales dataset 2 Replaced calls to DBGET with calls to SPDEDBSCAN and modified the parameters passed to SPDEDBSCAN Performed a different error section for Speed Demon errors 4 Called SPDEDBSHUT to close the dataset SPDEDBINIT and the Control Record SPDEDBINIT requires a special control record For COBOL we suggest that this control record be placed in the COPYLIB and copied into programs that use Speed Demon A common error in using Speed Demon is typing the control record incorrectly Use the file Cobol2 Qlibsrc Robelle instead You can copy the control record directly into your COBOL program with the following Qedit commands use JOIN with EDIT 3000
172. Compatibility Mode KSAM V Files sseseseeeeseeneeeenen nennen 59 Reorganizing KSAM V Files nnt pee ee Ree nerit et e de ees 59 KSAM XL Elles enhn ede enel i ne ne 60 Suprtool 5 5 for MPE e 5 6 e Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Loading KSAM XL Files netter rrt pride erepta ege 60 How Do I Convert CM Ksam to NM KSAM sssssseeeeeeeneeneeeeee eene 60 Reuse option and KSAM XL Files sseeeeeeeeeeeneenneen rennen eene enne 61 Suprtool and MPE Files iter te pete Dea rt e opc per ETIE r EST 61 Buffered and NOBUF File Access seeeeseeeeeeeeeee nennen nennen een rennen 61 Message Files ico npe epe OP ET EE EEEE ie 62 Circular Files pep HERO Opere terere 62 RIO Files 5 nocte eredi OPE IU eee Se 62 Temporary FIles cepto Orten 63 Lock words t 332 teh en Bat acetate ea eruit 63 Copying User Labels ie e detinet netten 63 SDUnix Utility eite e ee MR RA 64 SDUmnix Parameters eee eee ere e HERR ER Ve Herb nere eL S 64 EE ys NOBLE tune Gp UR 64 Examples euidenter eu ROO E Ue 64 Link vs Query onse re MI eei Hu 65 Suprtool and Self Describing Files seen 65 Create an SD File from a Dataset sesesseeseeseeeseeeeee nennen ener enne 65 Create an SD File from a Data File esee ener 65 SD Files as Inp t nena eee eei e RU 66 Lasting S D Eillessei ette ORO ee ee UR 66 Decimal Places and Date Formats esent
173. DBINIE Intrinslc eU eo eod OE n 421 SPDEDBSCAN Inttilslc ROO Ae hie eese Ene QR UD Ds 423 SPDEDBSHUT Intrinsic 1e Uy cer REPE RO Eder keto anes 424 The Demon Program 425 The Demon cstration Program seesesseesseeseeeeeeeeene trennen ener tenerent rennen nre 425 Reading with Speed Demon Parm 0 sss eene nennen 425 Reading with DBGET Parm 1 sseseseesseeeseeeeeeenne enne enne eene nente en nentes enne 425 Reading All IMAGE Blocks Parm 3 sessesseseeeeeeeeeeee nennen enne enne enne 426 Verifying Version Numbers etesen eveek oeron oet nennen rene etre eene ener nenne 426 Examples of Calling Speed Demon 427 Suprtool 5 5 for MPE e 15 Copying the Examples arrepto ORE re te ri ERR E i ERE 427 COBOL Example aer eta tU I RPRORP IU URP 427 Pascal Example epe etti er EURO DU EEEE Er EE ES 432 Speed Demon Error Messages 437 Error Messages and Numbers ite penen eene rore e iere etra 437 Assertion Ertots uu nene R Dee se URIRI DD HERI OaS E TERE aE abatir EEE EEE ER 439 Welcome to Calling Suprtool 440 Calling Suprtool aee Rt IR REDE UB RE e bie ies 440 Suprtool2 Routime onere te t ome et tot b ei tetto ees 440 Importance of the Exit Command sees nennen nennen nennen 440 Control Recotd Rote di o iet RU Ui esate ae aereum di eee 441 Compiling and Linking on MPE V sese neen nenne ene 442 Compiling and
174. DBINIT was zero Speed Demon Error Messages e 437 In Speed Demon V this error can also be caused by corrupting the stack The Speed Demon intrinsics use two words of the DL area DB 32 and DB 14 to store global information Setting the first word DB 32 to zero possibly because of a bug will cause this error 533 FLIMIT OF ACTUAL MPE FILE IS INVALID SPDEDBINIT verifies that the physical MPE file that corresponds to the dataset matches the information returned by DBINFO SPDEDBINIT computes the number of records in the MPE file as follows records capacity 1 blockfactor 1 where capacity and blockfactor are reported by the FORM command of Suprtool or QUERY This number must match the EOF of the MPE file you can check this with listf 2 This error is usually caused by restoring a earlier version of the dataset from a backup tape 532 INVALID BLOCK SIZE FOR DATASET xx The MPE file corresponding to the dataset has a block length that is less than the one reported from DBINFO This can only happen if the MPE file is corrupted 531 INVALID BLOCKING FACTOR FOR DATASET xx The MPE file corresponding to the dataset has a blocking factor other than one This can only happen if the MPE file is corrupted 530 INVALID FILECODE FOR DATASET xx This error should never occur If it does please report it to Robelle Solutions Technology Inc 529 SPEED DEMON NOT ALLOWED ON REMOTE DATABASES Speed Demon only wo
175. Delete task anyway without calling DBCONTROL The database creator can also enable deferred output for all users of a database with DBUTIL enable base for autodefer DumpOnError SET DUMPONERROR ON OFF Initially ON With DUMPONERROR Suprtool attempts to produce a formatted listing of records that cause an IMAGE error The information printed may include the input record number the output record number and the data values of the record Suprtool uses current options of the List command to print the data values If no List command is specified Suprtool uses the List defaults EditStopError SET EDITSTOPERROR ON OFF Initially OFF Suprtool Commands e 231 232 e Suprtool 5 5 for MPE An edit mask is limited to 32 characters in total for both numeric and byte type fields If data overflows the edit mask by default Suprtool will fill that field with asterisks To have Suprtool stop when it encounters an overflow when applying the edit mask just turn on editstoperror gt set editstoperror on This will force Suprtool to stop if there is data left over to place when applying the edit mask With numeric type fields leading zeroes do not cause overflow With byte type fields spaces do not cause overflow Eofread SET EOFREAD ON OFF Initially OFF Suprtool s Get command reads to the highwater mark for detail datasets and to the capacity of the dataset for master datasets Set Eofread On forces Suprtool to read to the
176. Desk consuming system resources Running Suprlink with Parm 32 forces Suprlink to terminate on Exit rather than suspend Job Control Word Suprlink sets the system job control word JCW to a fatal state when Suprlink fails in a batch job Suprlink sets only the high order bit of the JCW job control word That is it adds 32 768 to the existing JCW value HP subsystems use the other bits of the JCW job control word so Suprlink does nothing to them Using Suprlink in Batch Suprlink operates in session mode or batch mode In batch usage any error message will cause Suprlink to quit setting the Job Control Word to flush the remainder of the JOB Warning messages do not cause an abort In batch mode Suprlink does not prompt for missing information as it does in session mode Instead it attempts to choose the alternative that has the least chance of destroying valid data For example if the Output file is a duplicate file name in batch mode Suprlink saves the new Output file with a made up name OUTPUTnn where nn is from 00 to 20 prints a warning message and aborts Summary of Parm Values don t suspend terminate completely check with user before Exiting 8192 don t allow MPE commands Values may be combined by adding them together For example Parm 96 means check with me before exiting then when I do actually exit terminate Suprlink completely instead of suspending SuprlinkOutCount JCW When Suprlink closes
177. E Capacity 330 22 330 66 550 Entries 13 Highwater 13 Bytes 30 The current capacity e g 330 is shown first followed by the blocking factor in parentheses e g 22 If dynamic dataset expansion a feature of MPEAX 5 0 has been enabled the initial capacity e g 330 the increment e g 66 and the maximum capacity e g 550 are shown next On MPE iX 5 0 or later the highwater mark is shown The record length in bytes appears last Master Datasets The Form Sets command indicates which datasets have MDX enabled A Form command on these datasets shows details of their expansion setting gt form sets Database STORE MDX DATA Set Item Entry Load Entry Sets Num Type Count Capacity Count Factor Length B F M CUSTOMER MDX 9 2009 401 20 55 7 M PRODUCT MDX 3012 0 0 24 12 M SUPPLIER MDX 2008 0 0 49 8 D INVENTORY D 462 0 0 15 22 D SALES D 6006 0 0 19 14 gt form m customer Database STORE MDX DATA M CUSTOMER Master Entry Offset CHEY X12 1 CREDIT RATING J2 T3 CUST ACCOUNT Z8 17 lt lt Search Field gt gt CUST STATUS X2 25 NAME FIRST X10 21 NAME LAST X16 STATE CODE X2 STREET ADDRESS 2X25 POSTAL CODE X6 Capacity 469 7 217 252 2009 Entries 401 Bytes 110 As you can see the master dataset summary information for the Capacity shows the Current Capacity 469 the Blocking Factor 7 the Initial Capacity 217 the Increment 252 and finally the Maximum Capacity 2009 The Increment is the number of
178. E 368 Selecting Non MA ICBeS icit tete ete vem derive e etra t eere scent 368 Linking MPE and KS AM FIl s 5er ere ete ep eot ioo eR ded Yo regn 369 CI Variable Substitution esses esee eese en nennen trennen nnns nennen 370 Suprlink with Quiz Q TP eee ttt emere rh ri Renee pe tr ERE ERR WEE RE Per EHE 371 Suprlink Commands 374 General Notes eer ed ever red t ep e erede iude 374 ADbreVIatiDp s reor eerie e nte teen pt ee 374 Uppercase or Lowercase ise epit I eee eti du e eie e dee 374 Contnuatlon ees oue et ue ite e e ee e tee 374 Comments on Command Lines ccccccessssceceessececeeccecessececessaeeecseeeeesssneseeseaeees 375 STREANMDOS A e ratte rises ceed nies Ma eate CM dae oh ene cr e MY 375 MPE GCotmma nds 5 latus ei buas duh kee 375 MPEAX Commands 55 4 d buenas tent oed 376 Eie Names une teet tnentithtaueett beant iniit 376 Calculator reete tenti talento bei eed e 376 Controle Yes raise eee tenenti taut esee ied stu 376 Before Command B nte aen deed dak eae tes eave cde eased 377 Do Command DO 13 tee nente baci metodi 379 Exit Command E 5 15 een tento bete rediit 380 Exit AbOrFt EA Mis ette htt biete scatet siens Erben 380 Exit Suspend BS thiet er DP tr ERE TO REPRE TR DRE RR IR 380 Exit Xeq EX iier irte ette tere bee ete e e ee rius 380 Form Command E 2 iet eere tree ee reine E edere iT 382 Help Command H 45 ett rere rae p
179. ELLE SD Version A 00 00 Entry Offset CHARACTER ZONED INTEGER DOUBLE length is five bytes room for five digits single integer double integer QUAD REPEATINT eight byte integer compound field LOGICAL single logical DBLLOG double logical Limit 10000 EOF 15 Entry Length 44 Blocking 64 PACKED room for five digits B 00 00 Link Output Option These self describing files contain information about how the file was sorted Compound fields are handled correctly so the Form command shows compound fields just as you would see them in IMAGE The Item command in Suprtool identifies the date format or the number of decimal places of an item The Link output option saves the date and decimal attributes as part of the field description Suprtool 5 5 for MPE STExport Commands e 295 form custfile File DATAFILE EXAMPLE ROBELLE SD Version B 00 00 Entry Offset CHARACTER X5 1 lt Sort 1 gt gt REPEATINT 3Tl 6 compound field DATE J2 12 YYYYMMDD DOLLAR P6 LG s 2 Se Limit 10000 EOF 15 Entry Length 16 Blocking 64 Formout File The Form command writes all output to the file Formout This file defaults to stdlist You can redirect this file to a line printer or a disc drive If you redirect the Formout file to a disc file Suprtool assumes a temporary file by default gt file formout dev lp gt form custfile writes to line printer gt file formout dev disc gt
180. ELLEDTAPEREWIND ONIOFF LIMITS Mpe ONIOFF ReadOnly ONIOFF Tablesize size LIST DATE number LIST PCL 011121341516 LIST TIME number LOCK number NLS number NUMBUG ON OFF OPENMODE number Suprtool Commands e 225 Add system wide Set commands to the Suprmgr Pub Sys configuration file 226 e Suprtool 5 5 for MPE SET ORACLE ROWS number not supported in Suprtool MPE SET ORACLE INTEGER ON OFF not supported in Suprtool MPE SET ORACLE OPENFIX ONIOFF not supported in Suprtool MPE SET ORACE ZERONULL ON OFF not supported in Suprtool MPE SET PATTERN NEWIOLD SET PREFETCH number SET PRIVMODE ONIOFF SET PROGRESS Percent number Minimum number SET PROMPT character SET REALMAP ONIOFF has no effect in Suprtool MPE SET RECOVER ONIOFF SET REDO filename SET SORTFAST ONIOFF SET SQUEEZE ONIOFF SET STATISTICS ONIOFF SET SUBSYSTEM ONIOFF SET SUSPEND ONIOFF SET THOUSANDSYMBOL lt string gt SET USERLABELS ONIOFF SET VARSUB ONIOFF SET VARSUBCOMPAT ONIOFF SET VARSUBDEBUG ONIOFF SET WARNINGS ONIOFF SET XLTRIM ONIOFF Each option is its own Set command That is you cannot specify multiple options in the same command Instead use multiple Set commands For example to Set Squeeze Off and to define a PCL device for the List command you would specify two Set commands gt set squeeze off gt set list pcl 1 or gt set squeeze off set list pcl 1 When Suprtool starts running all the options
181. EOF and LIMIT gt output dsale gt xeq gt get d history gt output dsale append dsale has room for appending gt xeq 208 e Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Suprtool Commands Open Command OP Specify an SQL database to open Only one database can be open at a time OPEN ALLBASE dbename owner Allbase Database Use the Open command to connect to an Allbase database You must specify your Allbase dbename and owner To read data from an Allbase table or view use the Select command Use Set Allbase Rows to specify how many rows for Suprtool to fetch when it is reading Allbase data gt open allbase inventory anne Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Suprtool Commands e 209 Output Command O 210 e Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Define the name of the output file as one of these a new disc file default an existing MPE or KSAM file Append or Erase option for stdlist a back reference to a File command name or Input to sort a file into itself If you use List Put Update or Total Output defaults to null Output produces the same record format as the input source adjusted by Extract commands unless you override it with format keywords OUTPUT filename format TEMP ERASE APPEND Default DATA only new file New Files The filename is the name of a new MPE disc file to be built by Suprtool Output xxx Unless you use a File command to specify explicitly the record length and blocking factor of the new file Suprtool calculate
182. ERE ree cooked Pees te orbe tein 276 Inp t File nn tette pb e d v Hd 276 D ta Types iuit HE Pp ERE sr eR D rone 276 Formatting Commands etre pipe E rp RE Ee re teet PERI eR ease 277 Commands lt ii 20s0 25 seni tase en E need 277 Performance Considerations esses senes 277 CI Variable Substitution sse aE EE EEEa EEE e rir TREN 278 STExport Commands 279 General N O e i E E eect E A A nitet 279 Abbr vi ting EEEE TS 279 Uppercase or Lowercase nne teet Deo rete rre eed 279 Comments on Command Lines esses ener nennen nennen 279 STREAMX ettet urne eene tent e DD d pb D 280 MPE Commands eR eene eee terne eren 280 MPEAX Cotmmands eee eet ei ea e er TREE 280 File Names niece eere eie ede ad A ts ei edere ere rne ed 280 Calculator i022 Ree ie adie deest tereti A et e eee eee ete 281 Control Y ssec aee ee es Ere Ieri 281 Before Command B c eterne erret te pube e dedere is 282 Clean Command CL t eee leere ER ee a pube de deeds 284 Removing Bad Characters enne nennen 284 Columns Command C eiie teer eerte ER ete pube ede deed 285 Date Command D t eee ee there ee doh cate hee Robes ede deeds 286 Decimal Command DEC nnee ea enne enter enne enne 288 Delimiter Command DE cc ccccsssssecssssscessssceceensnsecseceecessenseceessssesseneeceseensecssnansesssnes 289 Do Gommiand DO 5 irme tarte eei est ee 290 Escape Comma
183. Even though you are reading a dataset of one million records you may know that only 1 000 records will be selected If you do not use the Numrecs command Suprtool builds an output file with one million records and the sort builds a scratch file with one million records Suprtool Issues and Solutions e 69 If your dataset was called ARTRANS the following Suprtool commands would be used to read sort and select a small subset of the input records preventing the out of disc space error run suprtool pub robelle gt base actrec data gt get artrans gt numrecs 1000 gt if trans date 000101 and trans date 000131 gt sort trans date sort cust number gt output archives gt exit Suprtool and Tape Files 70 e Suprtool 5 5 for MPE You must use a File command to specify an input or output file to tape Suprtool reads or writes only one file to an unlabeled tape Suprtool writes two end of file marks on an Output tape to guarantee that any other software can find the end of file correctly If you plan to select more than 10 000 records from a tape file be certain to specify the maximum number of records to select in the Numrecs command The Numrecs command is not necessary if you are outputting to an existing file with the append and erase options of the output command There is an outstanding bug in MPE that can cause Suprtool to lose records from an Input tape file This only happens where there are partial blocks on the
184. F command sess 168 else file Else OnO a PAOA E e Er i rita 212 end of file IMAGE ccccccccsssccesssccessseceesssecessseeessseeeeess 232 endrecord parameter 2s Eofread Set option sse 232 equal tO SIgri eee Re eite 188 479 483 Erase option of Output 372 391 ERUPAI REL a ae E E A NE ertor block SIZe 5 ici ans hoin ian error messages in Suprtool A error messages Speed Demon sss 437 error messages Suprtool2 sese 476 error recovery Suprtool error code overflow ceeeeeeeeeeeee eene etennnnnee nete tnn nana error data overflow eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eene tnnt nnne error FLIMIT different psies saeerisrs aen 165 error record changed essere 56 escape characterz teet ree 172 Escape command STExport eee 291 Euro currency symbol eee 138 example of Suprlink esee 365 example replacement of DBGET sees 413 Exit command Exit command importance of Exit command Suprlink sees exit with Verify etcetera stress exiting from batch jobs Export command dsrs tiser nanes Export using from Suprtool sees Expressions Extract command eere Extract command performance eene Extract command decimal plac
185. GREEN and The ROBERT E LEE are valid matches Means Number in Patterns or Prompt Character for the Edit Command is used in patterns to match a single numeric character gt if typ REC look for REC followed by 2 digits is used by the Edit command on MPE to prompt for commands Suprtool 5 5 for MPE gt edit MPE only list d inventory is used in the Get and Input commands to read every n th record Means Alphanumeric in Patterns or Prompt for Database Password is used in patterns to match a single alphabetic or numeric character gt if type BASE look for BASE plus 2 alphanumerics is used in the Base and Put commands to force Suprtool to prompt for the database password in either session mode or batch mode gt base store 5 prompt for database password Password password not echoed amp Means Escape in Patterns or Continue Command Line amp is used in patterns to match one of the special pattern characters For example the character matches a single numeric character If you need to look for the character itself you would specify amp in the pattern gt if typ REC amp look for REC followed by amp is used to continue a command line You may enter commands on multiple input lines by putting an amp continuation character at the end of the line gt if status 20 and amp continue the If
186. Getting a Quick Start with Suprtool e 35 36 e Suprtool 5 5 for MPE gt get dataset gt define rec l length of your record gt sort keyl sort enough keys to uniquely gt sort key2 identify all the duplicates gt dup only keys gt out dupfile gt xeq Task 2 Write records to archive gt get dataset gt table duptab rec sorted dupfile hold Sif lookup duptab rec gt output archive gt xeq Task 3 Delete the records gt get dataset gt if Slookup duptab rec gt delete gt xeq Deleting Non Unique Duplicate Database Records If you need to delete duplicates that cannot be uniquely identified i e the entire record is a duplicate use the following set of four tasks Task 1 Get a list of the duplicates gt get dataset gt define rec l length of your record gt sort rec gt dup only record gt out dupfile gt xeq Dataset Dupfile Dupfile2 a a a a c b c c Task 2 Get a unique list of the duplicates gt input dupfile gt dup none record gt output dupfile2 gt xeq Dataset Dupfile Dupfile2 a a a a a c c b c Getting a Quick Start with Suprtool Task 3 Delete the duplicate records including the original gt get dataset gt table duptab rec sorted dupfile2 Pt 1ookup duptab rec gt delete gt output archive gt xeq Dataset Dupfile Dupfile2 b a a a e c Task 4 Restore one copy of the original duplicates inpu
187. HP s sort routines are used The only way to tell which set of sort intrinsics are being used is to enable Set Stat On The statistics from Robelle s internal sort routines are more detailed than HP s sort statistics Native Language Support Suprtool determines the native language of an input source as follows 1 The Chain and Get commands use the language of the database 2 Using Input filename setname uses the language of the database 3 Ifthe input file is a KSAM XL file the KSAM XL language is used 4 Ifthe language from any of the previous steps is zero Native 3000 Suprtool uses the language from Set NLS The Key and Define commands support a special type CHARACTER The CHARACTER type is used wherever you would use the BYTE type but CHARACTER fields are sorted according to the native language determined by Suprtool To sort a French data file on the first five characters you would use gt input nlsfile file with Roman 8 characters gt set nls 7 sort in French gt key 1 5 character new character data type gt output sortfile gt xeg With Reduced Disc Space If your system is almost out of disc space you may find that Suprtool operations are being stopped because the Sort Library cannot build its scratch file Sortscr A common method of overcoming this error is to use the Numrecs command By default Suprtool assumes that the OUTPUT file and the Sortscr file must be able to contain every input record
188. INKREDO before you run Suprlink Persistent Redo Redo commands can be saved in a permanent file and can therefore be used from another session You can use the Set redo command to specify a filename to save your redo commands Please see the Set Redo command for details Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Reset Command R Cancel the current linkage task RESET Reset closes the current Input file and any Link files then resets the output file name to Output This is actually a Reset All command you cannot reset particular commands as you can do in Suprtool If you try to reset an individual command Suprlink prints a warning Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Suprlink Commands e 393 Set Command S 394 e Suprlink Commands Enables or disables certain operating options within Suprlink These options are not reset by Xeq or Reset commands SET MAPPED ONIOFF REDO filename STATISTICS ONIOFF VARSUB ONIOFF VARSUBDEBUG ONIOFF Mapped SET MAPPED ON OFF Initially OFF MAPPED forces Suprlink iX to read the input and link files using mapped file access Specifying this option is an error in Suprlink V If the input and link files are not in memory the wall time performance is worse with Set Mapped On but CPU time performance is better You must Set Mapped On before specifying the input file Redo SET REDO filename Initially unnamed temporary file Commands entered at the Suprlink prompt are saved in something called the redo s
189. L PERFORM CALL SUPRIT L2 MOVE SUPR COMMAND PERFORM CALL SUPRTOOL2 IF SUPR TOT SIGN 1 THEN LET TOTAL1 SUPR TOTAL 1 1 ELSE LET TOTAL1 SUPR TOTAL 1 IF SUPR TOT SIGN 2 THEN LET TOTAL2 SUPR TOTAL 2 1 ELSE LET TOTAL2 SUPR TOTAL 2 DISPLAY There are SUPR OUT COUNT EDIT ZZZZZZZ22 records for customer CUSTNO Period 1 Qty this year COL 5 LINE TOTALI1 Last year TOTAL2 EXIT CALL SUPRTOOL2 PROC SUPRTOOL2 SUPR CONTROL IF SUPR STATUS 0 THEN DISPLAY SUPRTOOL2 INTERFACE ERROR SUPR STATUS JOIN 1 ON COMMAND LINE SUPR COMMAND RETURN END SUPREX 456 e Examples of Calling Suprtool Suprtool 5 5 for MPE SPL Example This SPL program invokes Suprtool through the interface routine Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Examples of Calling Suprtool e 457 control errors 5 main tool2spl begin Copyright 1982 2001 Robelle Solutions Technology Inc name tool2spl purpose test the suprtool interface prep cap ph run run with parm 2 for print stdlist always run with parm 3 to print stdlist never gt gt define current version Version 0 6 Spage Global variables of the tool2spl program lt lt suprtool2 interface layout gt gt equate wl supr control 290 wl supr command line 128 wl supr totals 9 bl supr totals wl supr totals 2 max supr totals 15 inte
190. L invocation of Suprtool splitting SHIN GS eee seeren ieie ee eerte triente splitting strings unprintables eene 146 spool file errors SQL database Allbase rows seeeeeeee 227 SQL database Oracle rows 240 SQL database Select command SQL database specifying essere 209 SQL database structure essent 161 Squeeze Set option SRN Chronos date St2xl Pub Robelle eese startrecord parameter esee 164 189 Statistics Set option Status ated ce eee Eo dei ones etta ies sos 419 439 stddate function 139 180 STExport 18 135 215 STExport summary esris ens i 270 STTExpott task itia deve lied pertes 272 Stexport Pub Robelle eere 135 STExportFullCo ht ocn e Recens 275 498 e Index STExportOutCount eese ettet tnnt tnttnntnnon 274 STREAMX String constatits tete RRBSenuepREge P 171 486 string constants Extract command sese 137 string conversion PN string expressions ee eed eee 175 String OF diglts 5 nooone eee epe prep tb es 28 string replacement Hpmodify 221 string truncation we 145 string as a delimiter wi 289 string heading command we 297 strings S b tot lifig z i etre els tarot oie hare 40 subcommands Dbedit c
191. LIB and copied into programs that require the Suprtool interface The most common error in using the Suprtool2 interface is typing the control record incorrectly Use the file Cobol Qlibsrc Robelle instead You can copy the control record directly into your COBOL program with the following Qedit command use JOIN with EDIT 3000 add 50 1 cobol qlibsrc robelle The definition of the control record with the proper initializing values is as follows supr control 05 supr version pic s9 4 comp value 4 05 supr status pic s9 4 comp 88 supr ok value zeros 88 supr bad msgfiles value 1 88 supr aborted value 2 88 supr create error value 3 88 supr bad total type value 4 supr command line supr flags 0 supr priority ic x 2 value spaces 88 supr priority cs value CS 88 supr priority ds value DS 88 supr priority es value ES supr maxdata pic s9 9 comp value O0 supr print state pic x 2 value ER 88 supr print on error value ER 88 supr print always value AL 88 supr print never value NE supr total type pic x 2 value CO 88 supr total cobol value CO 88 supr total ascii value AS 0 supr other flags pic x 18 value spaces supr totals pic s9 17 sign is trailing separate character occurs 15 times supr out count pic s9 9 comp supr workspace pic x 20 value spaces value spaces Status The supr status field returns a 0 if the command line was sent to Suprtool without incident or one of the error numb
192. Linking on MPE IX sees nennen nennen rennes 443 Suprtool Run Parameters co cc sec nme tsi eei rri be EEEE ES Eo ipee tones 444 Lockwords on S prtool 3 terret tete rte eh EEO Er e erip EES Ees 445 Examples of Calling Suprtool 447 Copying the Examples x eph rene eerte delle de e ade tnde ed 447 COBOL Example tre phrr ee apa ee Se ig cuesbiepncspecsersunsbate Spi riese arapi 447 FORTRAN Example 4 roe ee HERI Dee ees Roks Eo Sipkes e e RSi 451 TRANSACT Exainple s 2 podre Heo OR et Red 454 SPLEEx mple 5eonegeOe SIUS OO IDGO eU RUBO D Dep DenIODE 457 C Example EE Dae opp 462 Pascal Example nnde Due DERI ppp 464 SPEEDWARE Example onte P e ER OD URDU ERE 466 Calling Suprlink 469 The Suprtool2 Interface 2 o orte ea ORE Rt SEEE EET RESE E RS 469 Restrictions tegere eto me mU RD E peo 469 COBOL Example 5 nnn PE RU ERU ORE i EEr EEE RUE 469 Installing the Suprtool2 Interface 475 Compatibility Mode Installation eeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeerene enne nennen rennes 475 Installing into the System SL e p e eec e p een eie pied 475 Suprtool2 Error Messages 476 Error N mb rs noce a oni REN E ees eee eee teers 476 Glossary of Terms 478 Commonly sed Terms etre e eiie ente eee de niente d 478 Special Characters aun done teso Nee e ierit e nee tei pce ded 483 Index 488 16 Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Welcome to Suprtool Welcome to Suprtool Introduction Welcome to v
193. M and MPE files It uses NOBUF MR techniques and gives you a performance improvement over random database accesses in many cases However if you have to re sort the data many times and the records are large Suprlink may not help you Performance will be optimized if you extract only the fields you need from each input source not the entire record Speed Demon is an intrinsic library for 3GL programs that provides a high speed replacement for TurboIMAGE serial gets The NM version returns records at the same speed that Suprtool does with the same low CPU overhead The MPE V version has half the speed of Suprtool at retrieving records Consider calling Speed Demon in your programs when you need to process more than 50 of the records in a file since you eliminate the need to read Suprtool s output file Occasionally we will put performance tips on our web site that are more timely than what can be achieved in a manual So please also visit http www robelle com tips st performance html for the latest performance issue and tips Obtaining Accurate Measurements The performance results obtained from Suprtool like any program vary depending on the record sizes number of records size of sorts and the current efficiency of your application Measuring performance on any computer system is a challenge but especially so on MPE iX with its demand paged virtual memory and complex scheduler Some tests do not show such a marked improvement
194. MAND LINE CALL SUPRTOOL2 USING SUPR CONTROL MODIFY IF SUPR STATUS lt gt 0 THEN PRINT Error Suprtool SUPR STATUS SUPR COMMAND LINE ELSE BEGIN CALCUL get d sales out dsfile SUPR COMMAND LINE CALL SUPRTOOL2 USING SUPR CONTROL MODIFY END IF SUPR STATUS 0 THEN PRINT Error Suprtool SUPR STATUS SUPR COMMAND LINE ELSE BEGIN CALCUL exit SUPR COMMAND LINE CALL SUPRTOOL2 USING SUPR CONTROL MODIFY END EXIT Calling Suprlink The Suprtool2 Interface User programs may call Suprlink via the Suprtool2 interface using the Suprtool Link command A typical use of this interface would be for a COBOL program to ask Suprtool to extract selected subsets from two or more large IMAGE datasets and to use Suprlink to link the two files The COBOL program would then read and format the Suprlink output file into a report Restrictions When calling the Suprtool2 interface you signal the end of commands and the start of processing by passing the Exit command If you specify the Link command with no parameters the interface switches to Suprlink When you have passed all the Suprlink commands do not end the Suprlink task by passing Exit This will end the Suprlink task but it will also result in a Suprtool error There are two solutions to this problem 1 Specify a substring of Exit for example E 2 Specify all Suprlink commands with Suprtool s Link command e g Link Exit COBOL Example Belo
195. NE lt lt AL OON lt lt ze CON AS supr control supr control supr control supr control supr control supr control supr control supr control supr control supr control supr control don t change gt gt check after each call gt gt CS DS ES gt gt DS is default gt gt print on error only gt gt never gt gt always gt gt total type gt gt cobol gt gt ascii 2 Below is a sample program that uses the TRANSACT include file to call the Suprtool2 interface The program uses Suprtool to find two totals and the output count of selected records from the sales hist dataset of the SH database Be careful not to create commands greater than 256 characters in length Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Examples of Calling Suprtool e 455 SYSTEM SUPREX SET OPTION NOHEAD DEFINE ITEM TOTAL1 ZZZZZ2222 TOTAL2 ZZZZZZZZ CUSTNO 6 000000 TOTAL1 TOTAL2 CUSTNO INCLUDE TRANSACT OLIBSRC ROBELLE DATA SET CUSTNO MOVE SUPR COMMAND BASE SH 5 READ PERFORM CALL SUPRI MOVE SUPR COMMAND GET SALES HIST PERFORM CALL SUPRIT MOVE SUPR COMMAND DEF CUST NO HIST KEY 1 6 PERFORM CALL SUPRIT MOVE SUPR COMMAND IF CUST NO CUSTNO PERFORM CALL SUPRTOOL2 MOVE SUPR COMMAND L CU PERI QTY PERFORM CALL SUPRI L2 MOVE SUPR COMMAND L CU PER2 QTY PERFORM CALL SUPRI L2 MOVE SUPR COMMAND PUT SNUL
196. Name STExport examines the group name where STExport is running to determine the group name for the built in file names If the group name is Pub STExport assumes help files are in the Help group The same assumption is made for any group name where the first three letters are not Pub When STExport is run from a group that starts with Pub e g Pub STExport assumes the help files have the same suffix e g help Examples Here are a few examples of the names that STExport would use for the STExport help file STExport Program File Name STExport Help File Name stexport Pub Robelle stexport Help Robelle stexport Pub Robelle stexport Help Robelle stexport Pub Account stexport Help Account stexport PubRob Account stexport HelpRob Account stexport Robelle Dist stexport Help Dist Changing Built In File Names You can use a File command to tell STExport where the help file is located Your File command must use the file name that STExport dynamically assigned to the help file For example if STExport is called STExport Robelle Dist you would use this File command Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Welcome to STExport e 271 Accessing STExport How To Run STExport To access STExport type the following command run stexport pub robelle STExport Copyright Robelle Solutions Technology Inc 1996 2001 Version 5 5 After a short pause STExport takes over your terminal and prints out some identifying information You will not
197. No output file is produced instead we produce a formatted listing of the input dataset gt base store use the Creator password gt form sets you cannot remember the names gt list gt exit print the dataset fields formatted no output file is created gt get d inventory of the datasets in Store In session mode this command would prompt for the database password If none is entered or Suprtool is not running interactively the Creator password is used by default Because the open mode was not specified the database is opened in mode 1 Database Passwords in Batch In batch mode it is necessary to specify a database password without the password being echoed on the job stream listing A special database password is provided to allow for this When a question mark is used as the database password Suprtool prompts for the password on the next physical input line without echoing This occurs in batch mode or in session mode For example Suprtool Commands Suprtool 5 5 for MPE gt base store 5 Suprtool prompts for the password Password Password is on this line but it won t gt get d inventory show on job stream listing or terminal gt exit File Commands You can use a File command to re direct a database name to another group and account in Suprtool For example run suprtool gt file dbx db23 data test gt base dbx gt get cust master Because the remote da
198. Nuggets ede terere ente e et eee ree he hehe 103 null values 172 Num option 213 Num Data option 213 Num Key option 3 213 Num Query option 213 number function 151 number sign in patterns eee 484 IN mbUg scene oet ee ERE REVENUE CHE EROR EY ER PRSE RO Numbug Set option sie numeric bytes Suprtool eee numeric constants reete tert te ERROR numeric conversion If command numeric expressions neret nnne numeric justification eeeseeseeeeeeeeeeeeteneneenennennene 201 numeric string test Numeric to Byte conversion cescceeeeseeeseeteeteeeeeeeeeeneees numeric truncation oer n tenere Numeric value option Dbedit Numrecs command seseeseeseeeeeeneneeenneneee rennen ri mr cs parameter uere edente teneris 0 Offset paraibeter uten EET etes 119 Omnidex i OMI QUES toein nerien o A E ee Pe E Ae 89 Suprtool 5 5 for MPE User Manual Open commiand retener tette 209 option parameter Dbedit optional command name eene 198 optional Join Option eee eseeeeeeeeeneteeseeseeeceeeaeees optional Link option COR OPETALOTE 5 Aus erect tet ac these i eee St ebbe eT TER N EY Oracle date format ee eee Oracle dates out of disc space output choices Output command outpu
199. S 28 gt OUT SNULL 1 CD NO 2 CD TITLE Mellon Collie ARTIST Smashing Pumpkins SONG NO 1 SONG TITLE where boys fear to tread IN 2 OUT 2 CPU Sec 1 Wall Sec 1 Third Party Indexing If MPEAX third party indexing is enabled the Chain command takes advantage of third party indexes in the specified dataset The search field parameter can be any IMAGE index or any third party index Only X and U type fields are supported Use the Form command to see which index fields Chain will accept The value you specify is still restricted to the maximum length of the search field The following example uses a third party index to only match customer entries where the last name starts with the letter A gt chain m customer name last A gt list standard gt xeq Notes The Chain command is intended to replace a Get and If combination where the primary selection is by key value In many cases it is still faster to use the Get command to read the entire dataset than it is to use the Chain command to use search paths or third party indexes Use Set Stat On to compare the performance of the Chain and Get commands The dataset search field cannot be a R type item The Chain command always reads the chain values in sorted order by ascending search value You do not need to specify a Sort command to have the output file sorted by the search field Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Suprtool Commands e 117 Clean Command CL Specifies
200. STExport When STExport closes the output file it sets a JCW named STExportOutCount with the number of output records This is the same number reported in the total line i e OUT You can use this JCW to control job stream execution by checking if the SprlinkOutCount JCW is non zero I there are more than 65 535 output records STExport sets STExportOutCount to 65 535 You can use the Showjcw command to see the value of a JCW For values greater than 16K Showjcw displays either the word WARN FATAL or SYSTEM followed by some digits These words correspond to the following values Suprtool 5 5 for MPE WARN 16384 FATAL 32768 SYSTEM 49152 Add the value of the word to the number that appears with it for the true value of STExportOutCount For example showjcw STExportoutcount STEXPORTOUTCOUNT WARN8616 16384 8616 25000 The MPEAX Showvar command can also be used to see the value of a JCW Showvar displays the full correct number e g 25 000 up to the maximum of 65 535 STExport also sets two other JCWs STExportOutCount and STExportOutCount2 These communicate the full OUT value to the STExport2 interface STExportFullCount Variable On MPE iX when STExport closes the output file it also sets a variable namedSTExportFullCount with the number of output records This is the same number reported in the total line 1 e OUT The advantage of the variable is that if more than 65 535 records are written
201. Set redo command to specify a filename to save your redo commands Please see the Set Redo command for details 390 e Suprlink Commands Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Output Command O Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Specify the name of the output file and whether it is temporary OUTPUT filename TEMP ERASE DATA LINK By default the name of the Output file is Output The output file is a permanent self describing file containing data extracted from the input file and the Link files A few application tools may not read self describing files In this case use the Data option to make the output file a standard MPE file with a filecode of zero and no user labels There are two different types of self describing files The first type is created with Suprtool s Output Query option A superior form of self describing file is produced with Suprtool s Output Link option Suprlink creates the output self describing file in the same format as the input file We recommend that you use the same type of self describing file for all input and link files Output Record Format The record structure is determined by Suprlink but is relatively easy to anticipate Suprlink starts with all of the fields of the input file in order For each Link file it appends the fields of the Link file to the Output record in order Suprlink drops the key fields from the Link records since they always contain duplicated data If a field name other than one of the two explic
202. Suprtool 5 5 for MPE User Manual by Robelle Solutions Technology Inc Suprtool 5 5 for MPE e 1 Program and manual copyright 1981 2012 Robelle Solutions Technology Inc Permission is granted to reprint this document but not for profit provided that copyright notice is given Qedit and Suprtool are trademarks of Robelle Solutions Technology Inc Oracle is a trademark of Oracle Corporation Redwood City California USA Other product and company names mentioned herein may be the trademarks of their respective owners robelle solutions technology Robelle Solutions Technology Inc Suite 372 13711 72 Avenue Surrey B C Canada V3W 2P2 Phone 604 501 2001 Fax 604 501 2003 E mail sales robelle com E mail support robelle com Web www robelle com 2 e Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Suprtool 5 5 for MPE 1 User Manual 1 Program and manual copyright 1981 2012 Robelle Solutions Technology Inc 2 Permission is granted to reprint this document but not for profit provided that copyright notice is given 2 Phone 604 501 2001 2 Welcome to Suprtool 17 Introduction z 4o eerte e euer e b ae ted n e een 17 Supitool Components a ier ere Itin dee rie Maven a er teen een 17 Database Editing hene eee ho He te es 18 Speed Demon Replacing DBGET Mode seen 18 STExport Data Export Utihty e nuesenneb eem nette pete 18 Suprlink Multidataset Access sesessssee
203. Suprtool will stop with an error gt if id field Slookup mytable char field id field Error S lookup in this context data comparison must be on left side Sorting Database Records Sort Records This extracts all records from the dataset d sales into a data file called result The records are sorted by the field cust account Use the Sort command to do sorting gt get d sales gt sort cust account sort by cust account gt output result gt xeq Sort Records in Descending Order This extracts all records from the dataset d sales into a data file called RESULT The records are sorted by the field sales total in descending order i e show highest totals first Use the Desc option in the Sort command to do this gt get d sales gt sort sales total desc descending order gt output result gt xeq Sort by Multiple Keys This extracts all records from the dataset d sales into a data file called result The records are sorted by the field cust account then by sales total in descending order Use two Sort commands to do this since the Sort command only accepts one field at a time gt get d sales input first sort key second sort key output gt sort cust account gt sort sales total desc gt output result gt xeq Deleting Records To delete records safely from a database you need two Suprtool tasks The first task backs up the data to be deleted the second task deletes the
204. T ADDRESS gt Room 655 lt STREET ADDRESS gt lt STREET ADDRESS gt Los Altos 040033022 STREET ADDRESS lt ZIP CODE gt 93002 lt ZIP CODE gt lt Details gt lt Orders gt Tags In XML the tags that surrounded the data can not have any special characters other than hyphen underscore and period _ So STExport replaces any of the invalid special characters with a by default You can change the default character to be something else with the following set command Set xmltagchar STExport will only allow the hyphen underscore and period to be set with this command Quotes All of STExport s XML command options version doctype file and record allow for a string to be passed via surrounding quotes The quotes may be either single or double but keep in mind that if the string is to contain double quotes then you should surround the entire string with single quotes Suprtool 5 5 for MPE STExport Commands e 319 Zero Command Z Specify whether leading zeros are to appear in numeric fields ZERO NONE LEADING Default None Use Zero None to force all numeric fields to have leading zeros removed If a numeric field has implied decimal places STExport always formats the number with at least one digit to the left of the decimal place even if it is zero Use Zero Leading to force all numeric fields to be zero filled In this case Sign Leading and Sign Floating both cause the sign to appear in
205. T target field expression Target Field The target field determines the byte length data type and repeat count for the expression The expression is extracted during the output phase and cannot be used by other Suprtool commands that accept fields e g sort To avoid confusion it is best to define a new field name for the target field instead of using an existing field name Examples gt extract budget99 actual98 1000 gt extract total cost qty gt extract day ccyymmdd date mod 100 In the following example the field t ot al is used twice In the first case it is used to tell Suprtool how to format the arithmetic expression In the second case it is used in the sort command Warning In this example the output file is sorted by the value of total as it appears in the input record It is not be sorted by cost qty Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Suprtool Commands e 141 142 e Suprtool 5 5 for MPE gt extract total cost qty gt sort total sort by input total Restrictions You can only use one expression in each Extract command and the expression must be the last item If you want to extract several expressions or more fields after an expression you need to use several Extract commands Incorrect gt extract name i sales tips c cost expense dept Correct gt extract name i sales commission gt extract c cost expense gt extract dept Constants vs Expressions If you have an arithme
206. U Seconds at this point When using the record selection feature of the Get and Input commands Suprtool cannot be absolutely certain of the total number of records Therefore the percentage calculation is estimated Prompt SET PROMPT character Initially gt PROMPT tells Suprtool which character to use for prompting Any special character can be used as the prompt character For example run suprtool pub robelle gt set prompt sbase store 5 RealMap SETREALMAP ONIOFF Initially ON This option has no effect in Suprtool for MPE Recover SET RECOVER ON OFF Initially OFF This option can be used with an If command which selects only records with a 1 in the first word to extract deleted records from a KSAM file This is not supported for KSAM XL files prior to MPEAX 4 0 On MPE iX 4 0 and later Suprtool can recover deleted records if you do not build your KSAM XL files with the reuse option If you use the reuse option Suprtool can only recover deleted records where the space has not yet been reused Redo SET REDO filename Initially none Commands that you enter at the Suprtool prompt are saved in something called the redo stack You can recall commands from the redo stack using other commands such as Before Do and Redo By default the redo stack is stored in a temporary file but is discarded as soon as you exit This means that your redo stack is not preserved accross invocations of Suprtool Set Redo
207. UE OCT 30 2007 2 58 PM Type H for he gt set varsub on gt set varsubdebug on gt in filelsd suprtest vd in filelsd suprtest output outfile link temp vd output GREEN SUPRTEST filename90123456789012345678901234567890123 vd 2345678901 link temp The output is formatted into 74 byte chunks and printed with a preceding vd so the substituted line is clear Suprtool and Personal Computers You can format files to be downloaded to your PC for use in spreadsheets or databases with the PRN option of the Output command Suprtool formats your file as a PC structure a comma delimited file Not all PC applications support the PRN format For more precise data conversion create a self describing file then use STExport See the STExport manual for details You transfer the Suprtool output file to your PC and then import it into your PC application 76 e Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Suprtool Issues and Solutions Downloading to the PC After you have created a PRN file using Suprtool you can use FTP or any of the many terminal emulator programs available to download the file to the PC This includes Reflection from Walker Richer amp Quinn Robelle s text editor Qedit is able to execute Reflection commands from the HP e3000 helping to automate the process of downloading Decimal Places Be sure to specify which fields have decimal places when creating the PRN file Suprtool reserves extra space for decimal points that appea
208. USER 3 3 ice ee eren eee 261 PC files sii ERR AP tdeie hie 76 215 PCL option Set List percent Sign et S ee 479 486 Performance Eloquence eee 232 performance issues performance of Dbedit esse 327 performance of Speed Demon sss 102 performance of STExport performance of Suprtool see Performance Suprlink eee performance when sorting permanent and temporary files sse 210 permanent and tempory files sse 189 Permanent redo neret de 243 308 394 Persistent t6d0 na ices eR ERR 243 308 394 personal computers eese nennen 76 PHdate option Item command sees 193 positive value o Si esno c n ego eem 150 POSIX file tl mes E rer ERIT enin 481 PowerHo se 52er trie ettet ee rer TI PowerHouse applications esee TI PowerHouse dates rentrer 193 PowerHouse define of P28 sss 130 PowerHouse subfiles eesseeee 78 371 391 prefetch Prefetch preformatted HTML option eee 300 prep segmenter Printer Command Language eee 237 printer attached to terminal eeees 205 printing reports privileged file violation esee 112 166 Privmode Set option seseseeeeereenee 242 PRN opti
209. UTPUT INPUT cannot be restarted if it is aborted run suprtool pub robelle gt in ksamdata gt key 3 10 byte gt output input gt exit The above Suprtool run is dangerous because it cannot be restarted if it is aborted for any reason The following Suprtool run can be restarted even if the run is aborted Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Suprtool Issues and Solutions e 59 60 e Suprtool 5 5 for MPE purge tempfile run suprtool pub robelle gt in ksamdata gt out tempfile gt xeq gt in tempfile gt key 3 10 byte gt output ksamdata erase gt exit KSAM XL Files Starting with MPEAX 4 0 HP provided a new mechanism for tools like Suprtool to access KSAM XL files This mechanism allows Suprtool to work the same for either KSAM V or KSAM XL files Some of the advantages are 1 Suprtool is fifteen times faster than tools like FCOPY when reading a KSAM XL file 2 Suprtool reads the input file in chronological order 3 Set Recover On works for KSAM XL Note that if you build the KSAM XL file with the reuse option the space from your deleted records may be reused In this case Suprtool may not be able to recover your records Suprtool will revert to slower method of reading KSAM XL files if using selection criteria in other words an if command Loading KSAM XL Files If you are writing records to a KSAM XL file you can dramatically improve the speed of Suprtool by writing to a temporary KSAM XL file and saving i
210. Use the Link option of the Output command to create the file as a self describing file Although Suprtool Issues and Solutions e 65 Suprtool itself allows longer field names SD files only store the first 16 characters of a field name gt input sales data input from a data file gt define cust no 1 6 byte gt define invoice date 7 6 integer gt define sales qty 13 4 packed gt extract cust no invoice date sales qty gt output salefile link salefile has all of the extracted fields gt xeq SD Files as Input When you specify an SD file as input to Suprtool all the field information becomes available You can select extract and total fields without the Define command self describing file display the fields in the file select based on a field only extract a few fields gt input salefile gt form gt if sales total gt 10000 gt extract cust account gt extract sales qty gt extract sales tax gt extract sales total gt total sales total total a field from the file gt output newfile link create a new SD file gt xeq Listing SD Files Suprtool normally lists data files in an Octal Char format When listing an SD file Suprtool produces a formatted listing with field names and field values converted into ASCII gt input salefile self describing file gt list produce a formatted listing gt xeq Decimal Places and Date Formats You use the Item command to identify items w
211. Using QTP to Create Subfiles You can also use QTP instead of Quiz to create the PowerHouse subfile spurge cmasfile qtp gt access custmast gt set input limit 0 gt subfile cmasfile size numrecs keep include custmast gt go There are a number of reasons to use QTP instead of Quiz to create subfiles Quiz subfiles always reflect a record structure based on the lowest level of redefinition in the dictionary So if an item is redefined it appears once for each redefinition in the dictionary For example Record CUSTOMERS Item CUSTOMER NUM character size 6 Item CUSTOMER NAME character size 40 redefined by Item COMPANY NAME character size 40 end redefined by Item FIRST NAME character size Item SURNAME character size end The customer name field is redefined twice in the dictionary Although the record size of the file is only 46 bytes a Quiz subfile created with gt report summary all would create a subfile with a record length of 86 bytes as follows Item CUSTOMER NUM character Item COMPANY NAME character Item FIRST NAME character Item SURNAME character A subfile created with QTP on the other hand would exactly match the record structure of the source file Therefore it is always safer to use QTP to create the subfile as it is more likely to match the structure of Suprtool s output record With QTP s Include parameter it is easy to include either specific fields from the record or all of the fields You
212. Values Suppose you want to find all the sales records for customer account 1234 Assuming that cust account is a search field in the d sales dataset you would use this gt base store 5 READER open for read access only gt chain d sales cust account 1234 read the sales records for customer 1234 gt out outl gt xeq If you want to select sales records for more than one customer you would use gt chain d sales cust account 12345 67890 39201 gt out out2 gt xeq Values with Decimal Places You can specify values with decimal places for search fields with implied decimal places For example gt item unit cost decimal 2 two implied decimal points gt chain d inventory unit cost 10 10 5 10 75 gt out out3 select records for 1000 1050 and 1075 gt xeg Selection with a Table You can specify the records to read using a table The Table command may appear before or after the Chain command Use this option when you have a file of key values to search for Suprtool Commands e 115 gt select the sales records that match the values in custfile gt chain d sales cust account sales table gt table sales table cust account file custfile out out4 gt xeq Combining Chain with If The Chain command selects an input dataset and a set of key values to search for To specify additional selection criteria use the Chain command to specify the key values and the If command for the additional selecti
213. When All is specified every record in the specified file is processed sequentially You can stop the scan by pressing Control Y Key Option The Key option overrides the primary search field Dbedit prompts for the primary search field first Often this is not the value that you know You can use the Key option to force Dbedit to prompt you for another search field For example 334 e Dbedit Commands Suprtool 5 5 for MPE list d inventory use defaults SUPPLIER NAME gt STD Ribbons PRODUCT NO gt list d inventory key product no use PRODUCT NO PRODUCT NO gt 105391 SUPPLIER NAME gt Limit Option The Limit option controls the number of entries allowed per key value This option is only useful for the Add command Dbedit limits the number of entries for the first field in the field list to the Limit value specified For example add d inventory limit 2 two records per supplier dadd d inventory limit 2 key product no two records per product Related Option The Related option is for finding or deleting related records It applies only to Delete and List If you use Related when Listing an entry in a master dataset Dbedit prints the specified master entry and then prints all detail entries with the same search value in all datasets that are linked to the master dataset by an explicit path If you use List Related with a detail dataset Dbedit prints the specified detail entry followed by the master entry for
214. Workspace The supr workspace part of the record MUST contain spaces before the first call to the Suprtool2 procedure Compiling and Linking on MPE V You require PH capability in order to use the Suprtool2 interface The classic object code for the interface resides in ST2USL Pub Robelle If your program aborts with a 442 Welcome to Calling Suprtool Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Stack Overflow you should increase the size of Maxdata Users who call the interface from FORTRAN programs will have to increase the Maxdata size COBOL programmers should wait until they get a Stack Overflow The interface is installed in SL files The following commands demonstrate how to compile and prepare your program to use the Suprtool interface This example assumes that the Suprtool2 routine has been installed in the System SL cobol example source prep Soldpass example pub cap ph save example pub run example pub Using Lib The installation chapter of the manual tells how to install the interface so that it is available to every program You can also install the interface routine in a SL file and run your program with Lib Here is an example of how to add the Suprtool segment from ST2USL Pub to your existing SL file run fcopy pub sys gt from st2usl pub robelle to st2usl pub new gt exit segmenter buildsl sl pub 400 4 fails if you already have an SL sl sl pub usl st2usl pub addsl suprtool exit cobol tool2cob source
215. a Font cartridge that overrides the default font e g 92286F cartridge PCL 4 Selects Portrait orientation and Lineprinter font of the L cartridge and others This option prints 132 columns across the page by 80 lines PCL 5 Prints 80 columns on A4 paper by slightly narrowing the space between columns PCL 6 Prints tiny letters in Landscape mode on legal size paper This gives you 223 columns per line The PCL options with the exception of PCL 5 were designed and tested with North American letter size paper Suprtool can adjust the number of rows and columns for each option to match A4 if you add 2000 to the PCL code You can also select the Suprtool Commands e 237 238 e Suprtool 5 5 for MPE ASCII character set instead of the default Roman 8 character set by adding 1000 to the PCL code See List Command L on page 200 for more details Here is a complete table of the PCL codes PCL L P Font A4 paper Letter size Notes Rows x Rows x Columns Columns 1 L Ip 58 x 188 60 x 175 2 L courier 43 x 110 45 x 100 3 P courier 64x77 60 x 80 standard 4 P lp 85 x 128 80 x 132 5 P courier 64 x 80 60 x 80 A4 squeeze 6 L Ip 60 x 223 60 x 223 legal size L and P mean Landscape or Portrait orientation List Time SET LIST Time number Initially 1 When you select page headings with the List command by specifying a title each page includes the current time By default the time is in 24 hour format e g 23 02 Use Set L
216. a field it pads strings with trailing spaces For example define long 1 125 125 character field gt extract long abcef Suprtool adds 120 spaces Suprtool 5 5 for MPE User Manual Glossary of Terms e 481 482 e Glossary of Terms gt it long abcde Suprtool checks for trailing spaces Suprtool accepts the null string Suprtool pads it with spaces so this is an easy way to see if a field is blank gt if name if name is blank One problem with any tool that accepts strings is how to include a quote mark inside the string Suprtool offers two solutions 1 Use the opposite quote mark e g don t 2 Whenever two quote marks appear in a string they are treated as a single quote e g don t Subscript A subscript is used to specify one of many fields in a repeated item Within IMAGE it is possible to specify repeated fields For example costs 5J2 The item COSTS consists of five double integers You select one element of a compound field by specifying a subscript in parentheses the first element is 1 not 0 For example if you wanted to select the input records where the second cost was greater than 10000 you would use gt if costs 2 gt 10000 The 2 portion of the command is the subscript The default subscript is the first sub item for Total Define Sort and If but the entire compound item for Extract Table does not allow subscripts it always uses 1 The If command has another
217. a given byte field There are three things that Suprtool needs to know in order to clean a field Suprtool needs to know which characters it needs to clean what character it needs to change the bad characters to and also what field does it need to clean Clean Command Syntax You can specify special characters Decimal 0 thru Decimal 31 via the command Clean special You can also specify a range or characters by using the following syntax Clean 0 31 240 255 The Clean command is used to tell Suprtool what characters it needs to look for in a given byte type field For example clean 9 jQ will tell Suprtool to replace the tab character Decimal 9 Line Feed Decimal 10 and a period to whatever the Clean character is set to The CLean command takes both decimal notation and the character itself however it is probably most convenient to use the Decimal notation for the characters that you wish to clean The Decimal notation is indicated by the character Setting the Clean Character By default Suprtool will replace any of the characters specified in the clean command with a space You can specify what character to use to replace any of the characters that qualify with the following set command gt set CleanChar This will set the character to replace any of the qualifying to be cleaned characters to be a period Suprtool Commands e 147 148 e Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Cleaning a Field You
218. a record This can be useful to create transaction files from detail datasets that will later be updated back to the database after a processing stage QUERY QUERY creates an MPE self describing output file A self describing file has a file code of SD in the Listf command and an actual file code of 1084 Self describing files contain information about the structure of each record in the file The file label contains the name type length and offset of each field in the file Self describing files have no provision for repeated fields These fields appear with an unknown type in the file label The QUERY option produces a file that is similar to the file produced by the SAVE command of QUERY LINK The QUERY output option has some major drawbacks Compound fields are not handled date and decimal point information is not saved and sort information is not part of the file description The LINK option produces a self describing file that solves all these problems This option is the recommended way to generate files for Suprlink We are also encouraging third party software vendors to accept this format To convert a self describing file back into a non SD file see Suprtool and Self Describing Files on page 65 NUM QUERY NUM QUERY creates output records in QUERY numbers format This is an undocumented feature of QUERY that is used by some application packages Records in a numbers file contain the dataset number and the reco
219. a self describing input file into an output file that can be imported into different applications Summary of the STExport commands Before FLoating Quote Verif CLean Form REDO Xeq Columns HEAding Reset XML DAte HElp Set Zero DElimiter HTML Sign expression DO Input Spaces OS command Escape LISTREDO SPaces Exit Output Use The minimum abbreviation of each command is shown in capital letters Installing STExportt STExport is installed as part of the Suprtool installation process See the Installing Suprtool chapter of the Suprtool User Manual for more details on how to install both Suprtool and STExport Built In File Names STExport requires an external file for the Help command STExport dynamically changes this file name but you can use a File command to override STExport s choice Default File Names If you are running STExport on MPE V E or MPE AX STExport finds the name of the STExport program file name e g stexport Pub Robelle STExport uses this name to determine the name of the other built in file names If STExport cannot call 270 Welcome to STExport Suprtool 5 5 for MPE the procinfo intrinsic e g this intrinsic doesn t exist on MPE V R it assumes you are running stexport Pub Robelle Account Name The account name for all built in files is the same as the one where STExport is running e g if you run stexport Pub Dev the help file for STExport is stexport Help Dev Group
220. a self describing file Subscript If the field is a compound item e g 2X25 the first sub item is the default if no subscript is specified You can sort on any sub item by specifying the subscript For example gt sort address 2 sorts on 2nd sub item Descending vs Ascending Order By default sorts are done in ascending order Descending specifies that the field is to be sorted in descending order Examples The most common use of the Sort command is to specify a sort field of a database field You may use the Key command to specify all sorts We recommend that the Sort command be used wherever possible If the structure of your database changes your Suprtool tasks still work if sort fields are specified with the Sort command gt base store 5 gt get d sales gt sort cust account input from an IMAGE dataset primary sort field newest transactions first write the sorted records to an MPE disc file gt sort purch date desc gt output dsales gt exit In the next example we sort an MPE file We create a field using the Define command Rather than using the Key command we use the Sort command to specify the sort field If the MPE file changes only the Define command must be changed input is from an MPE file A is an integer that starts at the 11th byte of Dinvent sort the input records by the A field gt input dinvent gt define a 11 2 int gt output outfile gt sort a gt exi
221. ablename fieldname See the Table command for a complete description of how to combine tables and the lookup function lookup parameter function tablename The name of a table specified in the Table command fieldname A field from the input record This field cannot be real type It must be exactly the same length as the item used in the Table command Multiple Values and Table Data Suprtools can use the data loaded into a Table in a comparison operation The lookup function will return the data value from the table to compare against another field or literal In filelsd Table mytable char field data tabfile data id field If 1ookup mytable char field id field int field So what Suprtool will do in this case is read a record lookup the record in the table and retrieve the data item in the table If Suprtool does NOT find an entry in the table a zero will be returned if the data type is numeric and spaces will be returned if it is a byte type So using the case above if no entry is found in the table zero is returned and if int field is equal to zero then the record will qualify If you don t want to have any values returned from the table lookup you just preface the if with a standard lookup Suprtool Commands Short circuit evaluation means that the If command does not always need to evaluate all the parts of the command Suprtool 5 5 for MPE gt get ord details gt table cust table cust no
222. account for the length difference on the chain command but will show the unadjusted length Normally Superdexs dbinfo 833 would show a length of 12 for a Zoned decimal tpi key with a length of 8 if SICOGNOS is set to 1 then Superdex will return 8 form d inventory Database STORE SUPRTPIS GREEN TPI SUPERDEX 010566 4 2 11 2 D INVENTORY Detail Set 4 Entry Offset BIN NO J1 LAST SHIP DATE J2 3 ON HAND OTY J2 7 PRODUCT NO Z8 1 M PRODUCT lt lt TPI gt gt SUPPLIER NO Z8 M SUPPLIER UNIT COST P8 23 ITEM DESCI X20 3 lt lt TPI gt gt ITEM DESC2 X20 5 ITEM DESC3 X20 7 ITEM DESCA X20 9 Capacity 464 8 Entries 13 Highwater 13 Bytes 110 Additional Third Party Indexes SI PRODUCT NO ITEM DESCI SI ITEM DESC1234 SHAD Omnidex without TPI On MPE V and on versions on MPEAX that do not support TPI you must access the Omnidex intrinsics via call conversion To use call conversion with Omnidex version greater than 2 05 03 and less than 3 00 Suprtool Pub Robelle must be copied to the CC group of the DISC account and this copy of Suprtool must be run run suprtool cc disc lib g If you use the Suprtool2 interface to invoke Suprtool you need the following MPE commands to force Suprtool2 to run the call converted copy of Suprtool setjcw suprtool2filecommand setjcw suprtool2lib file suprtool suprtool cc For Omnidex versions starting with 3 00 you can use call conversion by running Suprtool in t
223. account when calculating the last day of February Today s Date To select records based on today s date use the following gt if field Stoday today s date gt if field Stoday 1 yesterday s date gt if field Stoday 1 tomorrow s date Use the Item command to qualify the field as a date The today function accepts one optional argument which is the number of days before or after today The maximum number of days in either direction is 9999 yymmdd and Beyond 1999 Because dates spanning the turn of the century will not collate properly for the yymmdd form you need to use stddate to compare these dates gt item ship date date yymmdd gt if ship date lt date 2000 12 31 will not work gt if stddate ship date date 2000 12 31 will work Finding Invalid Dates Use the invalid function to find invalid dates An invalid date is a number in a date format whose date equivalent cannot be found on a calendar For example a month value of 99 would be considered invalid gt base store demo Database password gt get d sales gt item deliv date date ccyymmdd if invalid deliv date out baddates link gt xeq Stddate Function The stddate function converts any date format in nearly any data type container and internally converts it to the ccyymmdd format in a double integer container This allows you to compare dates with dissimilar formats and data types For example Suprtool Comman
224. ace see the Calling Suprtool user manual To avoid file name conflicts on line programs should use a job temporary Suprtool output file For TRANSACT to read a temporary file the asterisk in the file name is required If you use the LIST statement you have to use the Suprtool Extract command to specify the desired fields The order of the fields in the Extract command must match the order of the fields in the LIST statement The Extract may be omitted if the TRANSACT program reads all of the fields in the dataset but the program must be recompiled if the dataset is changed The Suprtool If command replaces the MATCH register of the TRANSACT program You can still use the MATCH register to do further selection e g from other datasets A FIND Chain can be modified to use Suprtool but you must verify that your program actually runs faster in many cases it will not To change a FIND Chain to use Suprtool use the same steps as FIND SERIAL XSORT and RPG XSORT is a program which simulates the System 34 3 sort XSORT jobs can be converted to use Suprtool with few or no problems The following steps must be done to convert from XSORT to Suprtool 1 Change any Omit Record statements to use the Define command and a non equal expression in the If command 2 Change any Include Record statements to use the Define command and the If command 3 Ifan Address Sort is used Set Firstrec 1 and use Output xxx num The Set Firstre
225. aces Dbedit 328 decimal places defining 191 decimal places Extract command sss 137 decimal places If command esses Decimal Places Item command decimal places List command decimal places Table command default field filling in Suprlink default input file eene rtr default output file default prOcessing eee risen reete ern n eese Defer SetOption ionis pere eren edenens deferred output in IMAGE s Define command eee Define commmand introduction definition parameter seseseeseeeeeeneeeeneeennenent nnn delete all records warning Delete command Delete command locking Delete command performance gt deleting duplicate records sess deletinig entries s cete eme ete pe eerte deleting entries recovery deleting non unique duplicate records deleting records esses deleting records safely eese delimited output files eene Delimiter command Delimiter maximum length sees Demon programs oerte ree e ERR E Re eges Demon Pub Robelle eee Demon SuprJob Robelle eee DemonUSL Pub Robelle E DemonXL Pub R
226. acter for numeric fields SIGN NONE I FLOATING LEADING TRAILING Default Floating All numeric type fields except logical fields have a sign Integer and floating point fields can have either a space for positive values or a negative sign Packed and display type fields can have a space neutral a plus sign for positive values or a negative sign Specify Sign None to cause STExport to completely ignore the sign If you specify Sign None no error or warning message appears if any numeric types have a negative value Leading vs Floating If you specify Columns Fixed it is easy to see the difference between a leading versus a floating sign A leading sign always appears in the same column whereas a floating sign always appears before the first digit of a number For example Sign Leading Sign Floating zx 22415 22415 207 207 16600 16600 21910 21910 8411 42 16713 7970 Trailing Sign Specify Sign Trailing to cause the sign character to appear after each formatted number Remember that for many numeric types the sign for positive numbers is a space STExport always leaves room for the sign even if it is a space 312 STExport Commands Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Spaces Command SP Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Specify whether trailing spaces are to appear in byte type fields SPACES NONE TRAILING Default None If byte type fields are surrounded with quotes see the Quote command the S
227. al amp Default 1 By default Suprtool opens databases in mode 1 when the mode is omitted from the Base command Using Set Openmode you can specify an alternate mode for the Base command A common choice would be Set Openmode 5 so that Suprtool would allow only read access to the database disabling the Delete command for example Oracle Rows SET ORACLE ROWS number Not supported in MPE This option is not available in the MPE version Oracle OpenFix SET ORACLE OPENFIX ONIOFF Initially OFF This option is not available in the MPE version Oracle Integer SET ORACLE INTEGER ONIOFF Initially OFF This option is not available in the MPE version Oracle PassShift SET ORACLE PassShift ONIOFF Suprtool Commands Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Initially OFF This option is not available in the MPE version Oracle ZeroNull SET ORACLE ZERONULL ONIOFF Initially OFF This option is not available in the MPE version Pattern SET PATTERN NEW OLD Initially NEW Prior to Suprtool version 3 1 there was no method of checking for the Q 2 or characters in a pattern Version 3 1 introduced a new pattern matching routine adding an escape character amp and two new reserved characters and I Old Suprtool tasks that look for the specific characters amp or will not work with the new pattern matching routine Users who are concerned about this can add the following command to their Suprmgr Pub
228. ales qty gt out dsales gt xeq is exactly the same as d sales input is from a dataset product no first field in the range product price purch date sales qty last field in the range dsales Extracting a Range of Subscripted Fields Suprtool accepts a subscript on either field in a range You can even use this feature to extract a range from a single field For example if sales amt is a 12J2 field 140 e Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Suprtool Commands gt get d sales input is from a dataset gt ext sales amt 4 Nsales amt 6 out dsales gt xeq is equivalent to d sales input is from a dataset sales amt 4 first subscripted field sales amt 5 intermediate subfield sales amt 6 last subscripted field dsales Alternate Syntax for Extracting a Range Suprtool accepts a slash in place of the backslash to specify a range Use the slash with care because it is a valid character in field names For example gt extract a b would produce the error message Error Item A B not in the database To use a slash in an extract range surround it with spaces gt extract a b Numeric Expressions You can specify arithmetic expressions for any numeric data type in the Extract command Arithmetic expressions involve the operators and mod Extract arithmetic expressions work exactly as If command arithmetic expressions To extract an expression use this syntax EXTRAC
229. allows you to assign a permanent file as the redo stack The redo stack is then available for future Suprtool invocations To assign MYREDO as a persistent redo stack enter gt set redo myredo If the file does not exist Suprtool creates it If it already exists Suprtool uses it All the commands you enter from this point are written to the persistent redo stack The setting is valid for the duration of the Suprtool session As soon as you exit Suprtool Suprtool Commands e 243 244 e Suprtool 5 5 for MPE the setting is discarded Next time you run Suprtool you will get the temporary stack If the filename is not qualified the redo stack is created in the logon group and account This may be desirable if you wish to have separate stacks If you wish to always use the same persistent stacks you should qualify the name The Verify command shows which stack is currently in use If it shows lt temporary gt it means Suprtool is using the default stack Anything else is the name of the file used on the Set Redo command Concurrency When Suprtool uses the default temporary stack it is only accessible to that particular instance of Suprtool You can run as many Suprtool instances as you need and each one gets its own redo stack With temporary stacks you will never get into concurrency problems If you start using a persistent redo stack you might start running into these type of problems A persistent redo stack can only be used
230. alue for File M SUPPLIER Enter Existing Key Value to Find SUPPLIER NAME gt Standard Ribbons Enter New Key Value to Replace with SUPPLIER NAME gt STD Ribbons SUPPLIER NAME Standard Ribbons CITY San Leandro STATE CODE STREET ADDRESS 100 Main St 2 ZIP CODE 94345 OK to change this entry no y Begin changes be patient end changes 340 Dbedit Commands Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Delete Command D Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Removes entries from a dataset DELETE file options Options numeric valuelAll KeylLimitlRelatedIUNder If you are deleting entries from a master dataset all entries from related detail datasets must be removed first Before any record will actually be deleted Delete prints the record and asks you whether it is okay to delete it the default answer is NO The field list of the file specifies which fields to list before prompting for verification of the deletion The ALL option allows you to review all entries in a detail dataset and remove some or all of them The database password must give you write access to the entire dataset ALL does not work on master datasets use the Suprtool gt Delete command instead You can delete records related to a master dataset but not the other way around Dbedit does not print the detail records that are deleted Use the List command with the RELATED option before doing the deletion Dbedit Commands e 341 Do Command DO The Do command w
231. alues you can type a question mark to obtain a description of the field If the field has implied decimal places the field description will include the number of decimal places e g lt lt 2 gt gt for two implied decimal points Critical ltem Update 328 e Welcome to Dbedit Starting with MPEAX 4 0 IMAGE was enhanced to have a new feature critical item update This feature allows programs to change critical fields in detail datasets Suprtool 5 5 for MPE search fields and sort fields by using DBUPDATE Prior to critical item update programs had to use DBDELETE and DBPUT to change critical fields By default IMAGE databases have critical item update disabled It is enabled using the HP DBUTIL program Enabling critical item update allows Dbedit s Change command and Modify Updatekey to execute much faster There are two choices in DBUTIL for enabling critical item update 1 Set CIUPDATE On 2 Set CIUPDATE Allow The first option turns on critical item update for all programs The second option allows user programs like Dbedit to enable critical item update as needed The second option is the safest since some programs depend on IMAGE giving an error when they attempt to change a critical field Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Welcome to Dbedit e 329 Dbedit Commands General Notes Suprtool 5 5 for MPE When you run Dbedit it prompts for commands on Stdlist with a character and reads command lines from Stdin Dbed
232. ame matches a string do list If you want to modify the commands before executing them use Redo or Before Examples Slistredo Sdo Sdo 39 do 5 8 do previous command again do command line 39 again do command lines 5 to 8 again do 2 do 7 5 do 5 do command before previous do by relative line number do command lines 5 to last do input do most recent Input command Notes The Do command cannot be abbreviated Persistent Redo Redo commands can be saved in a permanent file and can therefore be used from another session You can use the Set redo command to specify a filename to save your redo commands Please see the Set Redo command for details 290 STExport Commands Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Escape Command ES Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Specifies what character to escape the defined Delimiter Quote or End of Line character ESCAPE DELIM QUOTE EOL l string l Default None Many SQL importers allow you to add an escape character in front of characters that may mean something else to the import program For example if the import program thinks that the delimiter character is a comma the importer may treat a comma in an address field as an indication to move to the next field which will throw of the import Some import programs will treat the next character as data as opposed to a delimeter if the character is preceded by an escape character such as a slash Thus when the
233. amined If these bits are not zero they are printed as two groups of eight bits A one 1 means that the bit is on and a zero 0 means that the bit is off The low order 16 bits are always printed as two groups of eight bits high order 16 bits suppressed 2 00000000 00001010 note negative value 2 s complement Result 2 11111111 11111111 2 11111111 11110110 1000000000 b high order 16 bits are non zero Result 2 00111011 10011010 2 11001010 00000000 Input Format The calculator supports different input formats for numbers Octal values are prefixed with a percent sign and hex values with a dollar sign An ASCII string of up to 4 characters is entered in quotes The result of the last calculation is referred to using 12 octal 12 or decimal 10 Resul 12 octal input and octal display format Resul 10 Resul 177166 octal number that is really negative 1t 10 0 abcd h 1t 61626364 use result of last calculation 1t 6162 97 98 ab 6364 99 100 cd Programmers who make use of the MPE DEBUG software are often frustrated with the format that Double Integer numbers are printed DEBUG prints them as two octal numbers Calculator accepts two octal numbers as input and prints the result in standard decimal format Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Suprtool Commands e 265 35632 145000 treat as one double integer value Result 1000000000 0 3177777 177766 negative double i
234. an be returned by any Speed Demon intrinsic 538 SPDEPREFETCH JCW VALUE n IS LESS THAN ZERO OR GREATER THAN 5 The SPDEPREFETCH JCW determines if Speed Demon should prefetch data into memory and if so how far ahead it should read A value of zero tells Speed Demon not to prefetch data Values greater than five are not allowed Check the value of the SPDEPREFETCH JCW and set it to an appropriate number 537 FINDJCW FAILED WITH ERROR n A call to the FINDJCW intrinsic failed The value of n is the error number returned from FINDJCW This error should never occur If it does please report it to Robelle Solutions Technology Inc 536 ROBELLE PREFETCH FAILURE ERROR n The internal Robelle prefetch module has returned an error The value of n is the prefetch error number This message is followed by a prefetch error message You should report this error to Robelle 535 SPEED DEMON HAS EXPIRED Your version of Speed Demon has expired If you have received a nonexpiring version of Speed Demon V be sure to install it in the System SL For Speed Demon iX make sure that you have restored DemonXL Pub Robelle If you are using Speed Demon iX from your own XL file be sure to reinstall Speed Demon iX after restoring the nonexpiring version 534 SPDEDBINIT NOT CALLED Before calling SPDEDBSCAN or SPDEDBSHUT you must call SPDEDBINIT successfully Make sure that SPDEDBINIT was actually called and that the condition word returned from SPDE
235. anana rO eRe e nhen trennen rennen enne 26 Select All Records ie ove reU 27 Select a Random Sample eese nennen enne rennen 27 Look at the First Few Records sees 27 Selecting by Criteria oed ee ee e a RR s 27 Simple Criteria uei ee POM da EIE E 27 Complex Criteria uie naan aoa aii ee eee us 27 String of Diglls 3 ese eto eredi ed rie Re Oe seri ere tet 28 Selecting DY Date EOD 28 Select by Today s Date o one me eere te o terere cbr Do festes 28 Select by Particular D te ettet ee et meriti ep te descebenes 28 NIS Andbdri c 29 Select Prior Month UE Ert Dee e n t eicere de e hee 29 Selecting by Lists of Valles cepere tette trt ertet eee tenter tire dbensbtcses 29 Finding Data Based on a List sseeseeseeeeeeeeee eene ener 29 Finding Data Based on a File sseseeeseeeeeeeee eene emen 30 Finding Data Based on Another Dataset s Criteria esee 30 Finding Data in a Data File sseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeene nennen nennen eene 31 Comparing against a Key and Data sess 31 Sorting Database Records seis ee Pe a nM E Petre 32 SOLE Records 4 HR 32 Sort Records in Descending Order sse 32 sort by Mul ple Keys uino ee tren Ee e Ho eei des 32 Deleting Records nieto eit nite EH e tede Ee REES en 32 Updating Recotds 4 iret een oe epe d
236. and 24 576 words in Suprtool iX The default value used by Suprtool is the largest size that fits in the available data structures and still allows Suprtool to get the job done Using Set Buffer to reduce the size of the buffer reduces the size of the stack that Suprtool uses for copy operations Suprtool V always uses a buffer size of 4096 words when sorting This leaves the maximum amount of room in the stack for the sorting operation Some utilities that intercept all file system calls can have problems with the large read write requests that Suprtool makes e g some versions of Omnidex and Netbase versions less than 0 9 4 You can avoid this problem by adding a Set Buffer command to Suprmgr Pub Sys to reduce the default buffer size Suprtool automatically detects when a file is considered Netbase remote and adjusts the buffer size for you This requires Netbase 0 9 4 version or higher CleanChar SET CleanChar Default space By default Suprtool will replace any of the characters specified in the clean command with a space You can specify what character to use to replace any of the characters that qualify with the following set command gt set CleanChar This will set the character to replace any of the qualifying to be cleaned characters to be a period If you want to Clean a field and not replace with any character you just need to set the clean character in the following manner gt set CleanChar lt null gt
237. and Solutions Screen test menu temp start date char 8 temp end date char 8 temp prompt char 40 define D CMD char 80 ECHO if Start date gt start date amp and end date end date gt gt mytemp title Creating Use File Demo Screen centered skip 2 field prompt field start date field end date procedure initialize begin let prompt Enter a start date YYYYMMDD display prompt accept start date let prompt Enter an end date YYYYMMDD display prompt accept end date run command echo base STORE DEMO ROBELLE 1 WRITER gt mytemp run command echo get D SALES mytemp run command D CMD run command echo output OUTFILE link mytemp run command echo exit gt gt mytemp run command run SUPRTOOL PUB ROBELLE parm 40 info use mytemp end build This doesn t require any special dictionary declarations as it uses MPE echo commands to create the file Suprtool and Application Systems Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Suprtool can be used with fourth generation languages and other tools Third Party Indexing Omnidex is a product from Dynamic Information Systems Corporation DISC Superdex is a product from Bradmark Technologies Inc Each product provides generic and keyword search capabilities for IMAGE data It is necessary to keep their index information up to date when any program including Suprtool adds or deletes records from the indexed database In MPE iX 4 0 Hewlett Packard ha
238. and is different from the input database Resetting the Chain Get or Input command resets everything except the Base Define and Table commands Resetting the Table command resets everything except the Base and Define commands Resetting either the Define or Item command resets both Define and Item settings Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Suprtool Commands e 223 Select Command SEL 224 e Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Specify a select statement for the currently open SQL database The select command supports all of the features of the select command of the open SQL database Only one select command can be specified at a time SELECT select command Allbase sorts data gt select from user account emp order by ename Suprtool sorts data gt select from user account emp gt sort ename The select command can contain any expression or clause that is supported by the SQL database Some features e g ORDER BY may be done faster by Suprtool e g the Sort command Some Select commands can exceed the 256 character command line limitation The Select command however can be considerably larger if you use the read feature of the Select command This feature is similar to the If command S read feature and is invoked by entering the Select command on a line by itself unlike If you do not specify read explicitly gt select ename salary tax paid from scott employee order by ename f gt on The Suprtool prompt changes fr
239. and lines ending each one with Return How to Xeq a Suprlink Task Son Process 358 e Accessing Suprlink Normally you enter a series of commands These commands specify the Input file the Output file and the Link file name s Finally you enter an Xeq or an Exit command This begins the actual Suprlink linkage task If you entered the Exit command Suprlink will finish the current task then return you to the Operating system EXIT End of program BYE If you entered the Xeq command Suprlink will finish the current task then prompt you for another task This continues until you enter the Exit command If you wish to terminate Suprlink immediately perhaps you are confused enter Exit Abort This will terminate the Suprlink program immediately without attempting any task If you RUN Suprlink within Qedit or Select you can retain the Suprlink process and re activate quickly later Suprtool 5 5 for MPE run qedit pub robelle r suprlink pub robelle WA rexit SUPRLINK PUB ROBELLE is still alive Okay to HOLD Y x activate SUPRLINK PUB ROBELLE Fere exit Program Held Use ACTIVATE RUN HOLD to re run oe Suprtool Link Command You can access Suprlink from within the Suprtool program using Suprtool s Link command Suprtool will then run Suprlink for you All of Suprlink s commands are available to you in Suprtool When passing Suprlink commands through Suprtool you must preface each Suprlink comm
240. and not zero even though the KSAM file itself must be built with the first record defined as zero RPG subtracts one before reading from the KSAM file Hints SET HINTS ON OFF Initially ON By default Suprtool provides all users with a hint of the day each time they enter Suprtool These hints introduce people to Suprtool features that they may be missing You must have the file Suprhint Help Robelle on your system To disable hints put Set Hints Off in Suprmgr Pub Sys Ifcheck SET IFCHECK ON OFF Initially ON Suprtool Commands e 233 With Set Ifcheck On the If command produces an error if any field used in the If command is not contained entirely within the input file record For compatibility reasons users may wish to disable this error checking by turning Set Ifcheck Off Ignore SET IGNORE ON OFF Initially OFF IGNORE tells Suprtool to continue processing if there are errors in these situations duplicate key errors in writing to a KSAM file or IMAGE master dataset chain head errors in deleting entries from an input dataset or putting records to a detail dataset a record changed before Suprtool could delete it division by zero when doing an If or invalid numeric data in an input file when doing an If InitExtents SET INITEXTENTS ON OFF Initially OFF Set InitExtents setting is an experimental setting designed to reduce the length of the extent B tree for the creation of output files Turning Set I
241. and with Link For example run suprtool pub robelle gt base customer gt get m customer gt sort custnum output invoices link gt xeq gt link input invoices by custnum gt link link customer send link customer to Suprlink gt link output invcust gt link exit exit from Suprlink not Suprtool Refer to the Link command in the Suprtool Commands chapter of the Suprtool user manual for more information You can also use the Suprtool2 interface and the Link command to call Suprlink See the Suprcall User Manual for a complete example of how to use the interface to pass commands to Suprlink Preventing MPE Commands If you want to prevent Suprlink from executing any MPE commands e g Purge you Run Suprlink with Parm 8 192 This feature is automatically invoked by Suprtool s Link command when Set Limit MPE Off has been specified inside Suprtool Exit with Verify Some users find that they Exit from Suprlink inadvertently For Suprlink to get user approval on Exit Run Suprlink with Parm 64 Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Accessing Suprlink e 359 run suprlink pub robelle parm 64 2e Okay to exit no gt Preventing Suprlink from Suspending If you run Suprlink from within HPDesk and some other programs Suprlink will suspend on Exit but HPDesk will not notice The next time you run Suprlink you will get a new copy of Suprlink Eventually you will have many suspended copies of Suprlink hanging from HP
242. aracter tem Type character tem Offset freeform tem ItemSize freeform tem Occurs freeform Record Qshow File tem Key character tem Name character Type character Offset freeform ItemSize freeform Occurs freeform Note that we have two definitions one for the Show Subfile output and one for the Show File output We use the same names for the columns and adjust the Size to accommodate the differences in horizontal positioning Note that Freeform is a number stored in a character field Quiz automatically converts it to a number Suprtool Issues and Solutions The Quiz Report It is not essential to use Quiz to do the definition translation a COBOL program could be used The object of the Quiz report is to produce a Suprtool Define command for each field The Define command has the following components 1 The word define 2 The field name 3 The position starting with column 1 The QSHOW report gives an offset starting at zero so the position is the offset plus 1 4 The field size in bytes 5 The field type using the Suprtool names 6 The subcount Quiz s occurs column We have one Suprtool Define command for each line of the QSHOW report Remember that we mean to define just the lines that represent field information Using the above example of QSHOW output we do not want to process the first six lines because they are heading information For these lines however the column containing the field size does
243. aracter then you need to set the CleanChar in the following manner gt Set CleanChar lt null gt See the Clean command for more details Mapped SET MAPPED ON OFF Initially OFF Mapped forces STExport iX to read the input file using mapped file access Specifying this option is an error in STExport V If the input is not in memory the wall time performance is worse with Set Mapped On but CPU time performance is better You must Set Mapped On before specifying the input file Redo SET REDO filename Initially unnamed temporary file Commands entered at the STExport prompt are saved in something called the redo stack You can recall commands from the redo stack by using other commands such as Before Do and Redo By default the redo stack is stored in a temporary file and Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Suprtool 5 5 for MPE discarded as soon as you exit This temporary stack is not preserved across STExport invocations The new Set Redo command assigns a permanent file as the redo stack allowing the stack to become available for future STExport invocations For example to assign the Myredo file as a persistent redo stack enter Set Redo Myredo If the file does not exist STExport creates it Otherwise STExport uses the existing file All subsequent commands are written to the persistent redo stack The setting is valid for the duration of the STExport session As soon as you exit STExport the setting is discarded Nex
244. arg if db end file then move true value to end of db set flag else if not db stat ok then perform 98 supr error 20 20 display next move db stat3 4 to display number display Record display number 20 read set exit exit page 90 close files Cleanup by closing the dataset and the database 90 close files section perform 90 10 close dataset perform 90 20 close base go to 90 close files exit 90 10 close dataset call SPDEDBSHUT using db base db set db mode2 db status area db dummy arg if not db stat ok then perform 98 supr error 90 20 close base call DBCLOSE using db base db dummy arg db model db status area if not db stat ok then perform 99 fatal error 90 close files exit exit page 98 supr error 98 supr error section Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Examples of Calling Speed Demon e 431 call SPDEEXPLAIN using db status area stop run 98 supr error exit goback page 99 fatal error 99 fatal error section call DBEXPLAIN using db status area stop run 99 fatal error exit goback Pascal Example Calling Speed Demon from Pascal is more difficult than from other languages due to Pascal s tighter type checking on procedure parameters The following is a complete example program written in Pascal V that reads the process dataset of the menu qlib database This example program compiles and runs in native mode under MPE iX but you must make the two chang
245. as the examples described here That is why we recommend that you test Suprtool against your own database Suprtool Issues and Solutions Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Suprtool works best when selecting a small subset of a large dataset The larger the dataset and the smaller the percentage extracted the better the performance improvement Once you have selected a task to measure you have the difficulty of making a fair comparison This can be more tricky than it seems For example on MPE ix if you run your regular task first then the Suprtool task you will almost certainly find the Suprtool task faster just because the first task has made most of the data resident in memory Here are the guidelines that we follow in order to obtain performance measurements that we can be confident of 1 We do every test at least five times It is rare for each test to be identical 2 All MPE iX performance tests are sensitive to the amount of the file that is in memory We use the Klondike Nugget now available from Lund Performance Solutions to measure how much of our test files are in memory before we start each test 3 We start each test by flushing all files out of memory We do this with the unsupported Fflush tool This program is difficult to obtain we cannot give you a copy and you probably need a new version for each new release of MPE iX You might try getting a copy from your HP SE 4 Tests are run in the middle of the night and we ensur
246. as the input source to Suprtool We select a subset of the input data with the If command Before using the If command we must define a field within the input record input is from a disc file gt input dinvent gt define a 11 2 int A is an integer that starts gt output outfile atthe 11th byte of Dinvent gt if a lt 10000 records with field A less than gt xeq 10000 are written to Outfile Dataset Files The setname parameter notifies Suprtool that the records have the same internal data structure as the entries in this IMAGE dataset You can then specify sort select fields by field name instead of by the physical offset within the record You must have done a previous Base command and setname must exist in the database You must have read access to all fields in the dataset entry and the record length of the file must match that of the dataset entry Using the Define command is error prone because it forces you to calculate offsets and lengths of each field in your input record If you used Suprtool to create a disc file from an IMAGE dataset you do not need to use the Define command gt base store 5 READER gt get d inventory gt output dinvent gt xeq open for read access only input from a dataset automatically defined by Get process this task and continue gt if unit cost 10000 gt sort cust account gt list gt xeq use the actual IMAGE field name again the IMAGE field name is used list
247. ascending order filename A valid MPE file name Hold By default the Xeq command resets all tables Use the Hold option when using the same table in more than one extract task When Hold is specified the Xeq command does not reset the table Hold applies to individual tables not all tables gt table part table part file partin hold Data The Table command allows for data to be loaded along with matching key values Suprtool Commands Suprtool 5 5 for MPE gt table partab part file partin data cost desc You can specify up to 20 data fields as long as the total size of the key fields and data does not exceed 256 bytes The Table file must be Self Describing to use the data option When loading data into a table Suprtool will eliminate the duplicate entries based on the key value so some data values may not be loaded into the table For information on how to retrieve data from the table please see the Extract command or the Examples section of the Table command Examples If all of your part numbers are in the file Partin you use gt table part table part file partin if Slookup part table part The following example uses Suprtool to create a file of customer numbers that are in arrears This file is then used to select the orders for these customers from the d sales dataset Instead of serially reading the file we use the Chain command to take advantage of existing IMAGE search fields The cust account item occurs
248. at gt extract deliv date know exactly how many fields we have gt extract product no gt extract product price gt extract purch date gt extract sales qty gt extract sales tax gt extract sales total output file2 erase link must have both Erase and Link gt exit Like regular SD files when you specify a KSAM SD file as input to Suprtool all field information becomes available The Form command shows the structure of a KSAM SD file HowMessy Loadfile HowMessy produces a self describing file called Loadfile with all of the information from the HowMessy report Suprtool is an ideal tool to process the information in this file For example the following Suprtool commands would select all detail datasets with a load factor greater than 85 percent run suprtool pub robelle gt input loadfile gt if datasettype D and loadfactor gt 85 0 gt sort database gt sort dataset gt dup none keys gt list gt xeq Notes on SD Files There are two differences between regular Suprtool output files and SD files the filecode is not zero and there are user labels For most applications this does not make any difference but some applications and tools may reject these files When creating an SD file Suprtool maps J type integer items into I type Functionally the two are equivalent Convert an SD File to a Disc File Once Suprtool has created a file in its Output Link format it always treats
249. at understand user applications and hide the details of Suprtool from end users We recommend that you use read from usefiles only for one time tasks or for tasks used by experienced Suprtool users who do not require a friendly user interface functions Some functions were originally designed for if command and some are more suited for the extract command Because of this some functions don t work in the if command such as edit and others such as number have interesting side effects Specifically with number when you work on byte type fields they will be updated internally to be treated as display Suprtool Commands Get dataset Def display field byte field display If number display field 10000 Out somefile link xeq The field byte field will have leading zeroes and treated as a display Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Suprtool Commands e 187 Input Command I 188 e Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Opens the file that will be the input source for the next extract task This file can be an MPE disc file an MPE tape file a KSAM file for stdinx a card file or some other MPE file with fixed length records Suprtool executes the Input command immediately it does not wait for an Xeq command before opening the Input file INPUT file setname startrecord endrecord count Default all input records Input File The first example shows the most common use of the Input command An input file is specified
250. ataset was rewound to the beginning The modified code must call SPDEDBINIT before reading the dataset When we have finished reading the dataset we finish off with a call to SPDEDBSHUT 414 e Accessing Speed Demon Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Suprtool 5 5 for MPE 05 report control section perform 05 05 init d sales move false value to end of d sales flag perform 10 read and report thru 10 read and report exit until end of d sales perform 05 20 close d sales go to 05 report control exit 05 05 init d sales call SPDEDBINIT using db base db set d sales db model db status area Spde db control db dummy arg if not db stat ok then perform 98 spde error 05 20 close d sales call SPDEDBSHUT using db base db set d sales db model db status area db dummy arg if not db stat ok then perform 98 spde fatal error 05 report control exit exit The read and report section has one change Calls to DBGET are replaced with calls to SPDEDBSCAN If SPDEDBSCAN fails we perform a different error section Note that the parameter list for SPDEDBSCAN is not the same as for DBGET Our original program used the list so we don t need to make any changes to the buffer d sales declaration 10 read and report section perform 10 10 read d sales if not end of d sales then if dsa sales total 10000 then perform 20 report d sales thru 20 report d sales exit go to 10 read and report exit 10 10 read d sales call SPDEDBS
251. ate invoice date In this example if either the close date or the invoice date are invalid then they will not be evaluated by the stddate function and will not be selected Although your requirements may be different you need to remember that invalid dates evaluated by the stddate function will return a 0 value Days Function Suprtool supports a days function which converts any supported date to a Julian Day number the number of days since 4713 BC This allows for Date arithmetic in which you can calculate the difference between two dates even if they have dissimilar formats For example you could find all orders that were not shipped within 30 days of being ordered Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Suprtool Commands e 181 gt form ordfile File ORDFILE SALES MFG SD Version B 00 00 Entry Offset ORDER DATE X8 1 lt lt CCYYMMDD gt gt SHIP DATE X8 9 lt lt MMDDYYYY gt gt ORDER NUMBER X6 17 Limit 10000 EOF 15 Entry Length 22 Blocking 16 gt in ordfile gt if days SHIP DATE days ORDER DATE gt 30 gt list gt xeq Invalid Dates As with the stddate function if a date is not a valid date then the result of the days function will be zero In the example above if the order has not yet been shipped then the SHIP DATE will likely be blank or zero or some other special value Days SHIP DATE will be zero and the resulting calculation will be a negative number Notes on Relative Dates The date an
252. ave been restored Ensure that no one will use the interface until the installation is complete No one can be running a program which uses the interface Stop all jobs and send an operator warning warn please stop for 20 minutes abortjob snnn 3 STREAM the installation job Supply any passwords requested by the STREAM command stream suprcall suprjob robelle Suprtool 5 5 for MPE User Manual 4 SUPR2JOB uses the SEGMENTER to add the Suprtool Interface Library into SL Pub Sys It then requests a tape COLDLOAD to create a new cold load tape containing MPE plus the Suprtool interface library Mount a tape with a write ring and REPLY Save this tape and use it for any future cold loads If everything goes well SUPR2JOB prints a final message on the console Please save the job listing for future reference Installing the Suprtool2 Interface e 475 Suprtool2 is now installed and you should be able to use it in your application programs Suprtool2 Error Messages Error Numbers Suprtool2 returns error numbers in the status parameter of the workspace For most errors a message is also displayed on stdlist The following summarizes the form of Suprtool2 error messages and the error numbers returned Messages On Stdlist Most Suprtool2 errors result in a message being displayed on stdlist All Suprtool2 error messages start with ST2 making them easier to identify For example Error ST2 Caller lac
253. bbreviating You may shorten the command to the first letter of the command name v verify x xeq Uppercase or Lowercase You may enter the letters in either uppercase or lowercase because STExport upshifts everything in the command line except literal strings within quotes abc and file names These two commands are identical SEXIT Sexit Comments on Command Lines Comments may appear at the end of any command line when they are surrounded by braces Many of the examples in this manual show comments at the end of each command line You can enter a comment as the only item in a STExport command line When continuing command lines the comment can appear before or after the continuation character STExport Commands e 279 280 STExport Commands format reals with two decimal places Sinput invoices Sfloating fixed 2 Floating option Soutput invfile produces the file we want Sexit STREAMX STREAMX is a product from VESOFT that permits you to build flexible job streams STREAMX contains a complete programming language with loops prompts and parameter substitution A problem arises when trying to enter comments into a Suprtool batch job that will be submitted with STREAMX Suprtool uses the pair to delimit comments STREAMX uses these same characters for expressions You cannot change Suprtool s comment character but you can change the characters in STREAMX The following example shows how to
254. be careful to choose a Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Suprtool Issues and Solutions e 53 54 e Suprtool 5 5 for MPE database password that gives access to all of the fields in the dataset The Creator password always gives you full read access to every dataset By default Suprtool opens databases in mode 1 You may use any other mode except mode 7 If you use the Delete or Put commands you must open the database with a mode that permits changes to the database If Set Defer On has been specified the database must be opened in mode 3 Serial vs Keyed Access The Get command provides serial access to a dataset for chained access use the Chain command This leads to some results that seem obvious but are easily overlooked If you specify input with the Get command and sort an IMAGE dataset by a search field value such as custnum Suprtool does a serial scan of the entire dataset It does not read down the chains for each custnum value Therefore if the resulting sort file contains entries with identical sort values they are sorted in the order they were found in the serial scan not in the order they had on the chains It is good practice to ensure that implicitly sorted paths can also be explicitly sorted without benefit of the IMAGE chains If you specify date as a sort field don t overlook the possibility of two entries with the same custnum and date values Do they have an implied order perhaps by trans type When to Use Suprtool with IMAGE
255. be suppressed By only extracting a few fields it is possible to fit the listed output for each record on one line Suppressing Blank Lines Between Records By default Suprtool prints a blank line between each record The Noskip keyword removes this blank line If you combine the Noskip Norec Noname and Title options when extracting a few fields Suprtool can produce a simple report Numeric Justification Leftjustnum and Rightjustnum The List command normally left justifies all numeric fields Specifying List Standard causes all numeric fields to be right justified unless you override the default with the Leftjustnum keyword Use the Leftjustnum or Rightjustnum keyword to specify the alignment of the numbers The two keywords are mutually exclusive The last one that appears on the command line is the one that is applied LaserJet Listings There are two methods to select different printing options for a LaserJet and other PCL compatible printers You can permanently set the PCL option for all listings by using Set List PCL or you can use the List command to select the PCL option for just one task PCL stands for Printer Command Language which is an HP standard for printers The following is a summary of the PCL values PCL Font Orientation Dimensions 1 Lineprinter landscape 175 cols 60 lines 2 Courier landscape 100 cols 45 lines 3 Courier standard portrait 80 cols 60 lines 4 Lineprinter portrait 132 cols 80 lines 5 Courier A
256. bons prints the search value PRODUCT NO 105391 prints the other one UNIT COST 500 prints existing value prompts for new value In this case you will not be prompted for BIN NO ON HAND QTY or LAST SHIP DATE When working on a single dataset it is only necessary to specify the dataset name in the first command For example list d inventory SUPPLIER NAME gt STD Ribbons list use the previous file parameter SUPPLIER NAME gt Option Parameter The file parameter and the options must be separated by a semicolon command file option The available options are numeric value All Key Limit Related UNder UPdatekey These options qualify the operation of the File List Modify Change Delete and Add commands Some options only apply to one command Options can be combined and can be abbreviated When more than one option is specified each option must be separated by a semicolon list d inventory key product no under PRODUCT NO Numeric Value Option Commands normally cycle prompting for new search values or new entries until you press Return or Control Y However if you specify a numeric value after the semicolon the command only prompts you numeric value number of times For example if you only want to do one List function you would enter list d inventory 1 only prompt for SUPPLIER NAME once All Option The All option works only with the List Modify or Delete commands
257. by one Qedit instance at any one point in time If you try to use a persistent redo stack that is already in use you will get gt set redo myredo EXCLUSIVE VIOLATION FILE BEING ACCESSED FSERR 90 Unable to open file for REDO stack In this situation Suprtool continues to use the redo stack active at the time so you can continue to work as normal Qedit also has the ability to have permanent redo stacks It is advisable to have separate redo stacks for each product as they will write commands to each others redo stack if you supply the same filename For example if you use the command gt set redo myredo you will have a redo stack called myredo for your Suprtool commands If you exit Suprtool and run Qedit and supply the same command set redo command your Qedit commands will be written to the same file that was used for your Suprtool commands By default your permanent Redo stack will be built to 1000 commands If you require a larger redo stack you can specify the size of the redo stack using a file equation prior to the set redo command gt file myredo disc 10000 gt set redo myredo This will only be in effect the first time that the redo stack is built subsequent file commands will not affect the size of the redo file You can make the file bigger using tools such as MPEX s altfile command or by building a larger file and copying your current redo stack to the file Sortfast SET SORTFAST ON OFF Initially de
258. byte type fields STExport attempts to convert any Roman 8 input character into the corresponding ISO 8859 1 character STExport also tries to make reasonable conversions such as Symbol Converted To gt amp gt lt amp lt amp amp amp Those characters that cannot be converted are dropped from the output The following characters cannot be converted Roman valve ame capital S Icelandic small S Icelandic Notes If you specify HTML Table STExport sets e Quotes None e Delimiters None If you specify HTML Preformatted STExport sets e Quotes None e Delimiters Space e Columns None In either case any changes cause STExport to print a warning to let you know that these options have changed If you do want quotes around byte type fields or delimiters between fields specify those options after selecting the HTML option STExport Commands e 301 Input Command I Specifies the primary input file INPUT filename There can be only one Input file per task The Input file must be a self describing file which should be created by Suprtool using the Output Query or Output Link option If you want STExport to format date fields and implied decimal places you must use the Output Link option of Suprtool when you create the file for input to STExport Every record in the input file is formatted into a corresponding record in the output file It is best to have Suprtool Extract only the fields yo
259. c 1 is required with KSAM files This forces Suprtool to start record numbers at 1 regardless of the setting in the KSAM Key file QUERY Program QUERY can t produce a report from an MPE file Because the output from Suprtool is an MPE file it is not usually feasible to use Suprtool to improve the speed of Suprtool Issues and Solutions QUERY reports However if a small percentage of records are selected you can use the following method to improve the speed of QUERY reports 1 Create an empty copy of the database either build the database using DBSCHEMA or use DBUTIL to empty an existing copy 2 Suprtool extracts the records and Puts them to the copy of the database 3 QUERY reports on all the entries in the copy database SRN Chronos Dates Software packages from Software Research Northwest use a date format known as Chronos which stores the date and time in a compressed 6 byte format In Suprtool you can specify this format by using the Srnchronos date attribute gt item box timestamp date srnchronos Once you have used the Item command to identify Chronos dates you can do the following 1 Select on these dates using the date and today functions For example to select records with a timestamp before today if box timestamp Stoday 2 Extract these dates using date and today 3 Seethe date attribute in the Form command 4 Pass the date attribute to STExport by using the Link option of the Output command
260. c Hi selection using arithmetic eeeeeeeeeeeeeenee 174 self describing files field name limit 65 self describing file format sss 321 400 self describing files 64 65 129 159 213 364 self describing KSAM files eeeeeeee 67 semicolon m semicolon means multiple commands 485 Separator dates ces RR OI UMORE 286 serial vs chained read 5 SESSION METER TI SESSION MOUS ese erinnert EE ER HN SERE 478 Set Allbase 227 Set Arithmetic 227 Set Baseclose M 227 Set Blocksize 227 Set Buffer 5 227 Set command Dbedit 14322 Set command STExport 308 Set command Suprlink sees 394 Suprtool 5 5 for MPE User Manual Set command Suprtool see 225 Set CurrencySymbol Set Date essem retenti Pre RR ERR Set Date Cutoff slender ERES Set Date Forcecentury Set DecimalSymbol eerte Set Defers i seu istic Set Dumponerror Set EditStoperror Set Eofread Set Fastread Set Filecode Set Firstrec Set Hints Set Ifcheck Set Ignore wee Set Itemabbreviatedate sese Set Labelledtaperewind see Set Limits Set Last ei E EAEE EAEE E ever Set LOCK i reliant n eae E A R Set LP
261. call the clean function the same way you normally use other functions available to if and extract For example ext addressl Sclean address1 shows how to clean the field address1 You do not necessarily need to have the target field be the same as the source field def new address 1 30 ext new address S clean address1 Cleaning your data An example of how easy it would be to clean your database of certain bad characters in byte type fields would be as follows gt base mydb 1 gt get customer pelea Bon TALOT AOT RAUM gt set cleanchar gt update gt ext address 1 gt ext address 2 gt ext address 3 gt xeq Sclean address 1 Sclean address 2 Sclean address 3 The above task will look at the three instances of address and replace the tab linefeed null and bell characters with a space If you want to just remove the characters all you need to do is set the CleanChar in the following manner gt Set CleanChar lt null gt This means that the clean function will remove the characters specified in the clean command but not replace with any character which effectively shifts the text to the left and pad the equivalent amount of spaces at the end Extract from a Table Suprtool has the ability to load data into a table via the Table command and extract that data out of the table using the Extract command The Extract command can utilize the lookup function to return data The syn
262. can also easily include fields from other datasets This is handy when creating a subfile that holds the output from a Suprlink task Creating Subfile with Command File The process of creating a subfile is essentially the same regardless of the database and dataset being used The only things that change are the subfile and dataset names The task can easily be automated using the MPE iX Makesub command file This command file can be executed before running Suprtool or from within Suprtool Here is the simplest form of the Makesub command file Suprtool Issues and Solutions e 79 parm echo echo echo echo subfile dataset set report limit 1 access dataset set subfile name subfile size 10000 report summary all gt usefile gt gt usefile gt gt usefile gt gt usefile 80 e Suprtool 5 5 for MPE echo go gt gt usefile echo exit gt gt usefile run quiz current cognos amp info auto usefile nolist gt Snull Makesub can be invoked from within Suprtool as shown below run suprtool pub robelle gt base actrec gt makesub cmasfile d custmast gt get custmast if cred limit gt 1000000 gt output cmasfile erase gt sort custnum gt exit The subfile is created from the single statement makesub from within the Suprtool task The preceding form of the Makesub command file achieves the goal of simplifying the Suprtool code but it can still be improved A better form would incorporate a few mo
263. capacity for both master and detail datasets If Set Eofread is used it must be specified before the Get command Hint Use HowMessy to see the highwater mark of your detail datasets FastRead SET FASTREAD ON OFF This command has no effect on Suprtool for MPE Filecode SET FILECODE number Initially 0 Default no change When Suprtool writes to an old file Output Append and Output Erase are the only cases it leaves the filecode of the output file unchanged When Suprtool creates a new file with the Output Ask or Output Query option it gives the file a special filecode 1071 and 1084 respectively When the input file has a nonzero filecode Suprtool carries that filecode over to the new output file See Output Command O on page 210 for details on Output options such as Ask Erase and Query To convert a self describing file into a non SD file see Suprtool and Self Describing Files on page 65 In all other cases new files created by Suprtool have a default filecode of zero You can specify an alternate default filecode using Set Filecode Specifying Set Filecode forces Suprtool to create the output file with a specific filecode whenever it was going to use zero To be effective this Set command should be added to the Suprmgr file To configure Suprtool to use the filecode 222 on output files you would add this line to your Suprmgr file set filecode 222 This feature is useful for MPEX users who wish to mana
264. ccccccccceesseceesseceesseecesssseeessees 336 subfiles PoWerHOUuSE cccccccssceesssceeesseceesseeeessseees 78 371 subscript parameter see 136 256 482 subscript parameter character 172 subscript parameter Define esee 119 subscript parameter numeric s SUDSUCIMN GS 34 2 ese seconds teet emeret ge eet een s bsystetri Access epe ete oe Det Rees Subsystem Set option subtotals 1 tne rettet eerte ect eiis Subtract Days aote ree ea pee eee iere pter sum of field values summary of STExport eese 276 summary of Suprlink sese 363 Super Cartridge SUpeidex con erre duct A e he matte Supr2job job stream seen 475 SUpICall eit eti ORO IRE 19 Suprcall Suprjob Robelle 475 Suprhint Help Robelle e 233 Suprlink 18 199 213 Suprlink performance 102 Suprlink using from Suprtool 329 Suprlink Pub Robelle we 199 SuprlinkFullCount 361 SuprlinkOutCount Suprlist file s Rute RR Suprmgr fil erie baka aa leeds Suprtool in Suprlink Suprtool package eee Suprtool performance eee Suprtool vs Speed Demon s Suprtool program file name sse 444 SUptrtool2 c x coi sided ess e ere erre e Suprtool2 error messages Suprtool2 insta
265. cidentally updating their database we provide the following setting within Suprtool gt set limits ReadOnly On The ReadOnly setting once turned on cannot be turned off for the current run of Suprtool This disables all commands that potentially change data for the specified database If Set Limits ReadOnly is enabled the following commands from within Suprtool and Dbedit will not be processed and will return an error Suprtool e Delete e Put e Update Dbedit e Add e Change e Delete e Modify You can Set Limits Readonly on the command line using the Info String and Parm option For example the following command file can be used to restrict who has write access to a given database In this example only the Mgr user is allowed write access IF HPUSER MGR THEN run Suprtool pub robelle else run suprtool pub robelle parm 8 info set limits readonly on endif List SET LIST option value Use Set List to configure default values for the List command You can configure the default date time and format for LaserJet listings List Date SET LIST Date number Initially 0 Suprtool Commands Suprtool 5 5 for MPE When you select page headings with the List command by specifying a title each page includes today s date By default this date is formatted as mmm dd ccyy e g Mar 20 2000 Use Set List Date to specify a different default date format for future List commands e g Set List Date 2 The valid date for
266. command state AZ CA OR select several states Means O S Commands or Bit Selection Colon at the start of a command line indicates an operating system command gt listf Peis Colon is used in the If command for bit selections gt define bitfield 1 2 logical gt if bitfield 4 2 3 Means O S Commands at the start of a command line indicates an operating system command This only works on Suprtool UX gt du gt l1ls Means Multiple Commands Semicolon is used to string several Suprtool commands together on a single line Suprtool 5 5 for MPE User Manual Glossary of Terms e 485 486 e Glossary of Terms gt input a output b xeq complete task is in one line Means a List Comma in Suprtool commands is used to separate parameters base actrec data 3 open the database exclusively gt key 1 4 double specify a double integer key gt if acct 764523 456732 98765 Commas are optional in some Suprtool commands e g Output but are required in others e g Extract is the abbreviation for the Redo command is the abbreviation for the Do command is the abbreviation for the Listredo command or Means String Quotes or are the string delimiters in Suprtool IF NAME Z BOB Strings that start with must end with gt if name BOB is the string delimiter here Means Start Parameter Left parenthesis is used to specify a subscri
267. commands you would type into Suprtool This routine or procedure subroutine intrinsic allows user programs to call Suprtool A typical use of this interface would be for a COBOL program to ask Suprtool to extract a selected subset from a large IMAGE dataset and write it to a disc file which the COBOL program would then read and format into a report User programs written in COBOL TRANSACT Speedware SPL FORTRAN Pascal COBOL iX FORTRAN iX or Pascal iX can call Suprtool2 Documentation The user manual contains the full description of all the Suprtool suite of products including Suprlink STExport Dbedit and Suprtool2 as well as usage tips and commands for each The manuals are up to date with all the latest changes To see only the changes in the latest version see the What s New section of the manual or see the change notice You can download our manuals in PDF format or HTML format and even order printed hardcopy manuals from our web site at http www robelle com library manuals Notation The Suprtool documentation uses a common notation in describing all commands Here is a sample command definition EXTRACT field subscript zvalue 1 UPPERcase letters literal symbols to be used in the command as they appear e g EXTRACT 2 Lowercase underlined or italic variables to be filled in by the user example field Each such variable is defined elsewhere in terms of Suprtool 5 5 for MPE
268. compatibility mode KSAM files versus native mode KSAM files In our discussion of KSAM files we designate compatibility mode KSAM files by KSAM V and native mode KSAM files by KSAM XL Locking Output KSAM Files Access to KSAM files is controlled with File commands After opening an output KSAM file Suprtool checks to see what access was granted If the KSAM file has share and lock access Suprtool must lock the output file whenever it writes an output record This provides the least contention with other users but it slows down Suprtool one lock per write Locking Input KSAM Files By default Suprtool opens Input KSAM V and XL files with lock access for application reasons We assume that application programs will likely want to write to KSAM files and in order to write to any KSAM file the file must be opened with locking Suprtool Issues and Solutions To override this default you can specify the nolock option on a file command gt file ksamin nolock gt input ksamin gt output mycopy gt xeq Compatibility Mode KSAM V Files Suprtool uses high speed NOBUF MR access to quickly read input KSAM V files Suprtool is typically five times faster than FCOPY when reading KSAM V files Suprtool writes output records to KSAM V files one record at a time This ensures that the KSAM V key information is updated correctly Suprtool runs at the same speed as FCOPY when writing to KSAM V files Suprtool must always have Share
269. constants working storage section true value pic x value T false value pic x value F revision no pic 99 page logical variables 0 end of notecust flag pic x 88 end of notecust value T page variables Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Calling Suprlink e 471 472 e Calling Suprlink if command 05 filler pic x 17 value IF PRODUCT CODE 05 if product code puc x2 05 filler pic x 2 value page input area 01 accept buffer 05 input buf pic x 80 88 answer spaces value spaces page report layouts 01 report header 05 filler pic value Serial 05 head serial no pic 2 05 filler pic value spaces 05 head company name pic report detail 05 rept text line pic page suprtool control parameter include cobol qlibsrc robelle page procedure division KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK procedure d gy 4 8 s dm Xx Kk ck ck ck ck ck ck ck ck ck kk ck ck KK KKK KK KK KK procedure division 00 main section ask for selection criteria display LINK2COB revision no display display Enter 2 character product code move spaces to input buf accept input buf if answer spaces then go to 00 main exit move input buf to if product code perform 10 create notecust file thru 10 create notecust file exit Now the file notecust contains the sorted data This file must be read and printed on the line printer perform 20 produce repo
270. cters With the Clean function you can clean bad characters inside of text fields however the Clean function does not report back what records were cleaned For this reason we have the FindClean function FindClean will return true if it finds a Suprtool Commands e 177 178 e Suprtool 5 5 for MPE character defined using the Clean command This makes it extremely easy to find a set of Special characters that you can define gt in cleansd clean 9 10 if findclean nonprint Sst The above task will list the record if the field nonprint has a Tab Decimal 9 or a Line Feed Decimal 10 anywhere in the field You can Find and clean the bad characters from a field at the same time gt in cleansd gt clean 9 10 if findclean nonprint extract nonprint clean nonprint gt list Trimming Spaces Trim Ltrim Rtrim Use one of three built in string functions to remove leading or trailing spaces from a string expression The three functions are Trim Remove leading and trailing spaces from the string expression LTrim Remove leading spaces RTrim Remove trailing spaces Because Suprtool pads shorter strings with spaces when doing comparisons trimming spaces is most useful when creating a combined string with several fields For example you might want to combine a person s first and last name including a space between the two gt if Strim first Strim last Joe Smith M
271. d Suprtool accepts numeric values with decimal points or scales integers according to the number of implied decimal places e g specify two implied decimal places then enter 1 000 to represent 1 000 00 All formatting commands format fields with a decimal point when appropriate Constant Values When specifying numeric constants for a field with implied decimal places there are different formats that you can use For example assume that we use the Item command to specify two implied decimal places for an amount field The following are examples of constant values for this item Constant Interpretation 0 zero value padded as necessary 1 1 00 0 01 0 01 01 also acceptable for 0 01 Notes Compound Items When you specify a compound item the attribute applies to all elements of the compound item gt item monthly totals decimal 2 12 occurrences gt if monthly totals 5 gt 1000 00 You cannot apply an attribute to only one sub item of a compound item gt item monthly totals 5 decimal 2 Error Missing attribute for the Item Command When to Specify the Item Command The Item command affects almost all other Suprtool commands It should be used as follows e For databases specify it immediately after the Base command but before any Extract or If commands e For MPE and KSAM files it is best to specify the Define and Item commands immediately after the Input command Suprtool Commands e 195 196 e Suprtool
272. d Lock and Read access to all KSAM V files Suprtool briefly locks the KSAM V file to check the physical EOF If the EOF is wrong Suprtool reopens the file with Locking and Inout access in order to update the physical EOF After checking and updating the physical EOF Suprtool unlocks the KSAM V file and leaves it unlocked while reading the file You should be aware of the following 1 A user program that opens the KSAM V file without Locking fails if Suprtool has the file open You should specify Locking on all KSAM V opens even if you do not plan to lock the file 2 Auser program that opens the KSAM V file with exclusive access will fail if Suprtool has the file open 3 Suprtool cannot read KSAM V files that user programs have open with exclusive access Suprtool ignores the KSAM V key file it reads the data file only If a data record has a binary 1 in the first two bytes Suprtool ignores the record Your user programs must guarantee that a binary 1 does not appear in the first two bytes of any record except those that have actually been deleted If you wish to read the deleted records use Set Recover On Reorganizing KSAM V Files Suprtool can be used to reorganize an existing KSAM V file Assuming that you have a KSAM V file with a 10 byte key starting on the third byte the following Suprtool commands sort the file along the primary key remove any deleted records and leave the KSAM V file in an optimal state Warning O
273. d today functions always generate a constant from the date just as if you had typed it For example when run on February 13 2001 the follwing task gt item field date yymmdd gt if field gt today is the same as gt if field gt 010213 Suprtool normally does no date conversion of the actual dates Dates that do not start with the year do not collate correctly so Suprtool does not allow relative comparisons with them lt lt gt and gt although you may still compare for strict equality or inequality The following examples will be rejected by Suprtool gt item trans date date ddmmyy gt if trans date gt Sdate 1 first and amp trans date lt date 1 last Error Invalid date format for the comparison gt input myfile gt define mydate 1 6 gt item mydate date ddmmyy e g 301100 gt define gt if mydate gt date 00 11 01 Error Invalid date format for the comparison gt if mydate gt date 01 11 00 Error Invalid date Year 1 Month 11 Day 00 Although you cannot do relative date comparisons against non collating dates in their normal format you can convert the date into ccyymmdd format using the stddate function This date format will collate and therefore you can do relative date comparisons using the stddate function gt item trans date date ddmmyyyy gt if stddate trans date gt Sdate 1 first and amp stddate trans date lt Sdate 1 last
274. d description 382 e Suprlink Commands Suprtool 5 5 for MPE form datafile File DATAFILE EXAMPLE ROBELLE SD Version B 00 00 Entry Offset CHARACTER X5 1 lt lt Sort 41 gt gt REPEATINT 311 6 compound field DATE J2 12 lt lt YYYYMMDD gt gt DOLLAR P6 16 lt lt 2 gt gt Limit 10000 EOF 15 Entry Length 16 Blocking 64 Formout File The Form command writes all output to the file Formout This file defaults to stdlist You can redirect this file to a line printer or a disc drive If you redirect the Formout file to a disc file Suprlink assumes a temporary file by default file formout dev lp form custfile writes to line printer file formout dev disc form invfile writes to temporary file Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Suprlink Commands e 383 Help Command H Show what commands and options are available in Suprlink HELP command keyword option Default browse through the entire help file Command Help If you specify any parameters Help first assumes that you want help on a specific Suprlink command If you know the structure of the help file you can specify one of the keywords under the command name help link help on the Link command help link notes notes section of the Link command Keyword Help If we cannot find any help in the Commands section of the help file we assume that you specified one of the outer level keywords in the help file To see this list of keywords type
275. d to change the value of search and sort fields i e critical fields Normally Modify does not allow any changes to the search or sort fields Without the Updatekey option Modify does a DBUPDATE of the modified record If CIUPDATE is Disallowed when you specify Updatekey and change a critical field Modify will DBDELETE the existing record then DBPUT a new record with the changed values If CIUPDATE is On or Allowed in the database Modify can use DBUPDATE to change the critical fields This is much faster than using DBDELETE and DBPUT You may enter a subcommand any time Dbedit prompts for the value of a field The available subcommands are Subcommand Purpose II stops the current command immediately same as you may also use the Control Y key describes the current field including any implied decimal points lt goes back one field to the previous field in the list lt 3 goes back three fields lt lt returns to the first field in the list gt goes forward one field to the next field in the list gt 3 goes forward three fields gt gt skips the rest of the fields in the list This is especially useful when Dbedit is prompting you for multiple search and sort fields and you only want to enter the first uses blanks for the field useful in batch k uses the last value for this field forces what follows the to be a value and not a subcommand e g BOB tells Dbedit to use BOB as the actual value instead o
276. day of the year bits 7 15 The Calendar date format only supports dates up to the end of the year 2027 PHdate and PHdate8 The PHdate and PHdate8 attributes are compatible with the COGNOS PowerHouse date format If the data type is J1 or K1 the date is stored as a LOGICAL value with seven bits for the year of the century bits 0 6 four bits for the month bits 7 10 and five bits for the day bits 11 15 If the data type is J2 or K2 the date is stored as yyyymmdd PHDate and PHDate8 date formats are similar however PHDate values for the year range from 0 99 whereas PHDate8 year values are from 0 127 A year of 0 in PHDate could mean either 1900 or 2000 depending on user applications A year of 0 in PHDate8 means 1900 and 100 means 2000 The PHDate8 date format is found in PowerHouse version 8 19 and higher ASK The ASK attribute is compatible with the ASK manufacturing software ASK uses a special date format stored as a single integer or a single logical i e J1 or K1 in IMAGE This date is relative to January 1 1973 yyymmdd The yyymmdd attribute is similar to yymmdd except that the first digit denotes the century If the first digit is a 1 one then the century is 19 and if the first digit is a 2 two then the century is 20 Only data types of P8 and J2 are supported for this date attribute This date format is used by some third party software packages such as MACS and APS EDSDATE The EDSDATE date format
277. de ieri e oti pens 33 Duphcate Records eie eet iie E tie eot dens 33 Report without Duplicate Records sese 33 Report Only the Duplicate Records essere 34 Report Only the Unique Records essere eene 34 Report Only the Duplicates and Their Originals eee 35 Deleting Duplicate Database Records sesenta 35 Deleting Non Unique Duplicate Database Records sees 36 Deleting Duplicate Data File Records seeeseeeeneneee 37 Sorting IMAGE to KS AM ineo bn coim e TESES E e SOET SEES pis anobii kia 38 Loading a Dataset eene pete ene teo baie coop tte 38 Decimal Places nn Rhthob eed epa dedu tt 38 Converting Numbers nente oae ene tob rest ten n 39 Counts nd Subtotals t beet dee s leet etes eoetssasseedasesss 39 Count and Subtotal on Sort Keys sss eene enne 39 Sort by Count or Subtotal ene peneettec inen EREE ttes 40 Potal Dy Field uhr dem DD epp ep 40 Runnmng Totals eoe p pepe Irem petere piis 40 Running S bTotals 5o nee edmep Rn 40 lasting Records EO REESE Rer EVO V EHE chutes 41 Changing the Output Record Format ee ee eecesecesecssecneecseeeseeeeeeeeceeeeeeeesesesecsaecsaesnaeaee 41 Producing a Condensed Dataset Listing eese nennen eene 42 Simple Reports eie epe e deter Re RR Ro die Hp reed tereti 42 Your First Repor
278. dete route re etie Hte ep etd 228 Date Cutoff iiec eid ee tie mee to c ee dte t teet 228 Date ForceCentuty m onere n e t tiene tee edens 230 Date HY Y2000Brtof eee ecran e e ests 230 Date MapToPBHDateS nne oen th tiene e ee enn 230 DecimalSymbol reiner reete dues devs neci n er SREE eet 231 pl U 231 DumpOnEtrtot eee rere te eite ie e o eee ne e Herten 231 EditStopEftor tio tret ee eei te e pt nb m eene 231 Eofte d c se odonuenu ione enema elm euo dne LIIS 232 PastRead 42 403 a esee LS LUE oed pande 232 Filecodez seio Ascent se ee ne uL ed dO ae 232 Filename iunc egeo o Ln eed endet 233 laici E EC 233 Eitits eect ee eee St ase ma M etm e E 233 Itcheckz notre tte teer LM UL Met t bee 233 Ignore ote DOPO DOPO epi IEEE 234 InitB Xtents iet eA er LM p det e ES ee 234 ItemAbbreviateDate c 5 cee ie tiated hen Dade pet ep RE 234 Itemlbjock 4 heist hectic A eee IB USD eH ntt 234 Interactives s s dia Sa eet IUe dE eI DS Et 235 TabelledTapeRewind niente en eee e Reed Petre 235 e 9 be 236 PASt Date EE 236 list PEL rettet ePi anges bib e pP PEU Recien 237 ID iMac MEETS 238 Lock eet e peer tagste teats ote n e pe n EUR Recien 238 Make Absent aeaniee t rer ED RR a E DER REF E A sous EFE T EEE 239 N S dette e eE E ned e pe e DU EE ER 239 NumbBuUug 5 pego mene RUP RPQO OPE 240 Openmode otn een ARD RISO RE net 240 cM ROWS EE 240
279. ds gt in orddets gt item order date date ccyymmdd gt item bill date date mmddyyyy gt if stddate bill date lt order date output badords link 2xeq This feature is also available for dates that have two digit years The century portion of the date will be generated by stddate which uses the normal cutoff rules specified by Set Date Cutoff gt in invdets gt set date cutoff 20 gt item invoice date date yymmdd gt item close date date mmddyyyy gt if stddate close date lt S stddate invoice date gt out badinvs link gt xeq In this case all invoice date values with a yy portion between 20 and 99 will have a 19 for the century All invoice date values with a yy portion of less than 20 will have 20 for the date generated by the stddate function Invalid Dates A date must be valid before stddate can convert it to the ccyymmdd format Otherwise a value of 0 will be returned for any invalid dates An invalid date is a number in a date format whose date equivalent cannot be found on a calendar This includes dates selected by the Sinvalid function We can eliminate the invalid dates from the above task by changinn Jue If command slightly gt get invoice detail gt set date cutoff 20 gt item invoice date date yymmdd gt item close date date mmddyyyy gt if not Sinvalid close date amp or not Sinvalid invoice date and Sstddate close date lt gt out badinvs link gt xeq amp stdd
280. e lt Sdate 95 10 31 gt sort customernum gt sort saledate gt output sales link temp gt xeq gt get customer master gt extract customernum name gt extract salesman ytdsales gt sort customernum gt output custs link temp gt exit run suprlink pub robelle input sales link custs output repts temp xeq form repts rexit purge sales temp spurge custs temp creates temporary SD file get entire dataset link sales to custs producing REPTS run the task fields in repts these two files no longer needed file infile repts oldtemp file outfile dev lp run myprog spurge repts temp Illegal Digits Whenever Suprlink is processing files with packed or zoned decimal keys errors can occur because of invalid digits in the keys Suprlink reports the input and link record numbers with illegal digits and processing stops You can use Suprtool to examine input and link records by using record selection with Suprtool s input command A packed decimal number consists of nibbles there are two nibbles in each byte The last nibble is the sign of the number The remaining nibbles must each contain a number in the range 0 9 A zoned decimal number must have a valid digit in each byte and end in 0 9 A R or p Selecting Non Matches Consider a common problem easily solved with Quiz from Cognos finding all records in a file which have no cor
281. e Command DEL 5 i ee eE EE E eie i ener eri 124 Do Command DO nn en i e re eere thee EEA EE EER eree ea 126 Duplicate Command DU nnen E EE E E E E 127 Edit Command ED n eee er er rE r EEEE EERE eE eie e a 132 Exit Command E n e ee etr rere tree EERE eR erie E iE RET 133 Export Command EXP n etre E EEE E EE eI 135 Extract Command EXT eee eee ree ede ekr eE serieei iekea 136 Constant oeae etc ia teen ect EEEE eRT SEESE E E EREE EREK o SEERE EERE a eeni 136 roc ETE 138 Range of Fields tte pe Re eerte de ei UE anrea ke iet itn 140 Numeric EXpressloTis eee guter eere ee eee e EXE eee e NE SEPA ER eeu UN 141 SSub Total Function 3 rette PEE ERR EE IS REESE RR ERR EE ERE danas 143 S Total Purctlon 3t teer eren ee RENE NR ERR ERE ee IN 143 Counter Punctloris iet e RR RESERVE VERSIO Ee anaes 144 String EXpressiOnS oc uet et petere tette tener ret eben terere eee 144 Splitting Variable Length Strings eseseeseeeeeeneneeeeee nenne 146 Cleaning your Data tenerte tentent eee reete het e eese 147 Clean Command Syntax essent nnen nennen nee eene nennen 147 Setting the Clean Character airneisi nsee nre 147 Cleaning a Field eek rt iere et ine eds 148 Cle nmng yout data eee e teen ge ende Hg e ehe 148 Extract from a Table eee dt e ip e ceni teque 148 Data COonVetslOti iie etie edite er p fen deeds 150 N mber F rCtloll os crate eere iia ee ed eden en 151
282. e Format Use HTML Table to create output in HTML table format STExport creates tables with a border between each column and row Tables make it easier to read tabular information but some older browsers do not support tables If you specify HTML Table all byte type fields are left justified and all other fields are right justified If you use Heading Column or Fieldnames the column headings are specified with HTML table heading tags Most browsers highlight the column headings in some way such as bold text centered over the column Title All HTML documents must have a title By default STExport uses the title This is the Title You should specify your own title using the Title option Heading The heading appears before the column headings and data from your input file By default there is no heading Use the Heading option to specify your own heading Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Column Headings If you specify HTML Table use the Heading command to specify column headings for HTML output The Heading Fieldnames option will produce acceptable column headings but it is better to use Heading Column to specify a string for each of the fields in your input file Roman 8 Characters HP e3000 and HP 9000 computers use the Roman 8 character set Web pages must use the ISO 8859 1 character set The characters in the Roman 8 set are similar to but not identical with the ISO 8859 1 character set When formatting
283. e Glossary of Terms Means Less Than in the If command means is one field less than another field or constant value gt if balance 10000 By combining and you get less than or equals gt if balance lt 10000 gt Means Greater Than or Enter Command is used for two purposes in Suprtool As the Suprtool prompt character e g Input actrec To mean greater than in an If command e g if balance gt 10000 Combining gt and gives gt for greater than or equal to Means Not Equals In the If command use the two characters to mean not equals gt if status lt gt 01 Means Matches Pattern In the If command use the two characters when you want to check a field for a pattern of characters For example to select records where the customer name contains the word THOMPSON somewhere use gt if name QTHOMPSONQ gt lt Means Mismatches Pattern In the If command use the two characters gt lt when you want to select records that fail to match a pattern of characters gt if address gt lt CANADAG Means Match Anything in a Pattern The At Sign character is used in patterns to indicate that Suprtool should accept anything in that position For example gt if name QROBERTQ The matches lt null gt ROBERT is a valid match it matches one character ROBERTA is a valid match it matches multiple characters ROBERT M
284. e If condition if not Slookup cust table cust no You can also compare both a key value and data using the Table data feature gt get ord details gt table cust table cust no file custlist data state code gt if 1ookup cust table cust no state code state code gt output orders gt xeq What the above code does is load a table with key values and data then as you are reading serially thru the database Suprtool looks up the key value in the table and retrieves the associated data and returns it and compares against the field on the right hand side of the equation If no entry is found in the table then Suprtool returns spaces for byte type fields and zero for numeric fields This means of course that in our example that if a cust no did not exist in the table the state code returned would be blank and if the state code was blank in the ord details dataset the record would qualify If you don t want to have any values returned from the table lookup you just preface the if with a standard lookup gt get ord details gt table cust table cust no file custlist data state code if 1ookup cust table cust no and amp 1ookup cust table cust no state code state code gt output orders gt xeq When using lookup to return data the lookup must always be on the right side of the equation If not Suprtool will stop with an error If id field Slookup mytable char field id field Error 1ookup in this conte
285. e List command e g List Hex Char If the input source is not self describing and no Extract command is specified the default output format is Octal Char which also shows both input and output record numbers Decimal Places The List command formats numbers using the implied number of decimal places For example the following Suprtool commands format the unit cost with two decimal points We specify the Rightjustnum keyword because numbers with decimal points are hard to read if they are left justified gt item cost decimal 2 two implied decimal points gt list rightjustnum numbers right justified gt xeq with decimal points Listing Record Numbers The Norec keyword prevents the printing of the input and output record numbers The input record numbers are not printed if Output xxx Data is used and the file is sorted Suprtool Commands Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Listing User Labels The Labels keyword causes user labels to be dumped in the format specified The default format is Octal Char If Set Userlabels is Off the user labels are not printed Listing One Field per Line Suprtool normally attempts to list more than one field on every line of list output The Oneperline keyword causes every field to be shown on a different line Listing without Field Names Noname When Suprtool knows the record structure of the output file it shows the name of each output field The Noname keyword causes the field names to
286. e Rt eiiis Date command invalid dates Date command separator character date const ntS creere arenen date format in List sees date format Date command eeeeeeeeee Date Formats Item Command date function of Extract date function of If date limits os ascen e a NER Date OPON eere Re eI I eR aeons date selection es date selection by month sese date selection with ASK MANMAN eee date selection specific day sssssseee d te selecti n today ete eerta netten Date Set List Date Set option sansoira ee iR Re erit Dates and Decimal places seen dates in the output file dates defining dates relative ES dates select by year tette reet eic ta Date types Suprtool and Powerhouse 81 days function DB 14 Dbedit performance 102 Dbedit decimal points 328 Dbedit default configuration esee 49 DBGET Using ms 33e ERREUR rre ne 165 DBUTIL ddd dates ddd date format aee e aieo os 194 Decimal command eee 288 decimal Places a ee eet 38 194 Suprtool 5 5 for MPE User Manual decimal places Chain command sss 115 decimal places constant values 195 decimal pl
287. e Select command Suprtool is aware of each column name fields and columns are synonymous in Suprtool The Define command allows you to define new fields or redefine existing fields to have new sizes or data types Use Define to get at bytes of interest within existing fields and to give them an appropriate name Then you can refer to the defined field in other commands e g Extract If etc The following commands all contain a field gt if balance gt 10000 gt sort account gt extract a b Filename A filename is any valid filename and is used in Suprtool commands to identify the input source specify the output destination or to specify an external file to be accessed in the Table or Use command File names may be enclosed in quotes The following commands all contain file names gt input xyz gt output out gt use supruse gt input xyz MPE iX File Names Suprtool accepts MPE iX variables in file names This allows users to create flexible file names using MPE iX expressions This features works in Suprtool V or Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Suprtool iX but only when running on MPE iX Underscores are not permitted in variables that are to be substituted for file names Any Suprtool command that accepts a file name supports variables in the file name The following example creates an MPEAX variable called today with today s date in yymmdd format Suprtool writes the output to a file that starts with the letter P and ends wit
288. e build a test dataset 164 e Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Suprtool Commands Suprtool 5 5 for MPE gt base store 5 READER get d inventory 15 put d inventory test gt exit open for read access only every 15th record is read put to the d inventory dataset in Test database Using DBGET By default Suprtool always attempts to read the dataset using its own high speed routines These are the cases where DBGET is used instead 1 When the database is open with mode 3 2 When you specify the Delete or Update command and the input source is a master dataset 3 When you specify the Delete or Update command and the input source is a detail dataset but no If command is specified 4 When Set Privmode Off In these cases Suprtool prints the warning Using DBGET for the input records How Many Records Does Suprtool Read When you Get from a master dataset Suprtool reads the capacity of the dataset When you specify a detail dataset Suprtool reads records until the highwater mark If Set Eofread is on then Suprtool will read to the capacity of the dataset for both master and detail datasets To insure that Suprtool reads to the capacity for both Master and Detail datasets then you should put Set Eofread On in your Suprmgr Pub Sys file If there is a big difference between the number of entries in the dataset and the highwater mark Suprtool could take much longer to read the dataset this
289. e creates a single field that consists of a blank space Each of these blank fields results in a blank line on our mailing labels since the List command puts one field on each output line If you want to combine two fields on one line you would first have to create an output file with the combined fields and use this file as input to List Oneperline 44 e Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Getting a Quick Start with Suprtool Running Suprtool under MPE How to Run Suprtool To access Suprtool type the run command run suprtool pub robelle SUPRTOOL Copyright Robelle Solutions Technology Inc 1981 2001 Version 5 5 SUN JUN 17 2001 11 47 AM Type H for help gt Suprtool prints its version number and the current time right after a banner It also prints the name of the company that has licensed this copy of Suprtool Suprtool then prompts with gt Press Return after typing each command For example if you type the help command Suprtool prints some help text and a keyword list Type a keyword or press Return to leave Help How to Xeq a Suprtool Task Normally you enter a series of commands These commands specify the input source the output destination and any special processing that is required Finally you enter an Xeq or an Exit command This begins the actual Suprtool extraction task If you entered the Exit command Suprtool finishes the current task then returns you to MPE If you entered the Xeq command Suprtool fi
290. e dataset is changing dynamically new records might be missed Use mode 3 to force Speed Demon to read to the physical end of the dataset This mode makes Speed Demon more reliable but slower when the dataset is mostly empty Suprtool 5 5 for MPE SPDEDBSCAN Intrinsic Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Read the next entry in the dataset SPDEDBSCAN Database Status Buffer Dummy Database Database name as passed to DBOPEN Status If SPDEDBSCAN succeeds the following values are returned in the status array The forward and backward pointers are not returned Entry length of the record returned in buffer Record number of the record read Buffer Array where the values of the record read are placed This buffer must correspond to the field list specified in SPDEDBINIT Dummy This is a dummy parameter and it may contain anything Speed Demon Intrinsics e 423 SPDEDBSHUT Intrinsic Close the Speed Demon environment This must be done if another dataset will be read or to restart at the beginning of the same set SPDEDBSHUT will optionally print statistics about the read operation SPDEDBSHUT Database Dataset Mode Status Dummy Database Database name as passed to DBOPEN Dataset Dataset name or dataset number to shut This must be the same dataset name or dataset number passed to SPDEDBINIT Mode SPDEDBSHUT can be called in any of three modes Return the version number of SPDEDBSHUT All the other parameters ar
291. e first subfield gt def amount amt amt is 12J2 gt if amount gt 1000 amount is 1J2 and is the same as amt 1 Relative Example with Subcount Because Suprtool defaults the subcount to one you might want to specify an explicit subcount when giving a new name to an existing field gt def amount amt 12 amt is 12J2 same length and type gt if amount 5 gt 1000 amount is 12J2 we are selecting for May Relative Example with Subscript Use subscripts to define a new field that corresponds to a specific subfield gt def may amt 5 amt is 12J2 gt if may gt 1000 may is the fifth subfield Relative Example with Offset Many applications define subfields within a larger character field A common example is a part number where the first four digits are the warehouse location the second four digits are the bin number and the last four digits are a serially assigned number Use the offset parameter to define new fields that are relative to the start of the part number The file INVOICES is a self describing file gt in invoices gt def warehouse part 4 part is 12 bytes warehouse starts at part release is the last four bytes use any field for selection gt def release part 9 4 gt if bin 100 def bin part 5 4 bin is second four bytes Note that redefining the digits of a larger numeric field only works when the field is a character field type X U or A 122 e S
292. e ignored and Speed Demon is not closed Close the Speed Demon environment 2 Close the Speed Demon environment and print a summary of the read operation on stdlist Status If SPDEDBSHUT succeeds with mode 0 the following values are returned in the status array Zero Major version number Minor version number Pre release version number Zeros If SPDEDBSHUT succeeds with mode 1 or mode 2 zeros are returned in the status array Dummy This is a dummy parameter It may contain anything 424 Speed Demon Intrinsics Suprtool 5 5 for MPE The Demon Program The Demon stration Program Speed Demon includes a program for demonstration and verification This program is called Demon Pub Robelle The Demon program requests a field list to process and accepts all valid IMAGE field lists except for list same list You can use this feature to compare the speed of DBGET to Speed Demon There are several ways of accessing this program Reading with Speed Demon Parm 0 If you run the Demon program with no parm value and no entry point you are prompted for a database and a password To terminate the program hit Return at the database prompt Demon attempts to open the database with mode 5 If this succeeds you are prompted for a dataset name After prompting for the dataset name Demon prompts for a field list Demon uses SPDEDBINIT to verify that the dataset name and field list are valid and to initialize Speed D
293. e input line to db password 05 30 get dataset move spaces to input line display Enter Dataset Name must be uppercase accept input line move input line to db set 05 40 get field list move spaces to input line display Enter or Field List must be uppercase accept input line move input line Lo db list 05 get parameters exit exit page 10 init testread Open the database and initialize Speed Demon 10 init testread section perform 10 10 open base perform 10 20 init spde perform 10 30 display suprinit go to 10 init testread exit 10 10 open base call DBOPEN using db base db password db mode5 db status area if not db stat ok then perform 99 fatal error 10 20 init spde call SPDEDBINIT using db base db set db mode2 db status area Spde control db 1ist if not db stat ok then perform 98 supr error 10 30 display suprinit move db stat2 to display number 430 e Examples of Calling Speed Demon Suprtool 5 5 for MPE display Entry Length display number move db stat3 4 to display number display Buffer Size display number 10 init testread exit exit page 20 read set Read all the records in the dataset 20 read set section perform 20 10 get next if not end of db set then add 1 to in record count perform 20 20 display next go to 20 read set exit 20 10 get next call SPDEDBSCAN using db base db status area db buffer db dummy
294. e is a file that contains field information These files have the advantage of behaving like data files which can provide field information to Suprtool without you having to Define all the fields Getting a Quick Start with Suprtool Creating an SD File To create an SD file use the Link option in the Output command gt get d sales gt output result link gt xeq Now the data file result has the same field names as the dataset d sales Suprtool can read this data file and know about the fields automatically gt input result gt if sales total 20000 and product price lt 5000 gt output custlist gt xeq Define Fields in a Data File A regular data file does not have any field information associated with it If you need to work with the fields in a data file you need to tell Suprtool about the fields using the Define command For example say you have a data file with lines that look like this 12345678John Rutherford lt 32 gt 98765432Catherine Smith lt 29 gt Account First name Last name Age 8 byt 12 byt 16 byte 2 byte integer Use these Define commands to tell Suprtool about the fields gt input datafile gt define account byte gt define first name byte gt define last name 21 byte gt define age 37 int field name Length Start Data type position Now you can use the field names account first name Jast name and age to refer to the corresponding parts of th
295. e line just as if this were a database record gt input datafile gt define gt if age gt 65 gt ext account last name gt output result gt xeq Create an SD File from a Data File To create an SD file from a data file follow these steps 1 Define the fields that you want to include in the SD file 2 Extract the fields in the order you want 3 Use the Link option in the Output command to create the SD file Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Getting a Quick Start with Suprtool e 25 gt input datafile gt define account d byte define first name 9 byte define last name 21 byte gt define age 37 int gt extract account age first name last name output result link gt xeq Repeating Commands Repeating a Command Use the Listredo command to see a list of your most recent commands Use the Do command to repeat a command or use the Redo command to modify a command before repeating it gt listredo 20 most recent commands gt listredo input most recent Input commands gt input result Ea gt xeq gt do input repeat previous Input command gt input result gt if quantity gt 10000 Se gt redo if modify previous If command then repeat If you have used two commands that begin with the same letter you have to be careful when repeating those commands Make sure you use enough letters to identify each command distinctly from the other In the following example if you wish to repeat
296. e local computer An added advantage of this method is that only selected database records have to be passed across the NS connection For many tasks this improves performance dramatically Suppose you want to select transactions for one month from a yearly history dataset If Suprtool is run on the local system and the database resides on the remote system then all the records in the dataset must be passed across the NS connection just to have most of them rejected by Suprtool s selection criteria On the other hand if Suprtool is run on the same system as the database then only the selected records have to be passed across the NS connection This is the solution that we recommend If you do not have Suprtool on all your production systems you can use one of the other workarounds or call us for a right to copy license Open Modes Base does not allow mode 7 for exclusive read access but it does allow mode 4 for exclusive update while others read Mode 4 disallows changes while you are extracting from the database Mode 3 for fully exclusive access is tolerated but causes Suprtool to use slow DBGETs to extract from datasets Mode 3 should only be used when you need to do a Delete or Put command with Set Defer On Suprtool allows you to open a second database in the Put command when you are copying from one database to another 112 e Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Suprtool Commands Before Command B Repeat any combination of the previous 1
297. e may be an Editor KEEP file UNN or a Qedit workfile but no more than 256 characters per record will be processed For compatibility with Qedit Useq can be abbreviated to UQ If a Use file ends with an ampersand Suprtool will assume that you are continuing the current command on the next line outside of the use file 260 Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Suprtool Commands Userpause Command USER The Userpause command prints a prompt message on the screen and waits for the user to press a key USERPAUSE string Default read without a prompt Prints the string and waits for any key Leading spaces in the string are printed Examples In this example we have a usefile that displays a message and then waits for the user before starting the task gt q gt q We will select all transactions over 10 000 Since gt q there are many transactions this task will take gt q some time usually more than fifteen minutes gt q gt userpause Press any key when you are ready to start Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Suprtool Commands e 261 Verify Command V Displays the specifications that you have entered so far VERIFY ALL I VERSION command Default Input Output Sort Numrecs changed Set values Parameters More than one command can be verified at once by entering several command names separated by a comma or a space The format of the Verify output is organized into columns wherever possible For Ve
298. e open when it suspends e g when returning to Qedit Blocksize SET BLOCKSIZE size Initially amp Default lt none gt When Suprtool is copying an MPE or KSAM file it always attempts to duplicate the record size and blocking factor of the original file In all other cases Suprtool chooses an optimal blocking factor but restricts the total block size to 2048 words When Suprtool is computing the block size it always chooses the smallest block size divisible by 128 Specifying an explicit block size forces Suprtool to pick the largest block size that can fit in the specified block size and still be divisible by 128 Users may wish to add the Set Blocksize command to the Suprmgr file Increasing the block size has two potential problems small files may consume more disc space and reading the file buffered requires more memory for the MPE file buffers The maximum block size allowed is 8 192 words Buffer SET BUFFER size Initially depends Default no change Set Buffer varies the maximum number of words that Suprtool allocates for input and output buffers This buffer size limits the number of data blocks that Suprtool reads at a time Suprtool Commands e 227 228 e Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Suprtool overrides the maximum buffer size specified if that is necessary to get the task done For example when the blocks size of the file is greater than buffer maximum specified The maximum value is 14 336 words in Suprtool V
299. e operation e g lt lt gt or gt gt item enddate date yymmdd Af enddate gt Sdate 4 21st century date Error Cannot use a date beyond 1999 for this format Suprtool returns this error by default but you can override it with the following set command gt set date ifyy2000error off This tells Suprtool to allow the previously described relative operations and suppress the error message While you can override the error checking the behavior of today and date is not changed How Do Use Today and Date with yymmdd Dates If you need to have Suprtool select dates in YYMMDD format with Today or Date you need to use one of the following solutions 1 Change the date storage format to include the century in all datasets and data files so you can use the following item command gt item invoice date date CCYYMMDD 2 Use the stddate function that adds the century component to dates in a ccyymmdd format in a J2 container Also see Case 1 Converting a J2 Date from yymmdd to ccyymmdd on page 95 and Case 2 X6 yymmdd Data to X8 ccyymmdd on page 97 for more specific details on converting two digit year date formats into four digit year date formats aammdd Date Format The aammdd date format was developed by James Overman of HP for use in the MM3000 product This format is only available for the X6 data type The aammdd format is similar to yymmdd but the year portion of the date use a
300. e referenced by the Chain command For example gt form m customer M CUSTOMER Entry CITY lt lt TPI gt gt CREDIT RATING CUST ACCOUNT Search Field lt lt TPI gt gt CUST STATUS NAME FIRST lt lt TPI gt gt NAME LAST lt lt TPI gt gt STATE CODE lt lt TPI gt gt STREET ADDRESS lt lt TPI gt gt POSTAL CODE 105 Capacity 211 7 Entries 20 Bytes 110 Additional Third Party Indexes SI LAST NAME X16 The length shown for keys in the Additional Third Party Indexes may vary between versions of Superdex This is a known situation and does not affect the operation of Suprtool on these paths The length of a key is returned by dbinfo 833 and Suprtool will report in the form command the length of a stand alone key SI PRODUCT NO is the path that is now supported Superdex has a variable that impacts the length that is returned for a given key and that is SICOGNOS Suprtool will account for the length difference on the chain command but will show the unadjusted length Normally Superdexs dbinfo 833 would show a length of 12 for a Zoned decimal tpi key with a length of 8 if SICOGNOS is set to 1 then Superdex will return 8 Suprtool Commands e 161 B tree Support The Form command has been enhanced to show whether there are B trees that the Suprtool Chain command can utilize Form Sets shows a type of i for datasets that have B tree indexes Currently the Chain command utilizes only those B trees that are
301. e sort phase if any and after any Extract but before the final Output or Put operation A Reset turns off the current List options For more examples of the List command see Suprtool Issues and Solutions Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Suprtool Commands e 205 Listredo Command LISTREDO The Listredo command displays any of the previous 1000 commands LISTREDO start stop ABS OUT file string REL ALL I LUNN Default display previous 20 commands BJ and are short for LISTREDO Commands are numbered sequentially from 1 as entered and the last 1000 are retained You can display a single command a range of commands all 1000 or all the commands whose name matches the string You can print the commands with ABSolute line numbers the default RELative line numbers 5 4 or UNNumbered You can write the commands to your terminal or Out to a temporary file If you want to redo any of these commands see Do Redo and Before Examples 5 5 10 help e print all Help commands print last ten commands ALL print entire redo stack purge print all Purge commands purge xx print all purge xx commands purge print all with purge anywhere rel print ALL relative numbers 1 10 out lp dump commands to printer unn out save write commands to a file zu e Pil gt li Pll 2l zu gt li 2l gt l gt li Notes The Listredo command can be abbreviated to BJ as in Qedit o
302. e that there are no other sessions or jobs running during each test Performance Summary Suprtool is a performance tool Not because every Suprtool command is always fast but because performance is one of our first concerns when adding new features to Suprtool We always look for the fastest way to do any task even if that means it can t be quite as flexible as other software tools Suprtool Issues and Solutions e 103 Suprtool Commands General Notes Do not enter the sign when typing commands Suprtool 5 5 for MPE When you run Suprtool it prompts for commands with a gt character and reads command lines from the standard input device Suprtool commands contain a command name which may include one or more optional parameters that are each separated by commas In this chapter we describe the Suprtool commands in alphabetic order Each command name is followed by its minimal abbreviation in brackets For example D for Define and DU for Duplicate Most Suprtool commands work within the context of the input file In general the Base Chain Get and Input commands must be entered before other commands Once the input source has been specified commands can be entered in any order Abbreviating You may shorten the command name to any substring that uniquely defines the command For example Form can be abbreviated as FO or F since there are no other commands that start with F Duplicate however can be abbreviated
303. e type field that consists entirely of digits and you want to use this field as a numeric field you need to define a new display field on top of the existing field For example suppose your data looks like the following where the customer account number is stored in the 8 digit byte type field at the start of the record 20476789 rest of customer record To find all customers with an account greater than 20470000 you would do the following dataset accountnum account 8 display accountnum gt 20470000 result Selecting by Date 28 e Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Because IMAGE doesn t provide a built in date type most databases store dates as numeric or character fields Before Suprtool can use a date field it has to know the format of a particular date field Use the Item command to specify the format For example to tell Suprtool that the item purch date is a date field with a format of yyyymmdd e g 20010319 you would use gt item purch date date yyyymmdd date format In the following date examples we show the Item command in each example In practice however you only need to use the Item command once per date field not once per task Select by Today s Date For this example select all the sales records whose purchase date is today Note the use of today in the If command to indicate today s date gt get d sales gt item purch date date yyyymmdd gt if purch date Stoday select today s date
304. each search field in the detail You can only Delete Related from a master dataset Dbedit shows the master entry After confirming the deletion Dbedit deletes all entries with the same search value in all related datasets Control Y can be used to interrupt the deletion process Dbedit can only use explicitly defined IMAGE paths to navigate between datasets User defined paths are not supported in Dbedit When listing related records Dbedit shows all fields in each dataset including those that Dbedit normally doesn t support e g X100 The following example shows how related records are listed starting with a master dataset and then its related detail datasets list m supplier related all related records SUPPLIER NAME gt STD Ribbons The M SUPPLIER record is listed here D INVENTORY records with a SUPPLIER NAME of STD Ribbons are listed here Under Option When Dbedit prompts for a value for a field it prints a series of underlines These underlines indicate the maximum field width These underlines can be useful but they may not work on all terminals You can disable underlining by using Set Underline Off Once underlining is turned off you may wish to enable it again but only for one command The Under option overrides the Set Underline but only for the current command Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Dbedit Commands e 335 Subcommands 336 e Dbedit Commands Updatekey Option The Updatekey option allows the Modify comman
305. eceding vd so the substituted line is clear Warnings SET WARNINGS OFF Initially ON Suprtool normally prints warning messages out to stdlist You can turn off these messages when you are running from batch by issuing a Set Warnings off command If you are simulating batch mode with the Set Interactive Off command you must do the Set Warnings off after the Set Interactive Off The default for this setting is On Xmltagchar SET XMLTAGCHAR Initially In XML the tags that surrounded the data can not have any special characters other than hyphen underscore and period _ So STExport replaces any of the Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Suprtool 5 5 for MPE invalid special characters with a by default You can change the default character To be something else with the following set command Set xmltagchar STExport will only allow the hyphen underscore and period to be set with this command ZonedFix SET ZONEDFIX OFF Initially OFF Set ZonedFix has been added to fix a zoned field that when converted to byte results in meaning that the source field has some characters that were not expected in a Zoned field If Set ZonedFix is On STExport zeroes out the field after an attempted conversion of the field yields characters that cannot be converted The default for this setting is Off STExport Commands e 311 Sign Command SI Specify what should be done with the sign char
306. ecific Link file If you want to link the sales transaction to both the customer master and the salesman master it s probably faster to use traditional methods e g DBFIND and DBGET The Output file will be a self describing file containing data extracted from the Input file and the Link files Suprlink combines the Input and Link records together in a fixed way dropping the duplicated key fields and appending the remaining fields of each file in the order specified You control which fields occur by using the Extract command in Suprtool but you have no control over their order Use the Form command to print out the final record format so that you can prepare COBOL COPYLIB or PowerHouse QSCHEMA definitions The Input file and Link files must be sorted by the same key field Their names do not have to be identical but they must be the same type and have the same length Suprlink does not support real or long type keys Selection logic can be tricky since it is distributed over independent Suprtool extract tasks the Suprlink merge phase and the final report program Suprtool Selection You can use the If command to select which records you want from each dataset You do have the option to select key values from one dataset then load them into a Table and use lookup to select related entries in another dataset It makes sense to use If on every dataset since you have another selection possibility when the files are linked For example
307. eck with user before Exiting Values may be combined by adding them together For example Parm 96 means check with me before exiting then when I do actually exit terminate Suprtool completely instead of suspending 50 e Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Running Suprtool under MPE Suprtool Issues and Solutions A Suprtool Task Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Suprtool s primary function is to extract data quickly its focus is batch extraction The key principle is the bigger the input data source and the smaller the subset of data selected the more performance improves Your aim is to replace serial reads and selection with Suprtool To do this break your task into components an input choice some processing selections and the output choice Input Choices Suprtool can read input from an MPE or KSAM file an IMAGE dataset or a tape file Using File commands any MPE file with fixed length records can be read by Suprtool Your first action is usually to select a database with the Base command Then use the Chain or Get command for input from a dataset and the Input command for all other input choices Often you select a subset of the input records using the If command Only selected records are passed to the processing stage and the output choice Processing Selections If you do not specify any processing the input records are quickly copied to the output choice Some of your processing choices are 1 Sort the records into ascending or d
308. ecord This option can be specified without a sort but in that case the input file must already be sorted Note that there are two data fields in the records in the following example so that a comparison of the entire record yields no duplicates Suprtool Commands e 127 gt duplicate none record Input Output LETT L0 III 0 2222 25 22225 325 2222 35 2222 135 3333 48 3333 48 Keys The Keys option compares only the sort keys to determine whether an output record is a duplicate This option requires that at least one sort key be specified gt sort agent sort by agent gt duplicate none keys gt output agents create roster of agents The Keys Num option determines the level at which Suprtool compares sort keys This option controls which duplicate records get included in or excluded from the output file In the following example we sort by agent and by bill date in descending order but only check for duplicates at the agent level gt sort agent sort by agent gt sort bill date desc sort by date gt duplicate none keys 1 only check for duplicate agents gt output agents create roster of agents Count The Count option causes Suprtool to produce a new field in the output record with the number of occurrences of each key value The count field is called st count and is an I2 type field The Count option can only be used with Duplicate None Keys gt key 1 4 gt duplicate none keys count Input Outp
309. ecord number is 0 for MPE files and some KSAM files or 1 for other KSAM files The startrecord endrecord parameter must come after the setname parameter if it is present You can check your record selections with the Verify command When debugging software it is convenient to scan the first few records of a file The startrecordlendrecord parameter makes it easy to scan these records gt input dinvent 0 19 gt list gt xeq Random Selection first twenty records produce a list of each record in OCTAL CHAR format The count parameter specifies that every nth record in the input file should be selected This option is designed for random sampling of the input file The startrecord endrecord parameter cannot be used with this parameter Like startrecordlendrecord count must come after the setname if present Test files can be constructed from random samplings of production files We can build a test file with the count parameter gt input dinvent 15 gt output dtest gt xeq Magnetic Tape Input every 15th record is read create an output file with every 15th record from Dinvent For Suprtool to read a file on magnetic tape you must do two things 1 Issue a File command for the tape 2 If more than 10 000 records will be read from the tape you must specify the Numrecs command This example creates a disc file from the records on magnetic tape Suprtool Commands e 1
310. ecords You are restricted to at most five inventory records per product number Dbedit prompts for commands Quiet Execution By default Dbedit displays the commands in the usefile as they are executed Dbedit can execute commands quietly using the Useq command useq store use no commands are listed Notes Usefiles cannot be nested in Dbedit The usefile may be an EDITOR KEEP file UNN or a Qedit workfile but no more than 256 characters per record will be processed For compatibility with Qedit Useq can be abbreviated to UQ 354 e Dbedit Commands Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Verify Command V Displays the current status of Dbedit conditions VERIFY ALL BASE DSET SET CIUPDATE Default BASE DSET CIUPDATE changed SET values Only one item can be verified at a time The format of the Verify output is organized into columns Verify with no parameters prints the database the current dataset and whether critical item update is enabled or disabled It also prints those Set options which are not currently at their default setting Examples Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Dbedit Commands e 355 Welcome to Suprlink Welcome to Suprlink Welcome to Suprlink for MPE Version 5 5 Suprlink is a program that works with Suprtool to add multidataset capability to Suprtool Rather than take the regular path to multiple datasets random retrieval via IMAGE keys with its well known performance prob
311. ed then the output would be customer s STExport Commands e 305 Redo Command REDO Enables you to modify and repeat any of the previous 1000 command lines REDO start stop string ALL Default redo the previous command The Redo command allows you to modify the commands before it executes them If you do not need to change them use the Do command Commands are numbered sequentially from one as entered the last 1000 are retained Use the Listredo command to display the previous commands You can Redo a single command a range of commands or the most recent command whose name matches a string The Redo command uses MPE style editing logic D I R U and gt The default mode is to replace characters To delete type DDDD under the characters to be removed To insert type I under the insertion spot then the new characters To undo your changes type U To append to the end of the line use gt xxx To delete from the end of the line use gt DD To replace at the end of the line use gt Rxxx And to erase the rest of the line use D gt If you prefer Qedit style editing Control D etc use the Before command instead of the Redo command Examples listf soruce source is not spelled right NON EXISTENT GROUP CIERR 908 redo listf soruce redo most recent command last command is printed listf source edited command is shown our you enter changes to it you press lt
312. ed records to Quiz for final reporting To do this you need some way to tell Quiz about the record structure of Suprtool s output file Quiz already has the capacity to do this without making any changes to the PowerHouse dictionary QSCHEMA Suprtool Issues and Solutions e 77 In the following example Suprtool extracts entries from the Custmast dataset sorts them and writes them to the Cmasfile MPE file These are the records we need for the Quiz report Step 1 Create a Subfile with Quiz The first step is to use Quiz to extract one entry from the Custmast dataset and write it to a PowerHouse subfile Note that you could also use QTP to build the subfile This is described shortly purge cmasfile quiz gt access custmast gt set report limit 1 gt set subfile name cmasfile keep size numrecs gt report summary all gt go Replace the Numrecs parameter with the number of records that will be extracted by the Suprtool run The default Numrecs is 1 when the report limit is set to 1 Remove the Keep parameter to create a temporary file instead of a permanent one Suprtool can write to temporary files as easily as to permanent files Temporary files have the advantage that when multiple batch jobs are running at the same time and trying to use the same file names the files won t interfere with each other Permanent files on the other hand may not have to be rebuilt every time The same permanent subfile can be used repeatedly
313. ed tasks requires Suprtool to output myfile erase then Suprtool asks the question ERASE all records from this OUTPUT file no You can avoid typing yes in response to this question by invoking Suprtool with run suprtool pub robelle amp stdin Snull info use filename parm 4 Blocksize The block size of a file is the record length multiplied by the blocking factor MPE permits block sizes up to 32 000 words but Suprtool restricts the total block size When copying an MPE file the maximum block size of either the input or output file is 14 336 words If Suprtool detects an input or output file with a block size larger than 14 336 words it prints one of the following error message The input blocksize is greater than 14336 words The output blocksize is greater than 14336 words Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Calculator Suprtool Suprlink and Stexport and Dbedit treat any line that begins with an equal sign as an expression to be evaluated To add two numbers together gt 125 512 Result 637 0 An expression consists of numbers and operators The operators can be addition subtraction multiplication division or exponentiation The value of the expression is printed immediately Any number can be followed by a percent sign The calculator assumes that you want to qualify the number as a percentage For example gt 125 5 Result 6 25 A complete description of the Suprtool
314. ede 100 SIUE eevee 101 Analyzing Performance Data essent nnne 101 Suprtool Performance Hints cesses eom ett t t erret 102 Obtaining Accurate Measurements sssssssssseeeeeeeeneeeneen rennen entere 102 Performance Summary S epe oerte I SEKSS peio 103 Suprtool Commands 105 General NOES nc RR Ioni ren ia e gerent avant oed 105 Abbr evViatilig uote Bistro brine o teen dime D aeter 105 Uppercase or EOWercCasezias oie oerte yrtenteite ntis nsentore S R 105 Multiple Commands per Line seen 105 Continuation eria RE RR REP Ren 106 Comments on Command Lines eese enne 106 STREAM A CER 106 Suprtool 5 5 for MPE e 7 8 e Suprtool 5 5 for MPE MPE Commands onere meme 107 MPH iX Commands eese enne entere Tr nennen enne 107 Calculator cte eesti ste EPOD 107 Control Y Interrupt 5 eie ee stents erre pei bap coe HENRI 107 Error Recoyety asc pte iR URP HERRERA 108 Add Command AD rre r aep tain eink ancl 109 Base Command BA iet ente pep eom eie 110 Before Command B 9 eon cre RR DU E Rb epulo ERR 113 Chain Command niae tete eR eir eite 115 Clean Command CL 5 ee eee Recent erre err please eti derer e RR 118 Removing Bad Characters eessseeeeeeeeeeeeneene nennen nennen nennen 118 Define Command D e ee Recette tee ze ere Ipae ceni ree RET 119 Delet
315. edit 1 4 double gt ext newcredit abs credit 100 1 07 Truncate function Suprtool supports a truncate function which returns the number to the left of a decimal place For example if the field stddev contains the value 547 83 the truncate function will return 547 Note that there is no rounding This function will work fields and expressions gt if Struncate stddev 100 1 07 gt 200 This function will also work in the Extract command gt def newdev 1 4 double gt ext newdev Struncate stddev 100 1 07 String Expressions You can do comparisons with byte type fields in numerous ways using Suprtool These powerful features minimize the number of tasks you must execute in order to select the data you need The fewer the number of tasks the faster your data is delivered to the users and applications that need it You can combine byte type fields together and use the built in string functions to create string expressions String expressions involve the operator and the other string functions such as lower Supper trim ltrim and rtrim Fixed vs Variable Length Strings String comparisons are done using fixed and variable length strings For most users there should be no difference between the two types of strings When doing string comparisons Suprtool always pads shorter strings with spaces with the one exception of comparing two fixed length fields see Byte Fields below Suprtool Commands e 17
316. ee ee t E ETHER UIS 384 Input Command T 3 rrt t rente eee deta te eee pepe Ee er 385 Join Command J ie ee ie eere rere tbc ee eee ere iere aee 386 Link Command I e eet eee eee tree te dite iain 388 Listredo Command LISTREDO sess eren nennen enne nis 390 Output Command O rer erret rrt deret preteen leen epe eene EE A 391 Redo Command REDO eese eee re tre tree rne cere testes 392 Reset Command R 5 2 osea eee ee tre tech dein dette 393 Set Command 5 5 seed eee beatin sided aii lene ud 394 Mapped sisi etae Ide meia 394 R ed0 onibus ai nU S a RAT Eeen Ree sts 394 SLatistICS esito nae nA eei 395 Vats b aa SALUD AL EROR 395 VarsubDebug oan eG Ee AG ge eletti Pete e tees 395 Use Commiand U a ER et aud Rete nee etes 397 Verity Command V niente eec e tee tete reto Tete CEE Ea 398 Xeq Command X rane petet reri eee a tete etc be ite e ai 399 14 e Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Example Suprlink Output 400 Example nta eter IM PRO esce o adii fuerte ge at 400 Limits Within Suprlink 403 Mia Xtina EE 403 Welcome to Speed Demon 405 Welcome to Speed Demon essere en eene trennen trennen nennen 405 MPE Visi itane e eno relie iti dm cime sten uia dre UAI 405 MPE AX Ib hibernate Gis eh eet danas et ito ttr tele tee ares 405 Conditions of Use s cen tete e etre e Irt e ai e lt iti E 405 Speed Demon vs Suprtool
317. eeeeeeeneeeenee nennen trennen eene 18 Suprtool2 Interface Routine eese tenete trennen nennen 19 Documentation epo p E ea a EEE aa olet e P Dee 19 Notation ER EEE bote bns te ote ERO ERETT 19 Highlights 21 Highlights 1n Suprtool 5 5 rete ettet e eere pierre heea 21 Highlights 1n Suprtool 5 4 repre re rete ehe repe hee petenda 21 Installing Suprtool 22 OVELVICW He MR 22 lu imi C R 22 Getting a Quick Start with Suprtool 23 How to Run Suprtool ione p ORDER Geen at onan Ghee oes 23 Suprtool 5 5 for MPE e 3 4 e Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Whatias aLask 2s usen ee ee 23 GOpyinge Piles e 24 Copying One FIle ofererin etereo rores t erea E EE EEE rp RE epit 24 Appendine to File iori tene aE EEE E eR TE EE REEK 24 Concatenating TWO FeSi iior ttp bep t e ii er eker irise 24 Fields in Data FES RS 24 What is a Self Describing File sess enne 24 Creating an SD Hle eerte eo IDE REPE E Ep ETE riS re 25 Define Fields 1n Data File oiiire ciir eite t eripiet etre tren 25 Create an SD File from a Data File esee enne 25 Repeating Commands eee eere ether ener nr MIR Pr e edere ette ee ed 26 Repeating a Command essent nennen nennen rennen rennen en 26 How to Save On line Commands to a File esee 26 Selecting Database Records eie
318. eens Time Set LIst oe esee E E A ENERO RN title HTML option titles List command ceeeeeeeeeeee eene today function of Extract essent today function of If Total command Total Examples Total output restrictions totaling sse totaling duplicate records totals to a file TPIKGyS nier ot eO RCHR REESE trailing SIBI s s eee Ehe CREER ene SERT EIN YR erede TRANSACT TRANSACT invocation of Suprtool sss 454 trimming Spaces esie tr truncate function truncation numeric sesssseeeeeee eee enne 175 truncation STINGS 12 2 octets tee ener n et ee 145 TurboIMAGE tWo dIgit years 2 ede eee teet 92 93 type parameter eese rms 119 120 197 UDCS iex see User Defined Commands Under option Dbedit eee 335 Underline Set option 4 353 Undo edit Hpmodify 221 Unsigned Value 3c en e ede RES 150 Update command eee 238 258 Update command performance sess 102 Suprtool 5 5 for MPE User Manual Update from a Table sees 252 Updatekey option Dbedit Updating records UDDper casex cc turpe IDEE URS upshifting strings Use command esee Use command with If read see 186 User Defined Commands 107 280 332 376 481 s
319. efetch amount The maximum value for SPDEPREFETCH is 5 i e five times the buffer length If you don t want Speed Demon to prefetch you can specify SPDEPREFETCH 0 This may be required when Speed Demon is operating with third party software tools that intercept all file system calls e g Netbase from Quest Software The SPDEPREFETCH JCW is checked by Speed Demon V but its value has no effect Welcome to Speed Demon e 407 Installing Speed Demon Compatibility and Native Mode Versions There are two versions of Speed Demon The Speed Demon V version is for MPE V systems and for compatibility mode programs on MPE iX Speed Demon V runs in compatibility mode and must be installed in the system SL The Speed Demon iX version is for native mode programs on MPE iX Speed Demon iX runs in native mode and is accessed via an XL file Depending on what operating system you are on MPE V or MPE iX and what kind of programs will be calling Speed Demon compatibility mode native mode or both you may end up installing either both or neither version Read all the instructions carefully Before using either version of Speed Demon you must build or upgrade the Robelle account and restore all files as described in the Installing Suprtool chapter of the Suprtool User Manual System SL Installation This procedure is required for MPE V systems and for compatibility mode programs on MPE ix The Speed Demon V routines are distributed in the
320. efine filler 1 50 gt ext filler gt ext name String Constants You can specify a string constant without referring to a field For example to leave a space between fields you must do the following gt extract account rating gt output ascii Suprtool uses the length of the string to determine the size of the field The following example extracts the same fields as the previous example but each output record identifies the field tract Customer Account account tract Credit Rating rating tput ascii The output would look like tomer Account 04598921 Credit Rating tomer Account 44657844 Credit Rating tomer Account 98753198 Credit Rating The spaces after Credit Rating before the rating value is due to the numeric field Rating being extracted with blanks for its leading zeros This is the result of the Ascii option of the Output command Repeated Fields If the field is an IMAGE repeated field e g 10J1 the Extract command places the value in each of the repeated fields when you do not specify the subscript If you specify a subscript only that one repeated field will have the new constant value Suprtool Commands e 137 138 e Suprtool 5 5 for MPE In this example Address is a repeated field 2X20 We wish to extract the data as it exists in the input record rather than forcing it to a constant value gt ext account extract key value gt ext address take both of the r
321. eld you will not be sorting on that transformed value Therefore the way to do the transformation would be to either divide into two tasks or if you can logically sort on the field before the transformation in order to achieve the result so the task could be gt base store 5 gt get d sales gt def cust accountx 1 6 byte gt ext cust accountx Sedit cust accout zzzz99 gt sort cust account Note sorting on source field gt dup none keys gt output dsales gt exit or if two tasks are necessary gt base store 5 gt get d sales gt def cust accountx 1 6 byte gt ext cust accountx Sedit cust accout zzzz99 gt output tempsales gt xeq gt in tempsales gt sort cust acctx gt dup none keys gt output dsales gt exit 250 e Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Suprtool Commands Table Command TA Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Builds a table of values for testing in the If or Chain commands There can be up to ten different tables The Table command does not work with real type keys TABLE tablename itemname table keyword table values Tables are used by the lookup function of the If command and as input to the Chain command The table keywords are Item File and Sorted The total amount of table space is restricted by Set Limits Tablesize Use the following scheme to select input records based on many data values 1 Load a table with the values you are interested in 2 Use the lookup function of the If command
322. elete Modify and Change have a similar parameter structure consisting of the command name then an optional file part and an optional option part A space separates the file part from the command name and a semicolon separates the option part from the file part The general format of these commands is command file options File Parameter The file parameter consists of an IMAGE 3000 dataset name followed by an optional list of field names If the file part is missing Dbedit uses the previous file The general format of the file parameter is command file fieldname Even when you use field names Dbedit will add the search fields to the field list In the Add command Dbedit assumes default values for noncritical fields that are missing but will prompt for the search fields and sort fields they are required add d inventory bin no assume defaults for all but BIN NO SUPPLIER NAME gt STD Ribbons PRODUCT NO 2105391 BIN NO gt 10 In this case you will not be prompted for LAST SHIP DATE ON HAND QTY or UNIT COST In the Modify command you can specify a set of fields to modify Dbedit will not prompt you for new values for any other fields For example Dbedit Commands e 333 mod d inventory unit cost only modify UNIT COST SUPPLIER NAME STD Ribbons prompt for search value PRODUCT NO gt 105391 prompt for another one Enter new values or return to leave as is SUPPLIER NAME STD Rib
323. emon Speed Demon accepts all valid IMAGE field lists including partial lists except for the same list x Demon then prints the entry length and buffer values returned from SPDEDBINIT Next you will be prompted for an output file name You may specify any valid MPE file name or Return for no output The Demon program uses buffered I O to write to the output file Do not compare the cpu or wall time of the Demon program with Suprtool because Suprtool will always be faster After the Demon program has read the dataset the SPDEDBSHUT statistics are printed on stdlist Reading with DBGET Parm 1 If you run the Demon program with Parm 1 you will be prompted for a database password dataset field list and output file The difference from Parm 0 is that the Demon program uses DBGET mode 2 to read the dataset instead of using Speed Demon Use Parm 1 to compare the speed of DBGET versus that of Speed Demon Suprtool 5 5 for MPE The Demon Program e 425 Reading All IMAGE Blocks Parmz3 Running the Demon program with Parm 3 is the same as Parm 0 but SPDEDBINIT is called with mode 3 This forces Speed Demon to read to the physical end of the dataset Use this feature to compare the speed of SPDEDBINIT mode 2 versus mode 3 Verifying Version Numbers The Demon program includes a special entry point for verifying the Speed Demon version numbers There are two Speed Demon version numbers one for SPDEDBINIT and one for SPDEDBSHUT The D
324. emon program prints two sets of these version numbers one set for the Demon program routines and one set for the System SL The Demon program will notify you if Speed Demon has not been installed in the System SL For example run demon pub robelle version Speed Demon Copyright Robelle Solutions Technology Inc Version 5 5 Demon program Internal Version Numbers SPDEDBINIT Version 5 5 SPDEDBSHUT Version 5 5 Speed Demon System SL Version Numbers SPDEDBINIT Version 5 5 SPDEDBSHUT Version 5 5 Demon iX does not print the System SL version numbers If you are on MPE iX and have installed Speed Demon V into the System SL you can get the version numbers by running the compatibility mode version of Demon run demonCM pub robelle version 426 e The Demon Program Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Examples of Calling Speed Demon Copying the Examples This chapter contains working examples of COBOL and Pascal source code that call Speed Demon You can copy the examples from the manual but typing them from scratch would be tedious and error prone The best way to copy the examples is to take them from the on line Speed Demon documentation file The file is stored in Robelle Qedit format If you have Qedit just Text a copy of Demon Doc Robelle and extract the portions that you are interested in If you don t have Qedit use the Qcopy program to copy the documentation file to a new file in non Qedit format then use your favorite text edi
325. ename xeq You can also use the Edit function to format and directly convert to byte format Edit Function Suprtool can format fields using edit mask features similar to edit mask features of Cobol Suprtool employs two distinct types of edit masks one for byte type fields and the other for numeric fields The type of mask utilized depends on the source type of the field If the source field is numeric then the numeric edit mask logic is applied if the source field is byte type then the byte edit mask logic and characters apply The target field must always be a byte type field Placeholders and Format Characters An edit mask consists of placeholder characters such as 9 for a numeric column and format characters such as for the decimal place Sometimes an edit mask 152 e Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Suprtool Commands character acts as both a placeholder and a format character such as the in floating dollar signs Byte Type Formatting For Byte type fields there are two placeholder characters These are X place the data in the matching column for the X in the edit mask Z place the data in the matching column unless the data is a zero if the data is a Zero then replace with a space The format characters are as follows B space slash comma period plus minus asterisk and a space Please note that you can denote a space using two methods either by putting a B in the mask or
326. ending one whether the file is ASCII or binary Output Input task is not recoverable from this point This message is printed at the point that the input file has been re initialized to accept output from the sort scratch file If this task is aborted after this message prints the data from the input file will be lost gt OUTPUT file may be too small This message is printed whenever the number of input records NUMRECS exceeds the available number of output records This often occurs when appending records to an existing file If you have an If command Suprtool does not know how many records will be selected It assumes the worst case that possibly ALL records will be selected Not all sort fields were extracted The sort information will not be written to the output Link file This warning occurs when you gt output filename link andare sorting by a field but the field is not included in the list of extracted fields Suprlink cannot use the file but it may be a perfectly valid file for other applications NUMRECS exceeded some records not processed You specified a Numrecs and have reached it Record selection in effect percentage calculation is estimated You specified a Get or Input with record number selection and the percentage complete is estimated Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Suprtool Errors and Warnings e 269 Welcome to STExport Welcome to STExport Welcome to STExport for MPE Version 5 5 STExport converts fields in
327. ents on Command Lines sess enne enne enne 332 MPE Commnands eee eere eret eee eee erbe Eie ee a eeni 332 MPE iX Commaands err ee erecto e Ekar e eo ea veste nbi derer Ea 332 Calculator dea 332 Example Datab se rte p Rte ete detti ote eie tide 333 Prompting for Search Criteria nennen nennen 333 12 e Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Command Parameters cccsesceceesseceeseececeeseeecseceeeessseeeeseaaees File Par imeter en eren p Option Parameter eere tereti r Numeric Value Option eere All Option iHe eU rette Key Option ree erholt Linit Option repere tritt Related Option er eter Under Option eet Updatekey Option eee Subcommanmnds seen tenter eire teeth derer es Add Command A sse Before Command B eese Change Command C eene Delete Command D esee Do Command DO esseseeeeererennneenen enn Exit Command E eese File Command F senem Form Command FO esses Help Command H rernin en List Command L nee Listredo Command LISTREDO seeeeeeeeereeee Modify Command M eese Cominand OQ 8 eR ret eee beats Af unge Use Comnmand 3 rir ree ei edes Verify Command V
328. epeated fields In the next example we assume that the Balance field is a repeated field 12J2 We wish to make each of the 12 repeated fields in the output record equal to 100 gt extract name gt extract balance 100 If we only wanted to extract the sixth field of BALANCE and set it to 100 we would do the following gt extract name gt extract balance 6 100 Character Constants Use the character to specify any ASCII character The number the actual ASCII value or letter A means control A must follow immediately after the character Suprtool treats character constants as strings When you extract the constant to a field longer than one byte Suprtool pads it with spaces gt define field 1 1 gt ext field 0 ext field G byte field binary zero Control G bell escape Roman 8 box Euro currency symbol gt ext field veg gt ext field 252 gt ext field 186 You can also extract the constant directly without referring to a defined field This always produces a one byte constant with no blank padding 0 13 10 M J 27 amp dB binary zero Carriage Return Line Feed CR LF again escape sequence Dates Extracting Today s Date To extract today s date use the following gt item field date ccyymmdd identify date format of field gt extract field Stoday today s date gt extract field Stoday 1 yesterday s date gt extrac
329. er the limitation is now based on 2 billion entries Limitations Due to file system limitations Suprtool can extract and sort more than 4Gb of data only on MPE iX 6 5 and higher In prior versions of MPE iX Suprtool is limited to 4Gb Due to limitations in MPE iX Suprtool cannot open a remote Jumbo dataset Large File DataSets Large File DataSets or LFDS are Image datasets that are single files which can be greater than 4Gb Due to issues with the implementation of LFDS Suprtool does not support them specifically nor does it refuse to read them We do not recomment using Large File DataSets nore will we support them Notes If Set Stat is On and Set Prefetch is greater than zero then each time a file in a jumbo dataset is closed you receive a prefetch summary for each file This could appear in the middle of a gt List if you are listing to stdlist Suprtool and KSAM Files 58 e Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Suprtool reads and writes both compatibility mode and native mode KSAM files One exception is variable length records which Suprtool cannot handle Use the Input command to read from a KSAM file Use the Erase or Append option of the Output command to write selected input records to a KSAM file When writing to a KSAM file the input source can be an IMAGE dataset a KSAM file or an MPE file You must build the KSAM file first as Suprtool unlike FCOPY cannot create new KSAM files Suprtool uses different methods for accessing
330. er labels 35 5 testas d Ere rer IEEE Oe ERES 63 71 user labels in SD files eene 68 user program calls Suprlink eese 469 User Prornipting uos Dm 75 user specified heading serene 297 Userlabels Set option 246 Userpause command sese 261 Using Speed Demon eee 416 V yalt tests eta ete eere tee t teens feos 169 variable length strings eee 145 175 variable substitution Variable Substitution eesseseeeee 278 370 Variable Substitution Set option sss 247 variable SuprtoolFullCount variable length output file sees variables in filenames nosine Varsub Set option s VarsubCompat Set option esee Verify command sss Verify Set option Version entry point version numbers VESOEE 5 teeh s VESOFT God program seen W warning MESSAGES eee eeeeseeseeseeseeeeeececseeeeeeeeeeees 268 483 warning delete all records eee 125 warning FLIMIT greater eee 165 warning using DBGET Waiilings siste ee terere eee erc ree eren edendo when to use Suprtool eese wide listings wider columhs tU RE daten X Xeq command STExport sess 293 316 Xeq command Suprlink 5 Xeq command Suprtool
331. er of records that an input file must have in order for the progress reports to be printed out If the MINIMUM value is set to 15000 then the input file must have at least 15000 records or else progress messages are not printed out for the entire task This value allows the user to turn off progress messages when reading smaller files The default value for the Suprtool V version of Suprtool is 10000 records and the default value for the Suprtool iX version of Suprtool is 50000 records To always print progress messages just set the minimum value to 0 Suprtool does not produce any progress messages under the following conditions 1 Set Progress is zero 2 Output is to stdlist via the Output or List commands 3 Chain command has been specified 4 The number of records from the input source is less than the minimum value Suprtool checks whether or not to print a progress message at the end of each buffer for NOBUF MR reads Consequently not all progress increments are reported for small files or datasets Suprtool reports the phase that it is in whether input phase sort phase output phase or combined input output phase not sort The content of the progress messages is as follows e Percentage complete e Phase and the total number of records processed e Delta Sec Min the time elapsed from the previous message e Wall Sec Min the total elapsed time Suprtool Commands Suprtool 5 5 for MPE e CPU Sec the total CP
332. ers shown as 88 levels Command Line The supr command line can contain any Suprtool command Use the same format that you use in typing commands into Suprtool You don t need to enter commands as a single string of 256 characters in a single call to the interface You may use to send several commands in one string or you may use the amp mechanism to continue commands The final call must have Exit as the command alone and left justified in the command line The final Exit command can be in uppercase or lowercase but cannot be abbreviated MPE commands can be passed into the interface and Suprtool will execute them Welcome to Calling Suprtool e 441 Priority The supr priority flag should contain one of CS DS or ES The default is DS Maxdata The supr maxdata contains the Maxdata in words for Suprtool The default is 32 000 but you can ask for a smaller stack using this parameter e g 20 000 There is no problem with reducing Maxdata when you plan to Sort However if you plan to do copies without sorts you should send Suprtool a Buffer 4096 command if you reduce Maxdata Otherwise you are likely to get a Stack Overflow abort within Suprtool or the error message Unable to allocate buffer in DL area If you want the default this field should contain a 0 Print State If the supr print state contains AL the output from Suprtool will always be printed on stdlist If the state is NE the output will n
333. ersion 5 5 of Suprtool the HP e3000 handyman for Image and Allbase databases MPE files and KSAM files Suprtool provides fast batch reporting on your HP e3000 With Suprtool you can select records from a file IMAGE Allbase KSAM or MPE to feed into your report program Typically Suprtool enables you to produce the same report five times faster Suprtool performs best when you are selecting less than 5096 of the entries Once selected you can rearrange sort print or total them You need to modify your report program to read a file instead of a dataset In addition Suprtool solves dozens of other problems The Dbedit subsystem allows convenient interactive editing of databases the Suprlink subsystem allows multiple dataset access and the Speed Demon intrinsics allow a user program to improve the speed of serial DBGET calls by a factor of five Use STExport to convert fields from a self describing input file to an output file that can be imported into other applications The interface routine Suprtool2 allows your application programs to invoke Suprtool The Suprtool commands are Add EDit ITem Q Use BAse Exit Key REDO USERpause Before EXPort LINk Reset Verify Chain EXTract List SELect Xeq Clean Form LISTREDO Set MPE or HP UX command Define Get Numrecs SOrt expression DELete Help OPen TAble DO IF Output Total Duplicate Input Put UPdate The minimum abbreviation of each command is shown in capital letters Suprto
334. es Extract froma Table eee tenete 148 Extract from table e Rer Uer 254 Extract from Table Extract functions and Sort sse 250 Extract functions Duplicate eee 130 extracting a range extracting bits extracting dates extracting records 492 e Index F fast SOrling c uos siis ae eet REN 69 Fastread Set option eee 232 PCOPY program ee eee ere ETERS 62 Fflush tool 103 fieldlisto i15 seen itii mie 327 field parameter sess 119 136 256 480 field type sss Fieldname Heading command file cessus Nose 3 heen coos cea eet a eal nines reci rae 61 File command we 344 file equations output command eee 304 file name parameter eee eeeeceeeneeeetseeseeeeeeeees 188 210 file name duplicated in batch sss 49 file names built in P file parameter Dbedit sse 333 file record length oie tero petens 216 file system error S Filecode Set option see 232 filename parameter ie dncinsene mp E 480 files same name filling unmatched join fields sess 387 filling unmatched link fields ssessss 389 finding data based on a dataset finding data based on a file s
335. es as in the original database and Suprlink can compute where they occur in the record For example tinput sales Sales is sorted by custno link custfile key is custno link addrfile output custsale link three files texit into custsale Link Keys Suprlink allows files to be linked by up to two keys a primary and a secondary key field By default Suprlink assumes that the key field to the Link file is the same key field specified for the Input file If the Link key field is different from the Input key field use the BY clause to specify the correct key field input customer key name is custnum link sales by custno new name for the same field You would also use the BY clause if the Link file was created using the Suprtool Output Query option instead of Output Link Secondary Keys Suppose that you are linking a master to a detail and the detail can have several entries for each master Suprlink has an option that allows you to select which link record you want by matching a second key field in the master LINK filename BY primary key secondary key This option forces Suprlink to compare both the primary key and the secondary key when comparing an input record to a link record For example input students key name is ssn link majors by ssn cmaj Students contains cmaj This example says that the file Majors is sorted by ssn and may contain more than one record per student To select the desired
336. es indicated Because the buffer length parameter is not 32 bit aligned Pascal iX produces a warning when compiling the spde db control type Note that the check actual parm setting is left at 2 for the entire program This is required to prevent parameter type mismatches between Speed Demon and Pascal 432 e Examples of Calling Speed Demon Suprtool 5 5 for MPE list off SHP3000 16 lt Require this compiler option for MPE iX program driver input output type longint integer shortint 32768 32767 Remove this line on MPE iX type db base record db id packed array 1 2 of char db name packed array 1 14 of char end type db set record name packed array 1 16 of char end type db status area array 1 10 of shortint type db mode array 1 1 of shortint type db buffer array 1 46 of shortint type spde db control record Spde version shortint spde buffer size integer spde_future packed array 1 20 of end type_db_dummy_arg array 1 2 of shortint var spde_db_control type_spde_db_control db_status_area type_db_status_area db_dummy_arg type db dummy arg db model type db mode db mode2 type db mode db base type db base procedure dbopen intrinsic procedure dbexplain intrinsic function proctime longint intrinsic function timer longint intrinsic check formal parm 2 check actual parm 2 procedure spdedbinit var d t
337. es of 10 99 as 1910 1999 yy Value in date With Cutoff 10 With Cutoff 25 00 2000 2000 09 2009 2009 10 1910 2010 11 1911 2011 24 1924 2024 25 1925 1925 26 1926 1926 99 1999 1999 We recommend that you always provide a four digit year when using date However for reasons of backward compatibility we introduced Set Date Cutoff See Date ForceCentury on page 230 for more information Stddate and Set Date Cutoff When stddate has to convert from a date in only a two digit format the conversion to the four digit date will use the value in Set Date Cutoff For example get sales detail gt set date cutoff 15 gt def new ship date 1 4 double gt item ship date date mmddyy ext order no sales amount ext new ship date stddate ship date out salesinfo link gt xeq In this example if any ship date has a year of 14 or less then the century applied to the new ship date field will be 20 Ship dates with a year of 15 or more will have a century of 19 applied Suprtool Commands e 229 230 e Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Date ForceCentury SET DATE FORCECENTURY ON OFF Initially OFF Set Date ForceCentury On will not allow a yy date to be entered in the date function it will force the user to enter a full ccyy date gt set date forcecentury on gt item date field date ccyymmdd if date field gt date 00 12 10 Error You must specify the century or Set Date ForceCentury off The default value for
338. escending sequence Sort or Key No records are output until all of the selected input records have been sorted 2 Total one or more input record fields Total Remove or select duplicate records Duplicate 4 Delete the records from an IMAGE dataset Delete Output Choices Usually you wish to extract a subset of your records to feed into a report program so the default output file is a data file The default output file format matches the input file format unless you use the Extract command The output choice can be an MPE Suprtool Issues and Solutions e 51 or KSAM file an IMAGE dataset or a tape file You can use File commands to create almost any fixed length MPE file from Suprtool including stdlist You can specify different formats for the output file by qualifying the Output command To have readable ASCII output use output xxx ascii To produce self describing files use Output xxx Link By default every output record is identical to the corresponding input record The Extract command assembles output records by stringing together fields extracted from the input records With the Extract command you can insert constant values into the output record Each output record is written to the output choice You can also see a formatted listing of each record with the List command Records can be added to an IMAGE dataset just before being written to the output file use the Put command By default Suprtool builds a
339. ess to this dataset Mode SPDEDBINIT can be called in any of four modes Return the version number of SPDEDBINIT All the other parameters are ignored and Speed Demon is not initialized Initialize Speed Demon to sequentially access the dataset of the specified database Same as mode 2 but Speed Demon will read to the physical end of the dataset Use this mode if your program expects changes to the dataset at the same time Speed Demon is reading it Same as mode 1 but allows partial field lists Status If SPDEDBINIT succeeds with mode 0 the following values are returned in the status array Zero Major version number Minor version number Pre release version number Zeros If SPDEDBINIT succeeds with mode 1 mode 2 or mode 3 the following values are returned in the status array Entry length of the dataset Buffer size used to read the dataset 4 5 Number of records that Speed Demon will read For mode 3 this is always the capacity of the dataset For mode 1 and mode 2 this is the number of entries for master datasets and the highwater mark for detail datasets Speed Demon Intrinsics e 421 422 Speed Demon Intrinsics Control Special control record that must be declared and initialized as follows 01 s7pde db control 05 spde version pic s9 4 comp value O0 05 spde buffer size pic s9 9 comp value zeros 05 spde future pic x 20 value spaces Normally you won t be changing this co
340. essnsssnsseseneees 261 Verity Command V iit RE ERR ERE TERRE EUER RUNE IPTE A 262 Xe Command LEX iie crt et Cc DER et ir DER 263 Calculator Command R E A E ennt nennen enne nnne 264 Suprtool Errors and Warnings 267 Two Types Of Messages eR egit p eR ERR RU IND RODEO ERES 267 JUNI EE 267 Wart BS dana sins a R S bran septh aus E R E E A A stun A E 268 Welcome to STExport 270 Welcome to S LEXDOEt ise ei e eee ere e eei ee 270 10 Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Installing S TEXpott ie intero SPI t anie OP DEO er REPE RE 270 B lt m File Names eene emper imet oe 270 Accessing STExport 272 How To Rum STEPO ite or er er e near Hen eb Pie meet 272 How to Xeq an STExport Task 5 o tneshheppeheRUPSe DII DIpe dr rhe Dres 272 SOM PfocesS cs dette ate t basta Abu ces LL TA tr 272 Suprtool Export Command n egere pente ee Esas Ei ana DOR 273 Preventing MPE Commiands 5 ne nneppneeetnepeinane piece tite preter 273 Exit with Verity i seio eg ene me bene DIU operi 273 Preventing STExport from Suspending sess 273 Job Gontrol Word nete ae e feni tubi 274 Using STExportin Batch eerte tne p pee DR pere pu 274 Summary of Parm Valu s hope etiem Dee DH SO DURER 274 STExportOutCo nt JCW 4 5 2 ebrii eben t CREE EDS EREREH ERE IR PUER RI 274 STExportFullCount Variable in oec eue ee Ere tri Rear 275 Introduction to STExport 276 Importing Datas iss ite Pepe Or REOR H
341. et varsub on execute task to create self describing file foo export input foo html table title title output deling html exit exit Suprtool and User Prompting Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Suprtool does not contain any features for prompting of input values but it does have support for MPE iX variables Instead of input values you can use MPE iX to create a file of Suprtool commands and run Suprtool with this file as input Suprtool Issues and Solutions e 75 Example Suppose you have a Suprtool usefile called Supremd Use which contains the following set varsub on base store 5 reader get m customer input credit Enter Credit Limit if credit rating gt credit list stan exit You can then invoke the command file and subsequent prompting from within Suprtool with the following command You can also prompt for variables using the MPE Input command in any command file and reference them as long as variable substitution is enabled with the command set varsub on Resolving Variables Suprtool now has a setting called Set VarsubDebug on which will print out the line after the variable substitution has occurred This setting only works if Set Varsub is on and Set VarsubDebug is on setvar outfile amp GREEN SUPRTEST filename901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123 45678901 run suprtool pub robelle SUPRTOOL iX Copyright Robelle Solutions Technology Inc 1981 2007 Version 5 5 Internal T
342. eted are not included in the output file Suprtool Commands e 125 Do Command DO The Do command repeats without changes any of the previous 1000 commands DO start stop string ALL I Default repeat the previous command Commands are numbered sequentially from 1 as entered and the last 1000 of them are retained Use the Listredo command to display the previous commands You can repeat a single command do 5 a range of commands do 5 10 or the most recent command whose name matches a string do list If you want to modify the commands before executing them use Redo or Before Examples gt listredo gt do gt d see the previous 20 commands do previous command again do command line 39 again 5 8 do command lines 5 to 8 again list do most recent List command 39 show do last starting with show gt a gt a gt a gt a gt q gt a gt a gt a showjob job do last showjob job command job 2 y 5 5 do last containing job do command before previous one do by relative line number do command lines 5 to last OF Or OOO OO Notes n n The Do command can be abbreviated to as in MPEX You cannot use to combine commands on the same line 126 e Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Suprtool Commands Duplicate Command DU Suprtool 5 5 for MPE By default Suprtool copies all selected input records to the output file The Dupl
343. ever be printed If the state is ER or blank the output will be printed only if Suprtool aborts due to an error Total Type The supr total type determines the format of the supr totals array If you call Suprtool2 from COBOL you should use CO The COBOL format is display with leading zeros and a trailing sign If the type is AS each total is returned left justified in the total field with a leading sign Totals If you specify the Total command as part of an extract task Suprtool2 returns the totals in the supr totals array Totals are returned in exactly the same order in which they were specified If you are calling Suprtool2 from COBOL never specify the decimal precision portion of the Total command If your total includes an implied decimal point you will have to modify the supr totals declaration to include an implied decimal point e g pic s9 15 v99 If you specify AS as the supr total type each total is formatted as an 18 byte string In this case you should specify the correct decimal precision in the Total command The exponent portion of real totals is truncated by the Suprtool2 interface Out Count After a successful call to the Suprtool2 interface the supr out count is set to the number of Suprtool output records The supr out count is only returned after the Suprtool2 call with the Exit command Suprtool also puts this count in the SuprtoolOutCount JCW up to the maximum JCW value permitted 65 535
344. example set reset off file d inventory key product no will cause all subsequent commands to prompt for the PRODUCT NO before the SUPPLIER NAME Specifying a new file or options parameter in the Add Change Delete List or Modify commands overrides and replaces the current file and option values 344 e Dbedit Commands Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Form Command FO Suprtool 5 5 for MPE The Form command displays a description of the items and datasets in a database It is similar in format to the FORM command of QUERY FORM SETSIITEMS PATHS dataset data item filename Default fields in current dataset If you request information about a specific detail dataset Suprtool will print the path information in DBSCHEMA format The path shows the related master dataset and the sort item name The capacity is also shown in DBSCHEMA format The blocking factor appears after the capacity in parentheses If dynamic dataset expansion a feature of MPE iX 5 0 has been enabled the initial capacity and the increment are shown next On MPE iX 5 0 or later the highwater mark is shown The record length in bytes appears last When showing the form of a dataset Dbedit shows the byte offset of each field after the subcount type and sublength The first field always appears at offset one If you have specified a date format or the number of implied decimal points with the Item command these attributes will appear as part of the form listing
345. existing temporary file If you do not want to purge the old temporary file Suprtool prompts for a new temporary file name In batch Suprtool renames the output file as the temporary file Outputnn Permanent and Temporary Files If you have a temporary file and a permanent file of the same name Suprtool will attempt to create a new permanent file If your Output command specifies the append or erase options Suprtool will attempt to output to the temporary file Suprtool Commands Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Existing Files The filename is the name of an old disc or KSAM file to erase Output xxx erase or to append to Output xxx append Output xxx erase does not purge the existing file it simply overwrites the contents of the file The original attributes of the file such as record size blocking factor and file limit are not changed If the old file is a KSAM file Suprtool attempts to add the output records to the KSAM tree structure If duplicate keys are not allowed in the KSAM file there may be FWRITE errors due to duplicates The treatment of these is controlled by the Set Ignore command By default a duplicate error causes the extract task to terminate Tape or Line Printer Files The filename is a back reference to a magnetic tape or line printer file via a File command Output X X When sending output to magnetic tape you should specify the record size and blocking factor on the File command Use the same File command
346. exponent e g 0 47832E 10 Notes Both the Fixed and Scientific options attempt to round the number to the specified number of decimal places within the maximum width for each floating point data type If STExport cannot format a floating point field in the specified number of decimal places the number appears as asterisks Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Form Command F Display the fields in a self describing file FORM filename If no file name is specified the fields in the input file are displayed The display shows the field type and field length in IMAGE notation An I1 field is a single integer Packed fields show the number of nibbles subtract one to obtain the number of digits Byte and zoned decimal fields show the byte length When showing the form of a self describing file STExport shows the byte offset of each field after the subcount type and sublength The first field always appears at offset one There are two types of self describing files One type is produced with Suprtool s Query output option You produce the other type with the Link output option The Form command shows the internal self describing version number enabling you to tell the difference A 00 00 Query Output Option Compound fields have a question mark for the type and the length is the number of bytes in the field Sort information about the file is missing Here is an example form listing Sform custfile File CUSTFILE EXAMPLE ROB
347. extract cust account Z8 gt extract name first X10 gt extract name last X16 gt extract credit rating J2 gt extract cust status X2 gt sort name last gt sort name first gt list standard title Customer List amp heading Account First and Last Names amp Credit Status List Device By default the List command lists lines to stdlist There are several methods that you can use to redirect the output to a specific logical device or to a disc file You can also redirect output to an attached printer File Suprlist Suprtool lists lines to the file Suprlist You can use a File command for the Suprlist file to direct the list output to any line printer or even to a disc file The Suprlist file can have widths of 56 to 256 characters If PCL is zero Suprlist defaults to 78 columns wide If your line printer paper is wider specify the width using Rec on the File command 204 e Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Suprtool Commands gt get m customer gt file suprlist dev lp rec 132 list output to LP gt list gt xeq If PCL is non zero there is no need for Rec on the File command Suprtool supplies the correct value Device LP Use the LP option to send listings to the device LP If you have specified a File command for Suprlist it overrides the LP option The LP option assumes that the list device is 132 columns wide gt list lp User Specified Device Use the Device option to specify a
348. f interpreting the to mean last value F search for the field F e g bin no The field can include a subscript e g street address 2 calculator Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Examples list m supplier SUPPLIER NAME list m supplier SUPPLIER NAME PRODUCT NO SUPPLIER NAME PRODUCT NO list m supplier SUPPLIER NAME PRODUCT NO gt Standard Type gt lt gt STD Ribbons gt gt gt gt STD Ribbons gt gt 575 modify d inventory SUPPLIER NAME PRODUCT NO BIN NO UNIT COST modify m customer CUST ACCOUNT CITY STREET ADDRESS 2 gt STD Ribbons 2105391 Qunit cost gt gt 4003302 gt street address 2 gt we ll stop immediately we will start again re enter supplier name skips the rest gt 575 is the part no skip to unit cost go to subfield Dbedit Commands e 337 Add Command A Adds new entries to a dataset ADD file options Options numeric valuelKeylLimitlUNder If no field list is entered as part of the file Dbedit will prompt for all of the fields in the file You may use the gt n or gt gt subcommands to navigate quickly through the field list but you must enter values for all search and sort fields The database password must give you write access to the entire dataset The Add command will stop after LIMIT number of entries have been added for any one key value Dbedit
349. f no parameters are specified Suprtool cancels the previous Sort Key If Delete and List commands The other commands remain unchanged If ALL is specified all of the Input and Output commands are canceled and database files are closed In fact the only options that are not reset to the initial condition are Define Item and Set options Examples You began to specify a sort but then you discovered that you specified the wrong database so you decided to start all over gt base ostore 5 READER open for read access only gt get d sales gt sort cust account gt reset all oops wrong database gt base store 5 READER now we have correct one In the next example you entered an incorrect If command gt if delivered gt 0004 wrong field used gt reset if only reset the If command gt if purchased gt 0004 and specify it again This time both the If command and the Extract commands are incorrect gt if delivered gt 00040 gt extract delivered wrong field used in both commands only reset the If and Extract commands and start again gt reset if extract gt if purchased gt 00040 gt extract purchased account Notes By resetting certain commands other commands are also reset For example resetting the Base command resets almost all other commands except the Define and Output commands Resetting the Put command closes the output database when the database for the Put comm
350. f precedence of operators from highest to lowest is Operator Precedence Cree Highest NOT Take the opposite AND Both must be true OR One or the other must be true Unary minus Ef Higher than addition and subtraction Suprtool Commands e 169 170 e Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Lowest Use parentheses where necessary to change the order of evaluation gt if status 1 and amount gt 100 or purchased 000115 gt if status 1 or status 2 and amount gt 100 Multiple Values You can check a data field for several test values without using the AND and OR operators After the equals or not equals sign list the alternate values separated by commas The OR operator is equal sign Instead of IF A 5 OR A 6 OR A 7 use IF A 5 6 7 This selects a record if A is equal to 5 6 or 7 The AND operator is lt gt Instead of IF A lt gt 5 AND A lt gt 6 AND A lt gt 7 use IF A lt gt 5 6 7 This selects a record if A is anything but 5 6 or 7 gt if field 5 6 7 gt if part 12345 67890 39201 92308 14892 gt if delivered lt gt 981231 990101 This method works well if you are searching for a small number of values Use the lookup function to check a data field for many test values IF LOOKUP tablename fieldname The lookup function returns TRUE if the specified field name contains a value from the specified table You can also look for values that are not in a table IF NOT LOOKUP t
351. fault type BYTE subcount 1 The byteposition is a positive integer giving the byte index where the field starts The first byte is always number 1 not 0 The sublen is the number of bytes in the field When the subcount is 1 default the sublen is the total number of bytes in the field When you specify a subcount the sublen is the byte length of each subfield See Data Types below for the definition of type gt input discfile gt def qty 14 4 double input from a disc file double integer PIC S9 9 COMP gt sort name gt total qty gt exit sort using the field name total all the values of the field qty gt def name 5 6 character string of 6 bytes Relative Definitions DEFINE field fieldname subscript offset sublen type subcount Default sublen type same as fieldname The fieldname is an IMAGE field from the dataset specified in Chain Get or Input dataset or a field from a self describing file or another Defined field Relative definitions are similar to COBOL s Redefine verb The sublen and type are optional They default to the total byte length and type of the fieldname The subscript parameter is an optional sub item index for arrays such as IMAGE compound items like 5J2 or 4X20 The first sub item is number 1 and if no subscript is provided Suprtool uses the first sub item The offset parameter is optional and specifies a byte offset from the position that wou
352. field list cannot be the same list i e no list The database must be local i e not on a remote machine Entries cannot be updated or deleted 9v US cEe OUS CES On MPE V or compatibility mode on MPE iX the calling program must not use DB 14 and DB 32 of the data stack On MPE V you install Speed Demon in the System SL see Installing Speed Demon for instructions Speed Demon V should be about five times faster than DBGET mode 2 On MPE ix you run your native mode programs with an XL file DemonXL Pub Robelle Speed Demon iX can be slightly slower than DBGET mode 2 or it can run as much as eight times faster We are not certain why there is such a range of performance values We would be happy to see performance results from users Conditions of Use Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Speed Demon is included as part of Suprtool Any licensed Suprtool users can use Speed Demon in their own application software Speed Demon cannot be included in Welcome to Speed Demon e 405 software being distributed to any sites that are not licensed to use Suprtool Application software developers who would be interested in integrating Speed Demon into their products should contact Robelle Solutions Technology Inc Speed Demon vs Suprtool Suprtool is a program while Speed Demon is a set of callable routines Application programs can invoke Suprtool to extract select and sort records from an IMAGE dataset producing a disc file as output Ap
353. field2 gt ext mycount Scounter gt out myfile link gt xeq The file myfile will be self describing and contain the fields field1 field2 and mycount The field mycount is defined as a double integer since this is the only field type that the counter function can use Each record will have a unique ascending number starting with one String Expressions You can combine byte type fields together and use the built in string functions to create new fields out of existing ones This can reduce the number of tasks required to provide a solution String expressions may involve the operator and Supper lower trim ltrim or rtrim To extract a string expression use this syntax EXTRACT target field expression Target Field The target field determines the byte length for the expression The data type must be Byte or Char The expression is extracted during the output phase and cannot be used by other Suprtool commands that accept fields e g Sort Examples Constants vs Expressions If you have an string expression that starts with a string Suprtool assumes that you are attempting to extract a single string value and not an string expression To specify a string expression that starts with a constant surround the expression with parentheses For example Suprtool Commands Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Incorrect gt extract name product desc Error Missing comma or invalid arithmetic expression Correct
354. file DemonUSL Pub Robelle The job stream Demon SuprJob Robelle installs the Speed Demon V intrinsics in the System SL This is the only method for installing Speed Demon V You also use this job stream to update Speed Demon V when you receive a new version or to re install the interface after a MIT update from HP You will need a small tape for a new cold load tape to contain the Speed Demon V segments Warning You must have created the Robelle account and restored all files as described in the installation chapter of the Suprtool User Manual To install Speed Demon V into the System SL follow these steps 1 Ensure that no one will use Speed Demon V until the installation is complete No one can be running a program which uses Speed Demon V Stop all jobs and send an operator warning Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Installing Speed Demon e 409 showjob warn please stop for 20 minutes abortjob snnn 2 Stream the installation job If MPE prompts for passwords supply them stream demon suprjob robelle 3 Speed Demon V uses the SEGMENTER to add the segments into SL Pub Sys It then requests a tape TCOLDLOADY to create a new cold load tape containing MPE plus the Speed Demon V intrinsics Mount a tape with a write ring and REPLY Save this tape and use it for any future cold loads 4 If you re installing to an MPE iX machine the job does not create a cold load tape You must create a system load tape manually 5 Ifeverything
355. file is organized into levels To go back to the previous level press Return Press F8 to exit the Qhelp subsystem and return to STExport Suprtool 5 5 for MPE STExport Commands e 299 HTML Command HT 300 e STExport Commands Use HTML to produce Web pages for either Internet or Intranet applications HTML NONE PREFORMATTED TABLE TITLE string HEADING string Default None Web applications expect data in a special format called the Hypertext Markup Language HTML Use the HTML option to request that STExport format the input file into HTML format Example Maximum Size of HTML Files Web browsers often cannot process large documents The maximum size depends on the browser the version of that browser the operating system it is working on and how much physical memory is present on the client machine We suggest that you limit your Web pages to less than 1 000 lines and restrict the number of columns unless you are certain that your users can handle larger files This advice reflects not so much a limitation of STExport but a limitation of how Web browsers work Preformatted Format To preserve the columns and spacing of each output line use the HTML Preformatted option This option puts an HTML pre tag around all the data in the input file Most Web browsers will display preformatted text in a fixed width font such as Courier Therefore if you specify HTML Preformatted you should also select Columns Fixed Tabl
356. for a specific numeric value Use a two byte integer Define field and the bit extract operator to solve this problem gt define word transcode 2 integer gt if word 0 8 13 See Character Constants on page 172 for an alternate method Decimal Places Use the Item command to specify the number of implied decimal places in an item If you do not do this you must scale all numbers in the If command For example let s assume that you want to find all inventory records with a cost equal to 80 59 If you do not use the Item command your If command would look like this gt if cost 8059 no decimal places By telling Suprtool about the number of decimal places in the cost item your If command looks more natural which usually means you will make fewer mistakes Suprtool Commands e 173 174 e Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Numeric Conversion The If command can compare two numeric fields to each other not just one field to a constant All relation operators are supported lt lt gt gt and gt However you cannot compare a byte field to a numeric type field Suprtool usually converts the field on the left side of a relational operator to floating point Then the floating point number is converted into the type of the field on the right side of a relational operator and the comparison is done The exceptions to this rule are integer to double packed to packed and display to display comparisons which use a direct c
357. for conversion of any of the supported Suprtool date formats to be converted to a date in the ccyymmdd date format in a double integer container For example gt get sales detail gt def new ship date 1 4 double gt item ship date date mmddyyyy gt ext order no sales amount gt ext new ship date S stddate ship date gt out salesinfo link gt xeq Invalid Dates Because the stddate must have a valid date in order to properly convert the date to the ccyymmdd format a value of 0 will be returned for any invalid dates An invalid date is any number of a particular date format whose date equivalent cannot be found on the calendar This means that if you attempt to extract use the stddate function against a value that is not a valid date then the extracted value will be 0 Days As with the stddate function the days function is also available to the Extract command You can convert any supported date to a Julian Day number in the following manner gt in ordfile gt def ship days 1 4 double gt def order days 1 4 double gt def delay 1 4 double gt ext order no ext ship days days ship date ext order days days order date ext delay days ship date days order date out neword link gt xeq IN 15 OUT 15 CPU Sec 1 Wall Sec 1 Invalid Dates If an invalid date is encountered the extracted value will be zero Therefore in the example above if the order has not yet been shipped shi
358. formation and writes out the result You can visualize a Suprtool task like this Input Suprtool Output Records selects and Records processes Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Getting a Quick Start with Suprtool e 23 Copying Files The examples that follow all consist of Suprtool tasks Simple solutions require only one task Complex solutions consist of several tasks often with the output of one task becoming the input for the next task Copying One File Use the Input command to specify a data file input filel gt output result gt xeg The Output command creates the file called result which is a copy of the input file Appending to a File To append to an existing file use the Append option in the Output command gt input file2 gt output result append gt xeq Concatenating Two Files To concatenate two files you have to tell Suprtool two things 1 The size of the resulting file 2 Not to truncate the empty space at the end of the resulting file Once you ve done this concatenating two files is just like copying a file then appending to a file gt file result disc 50000 maximum 50 000 records gt set squeeze off don t truncate space gt input filel copy the first file gt output result gt xeq gt input file2 append the second file gt output result append gt xeq Fields in Data Files 24 e Suprtool 5 5 for MPE What is a Self Describing File A self describing SD fil
359. from Quick esee 86 Suprtool and Application Systems enne nennen 87 Third Party Indexing acorrer nars Ene E EER nennen trennen nennen enne 87 Zetype TPI keys doeet oou etu hare er ree eps 87 Omnidex without TPI teet ee rent tnt e eene eret b Poen ie Hebe t 88 OmniQuest oannes er ei RR RR i I ERR arats 89 Suprtool with TRANSACT sese tene trennen nennen 89 XSORT and RPG eene eed eue Uter PR 90 QUERY Program ere ae aere er OR Rmi iR 90 SRN Chronos Dates ene endete Ue diro reete 91 Year 2000 Solutions with Suprtool 0 ee ee ceeecese esse cece cseecseeeaeeeaeeseeeeeeeseeesesssessaecaeesaeeaes 91 What If I Have Four Digit Years 0 csecseeeseeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeceseensecsaecaecsaeeaes 91 What does Set Date Cutoff do essere eene 92 Stddate and Set Date Cutoff sess nennen nene 92 What does Set Date ForceCentury do sese 92 What If I Have Two Digit Years sess nee en 92 What Is Wrong with Two Digit Years eessesssssseseseeeeeeeen rene 93 How Do Today and Date Work sess 93 Will Suprtool Generate an Error for Two Digit Year Dates esses 94 Year 2000 T stmng 6e p e eae te ip i eee eee 99 Performance Issues iet edenda ir Puri i aee etie dece d gen 100 Native Mode and Compatibility Mode seen 100 CPU Bourid noie herede eite d ete tri e
360. fy a range as it does in MPE V but simply deletes one character above each d Multiple d s may be followed by an INSERT or REPLACE operation DELETE Deletes to the end of the current line from the position specified by d May be followed by an INSERT or REPLACE operation APPEND If text follows the gt this text is appended to the end of the current line If a gt without text is positioned beyond the end of the current line then a simple replacement is performed instead DELETE Deletes from the end of the current line right to left Multiple d s and INSERT and REPLACE strings may be specified after gt REPLACE Replaces characters at the end of the command line The last rightmost character of the replacement string is at the end of the line CHANGE Changes all occurrences of one string to another in the current line starting at the c The search string and replace string must be properly delimited A proper delimiter is a non alphabetic character such as or The substitution is specified as cdelim search string delim replace string delim Omitting the replace string causes occurrences of search string to be deleted with no substitution UNDO A single u in column one cancels the most recent edit of the current line Using the Undo command twice in a row cancels all edits for the current line and re establishes the original unedited line If u is placed anywhere other than column one of the current line then a
361. g of the database Edit allows add change delete list modify of individual fields and entries To access a remote DS database specify the system name in the Base command To access a remote NS database use a File command To close the current database use Base without parameters BASE _ system basename mode password Default system logon mode 1 password Creator System is the DS name of a remote HP e3000 optional Basename is the name of your database Mode is the DBOPEN mode that you want i e mode 1 for shared updates mode 5 for shared read only and password is the DBOPEN database password When the password is included in the Base command it is always upshifted Use the option to specify lowercase passwords Suprtool opens the Base which remains open until you do another Base command a Reset Base or a Reset All even if you do several extracts from the database Examples The first example shows a typical Suprtool task A dataset in the Store database is read and a subset of the entries are sorted into a disc file gt base store 5 READER gt get d sales gt if sales total 10000 open for read access only select an input dataset choose a subset of all entries sort by account number output has same structure as the d sales dataset gt sort cust account gt output salesout gt exit Our next example opens the database with the Creator password which is the default
362. g only part of a task because Suprtool starts processing the task To exit Suprtool without executing the current task use the Abort or Suspend options Typing Exit with no parameters means Exit Xeq Suprtool recognizes special command names which specify both the Exit command and an exit option e g ES means Exit SUSPEND Exit Abort EA Cancels the current operation and terminates Suprtool The Exit command without parameters always attempts to perform the task currently specified while Exit Abort cancels the task and terminates immediately Thus Exit Abort is similar to Reset A L Exit with these differences should Suprtool be executed as a son process Exit only suspends Suprtool while Exit Abort actually terminates Suprtool If you use Exit Abort to terminate Suprtool in a batch job the MPE Job Control Word is set to a fatal value which normally flushes the remainder of the batch job In batch use Exit Suspend instead to quit immediately without setting the JCW to fatal Examples You began to specify a sort stopped for coffee and decided to cancel the task on your return gt base store gt get m customer sort name last sort name first coffee break gt exit abort cancel the sort and terminate End Of Program Exit Suspend ES When running Suprtool as a son process e g from Qedit it would be nice to suspend Suprtool without executing the current task Exit SUSPEND does this After returning to Su
363. g purposes Type Description BYTE unsigned straight compare INT INTEGER two s complement DOUBLE two s complement REAL Classic floating point LONG Classic floating point IEEE IEEE floating point PACKED packed decimal PACKED packed decimal last nibble unused DISPLAY zoned decimal numeric field LOGICAL unsigned like BYTE 2 characters CHARACTER for Native Language Support For compatibility with Sort Pub Sys the Key command also accepts FPOINT as the data type for IEEE numbers Examples The first example sorts an integer PIC S9 4 COMP field which starts on the 11th byte of the input record We sort the entire input file based on one key Suprtool Commands e 197 input from a disc file key is an integer that starts gt input bigfile gt key 11 2 int create Outfile and prompt for more Suprtool commands gt xeq gt output outfile atthe 11th byte of Bigfile gt input discfile another input file gt key 14 4 double desc double integer PIC S9 9 COMP gt output ofile2 sort input in descending order gt exit The following examples show the various data types and combinations that are available with the Key command 1 10 byte data type 1 10 desc descending sort sequence 11 4 double D2 or J2 S9 9 COMP 1 6 11 4 ieee X6 string and an E2 field at byte 11 21 6 packed P12 S9 11 COMP 3 21 6 packed P12 S9 10 COMP 3 wasted byte Notes The command
364. ge Suprtool output files For example to find all of the Suprtool output files you would do the following Suprtool Commands Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Of course you can still use a File command explicitly to override the filecode of the output file Filename SET FILENAME Help Link Edit Hint Export Outcount filename You can change six of the seven built in file names The only filename you cannot change is Suprmgr Pub Sys We recommend that you add these Set commands to Suprmgr Pub Sys There are six options to Set Filename one per built in file name SET FILENAME Help Link Edit Hint Export Outcount Examples In these examples we assume that you want to move Suprtool and all its files to the Robelle group of the Dist account We also assume that you wanted to rename the suprlink program from Suprlink to Linkprog Filename Help suprhelp robelle dist Filename Link linkprog robelle dist Filename Edit dbedhelp robelle dist Filename Hint suprhint robelle dist Filename Export stexport robelle dist Firstrec SET FIRSTREC 011 Initial amp Default depends on file type FIRSTREC forces Suprtool to choose the first record number of the input file to be zero or one If the input file is a KSAM file this option overrides the setting in the KSAM key file This Set option is included primarily for RPG users Any RPG program that takes advantage of KSAM record numbers assumes that the record numbers start at one
365. ger array supr control 0 wl supr control integer array supr version supr control 000 integer array supr status supr control 001 integer array supr command line supr control 002 byte array b command line supr command line integer array supr flags supr control 130 byte array supr priority supr flags 0 double array supr maxdata supr flags 1 byte array supr print state supr flags 3 byte array supr total type supr flags 4 integer array supr totals supr control double array supr out count supr control integer array supr workspace supr control 3 4 144 219 281 equate supr ok bad msgfiles Suprtool aborted create error lt lt standard global variables for Robelle SPL programs gt gt integer copy of parm copy of ACTUAL PARM gt gt actual parm q 4 run parm nn use in mainline input length used only with input defines logical batch run in batch mode gt gt F equate rtn 13 lt lt carriage return in ascii gt gt bell 7 lt lt ring the bell in ascii gt gt bl inbuf 86 bl outbuf 132 wl outbuf bl outbuf 2 Wwl inbuf bl inbuf 2 f define end if end end else end end while end end case end end do end end proc end end subr nd P begin move outbuf output 2 output end err 2 err end ask 2 ask end warn 2 warn end trim while input lengt
366. gical K2 4 gt define a 1 4 logical R2 4 gt define a 1 4 real R4 8 gt define a 1 8 long E2 4 gt define a 1 4 ieee E4 8 gt define a 1 8 ieee 120 e Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Suprtool Commands Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Data type Display may have a trailing overpunch sign Packed Decimal Fields When defining packed decimal fields you must convert the number of decimal digits into a byte count The last digit of a decimal field is always used for the sign There are two data types for decimal fields PACKED for those that end on a byte boundary and PACKED for those that end in the middle of a byte Here are some example definitions of packed decimal fields Suprtool Definition Description gt define m 1 2 packed s9 3 COMP 3 P4 in IMAGE 2 bytes 4 nibbles last is sign digit gt define n 1 2 packed s9 2 COMP 3 P4 in IMAGE 2 bytes 4 nibbles last digit is unused gt define p 1 6 packed s9 11 COMP 3 P12 in IMAGE 6 bytes 3 words 11 digits Data Type Warning The Define command accepts field definitions of any combination of byte length and data type However many combinations have limited usefulness in Suprtool In these cases Suprtool prints a warning For example gt def field 1 1 integer Warning Length of 1 is of limited use for the data type INTEGER Examples The following examples show the various data types and combinations that are available with the Define command a 11 4 double J2 or D S9 9 COMP 5 21 2 int J
367. goes well Speed Demon V prints a final message on the console 6 Please save the job listing for future reference Speed Demon V is now installed and you should be able to use it in your application programs User XL Installation 410 Installing Speed Demon This procedure is for native mode programs on MPE iX and is optional You normally access Speed Demon iX by specifying XL DemonXL Pub Robelle when running your program Therefore there may be no need to perform any installation steps for Speed Demon iX The advantage of leaving Speed Demon iX in the Robelle account and always pointing to the XL when you run your programs is that when you receive an upgrade of the Robelle account files Speed Demon iX is automatically upgraded with no effort on your part The disadvantage is that you must remember to always put the XL statement on all Run commands for your programs that use Speed Demon iX If you don t want to change your Run commands you can copy Speed Demon iX into your own XL that is already being searched Installing Speed Demon iX in your own XL requires that both the account and the group where the XL resides have privileged mode capability Calling programs do not have to have privileged mode capability The XL can reside anywhere on your system it does not have to be in the same account or the same group as your XL file Here are the commands to install Speed Demon iX in your own XL hello user acct linkedit
368. gt define field 1 1 gt if field 0 binary zero gt if field G Control G bell byte field gt if field 27 escape gt if field 252 Roman 8 box To look for null values or low values in byte fields it is usually sufficient to check the first byte for a binary zero gt define first byte bigfield l byte gt if first byte 0 Subscripts Use subscripts to access individual items in repeated fields or to access substrings Numeric Subscripts For repeated numeric fields only one index is allowed If Table has the form 10J2 it holds ten double integers e Table 1 is the first sub item e Table is the same as Table 1 e Table 5 is the fifth sub item gt if table 5 23 gt if table 2 20 or table 4 30 gt if table 8 31 and table 9 Character Subscripts Character string fields may have 1 2 or 3 subscripts after them Character string fields are allowed more than one subscript value If ADDR has the form 5X30 it consists of 5 substrings of 30 characters each e ADDR 1 is the first 30 character sub item of ADDR e ADDR without subscript is the same as ADDR 1 e ADDR 2 is the second 30 character sub item of ADDR Suprtool Commands Suprtool 5 5 for MPE e ADDR 2 4 is the second sub item starting with the 4th byte and extending for the remainder of the sub item 27 bytes e ADDR 2 4 6 starts at the same location but extends for only 6 bytes If NAME has the form X
369. gt extract name product desc Variable Length Strings String expressions use variable length strings Suprtool keeps track of the length of every string and all operations are done using the actual string length For fields the length of the string is the length of the field If you do not want to retain all the spaces in a field use one of the built in trimming functions String constants are created with the exact length of the constant For example the nan string abc is three characters long and the string a is one When assigning the string expression to the target field Suprtool pads the final string value with spaces to fill out the target field String expressions longer than the target field generate an error gt in testfile def a 1 10 byte ext a I m too long for this container Error String is too long for the specified item String Truncation Suprtool produces an error if the string expression is longer than the target field You cannot override this error with Set Ignore On To help avoid the error you may want to trim the expression of trailing spaces before assigning it to the target field For example gt extract new field Strim a b c Upshifting Strings Upper Use the built in function upper to upshift all the characters of a string expression into uppercase characters This function can be used to upshift a single field a complicated string expression or any subpart of a
370. gt output file output gt xeq To force Suprtool to write one block at a time you would use Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Suprtool Issues and Solutions e 61 62 e Suprtool 5 5 for MPE gt input file input gt file file output nomr gt output file output gt xeq If your files have large block sizes or Suprtool seems to read the file incorrectly you may want to force Suprtool to read or write one record at a time this is what FCOPY does To force Suprtool to read one record at a time you would use gt file file input nomr buf gt input file input gt output file output gt xeq To force Suprtool to write one record at a time you would use gt input file input gt file file output nomr buf gt output file output gt xeq Message Files Message files always have variable length records As such they are not accepted by Suprtool Nor can Suprtool write them On some releases of MPE even opening a message file with APPEND access in Suprtool e g Output msgfile APPEND erases the message file and may make your system run strangely Circular Files Due to limitations in MPE Suprtool can read circular files only one record at a time Suprtool automatically detects circular input files and adjusts itself accordingly Suprtool cannot write out to a circular file with the append option You will need to copy the circular file to a flat file and then append to the flat file then write back to a new circular fi
371. h gt 0O and inbuf input length 1 _ do 458 e Examples of Calling Suprtool Suprtool 5 5 for MPE input length input length 1 echo if batch then begin trim print inbuf input length 0 end input begin input length readx inbuf bl inbuf if then quit 10 echo inbuf input length rtn end integer array inbuf 0 wl inbuf byte array inbuf inbuf integer array outbuf 0 wl outbuf byte array outbuf outbuf intrinsic ascii aritrap binary calendar clock dascii dateline dbinary debug genmessage print quit readx terminate who xaritrap xcontrap xlibtrap xsystrap setjow external definition of suprtool2 routine procedure suprtool2 supr definition array supr definition option external check 3 page Standard Robelle Utility Procedures procedure output address value address integer address in outbuf begin integer output length check length for overflow of buf output length address Qoutbuf 2 if output length bl outbuf then begin print outbuf bl outbuf 0 quit 111 end if print outbuf output length 0 end proc lt lt output gt gt procedure ask address value address integer address begin integer output length check length for overflow of buf output length address outbuf 2 if output length gt bl outbuf then begin print outbuf bl outbuf 0 quit 111 end if pri
372. h today s date setvar today hpyear 10000 hpmonth 100 hpdate run suprtool pub robelle gt input mpefile output P today gt exit MPE Command If Suprtool does not recognize a command as one of its own it treats the command as an MPE command Examples of MPE commands are LISTF to get a list of your files TELL to send messages to other users SHOWTIME to get the date and time SHOWJOB to get a list of other users on the computer and STREAM to start a job gt showjob In Suprtool V only MPE commands allowed in break mode are allowed This means that commands such as RUN cannot be executed from within Suprtool V Suprtool V will not execute any User Defined Commands or command files Suprtool iX can execute any MPE iX command UDC or command file POSIX File names Suprtool accepts POSIX file names in any command that accepts MPE file names File names starting with or are treated as POSIX file names All other file names are assumed to be MPE file names MPE file names are upshifted and POSIX file names are not POSIX file names are limited to a maximum of 239 characters Here are some examples of POSIX file names hello david mgr dev david NEWDIR SUBDIR CHDIR SUBDIR run suprtool pub robelle gt input file gt verify input DEV DAVID SUBDIR file Strings Suprtool expects all strings to be surrounded by a pair of single or double quotes or When Suprtool knows the length of
373. has been passed a value other than CO or AS for the total type 5 Unable to Create Suprtool Process Suprtool2 calls the PROCINFO intrinsic to obtain the process identification number of the current process If this routine fails for any reason the error number returned from PROCINFO is printed on stdlist and Suprtool2 returns error 5 Suprtool 5 5 for MPE User Manual Suprtool2 Error Messages e 477 Glossary of Terms Commonly used Terms 478 e Glossary of Terms Batch Suprtool operates in session mode or batch mode In batch any error message causes Suprtool to quit Warning messages do not cause an abort If an error occurs Suprtool sets the Job Control Word to flush the remainder of the job In batch mode Suprtool does not prompt for missing information as it does in session mode Instead it attempts to choose the alternative that has the least chance of destroying valid data For example if the output file is a duplicate file name in batch mode Suprtool saves the new output file with a made up name Outputnn where nn is from 00 to 20 prints a warning message and aborts Another example is that of missing database passwords In session mode Suprtool prompts for the password in batch mode it uses the CREATOR password instead Pseudo Batch Tasks During a canned on line task such as passing usefiles to Suprtool you can fool Suprtool into responding YES to operational questions For example if one of the cann
374. have to use the Set Varsub On command in the appropriate component Because Suprtool automatically looks in the Suprmgr Pub Sys file for any configuration commands that is a good place to put the Set Varsub On command Suprlink and STExport however do not use Suprmgr Pub Sys and do not have their own configuration files in which to look If you run Suprlink and STExport directly from the command line you must enable variable substitution explicitly run suprlink pub robelle set varsub on One way to ensure that Suprlink and STExport automatically get variables substituted is to invoke Suprlink and STExport from the Suprtool command line In this way variable substitution is actually done by the Suprtool command parser before it passes the commands to Suprlink and STExport For example suppose the title of the HTML report is stored in a variable named title Pass commands to STExport using Suprtool s Export exportcommand syntax Isetvar title Delinquent Accounts run suprtool pub robelle set varsub on execute task to create self describing file foo export input foo export html table title title export output delinq html export exit exit Note that the following sequence of commands would not have worked where STExport is invoked from Suprtool using the Export command with no parameters Variable substitution would not take place in this case setvar title Delinquent Accounts run suprtool pub robelle s
375. he If expression including connectors like AND and OR and commas You do not use an ampersand amp to continue from one line to the next when using read gt if S read prompt for the expression status 20 and read prompts with state AZ the comma is still needed CA OR no comma on the last line blank line to terminate read Redoing Read When prompting for an expression read saves each line in the redo stack and accepts the Before Do Listredo and Redo commands This provides an easy way to specify all or part of a previous read expression Error Data Overflow While the read function permits long expressions there are other internal limits within the If command The first is a limit on the amount of space for constants Suprtool must blank fill all string constants to their full length The following example overflows the data space Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Suprtool Commands e 185 186 e Suprtool 5 5 for MPE gt define char 256 1 256 Sift char 256 a b c Error Data Overflow In this example Suprtool attempted to create three 256 byte constants There wasn t enough room for the last constant Solutions to this problem include 1 If possible define short fields If you have long field names you may want to use the Define command to define shorter subfields 2 Use tables and lookup for many values 3 Split the extract task into multiple passes On the first pass use an If
376. he Set Date Cutoff value and 19 if the specified two digit year is greater than or equal to this value Oracle Dates Oracle dates contain both the date and the time The date and today functions check the date but ignore the time Date Limits The date function in Suprtool can generate dates between the years 1583 and 2583 Some date formats have limits based on their particular format such as 2027 for a Calendar date and 2259 for the aammdd aamm mmddaa ddmmaa dates Non Collating Date Types You can use the stddate function to convert the non collating date format to a J2 data item with a date format of ccyymmdd For example to select the purchases by the field purch date for November 2000 in a ddmmyy X6 field you would use the stddate function as follows gt item purch date date ddmmyy gt if Sstddate purch date gt Sdate 2000 11 first and amp stddate purch date lt Sdate 2000 11 last Dynamic Date Selection You can use the If command for dynamic date selection Suppose you have a control file that maintains the start and end of a range of dates in which you are interested You can use the control file to select records from another file or dataset based on this date range This is a two step process in which the first Suprtool pass creates the If command with your dates and the second pass does the actual selection from the dataset Suprtool Commands e 183 gt input datecntl read the one line co
377. he byte length When showing the form of a self describing file Suprlink shows the byte offset of each field after the subcount type and sublength The first field always appears at offset one There are two types of self describing files One type is produced with Suprtool s Query output option You produce the other type with the Link output option The Form command shows the internal self describing version number enabling you to tell the difference A 00 00 Query Output Option Compound fields have a question mark for the type and the length is the number of bytes in the field Sort information about the file is missing Here is an example form listing form custfile File CUSTFILE EXAMPLE ROBELLE SD Version A 00 00 Entry Offset CHARACTER ZONED INTEGER DOUBLE length is five bytes room for five digits single integer double integer QUAD REPEATINT eight byte integer compound field LOGICAL single logical DBLLOG double logical Limit 10000 EOF 15 Entry Length 44 Blocking 64 PACKED room for five digits B 00 00 Link Output Option These self describing files contain information about how the file is sorted Compound fields are handled correctly so the Form command shows compound fields just as you would see them in IMAGE The Item command in Suprtool identifies the date format of an item The Link output option saves the date format and any decimals as part of the fiel
378. he database in Suprtool enter Dbedit list all records in m customer return to Suprtool list m customer all exit list m customer use all of the defaults Control Y If you press Control Y during an operation Dbedit responds by printing a blank line and stopping the current operation Comments on Command Lines Comments may appear at the end of any command line when they are surrounded by braces Many of the examples in this manual show comments at the end of each command line You can enter a comment as the only item in a Dbedit command line You can also enter comments after field values List all related records for a specific supplier list m supplier related Must include Related keyword SUPPLIER NAME gt STD Ribbons supplier to search for If you want to include a brace as part of an x type field you must precede the brace with the Dbedit escape character For example to search for the supplier STD Ribbons you would use list m supplier include braces in the name SUPPLIER NAME gt STD Ribbons MPE Commands Dbedit interprets any command line beginning with a colon as an MPE command Only the commands that MPE allows in break are allowed in Dbedit This feature can be used to establish File commands for the SUPRLIST file to show the time and to include COMMENT lines For example comment Modify M CUSTOMER records modify m customer exit MPE iX
379. he following manner run suprtool pub robelle xl 2 xl pub disc If you encounter any difficulties running Suprtool with call conversion please call us for assistance 88 e Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Suprtool Issues and Solutions Suprtool 5 5 for MPE OmniQuest Dynamic Information Systems Corporation DISC also has a product called OmniQuest which allows you to qualify records and prompt the user for selection criteria In order to allow OmniQuest to work properly Suprtool needs to use only IMAGE Intrinsics To do this you just need to put the following Set command prior to the Base command in your Suprtool and Omniquest command script gt set privmode off Due to a conflict between the Robelle sort and the OmniQuest product Suprtool s fast sort algorithms must be turned off This may be done with the following Set command gt set sortfast off If you encounter any difficulties running Suprtool with OmniQuest please call us for assistance If you do not turn off Set sortfast off you will likely receive the error Data Memory Protection Trap Suprtool with TRANSACT TRANSACT is one of the Rapid products sold by HP A TRANSACT program that serially reads and selects records from a dataset can easily be modified to use Suprtool To convert a TRANSACT program to use Suprtool follow these steps 1 Adda FILE SUPRFILE READ statement to the SYSTEM statement 2 Remove any MATCH register statements use the Suprtool If com
380. help with no parameters You will see a short introduction to Suprlink and then a list of keywords You can specify any of these keywords on the Help command You can also specify a subkeyword help before example example section of Before command Quick Help HQ HQ asks Suprlink to look under the keyword QUICK in the help file QUICK contains the text from the Suprlink Quick Reference Guide offering the experienced user a quick review of the syntax of any command hq input quick description of Input hq commands quick list of command names Notes If no parameters are specified Help allows you to browse through the help file Suprlink Help Robelle The Help command uses the Qhelp subsystem from the QLIB For help in help type when you see the Qhelp prompt character The help file is organized into levels To go back to the previous level press Return Press F8 to exit the Qhelp subsystem and return to Suprlink 384 e Suprlink Commands Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Input Command I Specifies the primary input source and the name of the key field by which it is sorted INPUT filename BY key field There can be only one Input file per linkage task but up to seven Link files The Input file should be created by Suprtool using the Output Link option and must be sorted by key field The key field can be any type except for Real or Long The primary Input file may have more than one record per key value and each
381. hen Exit back to Suprtool If you forget the Exit each execution of Suprtool leaves you in Dbedit An example Suprmgr file might be set dumponerror off don t print error records set varsub on enable variable substitution print shorter messages return to Suprtool set quiet on exit edit enter Dbedit Using Suprtool in Batch Suprtool operates in session mode or batch mode In batch usage any error message causes Suprtool to quit setting the Job Control Word to flush the remainder of the JOB Warning messages do not cause an abort In batch mode Suprtool does not prompt for missing information as it does in session mode Instead it attempts to choose the alternative that has the least chance of destroying valid data For example if the output file is a duplicate file name in batch mode Suprtool saves the new output file with a made up name Outputnn where nn is from 00 to 20 prints a warning message and aborts Another example is that of missing database passwords In session mode Suprtool prompts for the password in batch mode it uses the CREATOR password instead SuprtoolOutCount JCW Suprtool 5 5 for MPE When Suprtool closes the output file it sets a JCW named SuprtoolOutCount with the number of output records This is the same number reported in the total line 1 e OUT You can use this JCW to control job stream execution by checking if the SuprtoolOutCount JCW is non zero If there
382. hese commands gt base store data gt input transfile gt put d sales gt xeq specify which database input is from a disc file add each record to the D SALES dataset execute the current task The layout of the input file must have the exact same format as the target Decimal Places Data in files and databases often have an implied number of decimal places For example dollar amounts usually have two implied decimal places for the cents In this case the number stored is scaled by a factor of one hundred e g you would enter 10000 to represent 100 00 d sales total sales gt 99900 find sales gt 999 result You can use Suprtool s Item command to identify defined fields or database items that have an implied number of decimal places You can use Suprtool s Item command to identify defined fields or database items that have an implied number of decimal places Once you do this you can then enter regular unscaled numbers For example to enter five cents use 0 05 to enter 100 00 use 100 If a field is a dollar and cents amount scaled by 100 use the following to tell Suprtool about the decimal place gt item total sales DECIMAL 2 With the Item command the previous example becomes more understandable 38 e Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Getting a Quick Start with Suprtool gt get d sales gt item total sales decimal 2 gt if total sales gt 999 find sales gt 999 gt out result gt
383. icate command determines what to do with duplicate output records Duplicate records can be discarded producing an output file without duplicates Alternatively you may be interested in seeing the duplicate records so you can create an output file consisting solely of the duplicate records When deciding whether an output record is a duplicate Suprtool either compares the keys only or the entire output record DUPLICATE NONE IONLY RECORD KEYS num COUNT TOTAL None The None option removes duplicate records from the output file Suprtool compares each output record with the previous output record If they are not the same the record is added to the output file This option corresponds to the former Nodup and Nodupkey options of the Output command gt key 1 4 gt duplicate none keys Input Output IXII EO 2222 25 3333 48 Only The Only option is the exact opposite of None Only selects all output records that would not be written by the None option When the Only option finds a record that duplicates a record already in the set it writes that duplicate to the output file Note that the first record is not written to the output file Here are two examples gt key 1 4 gt duplicate only keys Input Output Output TIII iX0 22225 339 2222 135 2222 25 2222 42 2222 35 3333 48 Record Suprtool has two methods for comparing output records Record and Keys The Record option compares the entire output r
384. ice that your command prompt has changed to telling you that you have made it into STExport STExport expects you to type command lines ending each one with Return How to Xeq an STExport Task Son Process 272 e Accessing STExport Normally you enter a series of commands These commands specify the Input file the Output file and the formatting options Finally you enter an Xeq or an Exit command This begins the actual STExport task If you entered the Exit command STExport finishes the current task then returns you to the operating system or the program that ran STExport SEXIT End of program BYE If you entered the Xeq command STExport finishes the current task then prompts you for another task This continues until you enter the Exit command If you wish to terminate STExport immediately perhaps you are confused enter Exit Abort This terminates the STExport program immediately without attempting any task If you run STExport within Qedit or Select you can retain the STExport process and quickly re activate it later Suprtool 5 5 for MPE run qedit pub robelle r stexport pub robelle Sten Sexit STEXPORT PUB ROBELLE is still alive Okay to HOLD Y Leis activate STEXPORT PUB ROBELLE S eor Sexit Program Held Use ACTIVATE RUN HOLD to re run ee Suprtool Export Command You can access STExport from within the Suprtool program using Suprtool s Export command Suprtool then runs STExpor
385. ices link customer optional output invcust rexit A Join Example Suprlink can join files together that have multiple key records in each file what has been come to be know as a many to many link Suprlink has traditionally been able to link an Input file with many records with the same key to a Link file that has a single record with the same key value Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Introduction to Suprlink e 365 366 e Introduction to Suprlink The Join command will link two files with many key records in both the input file and the Linking file The syntax of the Join command is exactly the same as the Link command so a sample task would look as follows tinput ordhist join orders output custord Txeq The above task will link multiple records of the file ordhist to the multiple records of the file in orders This assumes that the files are sorted by a common key In SQL terms this is known as an Inner Join An Outer Join one where the keys do not necessarily have a match can be achieved by adding the optional keyword to the Join command tinput ordhist join orders optional output joined xeq In SQL parlance once again you can achieve both a Left Outer Join and Right Outer Join by reversing the order of the files between the input and the join commands To give you an example of how the Join operation would work consider the following data First we have an inventory file with multiple rec
386. iding Double Resolution 0 ecesesccesncecsseceseeeceseceseeecaeceeeeeceaeceeneecaeeeeneecaeeeses 74 Suprlink and STExportt nenne pet Er TEER SEETI ERSS EREE tuere 75 Suprtool and User Prompting ettet ree eat te tii neret retient torii 75 Example nene ote Dp Dep DUO DIm petu ie 76 Resolving Variables ee ue eo etiem Diete tet deri 76 Suprtool and Personal Computers sees nennen eene enne 76 Downloading to the PC eet ueeGo etie mote eite pet tein TI Decimal Places nete D Reo dede DR 77 Spreadsheets netos heben pete pie TI Suprtool and PowerHouse Applications essere TI Suprtool with Quiz OQ DP ptr rtt Ere hr e eH ertet TT Step 1 Create a Subfile with Quiz sssssseeeeeeeeeeeee nennen nene 78 Step 2 Output Erase in Suprtool eesseeeeeeeneenen nennen nenne 78 Step 3 Report with Quiz iste eei pe reir regi Keisi 78 Using QTP to Create Subfiles interrete etienne tnnt ertet 79 Creating Subfile with Command File esee 79 Suprtool and PowerHouse Data Types eeeeeeeeeeeeeen nennen 81 Suprtool Definitions QOCHEMA 00 ee eecescesecesecesecseecaeecaeeeseeeaeseeeeeeeeseenseensees 83 Notes on QSHOW Output npn ertet retirer epe erret S kS Eosi 84 The Qiz Report ete eene ee ene Ee 85 Quiz Generating Suprtool Commands essere 86 Generating Suprtool Commands
387. ied in the control keyword It writes operation information and statistics to the file specified in the Jog keyword It also creates a number of files to report data problems etc SQL Loader has many other Example of STExport Output 323 options to control the load task Refer to the appropriate Oracle documentation for details 324 e Example of STExport Output Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Limits Within STExport Maximums Suprtool 5 5 for MPE To achieve maximum speed STExport V stores all the necessary information in the HP e3000 stack This limits the size of input and output records and restricts the number of fields per file Users should be aware of these limits before attempting to use STExport with extremely complicated databases STExport iX stores information in a simulated HP e3000 stack so all the limits apply to both STExport V and STExport iX Delimiter Maximum Length 3 Bytes The delimiter must appear between every field in the output record To help avoid exceeding the maximum output record length the maximum delimiter length is three characters Input File Maximum Record Size 4096 Bytes We recommend that you use Suprtool s Extract command to minimize the input record size Input File Maximum Block Size 8192 Bytes By default Suprtool restricts the maximum block size to 4 096 bytes You can use the Set Blocksize command to increase this size up to 16 384 bytes 8192 words If you increase the maximum blocks
388. ield names The names are truncated if they are longer than the field itself One space is inserted between fields Suprtool does not automatically align user specified headings with the data columns We suggest specifying heading strings with the same length as the fields they represent while taking into account the space between the data columns In our example we enter one column heading per line using Suprtool s continuation character amp standard heading 1 2 field is X12 Account field is Z8 First Name field is X10 Last Name field is X16 We included one space between fields Note that an extra space was needed for the Account heading it is an 8 digit field but we used 10 characters Because cust account is a zoned decimal field an extra space is required for the sign Getting a Quick Start with Suprtool e 43 Printing Mailing Labels You can print mailing labels by combining the Extract command with the List Oneperline command We assume that each mailing label starts with two blank lines followed by the customer name and address followed by another blank line The Suprtool commands to produce the labels are as follows input customers m customer first field second field name first three lines of address customer name street address 1 street address 2 street address 3 last blank field oneperline noname noskip norec The extract lin
389. ields extracted from input records There can be up to 255 extracted fields and the same field may be extracted more than once Constant values may be used instead of the value of the field from the Input record EXTRACT field subscript value field2 EXTRACT fieldl subscript1 field2 subscript2 EXTRACT target field expression Default subscript entire field Field Parameter Each extracted field must be an IMAGE field name an Allbase column a field in an SD file or a Defined field If the field requires an Item definition then the Item command must precede the Extract command Extract specifies a rearrangement of the Input data fields to produce the Output data record there is no data conversion unless output xxx ascii is specified The subscript parameter is valid only for compound items The total item is extracted if it is compound and no subscript is specified gt extract account extract the key value and gt extract rating one other field gt output outl output file has two fields Cumulative Extracts The Extract command is cumulative If two Extracts are specified in one run all fields of the two Extract commands are used gt extract status balance account purchased is equivalent to gt extract status balance gt extract account purchased Constants Extracting Constants The value part of the Extract command is used to place a constant in each record of the output file In
390. ile In the example above there were no commands for the user to enter Notes Usefiles cannot be nested in Suprlink The usefile may be any unnumbered text file or a Qedit workfile but no more than 256 characters per record will be processed By default Suprlink displays the commands in a usefile as they are executed Suprlink can execute commands quietly using the Useq command For compatibility with Qedit Useq can be abbreviated to UQ Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Suprlink Commands e 397 Verify Command V Print the definition of the current linkage task VERIFY Verify prints the current Input Link and Output files in other words it is a Verify All command 398 e Suprlink Commands Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Xeq Command X Perform the current linkage task XEQ Xeq checks that you have specified an input file and at least one Link file Then it performs the linkage and creates the output file Finally it closes the files and resets ready for you to specify another linkage task or Exit If you also wish to leave Suprlink after completing the linkage task use Exit instead of Xeq Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Suprlink Commands e 399 Example Suprlink Output Example 400 Example Suprlink Output The Form command displays the fields in a self describing file This information is stored in the user labels of an MPE file and is not accessible with other tools Use the Form command to obtain the record layout of Suprlink output files
391. ile Now use Quiz to generate the report quiz gt access invcust gt report gt go Notes on Subfiles One of the advantages that Suprlink has over the link function in PowerHouse is that Suprlink does not require the key field in the link files to be a database key Because Suprlink uses a serial merge approach its files only need to have a common field with the same data type and length If you do use Suprlink to link files that do not share a common database key you need some extra steps to create the PowerHouse subfile Since Suprlink cannot currently write to NM Ksam files you cannot directly write to PowerHouse indexed subfiles You can use Suprtool to load file to the Indexed KSAM file Defining Fields in QTP In our example above custnum can be used to link the d invoice and m customer datasets in QTP because custnum is an IMAGE key in the m customer dataset If custnum was not an IMAGE key you could try declaring the record structure for the subfile with the QTP Define command spurge invcust qtp gt access d invoice gt define name character size 20 gt define address character size 20 gt subfile invcust keep size numrecs include amp gt custnum invdate amount invnum amp gt name address gt set input limit 0 gt go You must be careful to ensure that the data definitions of the Defined fields are correct Note that you cannot assign default display specifications such as Headi
392. ile You can then use the 2setname option of the Input command to define all of the fields in the output file Even if you change your database structure many of your job streams that use Suprtool and the setname option will not have to be changed 158 e Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Suprtool Commands Form Command F Suprtool 5 5 for MPE The Form command displays information about the items and datasets in a database or the fields in a self describing file The Form command is similar to the Form command of QUERY FORM SETS ITEMS PATHS dataset data item filename Default depends The Form command displays the structure of a database dataset table or self describing file The Form command is also available in Dbedit The Query All option is not supported When showing the form of an IMAGE dataset or a self describing file Suprtool shows the byte offset of each field after the subcount type and sublength The first field always appears at offset one If you have specified a date format or the number of implied decimal places with the Item command these attributes appear as part of the form listing Example gt base store 5 gt item last ship date date yymmdd gt item unit cost decimal 2 gt form d inventory D INVENTORY Detail Entry Offset BIN NO J1 1 LAST SHIP DATE J2 3 lt lt YYMMDD gt gt ON HAND QTY J2 7 PRODUCT NO Z8 11 M PRODUCT SUPPLIER NO Z8 19 M SUPPLIER UNIT COST P8 2 Ko LOS Capacity 3
393. ile link use the Link option gt xeq This example would sort the entire MPE file To select a subset you would define more fields and use the If command Treat KSAM files exactly the same way Suprtool does not read KSAM files in sorted order so you must remember to specify the sort explicitly when converting the KSAM file to a self describing file Suprlink cannot create nor write to KSAM files You can use Suprtool to load a KSAM file with the output from Suprlink CI Variable Substitution Suprlink is able to substitute any CI variables from any command line source whether thru interactive use file or batch input In order to use this feature first issue the following Set command set varsub on Variable Substitution is not on by default for backward compatibility Batch Since the Streams facility under default setups will replace any found in the first column of a job stream Anytime you want to specify an entire line thru Variable Substitution you will need to leave a space before the variable is specified myn setvar input i dfile by message no run suprlink pub robelle set varsub on linput Notes For MPE commands some variables will be resolved twice when passed off to MPE which will give different values for a variable Setting variables at the CI level MPEXL setvar x 10 MPEXL setvar y x MPEXL showvar xy X 10 Y Ix Setting variables within Suprlink 370 e Introductio
394. ill repeat without changes any of the previous 1000 commands DO start stop string ALL I Default repeat the previous command Commands are numbered sequentially from 1 as entered and the last 1000 of them are retained Use the Listredo command to display the previous commands You can repeat a single command do 5 a range of commands do 5 10 or the most recent command whose name matches a string do list If you want to modify the commands before executing them use Redo or Before Examples listredo o 39 5 8 List show showjob job Q3ob 2 n 5 5 Cu Qu eg Fa Fa Fane FIR Pee TON O 000000000 Notes The Do command cannot be abbreviated 342 e Dbedit Commands do previous command again do command line 39 again do command lines 5 to 8 again do most recent List command do last starting with show do last showjob job command do last containing job do command before previous do by relative line number do command lines 5 to last Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Exit Command E Leaves Dbedit and returns control to Suprtool EXIT Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Dbedit Commands e 343 File Command F Establishes the current file field list and search field FILE file options Options numeric valuelAlllKeylLimitlRelatedlIUNderlUPdatekey If Set Reset is Off you can use the File command to specify the KEY for the specified file For
395. imple Reports For self describing files and datasets the Standard keyword is equivalent to List Noname Noskip Norec Rightjustnum with default column headings For data files the Standard keyword is equivalent to List Octal Char In either case the Standard keyword provides a default title that describes the input source You can override the title date format time format or any other option selected by the Standard keyword by specifying them in addition to the Standard keyword For example Suprtool Commands e 203 m customer standard use all Suprtool defaults m customer standard date 3 override the date format mpefile standard char override the format options mpefile standard leftjustnum left justify numbers m customer standard title Customer List override title m customer standard heading no column headings Listings with Subheadings When using the Title or Standard keywords you can also include subheadings with the Heading keyword You can specify multiple columns by repeating the string after the Heading option e g List Heading First Second or specify the Heading option multiple times e g List Heading First Heading Second Being able to specify multiple columns makes it easier to align column headings when using the Standard keyword If you specify the Heading keyword without the Title keyword a default title is produced gt get m customer read this dataset gt
396. in PowerHouse version 8 19 and higher The set command Suprtool Commands Suprtool 5 5 for MPE gt set date MapToPhdate8 on only changes the reference to phdate8 in the item command it does not change references that already exist in self describing files nor does it change the data With this setting turned on any Item command reference such as gt item mydate date phdate will actually mean phdate8 DecimalSymbol SET DecimalSymbol Default period This setting is used to change the Decimal character which is used to edit the data in a field used by the Number function set DecimalSymbol The default character for the Decimal Symbol is a period Defer SET DEFER ON OFF Initially OFF DEFER requests Suprtool to use DBCONTROL for faster deferred output when doing Puts in the output phase or Deletes in the input phase In deferred output mode IMAGE writes are not posted immediately to disc If the system crashes while you are in deferred output mode i e you have a system failure or a nonrecoverable power failure you must RESTORE your database from tape If Suprtool stops due to an error or if you abort Suprtool i e break abort or abortjob while the database is opened with deferred output you do not have to restore the database Set Defer On requires that the database be opened in mode 3 exclusive If you do not open the database in mode 3 Suprtool prints a warning and does the Put or
397. ing Image database structures has the ability to change date fields Suprtool can convert data in Image databases flat files self describing files and KSAM files Case 1 Converting a J2 Date from yymmdd to ccyymmdd The stddate function can convert six digit date formats to ccyymmdd But what if all the dates are not actually dates but some dates are filled with 9s as a flag to an application Consider this dataset with two date fields J2 items and in the date format yymmdd Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Suprtool Issues and Solutions e 95 Database STORE DB GREEN D SALES Detail Set 5 Entry Offset CUST ACCOUNT Z8 1 M CUSTOMER DELIV DATE J2 9 PRODUCT NO Z8 13 M PRODUCT PRODUCT PRICE J2 2T PURCH DATE J2 29 SALES QTY J1 29 SALES TAX J2 31 SALES TOTAL J2 235 Capacity 602 14 Entries 10 Highwater 10 Bytes 38 First we need to know and understand our data Are there any invalid dates If so does the value have some other logical meaning gt get d sales gt item deliv date date yymmdd gt item purch date date yymmdd gt if Sinvalid deliv date or Sinvalid purch date gt list gt xeq gt GET D SALES 9 gt OUT SNULL 0 CUST ACCOUNT 10010 999999 PRODUCT NO 50513001 T 19220 PURCH DATE 999999 2 SALES TAX 269 21910 GET D SALES gt OUT SNULL 1 UST ACCOUNT 10010 DELIV DATE 125213 RODUCT NO 50513001 PRODUCT PRICE 19220 URCH DATE T SALES OTY 2691 SALES TAX 21910 SALES TOTAL 21910
398. ious secondary key example but in this case the current major field is called products in the ordhist file and prod in the orders file Optional Join If there are no join records for a given key value of the input file that input record is dropped from the output file this is the default option REQUIRED To make the join optional specify the OPTIONAL keyword When you use OPTIONAL and Suprlink does not find a matching join record in the file Suprlink fills in the linked fields with default values The default for byte type fields is spaces for zoned type the default is ASCII zeros 0 and for all other types the default is binary zeros For example tinput custfile key name is custno join addrfile optional don t drop customers toutput custaddr if there is no address texit Suprlink Commands e 387 Link Command L 388 e Suprlink Commands Link the Input file to another Link file maximum of seven input files LINK filename BY link keys FROM input keys OPTIONAL REQUIRED Default REQUIRED File Name The Link file should be created by Suprtool with the Output Link option it should only contain the fields that you actually need in the final report plus any sort fields If you do a LISTF of the file it should show SD as the CODE this means it is self describing It contains a description of its own record structure in some special user labels this allows you to refer to the same field nam
399. ire dataset Use the Sorted and Hold options of the Table command when loading a table Because of the time needed to search a large table it is often faster to extract all of the records and let Suprlink skip over the ones it doesn t need This method does a lot of sorts Sorting time can vary depending on system load and available memory but it increases dramatically for large records and large datasets You should try to use Suprtool s Extract command to reduce the record size and consider using Suprtool s If command to reduce the number of records Suprlink needs enough disc space to invert a significant subset of your database then link it into an Output file Although all of the Suprlink files can be job temporary you still need enough disc space for the original database the final Output file the primary Input file and each of the Link files One of the tradeoffs with this method is more disc space for faster elapsed time Another Example From the sales records retrieve all of the sales for October 2000 and append the customer name salesman code and year to date sales total to the sales record these fields are located in the customer records Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Introduction to Suprlink e 367 run suprtool pub robelle gt base mybase get sales detail or use Chain command gt extract customernum saledate saleamt gt item saledate date phdate gt if saledate gt date 95 10 01 and amp gt saledat
400. is will write the doctype specification at the top of the output file directly after the XML version specification More complicated and lengthy doctype specifications can be implemented by using the filename option whereby STExport will append the contents of a named file directly after the version specification The syntax can be simply xml doctype myfile xml File You can customize the file tags with the following command commands xml file orders STExport will put the and gt around what is specified in the File string Record You can customize the record tags with the following command commands xml record Details STExport will put the and gt around what is specified in the Record string Example You can enter multiple XML commands per task to set the XML options you require in filelsd xml version xml version 1 0 encoding ISO 8859 1 xml file Orders record Details Sout myfile An example of the output generated by the above commands is as follows Suprtool 5 5 for MPE lt xml version 1 0 encoding ISO 8859 1 gt lt Orders gt lt Details gt lt CITY gt Los Altos lt CITY gt lt CREDIT RATING gt 100000 lt CREDIT RATING gt lt CUST ACCOUNT gt 4003302 lt CUST ACCOUNT gt lt CUST STATUS gt 20 lt CUST STATUS gt lt NAME FIRST gt Ralph lt NAME FIRST gt lt NAME LAST gt Perkins lt NAME LAST gt lt STATE CODE gt CA lt STATE CODE gt lt STREE
401. ist Time to specify a different default time format for future List commands e g Set List Time 2 The valid time formats are as follows Value Format Example 0 none 1 default 24 hour 23 02 2 AM PM 11 02PM Lock SET LOCK number Initially 1 Default 1000 There are three different locking strategies that Suprtool uses for the Delete Put and Update commands A complete discussion of locking is found in the IMAGE section of Suprtool Issues and Solutions Set Lock 0 Locks the dataset s at the beginning of the task and unlocks it at the end This option is good for middle of the night tasks that are doing lots of Puts Deletes or Updates Set Lock 1 initial value Lock the dataset and unlock it around every Delete Put and Update This takes longer but provides less database contention Suprtool Commands Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Set Lock n Lock the dataset every n database transactions Puts Deletes or Updates This option is maintained as a compromise between Set Lock 0 and Set Lock 1 MakeAbsent SET MakeAbsent OnlOff Set MakeAbsent On tells the prefetch module to make pages that are in memory to be released sooner gt set makeabsent on This feature is only relevant if prefetch is turned on with a setting of 1 5 which controls the size of a prefetch Set MakeAbsent On has no impact if prefetch is turned off For more information on this setting and its impact please read the following article from o
402. ist standard gt xeq The basic syntax for the subtotal function in the extract command is extract targetfield subtotal field sort field You must specify the sort command before referencing the sort field in the subtotal function You can subtotal up to ten fields per pass and the subtotal function is also available in the if command however by nature it is of limited use Total Function Suprtool has the ability to keep a running total for any numeric field The target data must be a packed field with 28 digits in order to help avoid overflow issues A sample use of the total function could be Suprtool Commands e 143 144 e Suprtool 5 5 for MPE gt def mytotal 1 14 packed gt get orders ext mytotal total sales amount gt xeq You can total up to ten fields per pass and the total function is also available in the if command however is of limited use Counter Function For years Suprtool has had the ability to output a record number to an output file with the num option of the output command gt in mysdfile gt out myfile num data The above could would generate an output file called myfile however you would lose the SD information and you can only put the number at the beginning or the end of the data Suprtool now has a counter function that allows you to place a counter at any spot as well as preserve the SD information gt in mysdfile gt def mycount 1 4 double gt ext fieldl gt ext
403. it 1 IMAGE Dataset M TEST 1 Calculated Flimit 2 This error is usually caused by restoring a earlier version of the dataset from a backup tape Remote Databases When trying to access a database on a remote computer the Get command may fail with the error Privileged File Violation FSERR 45 See the discussion under the Base command for workarounds to this problem 166 e Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Suprtool Commands Help Command H Show what commands and options are available in Suprtool HELP command keyword option Default browse through the entire help file Command Help If you specify any parameters Help first assumes that you want help on a Suprtool command If you know the structure of the help file you can additionally specify one of the keywords under the command name gt help ext help on the Extract command gt help ext notes Notes section of the Extract command Keyword Help If Suprtool cannot find any help in the Commands section of the help file it assumes that you specified one of the outer level keywords in the help file To see this list of keywords type help with no parameters You see a short introduction to Suprtool and then a list of keywords You can specify any of these keywords on the Help command You can also specify a subkeyword gt help start Quick Start section gt help start task Task section of Quick Start Quick Help HQ HQ asks Suprtool to look under the keyword
404. it as a Dataset Level lock Interactive SET INTERACTIVE ON OFF Initially depends If you run Suprtool from a session Set Interactive is On If you run Suprtool from a batch job or with Stdin or Stdlist re directed Set Interactive is Off When it is On Suprtool waits for answers to questions and continues processing even if there are errors When it is Off Suprtool aborts on any error assumes the correct answer to any question and generally acts as if there is not an intelligent being typing in the command Suprtool chooses the correct answer which allows the task to continue In most cases this is the default answer However there are cases where Suprtool picks a different answer from the default For example an output filename erase command has a default answer of no but with Interactive Off Suprtool uses the answer yes However if you run Suprtool on a Remote Session that was created from a batch job Set Interactive is On even though you are NOT interactive If you wish to have proper batch error processing your first command after Run Suprtool should be Set Interactive Off Set Interactive Off is also useful when automating on line tasks with usefiles LabelledTapeRewind SET LABELLEDTAPEREWIND ON OFF Initially ON With certain versions of MPE X the rewind operation fcontrol 5 failed on SCSI DAT drives Before Suprtool can read the data on a tape it must read the labels first That means the tape mus
405. it commands have a command name followed by one or more parameters separated by semicolons colons and commas Semicolons are NOT used to combine several commands on the same line as in Suprtool This chapter describes the Dbedit commands in detail The commands are presented in alphabetical order Each command name is followed by the minimal abbreviation for the command in brackets For example F for File and FO for Form Abbreviating You may shorten command names to any substring that uniquely defines the command For example Add can be shortened to AD or A since there are no other commands that start with A Form however can be abbreviated only to FO since there is a File command abbreviated F in Dbedit gt base store pub 5 gt edit 1 m customer all e Uppercase or Lowercase You may enter letters in either uppercase or lowercase because Dbedit upshifts everything in the command line These two commands are identical LIST M CUSTOMER list m customer Continuation The maximum physical command line is 256 characters You may enter commands on multiple input lines by putting an amp continuation character at the end of the line The maximum total command length is 256 characters Multiple commands cannot be placed on one input line The separating semicolon colon or comma in commands is REQUIRED not optional Dbedit Commands e 331 run suprtool pub robelle gt base store pub 5 gt edit open t
406. it keys is duplicated in several datasets it will end up duplicated in the final output file An example would be a Timestamp field that occurs in every dataset Workaround use the Extract command from Suprtool to take out only the fields you want or to rename duplicate fields You can verify the format of the Output file using the Form command It shows the field names length and structure in order From this display you can generate an appropriate COPYLIB or QSCHEMA definition Quiz Subfiles The Erase option is provided for Quiz users who create an empty subfile using QTP or Quiz before running Suprtool and Suprlink See the Suprlink with Quiz QTP section for details Since Suprlink cannot currently write to NM Ksam files you cannot directly write to PowerHouse indexed subfiles You can use Suprtool to load file to the Indexed KSAM file Size of the Output File The output file is built with the same capacity as the input file You can reduce the size of the output file using a File command file allsales disc 10000 output allsales Suprlink Commands e 391 Redo Command REDO 392 e Suprlink Commands Enables you to modify and repeat any of the previous 1000 command lines REDO start stop string ALL Default redo the previous command The Redo command allows you to modify the commands before it executes them If you don t need to change them use the Do command Commands are numbered sequen
407. items flag pic x 88 end of items value T Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Examples of Calling Suprtool e 449 page variables 01 if command 05 filler pic x 10 value IF ITEM 05 sel prefix pic x 4 05 filler pic x 2 value page input area 01 accept buffer 05 input buf pic x 80 88 answer spaces value spaces page report layouts 01 report record 05 filler pic x 5 value spaces 05 report prefix pic x 4 05 filler pic x value 05 report suffix pic x 4 05 filler pic x 3 value spaces 05 report description pic X450 page Suprtool Control Parameter suprtool control area O01 supr control 05 supr version pic s9 4 comp value 4 05 supr status pic s9 4 comp 88 supr ok value zeros 88 supr bad msgfiles value 1 88 supr aborted value 2 88 supr create error value 3 88 supr bad total type value 4 supr command line ic x 256 value spaces supr flags 0 supr priority ic x 2 value spaces 88 supr priority cs value CS 88 supr priority ds value DS 88 supr priority es value ES supr maxdata pic s9 9 comp value O0 supr print state pic x 2 value ER 88 supr print on error value ER 88 supr print always value AL 88 supr print never value NE supr total type pic x 2 value CO 88 supr total cobol value CO 88 supr total ascii value AS 0 supr other flags pic x 18 value spaces 05 supr totals pic 8S9 17 sign is trailing separate character occurs 15 times 05 sup
408. ith an implied number of decimal places or a date format If you create a self describing file this information is retained When you input such a file all Suprtool commands are automatically informed about the decimal places and date formats The Form command shows these extra attributes as comments at the end of each field description For example gt base store demo robelle 5 READER gt item deliv date date yyyymmdd gt item purch date date Yyyymmdd gt item sales tax decimal 2 gt item sales total decimal 2 gt get d sales gt output newfile link creates SD file with item attributes gt xeg gt form newfile shows decimal pts and dates Restrictions of SD Files So far in this section we have shown how to create self describing files using the Link option of the Output command The Link option produces a special form of self describing file Not all software can read this form of self describing file You 66 e Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Suprtool Issues and Solutions can use the Query option to create an old style self describing file The Query option has the following restrictions Self describing files were originally created by HP in MPE so that files could be fed into HPWORD and HP graphics packages One problem with HP s definition was that no provision was made for compound fields e g 10J2 When Suprtool creates an SD file with compound fields via the Query option it uses a special data type When you input s
409. ixed Case Upper and Lower By default Suprtool does an exact match when comparing two string expressions If the expressions vary in the capitalization of characters Suprtool finds them to be different To do caseless string comparisons or pattern matches use the Supper or lower functions Both ASCII and Roman 8 characters are shifted by upper and lower For example gt if Supper city VANCOUVER if Slower city edmonton Note that if you use the upper or lower functions Suprtool does not upshift or downshift any constants used in the comparison You must explicitly specify the constants in the correct case or you can use upper or lower with the constant gt if Supper city Supper vancouver Use the upper or lower functions for caseless pattern matching As with other comparison operators you must specify constants in the correct case when doing pattern matching gt if Supper city VAN gt if Slower city ed You can use upper and lower with string expressions that combine many fields and string functions as shown in the following example Suprtool Commands Suprtool 5 5 for MPE gt if Sread Supper trim first Strim last JOE SMITH Date Selection The If command has four functions to help select records based on dates date today days and stddate The date function works for any date The today function works for the current date and dates relative
410. ize it is likely that Suprtool will produce an output file that STExport cannot read Input File Maximum Fields 255 If you must have more than 255 fields use Suprtool s Define and Extract commands to extract several fields as one contiguous series of bytes Output File Maximum Record Size 4096 Bytes When formatting many fields it is possible to produce large output records Once again using the Extract command to minimize the size of the input records will avoid large output records The total length of the Heading line in the output file is also restricted to 4096 bytes Limits Within STExport e 325 Welcome to Dbedit Introduction Restrictions Welcome to version 5 5 of Dbedit for MPE a module of Suprtool that permits people to add change list or delete individual records or chains of records from an IMAGE 3000 database Dbedit is useful for debugging applications for quickly prototyping systems and for the data entry of simple applications The functions of Dbedit are similar to QUERY but the commands and operations are more consistent and logical Because Dbedit is a part of Suprtool you can hold Suprtool as a suspended process from within other software e g Qedit with the database open This facilitates fast process switching when you need to examine a test database You enter Dbedit via the Edit command of Suprtool Once in Dbedit you cannot use the Suprtool commands while in Suprtool you cannot use
411. k of the process of writing a report Your report program written in COBOL RPG PowerHouse or some other language hunts all over the database with DBFIND and DBGET to collect your data It would be faster if the report program could just read a sorted disc file with a big record containing all the data necessary for the report and this is Suprlink s function Suprtool can extract the desired fields from the desired records of the sales detail dataset and put them in a disc file Then Suprtool can extract the desired fields from the customer master dataset and write them to a second disc file If Suprtool sorts both files by customer Suprlink can link them together producing a third file whose composite record consists of the related fields from both files This file is just what we need to feed into the report program For example a sales report program might read a disc file whose records consist of sales transactions plus customer information This file has been sorted by customer number and date If there are several sales for the same customer the customer information is just repeated in each record The report program reads the records checks for level breaks and formats and prints the records Suprtool2 Interface Routine How would a user application program invoke Suprtool to perform a desired task Robelle provides an interface routine that runs Suprtool for a user program passing commands from the program to Suprtool the same
412. k to combine the invoice and cust files into one Output file run suprlink pub robelle i invoices by custnum 1 cust invcust The final Form command shows the record layout of the Output file You would use this file as input to your report program form invcust File INVCUST TEST DATA SD Version B 00 00 Entry Offset CUSTNUM X8 Sort 1 gt gt DELIVERED I2 PRODUCTNUM Z8 PRICE I2 PURCHASED I2 OTY I TAX I2 TOTA I2 CY X12 RATING I2 STATUS X2 FIRSTNAME X10 LASTNAME X16 STATE X2 ADDRESS 2X25 ZIPCODE X6 135 Limit 100 EOF 100 Entry Length 140 Blocking 29 Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Example Suprlink Output e 401 Limits Within Suprlink Maximums Suprtool 5 5 for MPE The various limitations of Suprlink are described here In general you need to reduce the number or sizes of fields if you encounter any of these limits Input File Maximum Record Size 2048 Words This is also the maximum size of an IMAGE entry We recommend that you use Suprtool s Extract command to minimize the input record size Input File Maximum Block Size 4096 Words By default Suprtool restricts the maximum block size to 2 048 words You can use the Set Blocksize command to increase this size up to 8192 words If you increase the maximum block size it is likely that Suprtool will produce an output file that Suprlink cannot read Input File Maximum Fields 255 Suprlink restricts the number of fields per file
413. k well with alpha based edit masks and if the target was greater than 32 characters A warning will print if a non regular SD file is loaded into a Table with the data option The data is not loaded into the table An error will print if an extract command attempts to reference data when loaded from table that in turn was loaded when using a non regular SD file such as KSAM XL KSAM64 and CM KSAM Due to an issue with Btrees Suprtool would incorrectly select records when doing an update or delete and if using chain with a btree index on a master dataset Highlights in Suprtool 5 4 Suprtool 5 5 for MPE e Bradmark s DbGeneral can produce Jumbo datasets that are a single chunk Suprtool did not handle these single chunk master jumbo datasets properly as the last block calculation was done only after opening the last chunk itself We have adjusted the logic in making sure the calculation is done for this case earlier Adager does not create these single chunk jumbo datasets There is an un documented control directive in dbschema called forcejumbo which will produce one of these single chunk jumbos so we are supporting it in Suprtool 5 3 11 e The Output command now has the Else verb which will send records that do not qualify with the if command to a temporary ELSE file Highlights e 21 Installing Suprtool Overview We have two types of Installations Tape and Download We provide links to the Installation instructions on ou
414. ks PH capability 1 Unable to Access Files Suprtool2 uses two temporary files called SInnn and SLnnn The nnn corresponds to the process identification number of the calling process If Suprtool2 is unable to open read write or close these files a file system message is displayed on stdlist and error 1 is returned 2 Suprtool Aborted If the Suprtool task has any errors Suprtool is terminated with the fatal JCW set In this case Suprtool2 returns error 2 to indicate that the requested task failed If the print state in the workspace was set to ER error or AL always the output from Suprtool will be displayed on stdlist If the print state is NE never nothing is displayed on stdlist 3 Unable to Create Suprtool Process The Suprtool2 routine creates the Suprtool program as a son process If this fails for any reason error 3 is returned The most common reason for this is forgetting to PREP or LINK your program with CAP PH If the Suprtool2filecommand JCW is set to 2 check that the File command for Suprtool correctly specifies the name of the Suprtool program file 476 e Suprtool2 Error Messages Suprtool 5 5 for MPE 4 Invalid Total Type The Suprtool2 control record has a field to indicate what kind of totals the interface should return The valid values for this field are CO for COBOL totals and AS for Ascii totals The total type must be in uppercase This error is returned when the control record
415. ks and printed with a preceding vd so the substituted line is clear Warnings SET WARNINGS ON OFF Initially ON Suprtool normally prints warning messages out to stdlist You can turn off these messages when you are running from batch by issuing a Set Warnings off command If you are simulating batch mode with the Set Interactive Off command you must do the Set Warnings off after the Set Interactive Off The default for this setting is On Suprtool Commands e 247 XItrim SET XlItrim ON OFF Initially OFF Suprtool will now release the disc space between EOF and the FLIMIT if Set Xltrim is on and Set Squeeze is either not set or Off This releases the disc space after the EOF but leaves the Flimit alone Set Squeeze on will still close the file such that the Flimit will be the same as the EOF The default for this setting is Off 248 e Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Suprtool Commands Sort Command SO Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Specifies the next sort key via an IMAGE field name or a field in a self describing file or a Defined field See Key Command K on page 197 for sort keys specified by explicit byte position Up to 20 Sort and Key commands can be specified per extract task The first key entered is the major sort key SORT field subscript DESCENDING Default Ascending order Field The field specified must be an IMAGE data item that is a field of the input source or a defined field or a field from
416. lator expression This feature can be used to do other calculations without the need of an electronic calculator You can obtain a short description of the calculator by entering the following gives a summary of functions For a detailed description of the calculator and its options see the Suprtool manual Control Y You can interrupt a STExport task with the Control Y key hold down Control while striking Y STExport responds by telling you how far it has gotten IN OUT etc and asking if you wish to stop Hit the Return key to continue or type YES to stop the task Suprtool 5 5 for MPE STExport Commands e 281 Before Command B Repeat any combination of the previous 1000 command lines with or without editing BEFORE start stop string ALL Default redo previous line BQ redo without change The Before command allows you to modify the commands before it executes them If you don t need to change them use BQ or Do The Before command uses Qedit style control characters for modifying the commands The default mode is to replace characters To delete use Control D to insert use Control B If you prefer HP style modify D R I and U use the Redo command instead of Before Examples listf soruce source is not spelled correctly NON EXISTENT GROUP CIERR 908 SBefore listf soruce redo most recent command last command is printed our you enter changes to it
417. ld otherwise be used This allows you to define fields relative to other fields The offset starts at 1 and not at 0 i e FIELD 1 is the first byte of the field To define a field that corresponds to the second street address of m customer you would use Suprtool Commands e 119 gt get m customer gt define city street address 2 gt if city Vancouver gt list gt xeq Data Types Here are the valid types Type Description BYTE printable ASCII characters INT INTEGER two s complement DOUBLE two s complement REAL Classic floating point LONG Classic floating point IEEE IEEE floating point PACKED packed decimal PACKED packed decimal last nibble unused DISPLAY zoned decimal numeric field LOGICAL unsigned integer CHARACTER for Native Language Support For compatibility with Sort Pub Sys the Define command also accepts Fpoint as the data type for IEEE numbers The following table shows the Suprtool definitions for the IMAGE data types IMAGE Type Number of Bytes COBOL SUPRTOOL Declaration Definition Il 2 S9 4 COMP gt define a 1 2 integer I2 4 S9 9 COMP gt define a 1 4 double 14 8 S9 18 COMP gt define a 1 8 integer Ji 2 S9 4 COMP gt define a 1 2 integer J2 4 S9 9 COMP gt define a 1 4 double J4 8 S9 18 COMP gt define a 1 8 integer Un n A n gt define a 1 n byte Xn n X n gt define a 1 n byte Zn n 9 n gt define a 1 n display Pn n 2 S9 n 1 COMP 3 gt define a 1 n 2 packed K1 2 gt define a 1 2 lo
418. lds from the link files Step 1 Create the Subfile with QTP Before running Suprlink you create an empty subfile with QTP purge invcust qtp gt access d invoice link custnum to amp gt custnum of m customer gt subfile invcust keep size numrecs include amp gt custnum invdate amount invnum amp gt name address gt set input limit 0 gt go The subfile must contain all of the fields that Suprlink will produce in the output file with the same attributes data type and length and in the same order Use the Include option of QTP s Subfile command to define each of the fields in the correct order The numrecs parameter must be replaced with the number of records that will be created by the Suprlink run The default numrecs is 1023 when the input limit is set to 0 Introduction to Suprlink e 371 372 e Introduction to Suprlink Step 2 Output Erase in Suprlink Once you have created the PowerHouse subfile use the Erase option of Suprlink s Output command to load the file This will overwrite any data in the subfile but it will not touch the PowerHouse mini dictionary in the user labels input invoices created by Suprtool link customer sorted by custnum t toutput invcust erase created by QTP texit Step 3 Report with Quiz The INVCUST file contains the sorted records for the Quiz report Quiz knows the structure of this file because of the initial QTP commands that we used to create the f
419. lds that are associated with dates and times These fields are converted to byte type data and are returned with specific lengths The date and time fields are returned with the following byte lengths Data Type Length Date 10 Time 8 Datetime 23 Interval 8 Restrictions Suprtool cannot currently handle all Allbase database concepts The current restrictions are 1l Suprtool requires that the ownername be specified when selecting a particular table in the following manner gt select from purchdb orders In this example the owner is purchdb and the tablename is orders 2 Suprtool does not currently handle the Allbase date format You can convert the Allbase date format to something that Suprtool can handle with the TO CHAR function in the Select statement For example gt select qty TO CHAR date YYYYMMDD from manufdb testdata def mydate date 1 8 redefine testdate define the date format gt item mydate date yyyymmdd gt if mydate lt Stoday 900 Suprtool and IMAGE You specify an IMAGE database with the Base command Once Suprtool has opened the database all IMAGE item set and field information is available To identify an IMAGE item as a date field use the Item command Suprtool has facilities to Get Put and Delete database records Reading Datasets For Suprtool to read a dataset it must have read access to every field in the dataset If you have a database with item level security you must
420. le You will be asked for permission to scratch the label but MPE does not scratch the label unless you write to the tape Notes There are two things to remember when working with multiple tapes in a single volume set The first tape reel in a volume has the same name as the entire volume set Subsequent tapes should have a different name If you know that the file you want to read is on the second reel you can just mount the second reel File User Labels When copying a file to a labeled tape Suprtool attempts to copy any MPE user labels Because of restrictions of labeled tapes the user labels cannot be longer than the record length of the file In most cases Suprtool truncates user labels as they are copied to or from a labeled tape When this happens Suprtool prints a warning Label length truncated to 80 characters If the files you are reading from the tape do not have any user labels and Suprtool is having difficulty reading the file you can try this gt Set Userlabels Off Suprtool Issues and Solutions e 71 Suprtool and Remote File Access The Base command allows you to specify a system name other than the logon system This permits easy access to databases on remote computers File commands can be used to specify input files from remote computers and to specify output files to remote computers Suprtool attempts to handle duplicate file errors on a remote computer in the same manner as for a local computer If
421. le RIO Files Suprtool does copy and sort RIO files but normally Suprtool reads deleted RIO records Use a File command to force Suprtool to ignore deleted records The Input command prints a warning about deleted records when it opens an RIO file You can force Suprtool to read an RIO file as FCOPY does If you use the following File command on the input RIO file all deleted records are ignored gt file inrio buf nomr gt input inrio Suprtool must use buffered disc I O when writing to an RIO file This is much slower than the standard Suprtool NOBUF MR disc I O but it is the only reliable way to produce an RIO file A warning is printed in this case Warning Writing to RIO files is slow When the output file is an RIO file Suprtool must open the output file with NOBUF MR access This causes duplicate file errors if either of the following File commands are in effect for the output file Suprtool Issues and Solutions Suprtool 5 5 for MPE file outfile save file outfile temp You do not need to specify Save since that is Suprtool s default To create a temporary output RIO file use the TEMP output option gt file outfile rio gt output outfile temp Temporary Files Suprtool reads and writes temporary files No special processing must be done if the input file is temporary just specify the file name in the Input command By default Suprtool saves the Output file You must use the TEMP option of the Output com
422. le of how to use the interface to pass commands to Suprlink Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Suprtool Commands e 199 List Command L 200 e Suprtool 5 5 for MPE The List command is used to produce formatted listings of the selected records You may specify the List command or the Output command or both or neither If List is used instead of Output Suprtool sets the Output to null so that only a listing is produced LIST OCTALIHEXIDECIMAL CHAR NOREC LABELS RECORD DUPLEX ONEPERLINE LP NONAME NOSKIP STANDARD DEVICE name DATE format TIME format PCL format LEFTJUSTNUM RIGHTJUSTNUM TITLE string HEADING string string Default Octal Char or Formatted If Suprtool knows about the fields in the input source e g because you have used the Extract command the list records are formatted with field names and internal binary data types e g integer are converted to ASCII You cannot combine the Ask or Query Num output options with the List command Here is a typical use of List to find any entries in the m customer dataset that do not have a valid value for cust status gt base store 5 READER gt get m customer gt if cust status lt gt 10 20 30 40 gt list gt xeq input from a database read this dataset the only valid values print bad entries Format You can override the defaults with a specification in th
423. le to complete the task 9 3 times faster than an NM program calling DBGET mode 2 Comparison of elapsed time dataset not in memory CPU time NM program 115 seconds Suprtool 17 seconds Wall time NM program 120 seconds Suprtool 47 seconds Comparison of elapsed time dataset in memory CPU time NM program 109 seconds Suprtool 12 seconds Wall time NM program 112 seconds Suprtool 12 seconds CPU Bound Suprtool uses the technology of multirecord access NOBUF MR to achieve large reductions in CPU overhead 1 8th that of serial DBGET in many cases On a CPU Suprtool Issues and Solutions Suprtool 5 5 for MPE bound MPF iX system such significant savings mean that you can run Suprtool when other programs would be an intolerable burden Sort Speed Suprtool V uses the HP sort intrinsics so sort times should not show much change Suprtool iX uses its own set of high speed sort intrinsics unless one of the following is true e SetSortfast is Off the default is On e Native Language Support is enabled either automatically via the NLDATALANG JCW or explicitly via Set NLS e Any of the sort fields are defined as type CHAR Generally Suprtool s internal sort algorithm is faster than HP s sort algorithm Analyzing Performance Data It is better to test Suprtool with your own database and your own application needs rather than trust to a generic performance test The ideal test is an actual production report whose bad
424. lems we have chosen to follow a different path fast serial extracts plus a very efficient merge Summary of the Suprlink commands Before Input Redo Xeq Do Join Reset expression Exit Link Set MPE Command Form LISTREDO Use Help Output Verify The minimum abbreviation of each command is shown in capital letters Installing Suprlink Suprlink is installed as part of the Suprtool installation process See the Installing Suprtool chapter of the Suprtool User Manual for more details of how to install both Suprtool and Suprlink Built In File Names 356 Welcome to Suprlink Suprlink requires an external file for the Help command Suprlink dynamically changes this file name but you can use a File command to override Suprlink s choice Default File Names If you are running Suprlink on MPE V E or MPE iX Suprlink finds the name of the Suprlink program file name e g Suprlink Pub Robelle Suprlink uses this name to determine the name of the other built in file names If Suprlink cannot call the procinfo intrinsic e g this intrinsic doesn t exist on MPE V R it assumes you are running Suprlink Pub Robelle Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Account Name The account name for all built in files is the same as the one where Suprlink is running e g if you run Suprlink Pub Dev the help file for Suprlink is Suprlink Help Dev Group Name Suprlink examines the group name where Suprlink is running to determine the group name fo
425. leting all the entries in the dataset It is risky to type Xeq on the same command line as any other command unless 1 You are not concerned with the consequences if you make a mistake e g any extract task should be safe 2 You don t make any mistakes The usual reason for putting all the commands on one line including the Xeq is to permit repetition of the task by using the Before command It is not necessary to type everything on one line because with the Listredo command Suprtool allows you to pick and choose any of your last 1000 commands Continuation The maximum physical command line is 256 characters You may enter commands on multiple input lines by putting an amp continuation character at the end of the line The maximum total command length is 256 characters The separating comma in commands is not optional Should your If command exceed 256 characters use the Table command or read gt in sdfile gt if status 20 and amp continue the If command state AZ CA OR select several states gt output outfile Comments on Command Lines Comments may appear at the end of any command line as long as they are surrounded by curly braces Many of the examples in this manual show comments at the end of command lines You can enter a comment as the only item in a Suprtool command line When you enter continued command lines the comment can appear before or after the continuation character gt The fol
426. link instances as you need and each one gets its own redo stack With temporary stacks you will never get into concurrency problems If you start using a persistent redo stack however you might start running into concurrency problems A persistent redo stack can only be used by one Qedit instance at a time If you try to use a persistent redo stack that is already in use you will get the following message set redo myredo EXCLUSIVE VIOLATION FILE BEING ACCESSED FSERR 90 Unable to open file for REDO stack In this situation Suprlink continues to use the redo stack active at the time and lets you continue working as normal Qedit can also have permanent redo stacks To prevent products from writing to each other s stack it is advisable to have separate stacks for each product by giving them different file names For example if you use Set redo myredo you will have a redo stack called Myredo for your Suprlink commands If you exit Suprlink then run Qedit and supply the same Set Redo command your Qedit commands will be written to the same file that was used for your Suprlink commands Statistics SET STATISTICS ON OFF Initially OFF STATISTICS causes Suprlink to print statistics at the end of each task Varsub SET VARSUB ON OFF Initially OFF Setting Variable Substitution causes Suprlink to resolve any CI variables in a command before processing VarsubDebug SET VARSUBDEBUG ON OFF Initially OFF Su
427. llation eee Suprtool2 routine Suprtool2 routine MPEAX Suprtool2filecommand eere SuprtoolFullCount variable eee SuprtoolOutCount JCW Suspend option on Exit Suspend Set option suspending STExport suspending Suprlink suspending Suprtool system parameter SyStemiS E s ide ess 409 410 411 475 system XL fil Ait aetna een ey 410 444 Suprtool 5 5 for MPE T table and lookup eeereereeernnnn 29 30 Table command 2025 entere tee EEA 251 Table command decimal places sss 252 Table Data OptiOn 52 tee oerte eire dea ec 252 Table lookup examples 253 Table Data example 254 table HTML option 300 tables tenete 482 tables in Chain command 115 tables holding between Xeqs tables maximum size eeeeeeeeneeene 235 254 255 tape files eret terree nennen erroe 770 188 189 211 tape files of large size esses 207 tapes EBCDIC format 70 tapes labelled 42e oer n tapes multvolume 5 4 2 2 IRI Reed 70 target field s task JOCKIN Ee ide ee ttes eie e ei task Supitool esnan a R r eet temporary files third party indexing Third party indexing chain sse ThousandSymbol Set option time format im List t
428. lled in the System SL These are the reasons for this policy 1 Speed Demon V requires privileged mode When Speed Demon V is installed in the System SL it can obtain privileged mode for itself while guaranteeing that privileged mode is not available to the calling program If Speed Demon V is installed in a Pub or Group SL the calling program is installed in a group and account with privileged mode 2 Some third party software intercepts all IMAGE and file system calls e g DBOPEN and FOPEN Writing intercept calls is straightforward from a Pub or Group SL but very difficult inside the System SL Emulating all IMAGE and file system calls correctly is hard and can introduce problems for Speed Demon V By installing Speed Demon V in the System SL we ensure that Speed Demon V is calling the real IMAGE and file system intrinsics Netbase Netbase is a product from Quest software that intercepts IMAGE and File System calls Netbase allows any database or file to be automatically directed to a remote machine Netbase does not support System SL installation For this reason the only way to make Speed Demon V and Netbase work together is to install Speed Demon V in a Pub SL along with the Netbase software Pub SL Installing Speed Demon V in a Pub SL requires that both the account and the Pub group have privileged mode capability The calling program must be installed in the same account it does not have to be in the Pub group and it mu
429. locking eene 328 Add Dates 140 adding records to a dataset 217 All option Dbedit eene 334 Allbase applications eeeeeeeeeenne 52 Allbase database Allbase date and time esses Allbase restrictions cccccccscccccssssssssccsessssssscccsessssnsseees alphanumeric string test sese alternate values sere eve ep alternatives to the If command Analyzing Performance Data sees AND ODEEFatOE o eerte mer EAS ghee ssc ete appending to a file T appending Hpmodify application systems APS date format a oeieo i ener arithmetic expressions seeseeeeeeeeenenerenenenne arithmetic trap Arithmetic Set option ascending order T ASCGIEP Opon o ahe eee ete ASK MANMAN date selection sess 193 ASK option ssseeeeee assertion errors asterisk 4 use RR RORIS ted Index e 489 at sign in patterns 484 attached printer us eed eec 205 B Backslash deslai eteanetere ab edt e peret 486 Base command 72 110 259 Base command default mode 240 base name parameter 110 217 Baseclose Set option batch job to detect holidays sess batch passwords Batch vs Interactiye 2 e
430. lowing task extracts all customer records for gt the different customers we are interested in gt in customer input self describing file gt if status 10 or amp prepaid status status 20 or amp current status status 30 arrears status gt output outfile output to a disc file gt exit execute the task and exit STREAMX STREAMX is a product from VESOFT that permits you to build flexible job streams STREAMX contains a complete programming language with loops prompts and parameter substitution A problem arises when trying to enter 106 e Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Suprtool Commands Suprtool 5 5 for MPE comments into a Suprtool batch job that will be submitted with STREAMX Suprtool uses the pair to delimit comments STREAMX uses these same characters for expressions Similarly Suprtool uses question marks as part of pattern matching in the If command and STREAMX uses question marks for questions You cannot change Suprtool s comment or pattern matching characters but you can change the expression and question characters in STREAMX The following example changes the STREAMX expression characters from to and the question character from to job example user acct setquestion setbraces prompt date datevar Enter date to select run suprtool pub robelle gt base store input database gt get d sales and dataset gt if deliv date datevar amp STRE
431. lue for the number and can be missing or See the ASCII output option for the field width of each data type Output fields with implied decimal places see Decimal Places on page 194 are formatted with a decimal point in the correct position Like the ASCII option Suprtool reserves two extra columns for each output field with implied decimal places Lotus 1 2 3 accepts records only up to 240 bytes long Because the PRN option leaves room for the maximum value of any field you may need to restrict the number of output fields using the Extract command While some PC software allows alternate characters to be used to delimit character fields Lotus 1 2 3 accepts double quotes only Since Lotus 1 2 3 rejects character fields that contains a double quote Suprtool removes all double quotes from character fields when generating the PRN format Suprtool removes quotes by replacing them with a space See STExport for a method of including header lines in the file to be down loaded Examples One reason to use stdlist as the output file indicated by as the filename is to obtain a quick listing of the ASCII fields in the input source The following example Suprtool Commands e 215 lists the cust account name last and name first fields of the m customer dataset and separates them by two spaces gt base store 5 READER gt get m customer gt extract cust account gt extract input from a database use the m customer data
432. mand instead Change the FIND SERIAL dataset to FIND SERIAL SUPRFILE 4 Use the Suprtool Extract command to select the fields from the LIST statement 5 Delete any SORT statements use the Suprtool Sort command instead 6 Use Suprtool to build the SUPRFILE The following example shows the changes to a TRANSACT program A TRANSACT program that serially reads a dataset might look like System cust base cust database READ 5 lt lt set up to select only cust out YES gt gt move cust out YES set match list cust out find serial customer detail list cust name cust addr cust nbr cust out Sort cust nbr perform pl00 process customer end cust The TRANSACT program is modified to look like Suprtool Issues and Solutions e 89 90 e Suprtool 5 5 for MPE system cust file suprfile read base cust database READ 5 find serial suprfile list cust name cust addr cust nbr cust out perform pl00 process customer end cust If this program is a batch program you would insert the following MPE and Suprtool commands before you invoke the TRANSACT program run suprtool pub robelle gt base cust database 5 read get customer detail gt If cust out YES gt extract cust name cust addr cust nbr cust out gt sort cust nbr gt output suprfile gt exit Irun tranprog pub If this program is used on line you would invoke Suprtool using the Suprtool2 interf
433. mand to save the file as a temporary file The following sequence of Suprtool commands causes TEMPFILE to be left as temporary run suprtool pub robelle gt in permfile out tempfile temp gt exit If TEMPFILE already existed as a temporary file Suprtool would prompt you to purge the old temporary file It you do not want to purge the old temporary file Suprtool prompts you for a new name for the temporary file in exactly the same manner as for permanent files Lockwords If you do not specify a lockword as part of the file name MPE prompts for the lockword when Suprtool attempts to open the file Because Suprtool must sometimes open the input or output file more than once you may be prompted multiple times for the lockword To avoid this prompt we recommend that you specify any lockwords as part of the file name run suprtool pub robelle input infile lockword output outfile lockword gt xeq This is especially important when using the erase or append option to write to a KSAM V or KSAM XL file with a lockword In this case Suprtool must open the file more than once the number of fopens vary To avoid being prompted multiple times for the lockword specify it as part of the output file name run suprtool pub robelle input infile output outfile lockword group erase gt xeq Copying User Labels Suprtool copies all the user labels of the input file to the output file unless you have Set Userlabels Off
434. mats are as follows Value Format Example 0 default mmm dd ccyy Mar 20 2000 1 yy mm dd 00 03 20 2 mm dd yy 03 20 00 3 dd mm yy 20 03 00 4 dd mmmyy 20 Mar00 List PCL SET LIST PCL 0111213141516 Initial amp Default 0 Use Set List PCL to configure the default format for LaserJet listings This option defines the List device as a PCL device and indicates the orientation and font for the report Set List PCL affects only the List command it is ignored by the Output command PCL stands for Printer Command Language which is an HP standard for printers The LaserJet is one of the first PCL devices to be released by HP By default Suprtool assumes that your List output device is not PCL compatible List PCL 0 PCL 1 To print the Suprtool List output in Landscape mode across the wide part of the paper with the tiny Lineprinter font 16 66 pitch or 8 lines per inch you should do the following this setting prints 175 columns per line gt comment Maximum of 175 columns with this font gt set list pcl 1 gt comment You will need LaserJet with proper font cartridge gt list device laser123 PCL 2 To print the listing in Courier font Landscape mode 6 lines per inch and 100 columns wide use gt set list pcl 2 gt list device laserjet PCL 3 This option selects the standard Portrait orientation with the Courier font of the LaserJet 80 columns across by 60 lines You would use Set List PCL 3 when you insert
435. me This example writes the totals to the end of the simple Suprtool report gt base store gt get d inventory gt list standard gt total unit cost gt total Sfile Slist gt xeq Sort Break Totals Please refer to the Duplicate command on how to generate sort break totals Notes Totals are formatted and displayed in a form that is understood by people If you want to return total values to a program see the Calling Suprtool user manual You cannot combine the Total command with the Total option of the Duplicate command The Total command prints out a date and time stamp on the title line This is for audit purposes Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Suprtool Commands e 257 Update Command UP Update one or more noncritical fields in an IMAGE dataset UPDATE CIUPDATE Specify the fields to be updated and their new values with the Extract command The Update command must be specified after the Chain or Get command but before the Extract command s You can update part of an IMAGE field by defining the part you are interested in updating and then using the defined field name in the Extract command The Update command can change values in critical fields IMAGE search or sort fields To update critical fields you must specify the Ciupdate option and CIUPDATE must be On or Allowed in the database Example This example selects all inventory items with a unit cost less than 10 00 and increases the unit cost by five percent
436. mes are upshifted and POSIX file names are not POSIX file names are limited to a maximum of 240 characters Here are some examples of POSIX file names hello david mgr dev david CHDIR SUBDIR run suprlink pub robelle tinput file tverify input DEV DAVID SUBDIR file Calculator Any command line beginning with an equal sign is treated as a calculator expression This feature can be used to compute blocking factors and do other calculations without the need of an electronic calculator You can obtain a short description of the calculator by entering the following gives help prints a summary of functions For a detailed description of the calculator and its options see the Suprtool manual Control Y You can interrupt a Suprlink task with the Control Y key hold down Control while striking Y Suprlink responds by telling you how far it has gotten IN OUT etc and asking if you wish to stop Hit the Return key to continue or type YES to stop the task 376 e Suprlink Commands Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Before Command B Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Repeat any combination of the previous 1000 command lines with or without editing BEFORE start stop string ALL Default redo previous line BQ redo without change The Before command allows you to modify the commands before it executes them If you don t need to change them use BQ or Do The Before command uses Qedit style
437. n Dbedit Except for LP these options are saved when you return to Suprtool and restored if you enter Dbedit again SET LP ONIOFF PROMPT character QUIET ONIOFF RESET ONIOFF UNDERLINE ONIOFF VERIFY ONIOFF LP SET LP ONIOFF Initially OFF All output from the List command is normally sent to stdlist When you turn Set LP to On Dbedit opens the file Suprlist which defaults to the line printer Turning Set LP Off closes the SUPRLIST file and releases it to the spooler Dbedit automatically closes the Suprlist file when you return to Suprtool Prompt SET PROMPT char Initially Prompt tells Dbedit to use a different character for prompting Any special character can be used as the prompt character For example gt edit set prompt Slist m customer Quiet SET QUIET ONIOFF Initially OFF Turning this option On causes Dbedit to reduce the number of helpful messages that are printed and to shorten other messages Reset SET RESET ONIOFF Initially ON When you use the File List Modify Change or Delete commands you may override the default order that Dbedit uses to prompt for search fields using the KEY option With Reset On Dbedit always resets the KEY option to the default With Reset Off Dbedit will continue to use the new order of search fields Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Underline SET UNDERLINE ONIOFF Initially ON When Dbedit prompts for field values it prin
438. n expression Both ASCII and Roman 8 characters are upshifted by Supper For example gt extract city up Supper city gt extract full name Supper first last Downshifting Strings Lower If you want to downshift all characters of a string expression to lowercase use the built in function lower This function can be used to downshift a single field a complicated string expression or any subpart of an expression Both ASCII and Roman 8 characters are downshifted by lower For example gt extract city lower case Slower city gt extract city state Slower city state Trimming Spaces Using Trim LTrim RTrim Use one of three built in string functions to remove leading or trailing spaces from a string expression The three functions are Trim Remove leading and trailing spaces from the string expression Suprtool Commands e 145 146 e Suprtool 5 5 for MPE LTrim Remove leading spaces RTrim Remove trailing spaces Splitting Variable Length Strings Suprtool can extract portions of a byte field based on the occurrence of certain characters Consider the following Data Armstrong Neil Patrick Green Bob Miller Edwards Janine Armstrong Arthur Derek The split function can extract each token into separate fields The syntax for the split function is split Field Start Character Occurrence End Character Occurrence The following task will split the data in the wholename into three se
439. n to Suprlink Suprtool 5 5 for MPE set varsub on setvar a 10 tsetvar b a showvar ab Because Suprlink does one level of variable substitution prior to the command being passed off to MPE setting variables in Suprlink that involves other variables will give different results from MPE We recommend that you set the variables prior to running Suprlink or that you temporarily turn off variable substitution with the Set Varsub Off command set varsub off setvar a 10 tsetvar b a showvar ab A 10 B l a set varsub on Suprlink with Quiz QTP Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Quiz and QTP are part of PowerHouse a popular fourth generation language sold by Cognos You can use Suprtool and Suprlink to improve the performance of PowerHouse applications For a complete discussion of how to use Suprtool and Quiz together refer to the Suprtool with Quiz QTP section of the Suprtool User Manual Suprlink can write to PowerHouse subfiles that have been created with Quiz or QTP Subfiles are self documenting files that contain a complete description of the file s record structure This information is stored in user labels in the file and is known as a mini dictionary When you access the subfile in Quiz its description is read from the mini dictionary You must ensure that the PowerHouse subfile description exactly matches the record layout of Suprlink s output file Remember that Suprlink will drop the common key fie
440. n within the input file not the table file gt input flatfile gt define cust no 29 8 byte gt table cust table cust no file custlist gt If lookup cust table cust no gt output result Comparing against a Key and Data Suprtools can use the data loaded into a Table in a comparison operation The lookup function will return the data value from the table to compare against another field or literal In filelsd Table mytable char field data tabfile data id field If Slookup mytable char field id field int field So what Suprtool will do in this case is read a record lookup the record in the table and retrieve the data item in the table If Suprtool does NOT find an entry in the table a zero will be returned if the data type is numeric and spaces will be returned if it is a byte type So using the case above if no entry is found in the table zero is returned and if int field is equal to zero then the record will qualify If you don t want to have any values returned from the table lookup you just preface the if with a standard lookup Getting a Quick Start with Suprtool e 31 gt get ord details gt table cust table cust no file custlist data state code if 1ookup cust table cust no and amp 1ookup cust table cust no state code state code gt output orders gt xeq When using lookup to return data the lookup must always be on then left side of the expression If not
441. name To append prov name to each output record we read the customer dataset extracting the customer name We also Define prov name as a new field and extract it for the output record but we fill it with a value that is based on the prov code for each customer entry customers cust name full prov name 1 30 full prov name lookup provtab cust prov code prov name somefile To update a dataset you do the same commands but you insert an Update command prior to the Extract from a Table Below is an example that shows how to update an IMAGE record using data values from a Table Let s assume that we have new unit cost information for each product gt form newcosts File NEWCOSTS NEIL GREEN SD Version B 00 00 Entry Offset PRODNO Z8 1 UNIT COST P8 9 Limit 13 EOF 13 Entry Length 12 Blocking 64 We load a table with the product number key value prod no and the new unit cost data value unit cost gt table prodcost table prodno file newcosts data unit cost We can then select that unit cost field from the prodcost table using the Extract command gt extract unit cost 1ookup prodcost table prodno unit cost Here is the entire task keeping in mind that Update must be specified before the Extract command Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Suprtool Commands e 149 gt base store suprtpis Database password gt get d inventory gt table prodtable prodno file newcosts data unit cost gt update if Slookup
442. nd ES Annt i erede tee eti e Re Eres eese chives 291 Exit Command E iube Rt o ete etii 292 Exit Abort EA tea Ret e RE ded it eie ahd wean 292 Exit Suspend ES 5 eet It eee Peri eR ec bets ees Eee haves 292 Exit Xeq EX hee eet e Eee eit eise ahd RE HERE 293 Floating Command FEL a iie Re Ree e eee etie 294 Form Command E uoi e tH ete tei 295 Heading Command HEA 1 eerie seen eee eene nennen nnne nennen nennen netten nenne 297 Help Command H aie et Ree tee Deere reti e ee Pee e EN e eo bake 299 Suprtool 5 5 for MPE e 11 HIME Command HT rer rte shag cape terr pei pe PD 300 Input Command HE ct oi iter PCR err E DRERA REP TE RE RP REPRE 302 Listredo Command LISTREDO sessi nennen nennen 303 Qutput Command O iin tir teer eere ERE RE SERE LE RI PP REFER 304 Quote Command QJ neenon 305 Redo Command PREDO er ienaa rea T EE nennen entre T tenen EE 306 Reset Command o a a T e ent pep enne 307 S t Command S ene ehe bte EEEN 308 Clean Chats cadente cae nO nS 308 Mapped onc eene Re dee Io R 308 onnmemEE 308 StatStiCs ce A 309 Meu L M 310 Varsu bDe b g entere DERE RERO RE en SERES 310 Warnings noe pen a PR TO E Ree RUE 310 Xmltagch r eee E nee Hee WO a ae ee 310 lg em M
443. nd asks if you wish to stop Hit the Return key to continue or type YES to stop the task Even though you abort the task your output file is saved although it may be empty if you stop before the sort phase is over Suprtool Commands e 107 If you use Control Y during a Put Delete or Update operation the database locks are still in effect Do not walk away from your terminal without answering YES or NO to the stop question If you are Deleting records you should continue the task unless you don t want the output file With the output file you can recover the records back into the dataset by using the Put command When you hit Control Y MPE must fix Suprtool s stack markers so that you resume where the interrupt occurred With MPE V we have received reports of invalid stack marker aborts in Suprtool when using Control Y while reading a dataset This is probably because the stack marker format changed in MPE V and Control Y has trouble finding the proper one when Suprtool is in Privileged Mode There is not much you can do except to avoid Control Y while reading a dataset Error Recovery There are several errors that can occur during a Suprtool task 1 The output file fills up 2 There are invalid packed decimal or zoned decimal digits in the input record 3 There is a duplicate key when writing to a KSAM file 4 An attempt is made to delete a master dataset entry which still has associated detail entries 5 Suprtool
444. nd contains blanks decimal currency or a sign symbol in the data then you can utilize the number function Number Function Suprtool now has the ability to accept free form numbers as display data types This means numbers in the form 1234 45 12345 123 2134 12343 123 45 can now be accepted and converted to any other numeric data type Consider the following data Item number New Price 12345 1123 45 34563 27 5 213172 1 545 Suprtool can now read and convert the data in New Price using the number function Let s say we want New Price to be a double integer and currently occupies eight bytes starting in position six Here is the task you would use to convert the New Price free format number into a double integer gt in mynums gt def item number 1 5 byte gt def new price ascii 6 8 display gt def new price 1 4 double gt item new price ascii dec 2 gt item new price dec 2 gt ext item number gt ext new price number new price ascii out somefile link gt xeq The number function take the free format number and make it a valid display number It will determine the decimal sign and add leading zeroes It will round the number to the defined number of decimal places In the case of 1 545 number Suprtool will round the value to be 1 55 since the given number of decimal places is two and the following value is five or greater If you have a whole number such as 54 with no decimal point the
445. nd will display any of the previous 1000 commands LISTREDO start stop ABS OUT file string REL ALL I LUNN Default display previous 20 commands BJ and are short for LISTREDO Commands are numbered sequentially from 1 as entered and the last 1000 are retained You can display a single command a range of commands all 1000 or all the commands whose name matches the string You can print the commands with ABSolute line numbers the default RELative line numbers 5 4 or UNNumbered You can write the commands to your terminal or OUT to a temporary file If you want to redo any of these commands see Do Redo and Before Examples 5 5 10 help e print all Help commands print last ten commands ALL print entire redo stack purge print all Purge commands purge xx print all purge xx commands purge print all with purge anywhere rel 1 10 out lp unn out save print ALL relative numbers dump commands to printer write commands to a file Notes The Listredo command cannot be abbreviated but BJ is accepted as a short form 348 e Dbedit Commands Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Modify Command M Changes the values of any or all fields in a dataset entry MODIFY file options Options numeric valuelAlllKeyILimitlIUNderIUPdatekey The field list of the file parameter specifies which fields to modify When the UPDATEKEY option is specified search and sor
446. ne is called Suprtool2 not Suprtool User programs written in COBOL COBOL AX FORTRAN FORTRAN X Pascal PascalAX SPEEDWARE SPL or TRANSACT can call Suprtool2 and ask Suprtool to do any of the normal Suprtool tasks such as copy extract or sort The routine creates Suprtool as a son process The user program instructs Suprtool by calling the Suprtool2 routine repeatedly with Suprtool command lines When the first Suprtool command is sent the interface builds temporary files which will be used for input and output to Suprtool When the user program sends an Exit command in a separate call to the interface the interface creates Suprtool as a son process Finally the interface prints the stdlist message file if so directed by the user program Importance of the Exit Command The interface will not invoke Suprtool until your program passes Exit to it as a command line The Exit command must be alone and left justified in the command line You may use Xeq to separate multiple tasks but none of the tasks will be executed until you pass Exit to the interface If you forget the final 440 e Welcome to Calling Suprtool Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Control Record Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Exit or put it in the same command line with another command such as Xeq your Suprtool tasks will be ignored The user program must pass a special control record to the interface on each call For COBOL we suggest that this control record be placed in the COPY
447. new file unless you specify Append or Erase You would use Erase to write to a Quiz subfile for details see Suprtool and PowerHouse Applications on page 77 Suprtool and Allbase 52 e Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Specify an Allbase database with the Open command Once Suprtool has opened the database use the Form command to obtain information about the tables in the database Use the Select command to choose what data to read from your Allbase database We have tested the Allbase module with Allbase version G 1 13 for MPE We believe that it will be compatible with future versions of Allbase We have not tested Suprtool with any of the F versions of Allbase Allbase access is available as a seperate add on module to Suprtool Data Types When you specify a Select command Suprtool figures out how to translate the Allbase internal data types into ones that Suprtool can process Not all Allbase data types can be processed by Suprtool The following table lists the Suprtool data type that corresponds to the Allbase data type Allbase Data Type Suprtool Data type Integer Double Smallint Integer Binary Not Supported Char Byte Varchar Byte Real leee 32 Float Teee 64 Decimal Packed Numeric Packed TID Not Supported Date Byte Time Byte Datetime Byte Suprtool Issues and Solutions Interval Byte Varbinary Not Supported Long binary Not Supported Long varbinary Not Supported Date and Time Types Allbase has four types of fie
448. ng or Picture specifications for Defined fields in QTP Linking Subfiles by Record Number Another approach which guarantees that the subfile will contain the correct data definitions and default display characteristics is to create temporary subfiles with QTP for each dataset then link them together by record number Suprtool 5 5 for MPE purge invcust qtp gt access d invoice gt subfile invtemp size 1 include amp gt custnum invdate amount invnum gt set input limit 0 gt go gt access m customer gt subfile custtemp size 1 include amp gt name address gt set input limit 0 gt go gt access invtemp link to record 0 of custtemp gt subfile invcust keep size numrecs include amp custnum invdate amount invnum amp name address t input limit 0 Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Introduction to Suprlink e 373 Suprlink Commands General Notes 374 e Suprlink Commands When you run Suprlink it prompts for commands on stdlist with a character and reads command lines from stdinx Suprlink commands contain a command name followed by one or more parameters and are patterned after the same commands in Suprtool In this chapter we describe the Suprlink commands in alphabetic order Following each command name in brackets is the minimal abbreviation for the command For example I for Input and L for Link Abbreviating You may shorten the command name to the first letter of the command name
449. ng 35 gt output newfile gt xeq Producing a Condensed Dataset Listing When debugging test databases it is often desirable to produce a condensed listing of a dataset on stdlist The following example combines the Extract command with the ASCII output option 1 e all binary and packed decimal data is converted into readable ASCII characters For readability each data value is prefixed with an abbreviated field name This listing is more compact than the one produced by the List command gt get m customer gt extract Account cust account gt extract C R credit rating gt output ascii implies stdlist gt xeg The output would look like Account 04598921 C R 500000 Account 44657844 C R 2000000 Account 98753198 C R 300000 Simple Reports You can produce simple reports with Suprtool s List command You select the records for the report with the If command and the fields for the report with the Extract command Reports can include running headings with the date title and page number and an optional line of column headings Suprtool can produce default titles and headings gt get m customer gt item credit rating decimal 2 gt extract cust account gt extract credit rating gt list standard gt xeq The output would look like this Feb 16 2000 Base STORE Set M CUSTOMER Page 1 CUST ACCO CREDIT RATING 4598921 5000 00 44657844 20000 00 98753198 3000 00 Your First Report
450. nishes the current task then prompts you for another task This continues until you enter the Exit command If you wish to terminate Suprtool immediately perhaps you are confused enter Exit Abort which immediately returns you to MPE without attempting any task If you Run Suprtool from another process e g Qedit you can suspend execution without executing the current task with the Exit Suspend option Info for Commands If you run Suprtool with Parm 4 Suprtool processes up to 80 characters of command input specified via Info Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Running Suprtool under MPE e 45 run suprtool pub robelle parm 4 info I ABC O ABC2 E Suprtool terminates only if the Info string contains an E command Otherwise it prompts for more commands after processing the Info command string A warning is printed if you accidentally specify an Info string longer than 80 characters You may want to combine one of the more useful Suprtool commands with the Info option to standardize certain Suprtool operations One restriction of the Info string is that it may only be 80 characters long You may need to have many Suprtool commands executed For example suppose that the file SUPRUSE contained commands to set up a standard Suprtool extract but the selection criteria changed with each use Invoke Suprtool with run suprtool pub robelle parm 4 info USE SUPRUSE The user can enter the If command and an Exit command all of the other opti
451. nitExtents on will make the Initial Extents equal to the maximum number of extents on the creation of an output file Keep in mind that that this will increase the size of the chunks that it may need for large files Consequently you may experience Out of Disc Space errors in some cases if large chunks of disc are not available ItemAbbreviateDate SET ITEMABBREVIATEDATE ON OFF Initially ON The specification of the Date format within the Item command by default expects the entire keyword For example for the date format of Calendar you would have to specify the entire token of Calendar If you Set ItemAbbreviateDate On you would only have to specify CAL for the Calendar date format ItemLock SET ITEMLOCK lt fieldname gt Initially Spaces Suprtool supports Item Level locking thru the Set ItemLock lt fieldname gt command The set command must be specified after the Base and Get Chain command has been specified and is only invoked for Delete and Update operations For example run suprtool pub robelle base order 1 get dline set itemlock item num del out save link exit This field setting is reset after each task Item Level locking is not invoked for PUT operations 234 e Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Suprtool Commands Suprtool 5 5 for MPE There are some cases where Suprtool needs to use the lock descriptor when doing a dblock mode 5 which is an unconditional Item Level lock but Dbutil show dbname locks will show
452. nne tren teinte nennen 50 Suprtool Issues and Solutions 51 A Suprtool Task 3 823 aero EE e ERU ERU dee 51 Input Choices 3 5 eee rer titanate ERU ET eau ete 51 Processing Selections 3 eee eet eee Teen Heer poet detecte 51 Output Choices 2 ee ee n e REP ee dr eei rore eat 51 Suprtool and Allbase x nete n deme Eee eet I ae de teeta 52 Data Types 5e inae eee eU Renee 52 Date and Time Types iuste tere iren ee hee Ede ceu prenne 53 Restrictions o ette tete eie e ORCI et tube a e aw 53 Suprtool and IMAQGE tete tU eee ebrei sete CUR dE rete e ebd ean Ee ee qe Urge eee vd 53 Reading Dat sets ei eee eicere aula eee tues eae 53 Serial vs Keyed Access e ee Nae Mok wh Sapte ette bere vd 54 When to Use Suprtool with IMAGE seen eene 54 TurboIMAGE Compatibility eese nennen eene eene ens 55 Locking of IMAGE Datasets eseseeeeeeeeneeeeeenee nennen nennen nennen enne 55 Database Maintenance Delete Put esssssessseseseseeeerenen nennen 56 lI 57 Master Dataset Expansion MDX sss nennen ener 57 Jumbo Datasets and Large Datasets 20 0 0 eee ee ceseceseceeceseceseceecaeeeaeeeaeeeeseneeeeenes 57 Suprtool and KSAM Files reete diae pn dup Rete i eese itus 58 Locking Output KSAM Files rre tee rei e e re e eod 58 Locking Input KSAM EBI6s edd eee pee e ege eee ees 58
453. not contain a valid number We can simply tell Quiz to select only those records where ItemSize is greater than zero We get the field name from the name already provided in the data dictionary To get the field type we can create a Quiz Define statement which maps the PowerHouse types into the Suprtool types Although the PowerHouse type sometimes has a sign qualifier for numeric fields in this case it doesn t matter We need to check only the first few characters of the type We convert a blank in the occurs column to a subcount of one QUIZ SUPRTOOL Definitions Access QSHOW SUBFILE or QSHOW FILE Select if ItemSize gt 0 lgnore heading lines Define Position Offset 1 Define SuprType char 8 amp integer if Type 1 8 INTEGER else amp packed if Type 1 7 PACKED else amp real if Type 1 6 FLOAT else amp display if Type 1 6 ZONED else amp byte Define SuprSubcount char 8 amp 1 if Occurs 0 else amp ascii Occurs Report amp tab 1 DEFINE Name pioW o o o e NNNM g S Position pic T amp ItemSize pic amp 5 S prlype pic 6 T g SuprSubcount set nohead set page length 1 report spacing 1 set report device disc name SUPRDEFS send to disk file go The output from the above example would look like this Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Suprtool Issues and Solutions e 85 PRONUM INSHP REFNUM SONUM ARFSC TYPNUM SOESI SOES5 BILNAM
454. nsuming system resources Running STExport with Parm 32 forces STExport to terminate on Exit rather than suspend run stexport pub robelle parm 32 Job Control Word STExport sets the system job control word JCW to a fatal state when STExport fails in a batch job STExport sets only the high order bit of the JCW That is it adds 32 768 to the existing JCW value HP subsystems use the other bits of the JCW so STExport does nothing to them Using STExport in Batch STExport operates in session mode or batch mode In batch usage any error message causes STExport to quit setting the Job Control Word to flush the remainder of the JOB Warning messages do not cause an abort In batch mode STExport does not prompt for missing information as it does in session mode Instead it attempts to choose the alternative that has the least chance of destroying valid data For example if the Output file is a duplicate file name in batch mode STExport saves the new Output file with a made up name OUTPUTnn where nn is from 00 to 20 prints a warning message and aborts Summary of Parmz Values Value Function 32 don t suspend terminate completely 64 check with user before Exiting 8192 don t allow MPE commands Values may be combined by adding them together For example Parm 96 means check with me before exiting then when I do actually exit terminate STExport completely instead of suspending STExportOutCount JCW 274 e Accessing
455. nt and st total 1 St count contains the number of times each cust account occurred while st total 1 contains the total sales for each cust account Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Getting a Quick Start with Suprtool e 39 Sort by Count or Subtotal When Suprtool counts or subtotals the output is sorted according to the key fields If you want your output file to be sorted by the count or by a total you must process the output file with a second task The following example sorts the previous file of totals by ST COUNT We choose a descending sort sequence so that we can see first the customers with the largest number of orders gt input result input from previous task sort st count desc highest counts appear first gt list standard produce a simple report gt xeq Total by Field If you want to get a single total for a field without caring about subtotals on sort breaks you can use the Total command Total prints out the result on stdlist For example to compute the total sales value for 2000 transactions use these commands gt get d sales Sid purch date gt 000101 and purch date 001231 total sales total output null gt xeq Running Totals You can get a running total on a field using the total function The target data must be a packed field with 28 digits in order to help avoid overflow issues A sample use of the total function could be gt def mytotal 1 14 packed gt get orders gt ext mytotal
456. nt coffee and decided to cancel the task comment upon your return Sinput invoices coffee break Sexit abort cancel the task and terminate End Of Program Exit Suspend ES When running STExport as a son process e g from Qedit it would be nice to suspend STExport without executing the current task Exit Suspend does this After returning to STExport all specifications for the current task are still in effect 292 STExport Commands Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Examples run qedit pub ro run stexport pu Sinput invoices Sfloating fixed 2 Sexit suspend STEXPORT PUB ROBE VEM activate STExpo STEXPORT PUB ROBE Soutput invdata Sxeq belle b robelle rt LLE Exit Xeq EX To perform the current task you can either use Xeq which leaves you inside STExport ready to define another task or Exit Xeq which leaves STExport when done with the task LLE is still alive start specifying options return to Qedit without an Xeq Okay to HOLD Y continue specifications execute the current task After the STExport task completes STExport either terminates or suspends and awakens a father process i e Run from within Qedit Exit Xeq is the default option i e specifying exit starts execution of the current task Examples run stexport pub Sexit run stexport pub Sinput invoices Sfloating fixed 2 Soutput invdata Sexit Suprtool 5 5 for MPE robelle robelle no in
457. nt outbuf output length 320 end proc ask procedure err address value address integer address in outbuf begin integer output length integer array errbuf 0 10 move errbuf 8 bell 8 10 1f ERROR Wyse print errbuf 5 320 lt lt check length for overflow of buf gt gt output length address outbuf 2 if output length gt bl outbuf then begin print outbuf bl outbuf 0 quit 111 end if print outbuf output length 0 print errbuf 0 0 end proc lt lt err gt gt procedure blank buf count value count integer count Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Examples of Calling Suprtool e 459 integer array buf begin if count 0 then begin buf if count count 1 gt 0 then move buf 1 buf count end if end proc lt lt blank gt gt procedure b blank buf count value count integer count byte array buf begin if count gt 0 then begin buf if count count 1 0 then move buf 1 buf count end if end proc lt lt b blank gt gt page level 1 print totals Print the Suprtool2 totals gt gt procedure print totals begin byte array blank total 0 bl supr totals byte pointer supr totals integer total index total offset logical first time b blank blank total bl supr totals first time true total index 0 while total index max supr totals do begin total offset total index wl supr
458. nteger value Result 10 0 Calculator Help It may be difficult to remember all of the various options that the calculator offers For this reason you can obtain a short description of the calculator by entering the following gives help prints a summary of functions 266 e Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Suprtool Commands Suprtool Errors and Warnings Two Types Of Messages Errors Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Suprtool prints two types of messages errors and warnings In both cases Suprtool is letting you know that it has encountered a condition of which you may want to be aware This appendix describes both kinds of messages and gives a partial list of warning messages Errors are defined as conditions which immediately prevent Suprtool from continuing or which allow it to complete a task and then stop because continuing would likely cause undesirable or erroneous results When Suprtool detects a serious error condition such as a syntax error in a command a file system error or a sort error it prints an error message For example Error Unknown command name try HELP Error Unable to open gt OUTPUT file Finding Errors Automatically If you have software that scans spool files for error conditions have it look for I Errors t Batch vs Interactive Mode In batch mode Suprtool aborts when an error message is printed setting the JCW job control word to FATAL This causes the rest of the job to flush
459. nterface resides in ST2XL Pub Robelle The interface is installed in XL files The following commands demonstrate how to compile and link your program to use the native mode Suprtool interface cob85xl example source link from Soldpass to example pub cap ph run example pub xl st2xl pub robelle User XL Files You can add the native mode Suprtool2 interface to your own XL file For example 72 e Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Suprtool Issues and Solutions linkedit xl xl pub copyxl from st2xl pub robelle module suprtool asm exit run example pub xl 2 xl pub When Errors Occur On MPE V if you have not installed the Suprtool2 interface you see an error message such as run testprog UNRESOLVED PROGEXTERNAL SUPRTOOL2 UNABLE TO LOAD PROGRAM TO BE RUN CIERR 625 If you forget to specify the XL file on MPE AX you get a similar error message Sorting with Suprtool iX The native mode HP sort routines do not sort files with records greater than 4096 bytes Suprtool iX uses these native mode HP sort routines with NLS or with Set Sortfast Off In all other cases Suprtool iX uses its own set of sort routines that have no limit on the record size If you attempt to sort records greater than 4096 bytes with Suprtool iX calling the HP Sort you get the following error message Error Sort record size is greater than 4096 bytes The native mode HP Sort intrinsics are not able to sort records greater than 4096 bytes in
460. ntrol buffer You might want to change the spde buffer size This sets the size of the file system reads and the size of the Speed Demon extra data segment The default size is 14 336 words but you may wish to reduce it List For mode 0 or mode 1 this is a dummy parameter For mode 2 or mode 3 this is the field list that corresponds to the buffer that will be returned by SPDEDBSCAN Highwater Mark When you specify a detail dataset Suprtool and Speed Demon read records until the highwater mark If there is a big difference between the number of entries in the dataset and the highwater mark Suprtool and Speed Demon could take much longer to read the dataset this is true for all programs not just Suprtool and Speed Demon Because mode 1 and mode 2 calls to SPDEDBINIT return the highwater mark for detail datasets in the status area this is the record limit you can write your own programs to automate checking for excessive highwater marks Notes You must call DBOPEN before calling SPDEDBINIT This is just like IMAGE you cannot call DBGET unless you have first called DBOPEN When you call SPDEDBINIT Speed Demon determines how many records to read For master datasets mode 1 and mode 2 of SPDEDBINIT uses DBINFO to obtain the number of entries in the dataset For detail datasets mode 1 and mode 2 of SPDEDBINIT uses the highwater mark for the dataset SPDEDBSCAN stops reading the dataset when it has read that number of entries If th
461. ntrol file gt define start date 1 6 byte start date is the first six bytes gt define end date 7 6 byte end date is the next six bytes gt extract if sales date gt assemble the If command gt extract start date gt extract and sales date lt gt extract end date gt extract gt output seldate temp write the If command to a file This task produces a usefile that looks like this Now you can use this file to do the actual selection gt base salesdb 5 password gt get sales detail gt use seldate use the file that has the If command gt output sdetail gt exit Adjust Batch Jobs for Holidays In automating production batch jobs it would be very nice to know at the MPE command level whether today is a holiday or yesterday or tomorrow You can use if hpday 1 then to check for Sunday but you can t use if hpday holiday then Everyone has their own schedule of holidays Here is how we cope with this problem in our backup job using Suprtool to compare yesterday s date to a list of holidays for the year comment Occasionally the backup is not run This is comment usually because of holidays when nobody is in the comment office The file SKIPDAYS STREAMS PROD contains a comment list of holidays in YYMMDD ASCII format Because comment the backup job runs after midnight it checks if comment YESTERDAY s date is in the SKIPDAYS file If it comment is the SKIPTODAY JCW is set to 1
462. o product price gt ext new purch ext purch date yy purch date mm purch date dd ext sales qty sales total out sales05 link gt xeq You now end up with a file that looks like this File SALESO6 DATA ACCOUNT SD Version B 00 00 Entry Offset CUST ACCOUNT Z8 NEW DELIV X6 lt lt YYMMDD gt gt PRODUCT NO Z8 PRODUCT PRICE T2 NEW PURCH X6 lt lt YYMMDD gt gt SALES QTY Il SALES TAX I2 SALES TOTAL I2 Limit 115 EOF 15 Entry Length 42 Blocking 97 You then add the century to these fields as described above Year 2000 Testing Testing software to see if it works in the year 2000 and beyond is difficult Currently there are three software tools that change the software date for specific sessions or applications making it easier to test software for year 2000 compliance The four tools are 1 Hourglass from Allegro Consultants Inc 2 Time Machine from SolutionSoft Systems Inc 3 Setdate from the HP Jazz machine on the Web 4 TimeWarp 3000 from Omnisolutions Suprtool Issues and Solutions e 99 All versions of Suprtool work with Hourglass but versions previous to 4 0 13 did not work with Time Machine Setdate or TimeWarp This version of Suprtool now works with all these tools Note that this change only applies to non expiring versions of Suprtool Expiring versions of Suprtool such as trials pre releases and products obtained through VARs do not work with Time Machine or Setdate Perf
463. obelle eee Desc parametet eee eere nere descending order DIS Creiren naani disc space disc space reduced i eie eei tenet den display constants eter teer pt Pese display fields maintaining the sign Display option distributed systems m division by Zero ee eet ente ete ie eter Do command sese documentation double quotes double sided printing E downshifting strings essere Dumponerror Set option eese Duplicate and non SD files Duplicate command eese duplicate field names sese duplicate key KSAM error ee duplicate keys order of sort seen duplicate output file name duplicate records senasis D plic te records nte bea Ie eet rete ree duplicate records only duplicates removing sese Index e 491 duplicates SAVING sess eene rete eene 127 duplicating files dynamic dataset expansion sese 160 dynamic date selection sse 183 E EBCDIC conversions esnan niena tnter 158 EBCDIC tapes oerte ret pe eroe me epe 70 Edit c tmand 25 rice vee ones ae eck 132 Edit Sling stet one ut bases 152 editing databases eee Wag Asesinas 132 EditStoperror Set option ssssssees 232 BDSdat iere oed eere 193 Else clause of the I
464. of the files For example file input xxx file output xxxnew run suprtool pub robelle parm 16 reset input reset output With the User Defined Command facility UDC of MPE you can reduce all of this to a single command dup XXX XXXNEW The Info parameter is ignored in this mode Note that the MPE X Copy command is faster than Suprtool for simple file duplication Job Control Word 48 e Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Suprtool sets the system job control word JCW to a fatal state when Suprtool fails in a batch job Suprtool sets only the high order bit of the JCW job control word That Running Suprtool under MPE is it adds 32 768 to the existing JCW value HP subsystems use the other bits of the JCW job control word so Suprtool does nothing to them Suprmgr Configuration File Each time that you run Suprtool Suprtool attempts to open and use a disc file named Suprmgr in Pub Sys It does this to check whether the System Manager has specified any default configuration values The Suprmgr file may be an Editor Keep file UNN or a Qedit workfile No more than 256 characters per record are processed Because Suprtool treats the Suprmgr file exactly like a usefile Suprmgr can include any Suprtool commands Use Set commands in the Suprmgr file to establish custom defaults for the shop Dbedit Set values can also be changed from within the Suprmgr file You must use the Edit command enter the Dbedit Set commands and t
465. ol Components Suprtool 5 5 for MPE The Suprtool package consists not only of Suprtool but also of other programs that perform useful database functions These other programs are Dbedit Speed Demon STExport Suprlink and Suprtool2 Welcome to Suprtool e 17 18 e Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Database Editing Dbedit is a separate module of Suprtool that permits the user to add change list or delete individual records or chains of records from an IMAGE database You enter Dbedit via the Edit command of Suprtool after specifying a database with the Base command The Dbedit prompt character is not gt and the commands are Add File Q impe command Before FOrm REDO expression Change Help Set Delete List Use DO LISTREDO Verify Exit Modify Speed Demon Replacing DBGET Mode 2 One part of the Suprtool package is Speed Demon a set of intrinsics that you call in your programs instead of DBGET mode 2 to read serially through a dataset it should be about five times faster While Speed Demon lacks Suprtool s ability to extract fields or select and sort records it has the advantage that it delivers the records directly into your program Speed Demon V is about 5046 slower than Suprtool but there is no need to read an output file as with Suprtool Speed Demon iX runs at the same speed as Suprtool With Speed Demon your application program is responsible for selecting records and sorting them e g using the Sort verb in COBOL
466. olumn Fixed If you want to specify an explicit string for all invalid dates do so after the Invalid option For example date invalid will cause STExport to produce a string of five percent signs for any invalid date Example First use Suprtool to create the input file with the appropriate date attributes gt get d sales gt item deliv date date mmddyyyy gt item purch date date mmddyyyy gt output dsales link gt xeq on Then use STExport to read the dsales file Specify Date ddmmyyyy which causes all valid dates to be formatted in day month year format with a dash as the separator input dsales date ddmmyyyy Soutput dexport xeq STExport Commands e 287 Decimal Command DEC Specify the format for the decimal place in numeric fields DECIMAL PERIOD COMMA Default Period The fields in the input file The Decimal command specifies what separator will be used to indicate the decimal must have been created with place in numeric fields In North America the custom is to indicate the decimal decimal places using place in numbers with a period Outside North America the custom is to indicate Suprtool s Item command the decimal place with a comma If the decimal place indicator is incorrect it is harder to import files into other applications The Decimal command does not apply to floating point fields 288 STExport Commands Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Delimiter Command DE S
467. om gt to after entering the Select command by itself on a line The entire command gets sent to the Select command parser after terminating with two slash marks or a blank line You might realize greater performance gains with the Select command if you specify only the columns that you need in your output file for either tables with many items or when you need only a couple of items from a given table The following Select command gt select coll col2 col3 from user account emp may be faster than gt select from user account emp Your mileage may vary Suprtool Commands Set Command S Enables or disables certain operating options within Suprtool These options are not reset by Xeq or Reset commands Suprtool 5 5 for MPE SET SET SET SET SET SET SET SET SET SET SET SET SET SET SET SET SET SET SET SET SET SET SET SET SET SET SET SET SET SET SET SET SET ALLBASE ROWS number ARITHMETIC CLASSICIIEEE BASECLOSE ONIOFF BLOCKSIZE size BUFFER size CLEANCHAR string CURRENCYSYMBOL string DATE CUTOFF number DATE FORCECENTURY ONIOFF DATE IFY Y2000ERROR ONIOFF DATE MAPTOPHDATES ONIOFF DECIMALSYMBOL lt string gt DEFER ONIOFF DUMPONERROR ONIOFF EOFREAD ONIOFF FILECODE number FILENAME HelplLinkIEditlHintlExportlOutcount filename FIRSTREC 011 HINTS ONIOFF IFCHECK ONIOFF IGNORE ONIOFF ITEMABBREVIATEDATE ONIOFF INTERACTIVE ONIOFF ITEMLOCK lt fieldname gt LAB
468. ommands in a single task Instead you can combine multiple conditions using AND and OR Alternatives to the If command There are a few selection criteria that the If command cannot perform In these cases you need to use other Suprtool commands If you wish to select by record numbers use the record number options in the Get or Input commands If you wish to limit the number of records selected use the Numrecs command See also Chain Command C on page 115 for an alternative to the Get If combination of commands There Is No Else Clause The If command in Suprtool does not have an Else clause but the output command does To select the records that do not match the If criteria you can use output else to get both the selected data and the data that was not selected by an if criteria See the output command for details gt get dataset this task is the If then gt if expression output filel else link filel and temp file else created 2xeq You can also use a second task with the same criteria negated by a NOT gt get dataset this task is the If then Sak expression gt output filel link 2xeq gt get dataset this task is the else gt ift not expression gt output file2 link gt xeq Expressions An expression specifies the logical criteria that Suprtool uses to select records from the input source Simple Expressions The simplest expression is a single comparison between two fields e g
469. omparison algorithm Truncation errors can occur when Suprtool converts from one field type to floating point See also Accuracy and Numeric Truncation Arithmetic Expressions You can specify arithmetic expressions for any numeric data type in the If command Arithmetic expressions involve the operators and mod The Mod operator returns the remainder between a dividend and a divisor Arithmetic expressions cannot start with a numeric constant e g if 2 a 10 is invalid Arithmetic is not allowed on byte type fields If you have a byte type field that consists entirely of numeric digits redefine the field as display type and use the redefined field name in the If command Examples gt if field 10 1115 numeric field gt if cost qty gt 10000 gt if total qty price tax gt if yymmdd date 100 mod 100 lt 03 first quarter Division by Zero Suprtool reports an error and the input record number if an arithmetic computation results in division by zero Use Set Ignore On to force Suprtool to ignore division by Zero errors With Set Ignore On the result of division by zero is zero Your task executes more slowly if you have a lot of division by zero errors and you have asked Suprtool to ignore them A better approach is to check for zero in the If expression before using it in division gt if read qty lt gt 0 and avoid division by zero total qty gt 100 i Missing Features
470. on processing selections srn esis eneee eaae E Eea E s 51 progress messages eitea ere SER AER a 242 prompt character siperi a RA E R 484 Prompt Set option x prompting using Quiz essere 86 pseudo batch tasks eene 478 pub SD zem itane ae e as 411 Put command 108 217 238 Put command performance eee 102 218 496 e Index Q Qcomman dee a a AR EEEk 219 350 Qedit program ssss 77 113 272 282 293 339 Qedit program and Suprlink 358 377 381 Qedit program as parent process eeeee 46 134 Ohelpz is tee 167 299 346 384 QSCHEMA definitions esee 83 OSBOW i eco a cede Ree Ee RES ERRARE ER E e Ne Re ES pet S 84 OFP VS QUIZ i reete e RE AO eae eSI RR 79 QTP PowerHouse we 271 QUERY numbers format 213 Query All option not supported we 345 Query OP OM ss certet eee 213 QUERY Progra eterne tere tenens 90 Query vs Link question mark database password 110 217 question delete all records sss 125 Quick help 2 deett 167 299 346 384 Quick generating Suprtool commands 86 Quiet Set Optoma none aea mne eue Quiz report writer quote characters 8er Eo ex pem op cre pee e eode Quote coimmand cec
471. on For example ext a edit int field 99 gt ext b Sedit int field 99 999 99 ext c Sedit int field cr99999 99 ext d Sedit int field 9999 99 gt ext e Sedit int field 99 4 gt ext f Sedit int field zz zzz 99 gt list gt xeq gt IN FILE1SD NEIL GREEN 0 gt OUT S NULL 0 11 11 B 00 011 11 CR00011 11 D 0011 11 Se eee F Te Lo gt IN FILE1SD NEIL GREEN 1 OUT SNULL 1 22 22 B 00 022 22 CR00022 22 D 0022 22 O 22 22 F 22 22 Signs As shown in the example above there are also numerous format characters for numeric edits including four ways to specify the sign You can specify a sign with or the typical accounting specification of CR and DB You will note in the example above that the cr in the mask was up shifted to be CR This is because the entire mask is up shifted as the mask is being parsed You can specify more than one sign in a numeric field edit although Suprtool will give you a warning that having two sign edit mask characters does not really make sense Cobol gives a Questionable warning when compiling an edit mask with two sign characters Suprtool will apply the sign in both places Keep in mind that most data has three states 1 Postive 2 Negative 3 Neutral Any neutral data will not display the sign If you specify a sign in the edit mask and the data is negative it will of course display a sign
472. on criteria gt select records for customer 1234 where the sales qty is gt greater than 100 gt chain d sales cust account 1234 gt if sales qty gt 100 gt out out5 gt xeq B trees and Chain The Chain command only takes advantage of B trees if the BtreeModel setting is turned on at the root level This setting means that all DBFIND mode 1 calls will utilize the B tree You can turn BtreeModel on by doing the following run dbutil pub sys gt gt set BtreeModel on The Chain command allows the partial key retrieval on X and U type items on the master dataset and implicitly on any associated detail dataset For example base cd db data 5 reader gt chain a songs song title w gt list gt xeq Warning Using DBGET for the input records gt GET A SONGS 289 gt OUT SNULL 0 SONG TITLE we only come out at night gt GET A SONGS 56 gt OUT SNULL 1 SONG TITLE where boys fear to tread IN 2 OUT 2 CPU Sec 1 Wall Sec 1 As previously mentioned we can search a detail dataset by using the implicit B tree or the search item that has a B tree attached to the associated master 116 e Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Suprtool Commands gt chain d songs song title w Q gt list gt xeq Warning Using DBGET for the input records gt GET D SONGS 37 gt OUT SNULL 0 CD NO 2 CD TITLE Mellon Collie ARTIST Smashing Pumpkins SONG NO 10 SONG TITLE we only come out at night GET D SONG
473. only work with IMAGE 3000 databases and other commands only work with SQL databases An IMAGE database consists of datasets files which in turn consist of fields An SQL database consists of tables or views and each table or view consists of Suprtool 5 5 for MPE User Manual Glossary of Terms e 479 480 e Glossary of Terms columns In Suprtool a column name can be used anywhere that a field name is used The advantage of using a database is that information about the database is automatically available to Suprtool The Form command shows the database structure Dataset A dataset is a file within an IMAGE database The Form command provides path information in DBSCHEMA format including entry length and blocking factor on the dataset description Use Get dataset to access the data within a specific IMAGE dataset Datasets have an implied structure that you specify when you create the database Use the Form command to obtain a list of fields in the current dataset Fields are used by other Suprtool commands and they are described below Errors Errors are messages printed by Suprtool indicating a fatal problem in the task which prevents it from completing In batch mode errors cause the job to terminate Error messages are further described in Appendix A Field A field is a portion of a record When you access an IMAGE dataset this makes Suprtool aware of the IMAGE fields in the dataset When you access an SQL database with th
474. ons could be in the Supruse file An advantage of this method over using RUN SUPRTOOL STDIN XXxX is that the input file Supruse can be a Qedit file With the STDIN option the file must be an unnumbered Keep file Son Process If you run Suprtool within Qedit or SELECT you can retain the Suprtool process and re activate quickly later run qedit pub robelle r suprtool pub robelle Pues suprtool commands gt exit SUPRTOOL PUB ROBELLE is still alive Okay to HOLD Y Acus qedit commands activate SUPRTOOL PUB ROBELLE hs more suprtool commands gt exit Program Held Use ACTIVATE RUN HOLD to re run frake more qedit commands Combining Info and Son Process Normally when you re activate Suprtool from a HELD state Suprtool ignores the original Info string However if you run Suprtool with Parm 8 it re processes the Info commands every time you activate it One application of Parm 8 is with usefiles You can hold Suprtool suspended and have it execute a usefile each time you awaken it By changing the usefile between activations you can make Suprtool do any task you like 46 e Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Running Suprtool under MPE Exit with Verify run qedit pub robelle edit file named DOIT of suprtool commands run suprtool pub robelle parm 8 info USE DOIT Suprtool executes commands from DOIT gt exit return to Qedit edit DOIT activate returns to Suprtool executes Info again
475. ords for the same product no This data is stored in the file dinv 50512001 Rest of data 50512001 Rest of data 50512003 Rest of data The next file will have sales records once again with multiple key values this data is stored in the file dsales 50512001 Rest of data 50512001 Rest of data If you did the following task assuming both files are sorted by the product no tin dinv join dsales out invsales xeq The resulting file would have four records with the multiple matching dinv and dsales records The record layout would have the dinv information first followed by the dsales information If you add the optional keyword on the join command the resulting file would have 5 records The matching 4 records from dinv and dsales as well as the dinv record that did not match with the numeric fields set to zero and the byte fields set to spaces Only one Join operation is allowed per task By default Suprlink will join files base on the primary sorted key in the self describing file You can specify a secondary key for the files to be joined on in a similar manner to how the Link command did Suprtool 5 5 for MPE in orders join dsales by order no product no out ordsales xeq Performance Considerations Select only the records you need unless the time to load a table of desired key values plus the time needed to do lookup for each record is longer than the time to extract and sort the ent
476. ormance Issues 100 e Suprtool 5 5 for MPE HP e3000 sites use Suprtool because it provides access to their data many times faster than they are used to and because Suprtool enables them to perform time consuming DP functions easily with a few simple commands The typical Suprtool task consists of extracting some data for a report then feeding the Suprtool output file into the final report program For example you might fill a Quiz subfile with the subset of data needed then report that subfile with Quiz Native Mode and Compatibility Mode Suprtool is available in native mode for MPE iX and compatibility mode for MPE V You can compare Suprtool s serial read speed for TurboIMAGE datasets and MPE files against other programs both NM and CM On MPE V systems Suprtool has always shown a 2 to 10 times performance gain in such serial reads On MPEAX systems Suprtool can make serial reads up to 8 times faster but the improvements are typically higher on MPE V than on MPE ix That is because Suprtool can bypass most of the MPE V operating system but cannot bypass the MPE iX virtual page manager Here is one MPE iX test that shows what is possible The test scans a large detail dataset that is absent from memory just looking at each record not writing an output file This measures raw serial read capability Suprtool is 2 5 times faster than a standard NM program and uses 1 7th the CPU time When the dataset is fully in memory Suprtool is ab
477. os Info on every activation Info2 Usage iet eene ERE IR ORE ce irae Initextents Set option essen initializing a field is P CHOICES teen orit dern Input command eee input file input file maximum block size ssss 325 403 input file maximum fields esses 325 403 input file maximum record length 325 403 input files mer eee ede EP Ree tees 363 input key fields 5 iet aeneo 302 385 installattODu c eios itte ORI OIN 409 475 Installation instructions tape 22 Installation instructions web eeseeeeeeeee 22 Installirigzzi ssc vevecetuct rentre eiie eee ied 22 Suprtool 5 5 for MPE User Manual installing interface into MPE sese 475 installing on MPE iX installing Speed Demon see 409 installing STExport eese 270 installing Suprlink Interactive Set 5 oec RA ee interface routine essere nne interface to Suprtool interrupt esses intrinsics sss introduction to Dbedit introduction to Speed Demon introduction to STExport introduction to Suprlink invalid dates Invalid dates stddate Invalid Dates Extract command eee invalid stack marker abort sees ISO 8859 1 cha
478. ould use the following create table sales details CUST ACCOUNT dec 8 DELIV DATE date PRODUCT NO dec 8 PRODUCT PRICE dec 8 2 PURCH DATE date SALES QTY dec 6 SALES TAX dec 8 2 SALES TOTAL dec 8 2 tablespace USERS SQL Loader requires what is known as a control file It contains the load specifications such as the data file the destination table the field delimiter the text field delimiters and the column specifications In this case the control file expsales ctl looks like this load data Specify input datafile dat extension is assumed Infile expsales Name of the table where the data is loaded Append new rows to existing data if any gt Append Into Table sales_details Fields are separated by commas Fields Terminated By Character fields are enclosed in double quotes Optionally Enclosed By Specify the column names as they appear in the data records E For a Date type column specify the input format Example column Date YYYYMMDD E CUST ACCOUNT DELIV DATE date YYYYMMDD PRODUCT NO PRODUCT PRICE PURCH DATE date YYYYMMDD SALES OTY SALES TAX SALES TOTAL In its simplest form SQL Loader is invoked with the following command sqlload userid username password control expsales ctl log expsales log The username and password are valid Oracle connect information SQL Loader reads the load specifications from the file specif
479. output cmasfile erase gt sort custnum gt exit Suprtool and PowerHouse Data Types One of the recurring themes in the Technical Support calls that we receive involves identifying data types when defining fields in Suprtool This is particularly true of PowerHouse sites because PowerHouse views the data through its dictionary definitions while Suprtool s vocabulary is based on IMAGE terminology Because both products read the same underlying data structures the problem is only one of semantics This section aims to assist the user in correctly declaring data structures that are passed between Suprtool and PowerHouse processes Translation Table of Data Types IMAGE Type PowerHouse Type Suprtool Type UorX Character Byte Character for NLS R Float non IEEE Real or Long E Float IEEE IEEE K Integer Unsigned Logical J Integer Signed Integer or Double P Packed Packed Z Zoned Display IEBE or Non IEEE depends on whether float IEEE or float NONIEEE was declared under System Options in your system dictionary Tip 1 Use QSHOW to examine PowerHouse data structures Many users are familiar with Quiz s Show Items command access d sales show items INPUT OUTPUT D SALES TYPE SCALE SCALE D PICTURE CUST ACCOUNT NUM 0 0 A A A AAAA DELIV DATE NUM AA AAAAAAKA PRODUCT NO NUM AAA AAAAAK PRODUCT PRICE NUM AAA AAAAAKA PURCH DATE NUM AAA A AAANAA SALES OTY NUM AAAAA SALES TAX NUM AA AAAAAAKA SALES TOTAL NUM AAA AA
480. owever if an Extract command is issued and Set Userlabels is Off Suprtool still writes the Userlabels If List Labels is requested Suprtool prints the contents of the user labels before listing the data If Userlabels is Off Suprtool does no processing of user labels To convert a self describing file into a non SD file see Suprtool and Self Describing Files on page 65 Suprtool Commands Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Varsub SET VARSUB ON OFF Initially OFF This option tells Suprtool to resolve any CI variables in any command The default value for VarSub is Off for backward compatibility VarsubCompat SET VarsubCompat ON OFF Initially OFF This command has no effect on Suprtool for MPE VarsubDebug SET VARSUBDEBUG ON OFF Initially OFF Set VarsubDebug on will print out the line after the variable substitution has occurred This setting only works if Set Varsub is on and Set varsubdebug is on setvar outfile amp GREEN SUPRTEST filename901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123 45678901 run suprtool pub robelle SUPRTOOL iX Copyright Robelle Solutions Technology Inc 1981 2007 Version 5 5 Internal TUE OCT 30 2007 2 58 PM Type H for he gt set varsub on gt set varsubdebug on gt in filelsd suprtest vd in filelsd suprtest output outfile link temp vd output GREEN SUPRTEST filename90123456789012345678901234567890123 vd 2345678901 link temp The output is formatted into 74 byte chun
481. p date does not contain a valid date the resulting delay value will be negative Suprtool Commands e 139 Add and Subtract Dates With the days function you can generate a date that is n days before or after any date In the following example we show you how to get the previous day s date gt input YOURFILE def origdate 1 8 def yesterday 1 8 gt item origdate date yyyymmdd gt item newdate date yyyymmdd gt ext origdate gt ext yesterday stddate days origdate 1 or 7 for next week gt out tmpfile link gt xeg Sample output ORIGDATE YESTERDAY 19990101 19981231 19991231 19991230 19990301 19990228 Date Limits The date function in Suprtool can generate dates between the years 1583 and 2583 Some date formats have limits based on their particular format such as 2027 for a Calendar date and 2259 for the aammdd aamm mmddaa ddmmaa dates Range of Fields Extracting a Range of Fields You can specify a range of fields to extract using the following Extract Field Field4 This feature only works with IMAGE fields input files equated to an IMAGE dataset and for self describing files If you specify a range Suprtool extracts all 4 of the field names between field1 and field4 inclusive When specifying a range of a self describing file that has been equated to an IMAGE dataset the IMAGE dataset definition takes precedence gt get d sales input is from a dataset gt ext product no s
482. paces command determines whether trailing spaces in byte type fields appear within the quotes Use Spaces Trailing if you want to retain all of the spaces in a byte type field Software packages that store variable length character data treat trailing spaces as data Use Spaces None to remove trailing spaces for data that is imported into these applications STExport Commands e 313 Use Command U Specifies a file of commands to be executed as a group USE Q filename Examples A usefile makes your task easier by allowing common commands to be specified once in an external file For example the following usefile contains all the commands for creating the Invcust file use invuse input invoices input file to format floating fixed 2 formatting option output invdata produces the file we want exit STExport prints the lines in the usefile including the comment lines This allows you to include instructions and reminders in the usefile In the example above there were no commands for the user to enter Notes Usefiles cannot be nested in STExport The usefile may be any unnumbered text file or a Qedit workfile but no more than 256 characters per record are processed By default STExport displays the commands in a usefile as they are executed STExport can execute commands quietly using the Useq command For compatibility with Qedit Useq can be abbreviated to UQ 314 STExport Commands Suprtool 5 5 for MPE
483. page VARIABLES 0 line count S9 4 comp 0 page no s9 4 comp input line pic x 80 88 answer spaces value spaces end of db set flag pic x 88 end of db set value T in record count pic s9 9 comp 0 display number puc zwum uzw9 page image area 0 image area 05 db all list pic rg m 05 db same list pic Bx mW 05 db null list pic value 05 db dummy arg pic 05 db password pic 05 db modeO pic value 05 db model pic comp value 05 db mode2 pic comp value 05 db get serial redefines db mode2 pic s9 4 comp 05 db mode3 pic s9 4 comp value 05 db rewind set redefines db mode3 pic s9 4 comp 428 e Examples of Calling Speed Demon Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Suprtool 5 5 for MPE t backwards redefines db mode3 pic s9 4 comp de4 pic s9 4 comp value 4 t direct redefines db mode4 pic s9 4 comp de5 pic s9 4 comp value 5 t chained redefines db mode5 pic s9 4 comp de6 pic s9 4 comp value 6 t previous redefines db mode6 pic s9 4 comp de7 pic s9 4 t keyed redefines db mode7 pic atus area b cond word pic s9 4 comp 88 db stat ok value zeros 88 b end of chain value 15 88 b begin of chain value 14 88 b no entry value 17 88 b end file value 11 88 db begin file value 10 10 db stat2 pic s9 4 comp 10 db stat3 4 pic s9 9 comp 10 db chain length pic s9 9 comp 88 db empty chain value zeros 10 db stat7 8 pic s9 9 comp 10 db stat9 10 pic s9 9 comp comp value 7 S9 4 comp
484. parate fields The below task assumes that the file namefile is self describing and has the field wholename in it gt in namefile gt define lastname 1 30 gt define firstname 1 20 gt define middlename 1 20 gt extract lastname Ssplit wholename first gt extract firstname Strim Ssplit wholename gt extract middlename Strim Ssplit wholename 2 2 gt out names link xeq The first extract statement tells Suprtool extract the bytes from the field wholename starting at the beginning first keyword and stopping at the character The second extract statement tells Suprtool to extract the bytes between the first occurrence of the character to the next occurrence of the character and then that string is trimmed of spaces as it is nested within the trim function The third and final extract statement tells Suprtool to extract the bytes beginning with the second occurrence of the character to the second occurrence of the space character If the target field is not long enough to hold the data Suprtool will abort with an error You can easily prevent this from happening on blank fields by nesting the split statement within a trim or rtrim function First Last The split function also has a Last keyword whereby you can split the field from a given occurrence of a character to the end of the field So in the given example from above the extracting out of the middlename could be coded
485. pends Suprtool iX has its own internal sort routines These routines are as fast or faster than HP s sort routines and do not require as much sort scratch space as HP s routines Set Suprtool Commands Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Sortfast controls whether Suprtool s internal sort routines are called or whether HP s sort routines are used In Suprtool V this option has no effect and defaults to Off In Suprtool iX the Set Sortfast is On by default In the unlikely event that problems are experienced with Suprtool s internal sort routines HP s sort routines can be enabled with gt set sortfast off Squeeze SET SQUEEZE ON OFF Initial amp Default lt neither gt Turning Set Squeeze On forces Suprtool to always truncate the output file limit to the end of file when the output file is closed Turning Set Squeeze Off forces Suprtool not to change the limit when closing the output file By default or by specifying Set Squeeze i e with no option forces Suprtool to decide when to truncate the output limit to the end of file Suprtool will not squeeze a file limit if the input source is a file the output file is not a new file the output file is KSAM CM NM or KSAM64 or if the Ask or Num query output options were specified In all other cases Suprtool squeezes the file limit down to the EOF Set Squeeze Off can be combined with the Numrecs command to automate job streams in which data is appended to the output file For example
486. plication programs can call Speed Demon to serially return the individual records of the same IMAGE dataset one record at a time While Speed Demon lacks Suprtool s ability to extract fields or select and sort records it has the advantage that it delivers the records directly into your program Speed Demon V is about 5096 slower than Suprtool but there is no need to read an output file as with Suprtool Speed Demon iX runs at the same speed as Suprtool With Speed Demon your application program is responsible for selecting records and sorting them e g using the SORT verb in COBOL Application programs should invoke Suprtool when they expect to select a small percentage of the records i e when the overhead of reading the OUTPUT file will be minimized Application programs should call Speed Demon when they expect to select a large percentage of the records Fourth Generation Languages 4GLs Speed Demon will be more difficult to use from 4GLs than from a regular programming language e g COBOL or Pascal Remember each call to Speed Demon returns a single record and you must build a loop to read and test them Some 4GLs do a LOADPROC for every call to the Speed Demon intrinsics e g Reactor from Speedware Because LOADPRCC is so slow this eliminates any benefit from Speed Demon We would like to hear from any users who have success using Speed Demon from a 4GL Caveats for Privileged Mode Users Speed Demon V uses split stack
487. prtool all specifications for the current task are still in effect Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Suprtool Commands e 133 Examples run qedit pub robelle run suprtool pub robelle gt base store data gt get d sales select input sort purch date start specifying options gt exit suspend return to Qedit without doing Xeq SUPRTOOL PUB ROBELLE is still alive Okay to HOLD Y m activate suprtool SUPRTOOL PUB ROBELLE gt if sales total 100000 continue specifications gt output bigtrans gt xeq execute the current task Exit Xeq EX Signal the end of command input and the start of an extract operation After the Suprtool task completes Suprtool either terminates or suspends and awakens a father process i e RUN from within Qedit Exit Xeq is the default option i e specifying Exit starts execution of the current task Examples run suprtool pub robelle gt exit no input was specified No action taken End Of Program run suprtool pub robelle gt input rep23 newprog gt out rep23 program gt xeq copy one file gt input rep24 newprog gt out rep24 program gt exit copy and stop Notes on Exit Xeq If you have entered neither sort keys nor an input source Exit terminates Suprtool without performing any task If you have defined an input source but without any sort keys Suprtool does a copy operation prior to stopping If you have entered only sort keys and have not defined an inp
488. prtool now has a setting called Set VarsubDebug on which will print out the line after the variable substitution has occurred This setting only works if Set Varsub is on and Set VarsubDebug is on Suprlink Commands e 395 setvar outfile amp GREEN SUPRTEST filename901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123 45678901 run suprtool pub robelle SUPRTOOL iX Copyright Robelle Solutions Technology Inc 1981 2007 Version 5 5 Internal TUE OCT 30 2007 2 58 PM Type H for he gt set varsub on gt set varsubdebug on gt in filelsd suprtest vd in filelsd suprtest output outfile link temp vd output GREEN SUPRTEST filename90123456789012345678901234567890123 vd 2345678901 link temp The output is formatted into 74 byte chunks and printed with a preceding vd so the substituted line is clear 396 e Suprlink Commands Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Use Command U Specifies a file of commands to be executed as a group USE Q filename Examples A usefile makes your task easier by allowing common commands to be specified once in an external file For example the following usefile contains all the commands for creating the invcust file use usecust input invoices sorted by custnum link customer combined with customers output invcust produces the file we want exit Suprlink prints the lines in the usefile including the comment lines This allows you to include instructions and reminders in the usef
489. pt see subscript below or to select a specific range of input record numbers Left parenthesis always comes with a right parenthesis input actrec data 10 20 choose records 10 through 20 total budget 2 total second repeated field Means End Parameter Right parenthesis is used to complete a subscript or a selected range of record numbers Right parenthesis always comes with left parenthesis Means Percentage In the Numrecs command use to indicate the number of output records as a percentage of the input file size gt numrecs 10 Means Range of Records Slash in the Input and Get commands means a range of record numbers gt input cat dog mouse 1000 2000 Means Range of Fields Backslash in the Extract command means a range of fields Suprtool 5 5 for MPE gt extract account rating Suprtool 5 5 for MPE User Manual Glossary of Terms e 487 Index means SNE aiio te tae En o eet 486 for HP UX commands essere 485 for O S commands sese 485 n meahs SING aeneae eene ee eredi 486 closed tables E EEE EEA tachi E ETT 251 as the Dbedit prompt character sssse 331 484 changing the prompt character sees 352 3t matches number means every n th record 164 189 485 Sabs f nCtlOD 3 code reci der EO nea duce 142 175 atoe Extract function esseeseeseeseesses
490. put archives gt exit What happens if this run is aborted part way through You must Restore your database and do a recovery Any aborts will leave the database partially deleted If we break up this operation into two parts archive first and delete later we can easily restart the job in the case of an abort First we read and sort the data into the archive file 56 e Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Suprtool Issues and Solutions Suprtool 5 5 for MPE run suprtool pub robelle gt base actrec data gt get artrans gt if trans date 000101 and trans date 001231 gt sort trans date sort cust number gt output archives gt xeq Second we read and delete the entries This method takes slightly longer but it can always be restarted gt get artrans gt if trans date 000101 and trans date lt 001231 gt delete gt output null gt exit Warning there is a window of vulnerability here if any qualified records are deleted or added by other jobs or sessions the Delete pass may not delete the same records as written to the file in the first pass In many applications you might be able to use the extract file from the first pass to load a table in the second pass then use Chain or If lookup to delete the exact same records B trees HP has provided a generic search and partial key retrieval feature to IMAGE SQL by attaching B trees to a master dataset key item This feature is available in versions of IMAGE SQL C
491. put was specified format and stop STExport Commands e 293 Floating Command FL 294 e STExport Commands Specify the format and the number of decimal places for floating point fields FLOATING DEFAULT FIXED decimal places SCIENTIFIC decimal places Default Default By default STExport formats floating point fields classic floating point or IEEE floating point into either a fixed number or into scientific notation Which notation STExport chooses depends on the value of each field in each input record You can force STExport to choose either scientific or fixed notation and the number of decimal places for all floating point numbers You cannot specify these options for a specific field or make them different for 32 bit versus 64 bit floating point numbers Fixed Format Use Floating Fixed to force all floating point numbers to appear in a fixed format You specify the maximum number of digits to the right of the decimal point If you specify Floating Fixed STExport does not remove trailing zeros from the formatted numbers If you specify Columns Fixed all floating point values will be aligned along the decimal point Scientific Format Use Floating Scientific to force all floating point numbers to appear in scientific notation You must specify the number of digits to the right of the decimal point The Scientific option formats the number with all significant digits to the right of the decimal point followed by the
492. r trim ltrim or rtrim Suprtool would have compared both sides of the equal sign by padding the shorter field with spaces It is only the case where you are directly comparing one byte type field to another that Suprtool uses the length of the shortest field for the comparison You cannot compare a byte field to a numeric type field If you have a byte field that consists entirely of numeric digits redefine the field as a display type and use the redefined field name in the If command Character Type Byte type fields can also be checked to see whether they contain only Alpha Numeric Alphanumeric or Special characters The complete field is compared against the specified character types Type Characters Alpha A Z a z 52 characters Numeric 0 9 10 characters Special anything else 194 characters including spaces punctuation Roman 8 letters binary junk Alphanumeric A Z a z 0 9 62 characters For the test result to be true all the characters in the field must be of the specified character type To test a substring use the Define command to define a subfield gt if field alpha gt if field lt gt numeric Examples Suprtool Commands Suprtool 5 5 for MPE String Class 1234 numeric 12 3 no class contains both numeric and special ABCD alpha B JONES no class contains both alpha and special EUN special AIB2 alphanumeric Pattern Matching Suprtool can also select records based on a patte
493. r in the PRN output When formatting numeric fields Suprtool inserts the decimal point at the correct place When you import your file into your PC application numeric fields are automatically formatted correctly Spreadsheets The following procedure allows you to include literal headings in your spreadsheet using only one file the size and shape of which is computed by STExport We have tested this method with MS Excel it should work with any spreadsheet that supports the importing of delimited files There are two steps First build a self describing file with Suprtool then use STExport to convert it to PRN and add the headings 1 In Suprtool build a self describing file gt input gt define items gt item items gt extract fields output sdfile link gt xeq 2 In STExport convert to PRN and add the header line Sinput sdfile Sheading fieldnames Soutput pcdata Sexit The file Pcdata is a variable length PRN file with both headings and data Suprtool and PowerHouse Applications Suprtool 5 5 for MPE You can use Suprtool to significantly speed serial extracts using Quiz and QTP from Cognos In many cases the changes to existing applications are minor Suprtool with Quiz QTP Quiz and QTP are part of PowerHouse a popular fourth generation language sold by Cognos You can improve the performance of Quiz reports by using Suprtool to select and sort the records from a dataset then pass the select
494. r out count pic s9 9 comp 05 supr workspace pic x 20 value spaces page procedure division Kock ckckckck ck ck ck ck ck kk ck ck ck ckck kk ck ck ck ckckckckck ck ck ckckckckckckockckockckckockckckckckckckokckokckckckckokckck kk PROCEDURE DIVISION KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK procedure division 00 main section Ask for selection criteria display TOOL2COB revision no display display Enter 4 character item prefix to select 450 e Examples of Calling Suprtool Suprtool 5 5 for MPE move spaces to input buf accept input buf if answer spaces then go to 00 main exit move input buf to sel prefix Use suprtool to build the extract file move AL to supr print state move base invory data 5 dev to supr command line perform 01 call suprtool get invrec to supr command line perform 01 call suprtool if command to supr command line perform 01 call suprtool spurge selitem to supr command line perform 01 call suprtool output selitem to supr command line perform 01 call suprtool extract item descript to supr command line perform 01 call suprtool sort item to supr command line perform 01 call suprtool exit to supr command line perform 01 call suprtool At this point the file SELITEM contains the sorted data This file must be read and printed on the line printer open output line printer
495. r the built in file names If the group name is PUB Suprlink assumes help files are in the HELP group The same assumption is made for any group name where the first three letters are not PUB When Suprlink is run from a group that starts with Pub e g Pub Suprlink assumes the help files have the same suffix e g Helpnew Examples Here are a few examples of the names that Suprlink would use for the Suprlink help file uprlink Program File Name Suprlink Help File Name Suprlink Pub Robelle Suprlink Help Robelle Suprlink Pub Account Suprlink Help Account Suprlink PubRob Account Suprlink HelpRob Account Suprlink Robelle Dist Suprlink Help Dist Changing Built In File Names You can use a File command to tell Suprlink where the help file is located Your File command must use the file name that Suprlink dynamically assigned to the help file For example if Suprlink is called Suprlink Robelle Dist you would use this File command Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Welcome to Suprlink e 357 Accessing Suprlink How To Run Suprlink To access Suprlink type the following command run suprlink pub robelle SUPRLINK Copyright Robelle Solutions Technology Inc 1988 2001 Version 5 5 q After a short pause Suprlink will take over your terminal and print out some identifying information You will notice that your command prompt has changed to telling you that you have made it into Suprlink Suprlink expects you to type comm
496. r to comma comma as in MPEX You cannot use a semi colon to combine commands on the same line Persistent Redo Redo commands can be saved in a permanent file and can therefore be used from another session You can use the Set redo command to specify a filename to save your redo commands Please see the Set Redo command Redo on page 243 for details 206 e Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Suprtool Commands Numrecs Command N Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Specify the size of the input file for tape files output file for datasets and the sort scratch file NUMRECS size percentage default size 10 000 or EOF of input source Parameters When you know that you are selecting a small subset of the entire input source use the Numrecs command to reduce the size of the sort scratch file and if required the size of the output file If you select more than size entries Suprtool prints a warning message and ignores the rest of the input records However the output file will have the records that were selected Use a percent sign to specify the Numrecs as a percentage of the input file size The percentage can range from 1 to 500 Using Numrecs for Tape Files The Numrecs command is required to read more than 10 000 records from a tape file Suppose you want to read a tape file with 30 000 records You would use the Numrecs command to increase the size of the output file define tape file gt file t dev tape gt input t
497. r web site for each type of Install Instructions If you received a production release tape from Robelle then you can install using the instructions on this web page http www robelle com support install tape stprod html If you downloaded the Suprtool production release from our web site then the instructions can be found here for the ftp download method http www robelle com downloads install stprod ftp html and here for the WRQ download method http www robelle com downloads install stprod wrq html 22 e Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Installing Suprtool Getting a Quick Start with Suprtool How to Run Suprtool Use the following command to access Suprtool run suprtool pub robelle SUPRTOOL Copyright Robelle Solutions Technology Inc 1981 2012 Version 5 5 Today s Hint To see ALL of the options available in Suprtool use gt VERIFY ALL gt Suprtool prints its version number and the current time right after a banner Suprtool then prompts with gt Press Return after typing each command For example if you type the help command Suprtool prints some help text and a keyword list Type a keyword or press Return to leave Help To exit Suprtool type Exit at the Suprtool prompt gt exit What is a Task Tasks are the building blocks with which Suprtool helps you to solve data processing problems In a task Suprtool reads information from a file or database selects and processes some in
498. ract serial no to supr command line perform 10 90 call suprtool tract company name to supr command line perform 10 90 call suprtool to supr command line perform 10 90 call suprtool xeq 10 30 link notefile custfile move link to supr command 1 perform 10 90 cal move input notefile by serial no to supr command 1 perform 10 90 cal link custfile to supr command 1 perform 10 90 cal spurge notecust to supr command perform 10 90 cal output notecust to supr command perform 10 90 cal to supr command 1li perform 10 90 cal e 10 90 call suprtool call SUPRTOOL2 using supr control if not supr ok then display Error Unable to call Suprtool2 display display Suprtool interface error number supr status l0 create notecust file exit exit page 20 produce report Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Calling Suprlink e 473 Read the notecust file which contains the detail records from the NOTES dataset and the company name from the CUSTOMER dataset We produce a break on each new customer serial number otherwise we just print the text of the note lines 20 produce report section open input notecust file open output line printer move spaces to head serial no move false value to end of notecust flag perform 20 10 read notecust until end of notecust go to 20 produce report exit 20 10 read notecust read notecust file at end move true value to end of notecust
499. racters HTML output Item command eese Ttemlock Set ettet iret J JCW SuprtoolOutCount esee 49 job control word 3 620 8 ena IRURE mere 274 360 Job Control Word eee 48 Join Example 4 tne ev EoD A EUH join key fields J type fields SD files Julian dates Julian day number JulianDay data format Jumbo dataset error JUMBO Datasets aici oec eee n ere P rette K Key command er erect eee e opo R key fields input file m key fields join file essere key fields lirk file iuiebeeEeDEeIOe Key option Key option Dbedit eese KLONDIKE 31 5 ne peperere beet de Xenia KSAM re organization KSAM files KSAM files with lockwords eee 63 KSAM files linking KS AM locking ere eese KSAM order of SOFt cccccccssccccesseccesssecessseccessseeeesseeeessees 68 KSAM recovering deleted records 243 IA NIBIL CN 61 KSAM self describing 2 67 KSAM V files T KSAM XL loading faster 60 KSAM XL MPE iX 4 0 and later sss 60 Index e 493 L labelled tapes r t enomen etes 70 235 landscape output eese 237 Large Datasets 5 ene RIETI ors 57 La
500. rameter specifies which fields of the entry to print default of course is all of them Search field values are not listed unless they are included in the field list The ALL option lists all records in the specified file The RELATED option prints related records from other datasets as well as the records you select The listing is printed to stdlist unless you use Set LP On to specify Suprlist as the output file The Suprtool gt List command also displays selected records with the option of dumping totally in Octal Char format Use gt List when you suspect that a dataset contains bad data or to select from a large dataset gt List is faster than List list m customer List in File M CUSTOMER CUST ACCOUNT 24003302 CITY Los Altos CREDIT RATING 100000 CUST ACCOUNT 4003302 CUST STATUS 20 NAME FIRST Ralph NAME LAST Perkins STATE CODE CA STREET ADDRESS Room 655 2 Century Plaza Building ZIP CODE 93002 list m supplier related all related records List in File M SUPPLIER SUPPLIER NAME gt Standard Ribbons CITY San Leandro STATE CODE STREET ADDRESS 100 Main St 2 SUPPLIER NAME Standard Ribbons ZIP CODE 94345 Related Records from the File D INVENTORY Key to path SUPPLIER NAME BIN NO 1201 LAST SHIP DATE 840501 ON HAND QTY 296 PRODUCT NO 105391 SUPPLIER NAME Standard Ribbons UNIT COST 500 Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Dbedit Commands e 347 Listredo Command LISTREDO The Listredo comma
501. rd number in ASCII format A QUERY numbers file is usually used as input to a report program Substituting Suprtool for QUERY in these batch jobs should improve the speed ASK Suprtool Commands e 213 214 e Suprtool 5 5 for MPE ASK is a QUERY replacement tool from COGELOG ASK creates output records in ASK select file format Suprtool can be used to scan and select records quickly from a dataset ASK Version C can produce reports from the resulting select file This option cannot be used with any other Output option Recent versions of ASK read self describing files For these versions use the Link option instead of the Ask option ASCII ASCII converts all binary input fields into their equivalent ASCII values All binary fields are right justified in their fields with a trailing sign The sign can be a blank or Byte fields are not affected by this option The size of the ASCII field depends on the format of the binary field Field Format Output Size I1 J1 6 bytes 12 J2 11 bytes 13 J3 16 bytes 14 J4 20 bytes K1 5 bytes K2 10 bytes E2 12 bytes E4 23 bytes R2 12 bytes R4 23 bytes Zn n l bytes Pn n bytes Any fields with implied decimal places see the Item command are formatted with a decimal point in the correct position Suprtool reserves two additional positions for each output field that has an implied decimal point DISPLAY DISPLAY converts all binary input fields into their equivalent display values
502. rder to use the interface The HP3000 16 ALIGNMENTS option is not needed by FORTRAN 66 and if it is not deleted a warning is produced by the compiler FORTRAN 66 produces a warning on the line call setjcw but this warning may be safely ignored FORTRAN 77 V and FORTRAN 77 iX The example program is valid for FORTRAN 77 V and FORTRAN 77AX but you must use the SHP3000 16 ALIGNMENTS compiler option with FORTRAN 77 X The HP3000 16 ALIGNMENTS compiler option is required for FORTRAN 77 X but the option is not needed for FORTRAN 77 V If the option is not deleted a warning is produced by the FORTRAN 77 V compiler In FORTRAN 77 the suprcommand variable may be declared as character 256 eliminating the need for the suprfiller 452 e Examples of Calling Suprtool Suprtool 5 5 for MPE SHP3000_16 ALIGNMENTS program test character 254 command call initsuprcontrol command input catalog pub sys call invokesuprtool command command numrecs 100 call invokesuprtool command command output tempfile temp call invokesuprtool command command exit call invokesuprtool command 20 stop end C This subroutine initializes the control record for SUPRTOOL C It should be called once at the beginning of the program C subroutine initsuprcontrol common suprtool suprcontrol teger 2 suprcontrol 291 teger 2 suprversion teger 2 suprstatus haracter 254 suprcommand haracter 2 suprfiller haracter 2 suprpriority teger
503. rds ELSE ELSE tells the output command to output any records to the temporary ELSE file that do not qualify under a certain if command If you have a task that looks for all records with an amount gt 0 then the records 0 will be written to a temporary file called ELSE This file can be renamed with a file equation The ELSE option cannot be used with num or key or any duplicate option or command or the Sort command The ELSE file that gets created will look like the output file in terms of attributes KEY KEY creates output records containing only the sort keys concatenated from left to right major key to minor key 212 e Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Suprtool Commands Suprtool 5 5 for MPE NUM NUM creates output records of four bytes in length containing the double integer record number of each input record The record number of the first record is 1 for IMAGE datasets 0 for MPE files and either 0 or 1 for KSAM files depending on whether the FIRST 0 option was selected when the KSAM file was built The NUM option is not recommended for IMAGE master datasets because entries in master datasets can migrate Detail datasets and MPE and KSAM files are okay NUM KEY NUM KEY creates output records containing the four byte record number followed by the sort key values concatenated from left to right major key to minor key NUM DATA NUM DATA creates output records containing the four byte record number followed by the full dat
504. re features for added flexibility The following version of Makesub provides these advantages 1 The capacity of the subfile can be specified 2 The subfile can be temporary or permanent 3 The subfile can contain either all the elements of a file or selected elements QTP is used instead of Quiz so that there are no multiple redefinitions of any item This helps ensure that the layout of the subfile matches the output record that Suprtool creates parm subfile dataset temp or not flimit 10000 anyparm include dataset if temp or not TEMP setvar keep setvar purgetemp else setvar keep keep Setvar purgetemp endif temp file s subfile old temp or not Xf finfo s 0j purge subfile purgetemp echo Existing subfile has been purged endif set input limit 0 gt usefile access dataset gt gt usefile subfile subfile size flimit keep amp include include gt gt usefile ho go gt gt usefile ho exit gt gt usefile run qtp current cognos info auto usefile nolist gt null purge usefile temp echo Subfile has been created The new and improved version of Makesub can be invoked from within Suprtool as shown below Suprtool Issues and Solutions run suprtool pub robelle gt base actrec gt makesub cmasfile d custmast TEMP 5000 amp customer number company name first name get custmast if cred limit 1000000 gt extract customer number company name first name gt
505. records You can interrupt and restart the two task method without harming your records It may be faster to combine the two tasks but it can present problems if you abort the task part way through your database will be partially deleted but you will not have a backup of the deleted records 32 e Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Getting a Quick Start with Suprtool The first task copies the data to a backup file gt get d sales gt if trans date gt 000101 and trans date 001231 gt output archives The second task deletes the entries d sales trans date 000101 and trans date 001231 gt output null gt xeq Updating Records To update records you can specify the fields to be updated with the Extract command s The Update command must be entered before the Extract command You can Update part of a field by defining a portion of the field with the define command and using the defined field in the Extract command You can update critical fields IMAGE search or sort fields by specifying the Ciupdate option on the Update command CIUPDATE must be turned on or Allowed in the database This can be turned on from within the DBUTIL utility You can also update using Arithmetic Expressions gt get d sales gt update gt extract total price qty tax gt xeq You can update critical fields gt get d sales gt update ciupdate gt if product no 12345677 gt ext product no 12345678 gt xeq Duplicate Records
506. refer Qedit style editing Control D etc use the Before command instead of the Redo command Examples gt listf soruce source is not spelled right NON EXISTENT GROUP CIERR 908 gt redo listf soruce redo most recent command last command is printed listf source edited command is shown our you enter changes to it you press Return gt listredo all gt redo 5 redo 5th command in stack gt red redo previous command gt redo 2 redo command before previous gt redo 8 10 redo 8th through 10th gt redo 10 redo 10 through last gt redo purge redo last Purge command gt redo purge temp redo last purge temp gt redo temp redo last containing temp Notes The Redo command can be abbreviated to a comma as in MPEX You cannot use s to combine commands on the same line The Suprredo file is always a temporary file To save more commands use a File command on the Suprredo file before you run Suprtool Hpmodify Keys Reference Here are the MPE style REDO sub commands 220 Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Suprtool Commands i INSERT If text follows the i this text is inserted in the current line starting at the i position r REPLACE If text follows the r this text replaces the same number of characters in the current line beginning at the r position DELETE Deletes a character from the current line for each d specified in the edit line Note that d d does not speci
507. responding records in a related file For example to find all records in an invoice lines file with no corresponding invoice master record the following Quiz code could be written 368 e Introduction to Suprlink Suprtool 5 5 for MPE gt access lines link to header optional gt select if not record header exists gt report invoiceno of lines gt go This small amount of code however can take a long time to execute depending on the size of the Lines and Header files A Quiz program will usually take longer as new links are added causing the size of the record complex to grow Suprlink can provide the same information possibly in a fraction of the time The technique as applied to the same problem requires four steps 1 Sort the Lines file by Invoiceno 2 Adda new constant field Linkflag to the Header file and fill it with Y Sort by Invoiceno 3 Link the two files with Suprlink using the Optional parameter 4 Selectthe record complexes where linkflag does not contain a Y run suprtool pub robelle gt base invdb gt get lines gt sort invoiceno output filel temp link gt xeq gt get header gt define linkflag 1 1 gt extract invoiceno linkflag Y gt sort invoiceno gt output file2 temp link gt xeq gt link input filel gt link link file2 optional gt link output file3 temp gt link xeq gt input file3 gt if linkflag lt gt y gt extract invoiceno gt list standard gt exit
508. rge File Datasets 58 LaserJet 201 237 leading S189 ege RP ees HEBR 312 Less than lt eorr ene en rune eae 484 LEDS oein rete eiie A A RE EE eet 58 Limit option Dbedit uem 335 limits within STExport eene 325 limits within Suprlink eee 403 Tamits Setzio esce PERI 235 Tie PLINER osse o ORB ee PME 211 Link Link command esee 199 359 388 Link file maximum block size eeeeene 403 Link file maximum fields Link file maximum number of eeseeee 403 Link file maximum record length suse 403 link files in Suprtool link key fields 54er tre reete tae DIK ODORE OUR n ret Link vs Query Linkedit REP ads uate tea RE li king files eere RR eene rhe eine linking programs Les list cleats SCEeen oo EI UP ERES List command eene list device list to Suprlist List Char option List Column Headings eee Iast Date default ere e fete arse List Date Option eene eee teet cene nne de List Decimal option eese 200 List Duplex option eerte 202 List Heading option Last Hex Option rrt IOS Last Eabels opt on esce ceret eese eine List Leftjustnum option List Noname option cecceeccecceseceseeseceeeeeeeeceaeeeeeeaeeneeeee List
509. ric constants are not enclosed in quotes Numeric constants may be just simple whole numbers e g 5 0 56 10004 or they may have a decimal point e g 5 0 0 56 99 9 1 4 Real and IEEE numbers may also have a scale factor e g 5E 5 0 01E 4 Over punches for the sign are not required or recognized in Suprtool Always enter 11 as 11 not 1J for a DISPLAY field String Constants String constants are delimited with double or single quote marks That is either VANC or VANC Any characters within quotes are not upshifted If the constant is shorter than the field to which it is being compared the constant is padded with Suprtool Commands e 171 172 e Suprtool 5 5 for MPE blanks String constants are expected for fields of type BYTE U or X but numeric constants are expected for fields of type Z zoned decimal gt if field check for all blanks double quotes are okay so are single quotes gt if field gt if field If you want to compare for a quote itself you include two quotes in the string for each quote you want gt if field AB CD look for AB CD Character Constants Use the character to specify any ASCII character The number the actual ASCII value or letter A means control A must follow immediately after the character Suprtool treats character constants as strings When you compare the constant to a field longer than one byte Suprtool pads the constant with spaces
510. ries was reduced Suprtool may have included some deleted dataset entries These two warnings let you know that while Suprtool was processing your task other users added or deleted entries to the dataset 268 e Suprtool Errors and Warnings Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Suprtool checks the dataset entry count before and after and warns you if it has changed Suprtool allows concurrent changes but warns you when it happens If you cannot accept multiple access you must open the database exclusively mode 4 If you consistently receive the warning about new dataset entries for a particular dataset you should consider using Set Eofread see the discussion under the Set command In many cases you can ignore these messages but sometimes it indicates a serious problem with the current task You may use Control Y to stop the task from processing gt OUTPUT has different record size The record size of the output file being written to has a different record size from the data being written by Suprtool The size may be bigger or smaller This usually occurs when the file being written to is an existing file or when a File command is used to specify the record size explicitly When Suprtool builds the output file for itself it always uses exactly the record size needed to hold the output record If the output file size is smaller your records are truncated If the output file size is larger your record is padded with blanks or binary zeros dep
511. rify All Suprtool prints all of the information concerning the current invocation of Suprtool including the value of the Set options and the Suprtool version number For Verify Version Suprtool prints out the version information Verify with no parameters prints the current values for Chain Get Input Output and Key or Sort commands It also prints those Set options which are not currently at their default setting Examples current input file selection criteria input 2 all all current options version number of Suprtool version 262 e Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Suprtool Commands Xeq Command X Suspends entry of commands and begins the extract from the input source XEQ Notes After the Xeq Suprtool processes the task and accepts commands to specify another task Compare this with the Exit command which stops Suprtool after processing the input After an Xeq command all parameters of Suprtool are reset to their initial values except any database that is left open the Set options and the Defined fields even though their calculated offsets are not guaranteed to be correct for the next file processed Examples gt base cust gt get m customer gt output mcstfile gt xeq copies m customer to Mcstfile gt get d customer gt output dcstfile gt xeq copies d customer to Destfile gt exit terminate no task to do last Xeq could have been Exit Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Suprtool Commands e
512. rks with databases on the local machine Check for a File command specifying the database on a remote machine 528 SPEED DEMON REQUIRES FULL READ ACCESS TO THE DATASET The password used in DBOPEN must grant read access to the entire dataset passed to SPDEDBINIT The creator password always grants full read access to every dataset 527 THE DATASET CHANGED SINCE CALLING SPDEDBINIT The dataset name or dataset number passed to SPDEDBINIT must be the same one passed to SPDEDBSHUT 526 INVALID EXTRA DATA SEGMENT IDENTIFIER This error should never occur If it does please report it to Robelle Solutions Technology Inc 438 e Speed Demon Error Messages Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Assertion Errors Suprtool 5 5 for MPE 525 DATASET IS ALREADY ACTIVE You can only use Speed Demon to read one dataset at a time Two calls were made to SPDEDBINIT Make sure that SPDEDBSHUT is called before calling SPDEDBINIT again 524 INVALID DATA SEGMENT INDEX This error can only happen in Speed Demon V The DL area of the stack has been corrupted Make sure that DB 32 and DB 14 are not used by the calling program 523 UNABLE TO OBTAIN EXTRA DATA SEGMENT Speed Demon needs an extra data segment the length of the buffer size plus a few hundred bytes the default buffer size is 28 672 bytes SPDEDBINIT was unable to allocate this extra data segment Either the system is out of resources e g DST table is full or the maximum extra data segment
513. rmat The date format can be one of e ccyymmdd e yyyymmdd e ddmmyyyy e mmddyyyy e yymmdd e ddmmyy e mmddyy e aammdd STExport converts each date field from its internal date format into the format that you specify Separator Character By default STExport formats all dates without a separator between the day month and year Specify your own separator by enclosing it inside quotes after you specify the date format The separator must be one character long For example to specify dates in ddmmyyyy format with a slash separator use date ddmmyyyy To specify dates in yymmdd format with a dash separator use Oracle Dates Oracle dates contain both the date and the time STExport formats the date but not the time If you specify Date None Oracle dates will be treated as byte type fields Since Oracle dates actually contain binary data the output is often unusable by other applications unless you specify a specific date format Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Invalid Dates By default all invalid dates are formatted as asterisks STExport treats any date that does not have a valid century year month or combination e g February 29 2000 as invalid You can specify how you want STExport to format invalid dates by using the Invalid option of the Date command If you specify date invalid null STExport will produce a zero length field if you specify Column Variable and spaces if you specify C
514. rn of characters rather than an exact string of characters For example use the following to select all records with CONNOR anywhere in the Name field gt if name CONNOR The double equals is the operator for pattern matching The at signs means anything before or after CONNOR is acceptable including nothing For character fields there are two comparison operators for patterns matches and gt lt does not match The pattern is specified as a quoted string using the same special characters as in the MPE Listf command Embedded spaces are allowed in the pattern and must be matched in the target field These are the special characters Character Meaning Zero or more characters of any type A single numeric character 7 A single alphabetic or numeric character Zero or more blank characters amp Escape character to match the next character explicitly amp looks for the character A Reserved for future use Reserved for future use Any other character must be matched one for one does name contain ZANDER anywhere does name contain ZANDER perhaps other characters then ARMSTRONG gt if name ZANDERG gt if name ZANDER ARMSTRONG does name not contain numerics qedit or suprtool gt if name gt lt gt if name qedit suprtool For more information see Special Characters in the Glossary Finding Special Chara
515. rs with a space at the end of the field 284 e STExport Commands Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Columns Command C Specify whether fields are formatted into variable or fixed length columns COLUMNS FIXED NONE Default None Most PC software expects imported data to be in variable length columns Other database systems prefer data to be aligned in fixed columns Use the Columns command to specify whether the output file has variable or fixed length columns Output File The Columns command also affects the format of the Output file If you specify Columns None the output file will have variable length records If you specify Columns Fixed the output file will have fixed length records Suprtool 5 5 for MPE STExport Commands e 285 Date Command DA 286 STExport Commands Specify a specific date format for all dates DATE NONE date format separator INVALID ASTERISKS NULL string Default yyyymmdd Invalid Asterisks Use the Date command to specify an output format for dates Use the Invalid option to specify how invalid dates should be formatted in the output file The advantage of the None option is that it formats all dates whether they are valid or not If you select a date format the default Invalid option replaces invalid dates with asterisks kn STExport must know which fields are dates and the format of each date Use Suprtool s Item command and Output Link option to specify the date information Date Fo
516. rsion facility To run with call conversion you must run Suprtool with special parameters For Omnidex version 3 0 00 and greater run suprtool pub robelle xl xl pub disc For Omnidex version 2 05 03 to 2 09 run suprtool cc disc lib g Warning Message When deleting records from the input dataset Suprtool asks for permission to delete all records if there is no If command to select the records to be deleted Delete all records from the D SALES dataset no Respond Yes for the task to continue In batch mode Suprtool assumes Yes and keep processing Note that if there is no If command but there is some other command to limit the number of records deleted e g the Numrecs command or a record range on the Get command Suprtool still asks the question implying that all records in the dataset will be deleted In these cases only the records that are read based on the limiting factor will be deleted For interactive approval of each deletion see the Delete command of Dbedit Notes For IMAGE manual master datasets a DBDELETE call fails if the entry to be deleted is a chain head with related detail entries still linked to it When this happens Suprtool by default prints an error and stops processing the input data If Set Dumponerror On the record is printed on stdlist If Set Ignore On has been entered Suprtool continues processing and prints a count of chain heads at the end Records that cannot be del
517. rt thru 20 produce report exit 00 main exit goback page 10 create notecust file l0 create notecust file section move base cust history 5 to supr command line perform 10 90 call suprtool perform 10 10 create notefile perform 10 20 create custfile Suprtool 5 5 for MPE perform 10 30 1link notefile custfile move exit to supr command line perform 10 90 call suprtool go to 10 create notecust file exit 10 10 create notefile move get notes to supr command line perform 10 90 call suprtool move if command to supr command line perform 10 90 call suprtool to supr command line perform 10 90 call suprtool product code to supr command line perform 10 90 call suprtool to supr command line perform 10 90 call suprtool to supr command line perform 10 90 call suprtool output notefile link to supr command line perform 10 90 call suprtool sort serial no to supr command line perform 10 90 call suprtool sort sort item desc to supr command line perform 10 90 call suprtool to supr command line perform 10 90 call suprtool serial no tract text line purge notefile 10 20 create custfile move get customer to supr command line perform 10 90 call suprtool purge custfile to supr command line perform 10 90 call suprtool output custfile link to supr command line perform 10 90 call suprtool sort serial no to supr command line perform 10 90 call suprtool t
518. s run dbutil pub sys must be DB creator gt set store subsystems read read access only gt exit run suprtool pub robelle gt set subsystem on check subsystem access gt base store Password don t use creator gt input infile standard file input Put will fail because we do not have write access Error You are not allowed access to this database gt put m customer Suspend SET SUSPEND ON OFF Initially varies SUSPEND instructs Suprtool to suspend after an Exit command The default is OFF when Suprtool is RUN from MPE when RUN with Parm 32 or when invoked from the POSIX shell Suspend is ON when Suprtool is RUN from within another program e g Qedit In some cases it is desirable to turn this option OFF to prevent several invocations of Suprtool from being present at the same time Users who run Suprtool from within MENU systems or QUICK may want to turn Suspend Off or Run Suprtool with Parm 32 ThousandSymbol SET ThousandSymbol Default comma This setting is used to change the Thousand character which is used to edit the data in a field used by the Number function set ThousandSymbol The default character for the Thousand Symbol is a comma Userlabels SET USERLABELS ON OFF Initially ON By default Suprtool always copies user labels from the input file to the output file User Labels are ignored when no Extract command has been issued and Set Userlabels is Off H
519. s are messages produced by Suprtool to let you know about nonfatal conditions that might affect your task Some common warning messages and their meanings are described in Appendix A Yes or No When Suprtool asks a question that requires a YES or NO answer Y OUI JA and SI are accepted as YES and any other answer is considered NO SpecialCharacters Special Characters Certain non alpha and non numeric characters like gt and have special meaning within Suprtool See the descriptions that follow As well the term special designates a class of characters in the If command Means Stdinx Stdlist or File Command in the Input command means to read input from stdinx MPE only in the Output command means to write the output to stdlist at the front of a file name points back to an MPE File command gt input MPE only gt output gt file t dev tape MPE only gt input t Means Equals or Calculate in the If command means EQUALS if customer 40832 in commands means calculate something 10 25 Result 35 0 in the Input command means that the input file has exactly the same format and fields as the specified IMAGE dataset gt input acctfile actrans in the Output command means to write the sorted input file back into itself gt input myfile key 1 10 gt output input MPE only Suprtool 5 5 for MPE User Manual Glossary of Terms e 483 484
520. s at 1 which is one higher than the offset in the QSHOW listing Tip 2 Where is the Data Coming From When a PowerHouse subfile contains complete records from an IMAGE dataset you can have Suprtool read the record structure directly from the IMAGE Root file gt base store 1 WRITER gt input salesub d sales gt form Database STORE DEMO ROBELLE D SALES Detail Set 5 Entry Offset CUST ACCOUNT Z8 1 1M CUSTOMER DELIV DATE J2 9 PRODUCT NO Z8 13 M PRODUCT PRODUCT PRICE J2 21 PURCH DATE J2 25 SALES QTY J1 29 SALES TAX J2 31 SALES TOTAL J2 35 Capacity 602 14 Entries 8 Highwater 8 Bytes 38 Of course if the subfile contains only some of the fields then you ll need to define them individually But you can still use Suprtool s Form command to examine their storage structure in the datasets from which they ve been extracted 82 Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Suprtool Issues and Solutions Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Tip 3 Defined Fields Data Types In some cases subfiles may contain fields that were created within a previous Quiz task namely e Defined fields e Results of summary functions Count Subtotal etc Defined fields will have whatever storage type was specified when they were created If storage type numeric was specified PowerHouse will create a Float Size 8 field by default It is also important to note that if the Define command is not explicit about the field size PowerHouse will assume a size based
521. s provided an interface that ensures that the Omnidex and Superdex indexes remain up to date You only need to enable third party indexing TPI using DBUTIL Once this is enabled MPE automatically calls the TPI intrinsics to maintain the indexes as records are added delete and modified run dbutil pub sys gt gt enable mybase for indexing gt gt exit It is important to note that Suprtool accesses third party indexes by the Chain command which in turn invokes DBFIND mode 1 to establish the chain and DBGET mode 5 to read down the chain It is important that you follow whatever rules are required by your indexing product to use its respective third party index as opposed to any IMAGE index that may exist For example with Omnidex you might need to set a JCW used by Omnidex called IMAGETPI to determine which index or chain is used For more detailed information consult the TurboIMAGE Reference Manual and the appropriate documentation from DISC or Bradmark Z type TPI keys Suprtool supports stand alone Z type keys Suprtools form command will show the keys that it can support via the chain command Suprtool Issues and Solutions e 87 The length of a key is returned by dbinfo 833 and Suprtool will report in the form command the length of a stand alone key SI PRODUCT NO is the path that is now supported Superdex has a variable that impacts the length that is returned for a given key and that is SICOGNOS Suprtool will
522. s selection of input records on the basis of the IMAGE record numbers These numbers always start with 1 and the endrecord parameter is assumed to be the last record in the dataset if it isn t specified Note that you should use extreme care when you are using the record number selection option on master datasets This is because the record numbers of master dataset entries can be changed as entries are added or deleted from the dataset For example if there are deleted entries in the master dataset then you could get fewer records than expected Numrecs is another way to When debugging software it is convenient to scan the first few records of a dataset select only a few records Specifying a startrecord endrecord parameter makes this easy gt get m product 1 20 first twenty records gt list produce a formatted list of each gt xeq record with no output file This example gets any records that are in the first twenty IMAGE locations This may be fewer than twenty records if there were deleted or unused entries in the first twenty record numbers Random Selection The count parameter selects every nth record from the dataset where n is equal to count This option is designed to allow random selection from the dataset It cannot be combined with the startrecord endrecord option Test databases can be constructed from random samplings of production databases Using the count parameter and the Put command w
523. s the record length itself and chooses a blocking factor to optimize batch access to the new file If Suprtool cannot Save the new file because of a duplicate file name you may purge the old file or give the new file a different name If Suprtool is running in batch mode it renames the new file as Outputzn where nn is the lowest number between 00 and 20 that makes a valid new file name The Outputzn file is built in the same group and account as the duplicate output file and not in your logon group and account This prevents problems on private volumes If no filename is specified Suprtool defaults to a filename of OUTPUT Due to this fact and that the goal is to have a task finish Suprtool will reset the file command on the OUTPUT file for all tasks This has historically been done since Suprtool was first released In many cases Suprtool creates the end of file and the file limit the same If you intend to append records to the output file use Set Squeeze Off to force Suprtool not to reduce the file limit when closing the output file Suprtool does not create new KSAM files Use KSAMUTIL or the MPE X Build command to create the KSAM file then use Suprtool to load it as an existing file Temporary Files By default Suprtool saves the output file as a permanent file Use the Temp option to force Suprtool to save the output file as a temporary file If the output file already exists as a temporary file Suprtool prompts you to purge the
524. se opened with Base It is possible to copy records from one database to another with Suprtool In session mode Suprtool prompts for the password if it is not included in the command In batch mode it is necessary to specify a database password without the password being echoed on the job stream listing A special database password is provided to allow for this When a question mark is used as the database password Suprtool prompts for the password on the next physical input line without echoing This occurs in batch mode or in session mode Examples For the first example we assume that the D SALES dataset is designed to contain a week s worth of transactions Each night the transactions from a week ago are moved to the monthly dataset D SALES MON The D SALES and D SALES MON datasets have exactly the same field declarations The following Suprtool task would move one day s transactions from D SALES to D SALES MON gt base store l write requires write access to database gt if purge date 000401 gt put d sales mon gt exit select one day s transactions adding them to the monthly dataset gt get d sales read the weekly dataset For the next example we assume that the D SALES MON dataset is in a different database We prompt for the password for both databases gt base store 1 Suprtool must prompt for password Password gt password not echoed gt get d sales gt if purch date 000401 select one day
525. see ene te eet Before command sess Binary to Ascii formatted Dit extFaCtSn te ree ere UY Blank fillextract command eee 137 block size Blocksize Set option seen 227 BOT and BACKSPACE error c cccccsssccesssceessseeeenseeeees 235 braces B trees Butter Set Option eps bem evades built in file names eee BY part of the Join command BY part of the Link command byte fields comparing bytelen parameter byteposition parameter C C invocation of Suprtool seseeeee calculator teet epe e ne eed teret Calc lator nnes 5 eee Calendar intrinsic date format calling S TExpoOtt remet eet calling Suprlink ee RR Het calling Suprtool Century and Date Cutoff sss Chain commiand esent eret Chain vs Get speed Chain Birees ett RO E Ue chained ACCESS sed eee etre tee nee het chains Change command egere eterne Change command locking eee changing built in file names m character constarits o n dnte ChrOBOS 3o edo EU eres deret ee CI variables circular files 5 2 eere eee Ire e ene ga RR CIUPDATE see critical item update suse classic real numbers essere 294 490 e Index Clean Cotnmi nd niece reset tenen Clean command shift
526. seesresressreseesresseesresses 158 Clean function eese nennen nennen 118 Counter function essere 144 date function 138 179 date how it WOKS ania aai 93 ME c T X 181 days function Jer ert pe dert th bees 139 etoa Extract function sesseeseeeeeennreenenne 158 file Total command eeeeeeen 256 FindClean function eseeeeeeeen en 177 invalida teres et EA eR oe ERE EM AR 95 180 lookup data If command 31 170 Iookup f nction ieeeceeettet etre kennen 170 lookup performance essere 171 488 e Index null file null SQL number function read function signed function stddate stdinx file stdlist file amp Subtotal function sess today function sse today how it works Total f nction ne ene nh 7b means percentage essen 486 amp amp continuation character amp means escape pattern means start parameter sese 486 means end parameter sese 486 x means stdinx stdlist file command 483 Suprtool 5 5 for MPE tape needs reply eter 190 b VATIG ANS adiStar e OB tee WR eens 486 means range of records sss 164
527. set account number will be first two spaces two more spaces the customer s first name output the records to stdlist sorted by the dataset s key field gt extract gt extract name first gt output gt sort cust account gt exit gt extract name last the customer s last name The following examples demonstrate other combinations of options on the Output command The entire Issues chapter of the manual should be reviewed for extended examples using the Output command Many Output options were intended for specific application areas t newfile dtape dev tape rec 40 20 dtape ksamfile key erase accum append keyfile key transf num data querynum num query null If you want to find out how many records are qualified by some selection criteria without producing an output file send the output to null The Out count on stdlist and the JCW SuprtoolOutCount are both set to the number of qualifying records ELSE While Suprtool does not have traditional else logic in it s if command you can output all of the records discarded for a given task out to a temporary filed named ELSE This way you can output multiple files for a given task as in Notes The output file must be an old existing file if the Append or Erase option has been specified If you use a File command to force Output to an old file without specifying one of these options Suprtool rejects the file
528. set and you select a Numrecs smaller than the number of records in the input file Suprtool builds the output file the same size as the input file However it limits the number of records written to Numrecs 2 You can use a File command to override Suprtool s choice Suprtool Commands e 211 gt file sales disc 100000 gt output sales The file is built by Suprtool as it begins the execution phase when you type Xeq or Exit If there is not enough disc space you get a file system error 46 Use a File command to choose a smaller file size At the end of execution Suprtool usually reduces the capacity limit to the actual number of records in the output file EOF which in turn reduces the disc space If you do not want this to happen use the Set Squeeze Off command Format Options The format and length of the output records is determined by which of the following format keywords is selected Keyword s Format DATA Default ELSE Records not qualified by if condition KEY Sort keys only NUM J2 record numbers only NUM KEY J2 record numbers plus sort keys NUM DATA J2 record numbers plus data record QUERY Self describing file LINK New format self describing file NUM QUERY Query numbers format ASK COGELOG ASK select file ASCII Convert numeric to ASCII DISPLAY Convert numeric to display zoned decimal PRN Personal computer format DATA DATA is the default output records are the same length and format as the input reco
529. set use file with a list of Item commands You may also want to use Suprtool to assist you in changing your actual data from two digit years to four See Can Suprtool Convert Two Digit Years to Four Digits on page 95 for more details If you do not include the century in your dates the second solution above you will have the following problems 1 Selecting dates in yymmdd format will not produce the expected results in relative operations e g lt lt gt or gt You will need to change all of your If commands to use the stddate function 2 Sorting dates that include both 20th and 21st century dates will not collate the way most users expect whether with Suprtool the COBOL sort verbs or HPs sort tools This is because Suprtool and all HP supplied tools sort based on the numeric value of a date To make this work correctly within Suprtool you will need to use the stddate function in an Extract command to generate a date with a four digit year then sort on this new date field with another Suprtool task What Is Wrong with Two Digit Years Currently the date format of yymmdd collates sorts correctly if the date is not beyond December 31 1999 Given the current date of 981210 numerically this is less than next year whose date value is 991210 At the turn of the century dates in the yymmdd format or yymm will no longer sort correctly because the value of December 10 2000 001210 is less than 981210 Conseq
530. setvar input i dfile by message no run stexport pub robelle set varsub on input Notes For MPE commands some variables will be resolved twice when passed off to MPE which will give different values for a variable Setting variables at the CI level MPEXL setvar x 10 MPEXL setvar y x MPEXL showvar xy X 10 x Setting variables within STExport set varsub on setvar a 10 setvar b la Sshowvar ab A 10 B 10 Because Stexport does one level of variable substitution prior to the command being passed off to MPE setting variables in Stexport that involves other variables will give different results from MPE We recommend that you set the variables prior to running Stexport or that you temporarily turn off variable substitution with the Set Varsub Off command Sset varsub off Ssetvar a 10 setvar b la showvar ab A 10 B l a set varsub on Suprtool 5 5 for MPE STExport Commands General Notes Suprtool 5 5 for MPE When you run STExport it prompts for commands on stdlist with a character and reads command lines from stdinx STExport commands contain a command name followed by one or more parameters and are patterned after the same commands in Suprtool In this chapter we describe the STExport commands in alphabetical order Following each command name in brackets is the minimal abbreviation for the command For example I for Input and O for Output A
531. sfully be installed into the System XL file but this is not recommended by HP Suprtool2 can be combined into an XL file with other Robelle XL files except Qcompxl a part of Qedit Suprtool Run Parameters By default the Suprtool2 interface runs Suprtool as Suprtool Pub Robelle with Lib S We have provided JCWs that allow Suprtool to be moved or run with a different library Moving Suprtool To change the location of the Suprtool program file you must specify a JCW and use a File command for the program file setjcw suprtool2filecommand 2 file suprtool suprtool pub dev run example pub lib p We suggest you add the Setjcw and File commands to a logon UDC This way every invocation of the Suprtool2 interface will use the copy of Suprtool in the Pub group of the Dev account Previous versions of the Suprtool2 interface accepted a value of 1 for the suprtool2filecommand JCW In this case you must specify a file command for Suprtool Pub Robelle We don t recommend you do this since this only works on MPE iX and not on MPE V Lib The Suprtool2 interface looks at the Suprtool2lib JCW for which library to use The values of this JCW correspond to the description of the library portion of the flag variable of the create intrinsic These values are JCW Value uses lib 0 Lib S 1 Lib P 2 Lib G 3 invalid If the Suprtool2lib JCW does not exist the Suprtool2 interface runs Suprtool with Lib S To have the Suprtool
532. sible to load a table as large as 2047 megabytes we suggest that you make sure that there is enough real memory to hold the table The Table command rejects RIO KSAM and CIR files when using the Sorted option We do this because we cannot guareentee that we will get the records back in the correct order for anything other than standard files The error returned when trying to use the Sorted option with one ofthese files is shown below Error Unable to open the table file SUPRFILEINIT Error 7 File is KSAM variable length or undefined length The Table command will print a warning if you try to load table data if the table file used is not a regular not KSAM etc SD file The warning is as follows gt table mytab char field file file71 data dbl field Warning Non regular files do not support data being loaded There are 5 entries in MYTAB and there were 10 duplicate entries If an attempt is made to reference the data from the table using the extract command an error is printed and if batch Suprtool will stop Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Suprtool Commands e 255 Total Command T 256 e Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Totals specified fields in the selected input records Totals can be written to stdlist default a file or to the List device TOTAL field subscript decimal places file filename APPEND ERASE TEMP file list Default subscript first sub item decimal places 0 Parameters Each totaled field must be an
533. size by using a File command with the Rec parameter as in Roman 8 vs ASCII The PCL option requests a Roman 8 character set but some combination font cartridges only supply the ASCII character set half as many characters means twice as many fonts in a single cartridge If you ask for Landscape Lineprinter and get Landscape Courier instead your Lineprinter font probably has the ASCII character set instead of the Roman 8 character set To request an ASCII font add 1000 to the PCL code For example if you have a Super Cartridge 55 fonts in one use PCL 1001 1004 and 1006 To select both ASCII and A4 paper add 3000 Double Sided Printing on LaserJets The LaserJet IID and IIID can print on both sides of the paper The Duplex keyword enables double sided printing on these printers gt list duplex Headings in Listings Specifying a Title in the List command forces Suprtool to produce a formatted listing with page headings page numbers today s date and the current time If you want just the date and page numbers use an empty string For example gt list title The following example prints a report on a LaserJet in Landscape sideways mode using the tiny Lineprinter font including a page heading with the title The physical command line limit is 256 characters As a result the maximum size of the heading is less than 256 characters because the List command and heading options need to be included in the command line
534. sk unless specifically turned off For example if a previous task has had custom Headings set with the Heading and Heading Add options the Headings will remain in effect for each subsequent task until a new Heading option is entered Performance Considerations On average STExport is three to five times slower than Suprtool This is the price we pay for having all of STExport s formatting features Suprtool 5 5 for MPE You can make STExport faster by doing the following l Pre select only the records you need with Suprtool The fewer records STExport has to process the faster it runs Introduction to STExport e 277 2 UseSuprtool s Extract command to select only the fields that you need to import in your final application The fewer the number of fields in the input file the faster STExport can format each record CI Variable Substitution 278 Introduction to STExport STExport is able to substitute any CI variables from any command line source whether through interactive use file or batch input In order to use this feature issue the following Set command set varsub on Variable Substitution is not on by default for backward compatibility Batch Since the Streams facility under default setups will replace any found in the first column of a job stream Anytime you want to specify an entire line thru Variable Substitution you will need to leave a space before the variable is specified myn
535. specific logical device for the listing The device name must appear after the Device option and may be a name or number You may specify a remote device by preceding the remote device name with the system name and a pound sign The Device option assumes that the list device is 132 columns wide gt list device LP same as List LP gt list device serialp send to device serialp gt list device Goofy LP remote device LP on Goofy gt list device Disc create disc file Suprlist When redirecting the Suprlist file to disc you must remember to add a disc value to the file equation because the default disc file size for the Suprlist file is 1 023 records gt input sales gt file suprlist salefile disc 20000 gt list dev disc gt xeq Listing to Attached Printer If you wish to list to a printer that is attached to your terminal use List Record Suprtool uses Record mode on your terminal or PC to print on the attached printer To use this option you must be using an HP terminal or HP terminal emulator and your data communication settings must be setup correctly This option opens a file named Suprcrt instead of Suprlist You can combine this option with other listing options You cannot interrupt Record mode with Control Y but you can do a Soft Reset This unlocks the keyboard and causes the rest of the output to appear on the screen You can then stop it with Control Y Notes The List operation occurs logically after th
536. ss 30 finding invalid dates eee 180 Firstrec Set option js fixed colutins 5st Enim fixed length output file sese flattening an SD file FLIMIT different error FLIMIT greater warning Floating command floating sign floating point numbers Form command eee Form command default eese Form command keywords I formatting commandis essere Formout file rotten FORTRAN invocation of Suprtool four digit years idet rte et ether eter nene fourth generation languages eee FROM part of Join command T FROM part of Link command eee ESERRAS inniti ei em ho epe oct G PENETIC SEATCH edem eee Re ol et 482 Get COMMA 2 osa oem Mente ESI e eee ind 164 Get command failure esee 112 Get command how many records 165 Get vs Chain speed 101 greater than 2 484 Pul ET D 412 Suprtool 5 5 for MPE H hanging session magtape input sese 190 Heading command esee 297 heading HTML option 300 heading maximum length Help command Help command Suprlink sss 356 384 Hielilights 5 4 eO tex o REESE R Dhn 21 highwater mark
537. st be run with Lib P Here are the commands to modify an existing account called Dev Installing Speed Demon e 411 hello manager sys altacct dev cap hello mgr dev pub altgroup pub cap segmenter buildusl newpass 400 8 auxusl demonusl pub robelle copy segment suprrobelleO copy segment suprrobellel buildsl s1 400 8 addsl suprrobelleO addsl suprrobellel exit The previous example shows the capability list as cap pm You must fill in the by obtaining the existing capabilities for the Dev account and the Pub group On MPH X you can use the listacct and listgroup commands On other versions of MPE you will need to run Listdir5 Pub Sys Group SL The steps for installing Speed Demon V in a group SL are the same as for the Pub SL except that you use the actual group name instead of the Pub group Your user programs must be installed in the same group as the SL and they must be run with Lib G 412 e Installing Speed Demon Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Accessing Speed Demon Accessing Speed Demon Speed Demon is a set of routines or intrinsics that you call from your program The Speed Demon V intrinsics are installed in the system SL The Speed Demon ix intrinsics are installed in an XL You access Speed Demon by calling these intrinsics just as you would the IMAGE intrinsics There are three primary intrinsics SPDEDBINIT Initializes the Speed Demon environment and decides what dataset
538. status array is the same communications area that you use with the IMAGE intrinsics If an error occurs you should call the SPDEEXPLAIN intrinsic The Speed Demon intrinsic does not return exactly the same status array as DBGET Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Speed Demon Intrinsics e 419 SPDEEXPLAIN Intrinsic 420 Speed Demon Intrinsics Prints a three line message on stdlist which describes the results of a Speed Demon intrinsic call based on information in the status array SPDEEXPLAIN status Status The twenty byte array used to call any Speed Demon intrinsic which SPDEEXPLAIN will describe The database and dataset parameters must not change between the call to the Speed Demon intrinsic and the call to SPDEEXPLAIN The Speed Demon intrinsics can return many of the standard IMAGE error numbers but Speed Demon has many of its own SPDEEXPLAIN will print the correct error message in either case Because the dataset parameter is not passed to the Speed Demon intrinsic SPDEEXPLAIN may not be able to print the name of the dataset in the second line of the message Suprtool 5 5 for MPE SPDEDBINIT Intrinsic Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Initialize Speed Demon specify what dataset to read and what field list to use SPDEDBINIT Database Dataset Mode Status Control List Database Database name as returned from DBOPEN first two characters must be non blank Dataset Dataset name or dataset number to read You must have full read acc
539. substitution A problem arises when trying to enter comments into a Suprtool batch job that will be submitted with STREAMX Suprtool uses the pair to delimit comments STREAMX uses these same characters for expressions You cannot change Suprtool s comment character but you can change the characters in STREAMX The following example changes the STREAMX expression characters from to job example user acct fr setbraces cx run suprlink pub robelle tinput invoices driving input file custnum is the key link customer combined with customers toutput invcust produces the file we want rexit tell hpjobname hpuser hpaccount Example done eoj MPE Commands Suprlink also accepts MPE commands with or without a colon comment comment For commands that are the same in both Suprlink and MPE Suprlink only executes the MPE command if you type the colon For example Suprlink Commands e 375 thelp you get Suprlink help help you get MPE help MPE iX Commands Suprlink iX will execute any MPE command e g Run UDCs and command files Caution programs that suspend instead of terminating are not killed by the HPCICOMMAND intrinsic File Names Suprlink s Input Link and Output commands accept a file name in either MPE or POSIX format File names starting with or are treated as POSIX file names All other file names are assumed to be MPE file names MPE file na
540. t With the dataset form of the Input command we can have even greater flexibility to use the Sort command We assume that the MPE file Mcust has the same structure as the m customer dataset We sort the file using the first of the two street addresses in m customer Suprtool Commands e 249 gt base store 5 READER open for read access only gt input mcust m customer same format as m customer gt sort street address a repeated field but only gt exit the first address is used Notes The Verify command shows all of the current Sort command values and the Reset command cancels them If you have not defined any sort fields before the Xeq or Exit command Suprtool performs a copy only no sort It is important to note that if the field being sorted is the result of a function then you may not be sorting on the value of the field after the function has transformed the field For example the following task may not give you the result you expect gt base store 5 gt get d sales gt def cust accountx 1 6 byte gt ext cust accountx Sedit cust accout zzzz99 gt sort cust accountx sorting on transformed field before it has value from function gt dup none keys gt output dsales gt exit In this instance you will not be sorting on cust accountx as transformed by the edit function but rather the first six bytes of d sales Therefore it is important to note when you are using extract to transform a fi
541. t NAME LAST gt lt STATE CODE gt CA lt STATE CODE gt lt STREET ADDRESS gt Room 655 STREET ADDRESS XSTREET ADDRESS Los Altos 040033022 STREET ADDRESS ZIP CODE 93002 ZIP CODE record file Notes By default STExport will add the simplest version tag at thebeginning of the file then it inserts a file and matching lt file gt at the beginning and the end of the file Then STExport encloses each record from the input file in a record and record tag Finally the Self Describing tags are added around each field s data values and edited appropriately Naturally users would want options to customize and specify the various options and tags themselves in order to generate a file that is acceptable to their tools Suprtool 5 5 for MPE STExport Commands e 317 318 STExport Commands Version You can specify the version tag at the beginning of the XML file with the following command xml version xml version 1 0 encoding ISO 8859 1 STExport will put the and gt around what is specified in the version string Doctype A Document Type Declaration can be made at the beginning of the file via the IDOCTYPE specification This typically tells whatever tool that is parsing the xml file where the DTD for the file resides In STExport you can specify simple one line doctype specs with the following command xml doctype DOCTYPE address book SYSTEM address book dtd Th
542. t t rer ERE REEF PERDRE OEERUIS 42 Printing a Report eidr prre ee etie rege riri eret bebe 43 Specifying Your Own Title iret tert rere eite pais 43 Column Headings ote eir teret te ette reperiri erre hts 43 Printing Mailing E bels rte et eee IRE OEC PEE FE R REUTERS 44 Running Suprtool under MPE 45 Howto R n Suprtool 0 cm he nemo tire petere rm re RR RO 45 Howto Xeq a Suprtool Task eite peteret et ap aeS TEESE SE ROG 45 Info for Commands e gene o nyensetumee tin oet ii Der re I EEEE siiis 45 SOM PLOCESS itio he eet e o e RH RERO OU p EE 46 Combining Info and Son Process sssssseseeeeeeeeeneeeen nennen nennen eren eene ener 46 Exit With Veriby iso ceto e e ERE EET EEUU AE tong satnga en svasasgaesoebeiveds 47 Preventing Suprtool from Suspending essere nennen 47 Stdin and Stdhst Files sek Be entities Ae eoo bete peau 47 Input and Output Piles nies egeta mappe eee nei eu 48 Using CREATEPROCESS epa beet eek pe ten eedem 48 Duplicating Elles eie ee A ee pepe eee 48 Job Control Words entere eger aee ipee ds 48 Suprmgr Configuration File eese nennen ener tenete trennen trennen 49 Using Suprtool in Batch crabe epe pet tee epe nite Pee dee 49 SuprtoolOutCount JCW eise ete Paper teret tree terere petet esent dh 49 SuprtoolFullCount Variable essent nre trennen nennen 50 Summary of Parm Values eerie enne nennen ne
543. t Name City State If you specify your own heading STExport does not attempt to apply any formatting options If you need each field in the heading line to be surrounded by quotes and separated by commas you have to supply these yourself For example Account Note no Add in first string roy First Name F Last Name City State Column Headings It is difficult to get headings right when you have to specify all the quotes and delimiters with the Heading Add option Instead use Heading Column to specify individual column headings without having to type formatting information STExport then uses the current quote and delimiter settings in the heading STExport Commands e 297 For example if you specify Column Account Column First Name Column Last Name Column City Column State and Quote Double and Delimiter Comma are in effect then the heading STExport produces will be Account First Name Last Name City State Notes You cannot combine the Add and Column options You must specify one or the other If you start with Heading Add and then later specify Heading Column STExport erases the heading you created with Heading Add and starts over with the first column that you specify with Heading Column Similarly if you start with Heading Column a Heading string or Heading Add will start over with a new heading 298 e STExport Commands Suprtool
544. t at the end of the task Temporary files are not attached to the MPE iX transaction manager which results in faster writes If the system fails while Suprtool is writing records to the temporary KSAM XL file the temporary file is lost You want to ensure that you can safely restart the task if the system fails e g you don t want to copy records to a temporary KSAM XL file as you delete them from a dataset build myksam temp rec 128 1 f ascii disc 40000 amp ksamxl key b 1 10 dup run suprtool pub robelle gt input file data gt output myksam temp erase gt xeq gt exit save myksam How Do I Convert CM Ksam to NM KSAM Suprtool can t create a new NM KSAM file for you but you can create the new NM file first using the MPE BUILD command or some other method see below then use Suprtool to copy the records from the old file to the new file But Suprtool should definitely be able to copy the data much faster than MPE s FCOPY utility could The trick of course is getting a new NM KSAM file built correctly first You could use a complicated BUILD command or you could do this Suprtool Issues and Solutions file n newfile disc fcopy from oldfile toz n subset 0 1 That will create a new NM KSAM file called NEWFILE with the FLIMIT equal to the FLIMIT of your current CM file and with all the keys set up correctly but will copy only a single record into it Then use Suprtool suprtool gt in oldfile
545. t be returned to the BOT If the tape does not rewind properly you can turn this off with Set Labelledtaperewind Off Limits SET LIMITS MPE ONIOFF READONLY ONIOFF Tablesize size Initially CM MPE ON ReadOnly OFF Tablesize 1 megabyte Initially NM MPE ON ReadOnly OFF Tablesize 2 047 megabytes When Set Limits MPE is Off you cannot execute any MPE command e g Purge This is an irreversible option once disabled it cannot be enabled again by the user This option also applies to MPE commands executed inside Dbedit and Suprlink Table Size The Table command allows you to load large tables Once these tables reach the size of real memory on your machine performance starts to degrade Setting Tablesize restricts the total amount of table space to the specified number of megabytes We suggest leaving at least one megabyte of real memory for MPE It is not necessary to enter both parameters in order to change one Suprtool Commands e 235 236 e Suprtool 5 5 for MPE gt set limits tablesize 2 MPE ability unchanged Due to internal restrictions in the CM version of Suprtool the maximum Tablesize is fifteen megabytes The NM version of Suprtool is restricted to 2 047 megabytes per table We recommend that you set the Tablesize to be around 5046 of your total memory Read Only Suprtool normally allows any user with the proper access capabilities to add update and delete records to a database To prevent users from ac
546. t dupfile2 gt put dataset gt xeq Dataset Dupfile Dupfile2 a a b a o c Deleting Duplicate Data File Records This is a similar procedure to deleting database records The main difference is that you use the Input and Output commands instead of the Get and Delete commands You also need to define your sort fields Task 1 Identify which records to delete gt input datafile gt define key1 1 8 gt define key2 13 12 gt define rec l length of your record gt sort keyl gt sort key2 gt dup only keys gt out dupfile gt xeq Task 2 Write records to archive gt input datafile gt table duptab rec sorted dupfile hold gt if Slookup duptab rec gt output archive gt xeq Task 3 Delete the records Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Getting a Quick Start with Suprtool e 37 gt input datafile Sif not 1ookup duptab rec gt output result gt xeq Sorting IMAGE to KSAM Here is how to extract all customer numbers from a master dataset sort them then write them to an existing KSAM file erasing the KSAM s previous contents Please note that this gives you sorted access to your IMAGE data if used properly gt base store data Password gt password is not echoed gt get m customer gt sort cust account gt out keycust key erase keycust was built with KSAMUTIL gt exit xeq implied then leave Suprtool Loading a Dataset To load records into an IMAGE dataset from a disc file use t
547. t field Stoday 1 tomorrow s date Use the Item command to qualify the field as a date Suprtool uses the date format to determine the output format of the date The today function accepts one optional argument which is the number of days before or after today The maximum number of days in either direction is 9999 Oracle dates include both the date and the time If you extract an Oracle date using today the time is always 00 00 i e midnight Extracting Relative Dates The Extract command provides the same relative date features as the If command see Date Selection on page 179 for a complete description of the options of Suprtool Commands Suprtool 5 5 for MPE date You must first use the Item command to identify the field name as a date Suprtool uses the field type and length along with the date format to determine the output format of the date Note that the three parts of DATE are always specified in year month day order regardless of the date format of the field gt item field date mmddyy gt extract field date today s date gt extract field date 1 01 start of last month gt extract field Sdate 1 last end of last month Oracle dates include both the date and the time If you extract an Oracle date using date the time is always 00 00 i e midnight Stddate Similar to the If command the Extract command is also capable of utilizing the stddate function This will allow
548. t field values may be changed The existing value of each field is printed before a new value is accepted Entering a carriage return preserves the old value If a new value is entered it replaces the old value The ALL option allows you to review and modify all of the entries in a dataset in serial order If CIUPDATE is On or Allowed in the database the UPDATEKEY option executes much faster modify m customer credit rating Modify in File M CUSTOMER CUST ACCOUNT 24003302 Enter new values or return to leave as is CUST ACCOUNT 4003302 CREDIT RATING 1000 00 2500 00 CUST ACCOUNT 4003302 CREDIT RATING 2500 00 Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Dbedit Commands e 349 Q Command Q Prints a message on stdlist Q string Default print a blank line The string of up to 80 characters is printed on stdlist The string should not be enclosed in quotes unless you want the message printed in quotes You can use Q to include instructions in usefiles Use COMMENT in usefiles for a nonprinting comment line 350 e Dbedit Commands Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Redo Command REDO Enables you to modify and repeat any of the previous 1000 command lines REDO start stop string ALL I Default redo the previous command The Redo command allows you to modify the commands before it executes them If you don t need to change them use the Do command Commands are numbered sequentially from 1 as entered and the last 1
549. t field with asterisks There is an option to have Suprtool stop when it encounters a formatting overflow gt set editstoperror on will force Suprtool to stop if there is data left over after applying the edit mask With byte type fields leading spaces do not cause overflow Therefore if your data consists of i L2H1L2 and your edit mask is XXXBXXxx It is not an overflow since there are only spaces to the left of the L If the data was JL2H1L2 an overflow exception would occur Numeric field edit masks Our edit masks for numeric fields are patterned after those in COBOL We provide four placeholder characters each with a slightly different effect Suprtool Commands Suprtool 5 5 for MPE 9 insert a digit from 0 to 9 in this position if you specify more than one dollar sign you get a floating dollar sign This means that there can be as many numeric positions as there are dollar signs but if some positions are not needed because the value is small the floats to the right next to the first digit and the preceding positions are blank if there are enough digits in the value the position is replaced by a numeric digit if not an asterisk is printed Leading asterisks are often used for check writing so that no one can insert a different value non Z insert a numeric digit at this position if the rest of the data to the left is a zero then a space will be placed at this positi
550. t file format Output file format output file name duplicated m Outp t file SIZe Rt dede 211 output file maximum fields ess 404 output file maximum record length 325 404 output file Suprlink eese 364 output filecode output formats aeieeiaii eiee nnne netten output limits with Count and Total 130 output record format Output Append option sse 211 Output ASCH option 42 214 Output ASK option Output Data option Output Display option 214 Output Else option Output Erase option seeeseesssseesesesereserersestessesesesesesseeese 211 Output Key option seen 212 Output Link option 2 detener a oett 213 Output Num option 213 Output Num Data option eeeeennees 213 Output Num Key option eere 213 Output Num Query Option eee eere 213 output number of records 49 50 Output PRN option 215 Output Query option 213 Output Temp opion esiisa irit eiai aii 210 OVELE OW tet E ERNST CIR 130 overpunches not used esssessessessssssesssssssessesessesresesseseses 171 overview of Dbedit ov rwrting files ie eee t eter packed constants e ice oett eene 137 packed fields maintaining the sign packed decimal fields ess 121 packed decimal illegal
551. t for you All of STExport s commands are available to you in Suprtool When passing STExport commands through Suprtool you must preface each STExport command with Export For example run suprtool pub robelle gt base customer gt get m customer gt sort cust no gt output invoices link gt xeq gt export input invoices gt export sign none send sign none to STExport gt export output invfile gt export exit exit from STExport not Suprtool Refer to the Export command in the Suprtool Commands chapter of the Suprtool user manual for more information Preventing MPE Commands Exit with Verify If you want to prevent STExport from executing any MPE commands e g Purge you Run STExport with Parm 8192 This feature is automatically invoked by Suprtool s Export command when Set Limit MPE Off has been specified inside Suprtool run stexport pub robelle parm 8192 Some users find that they Exit from STExport inadvertently For STExport to get user approval on Exit Run STExport with Parm 64 run stexport pub robelle parm 64 e Okay to exit no Preventing STExport from Suspending Suprtool 5 5 for MPE If you run STExport from within HPDesk and some other programs STExport suspends on Exit but HPDesk does not notice The next time you run STExport you Accessing STExport e 273 will get a new copy of STExport Eventually you will have many suspended copies of STExport hanging from HPDesk co
552. t get m customer gt output mcust gt xeq Jumbo Datasets Due to limitations in MPE ix Suprtool cannot open remote Jumbo datasets Suprtool will fail with an error similar to that showed as below Suprtool Commands e 111 Error Unable to open MPE file ACCT GROUP DATASET 001 Privileged File Violation When trying to access a database on a remote computer with Suprtool the Get command may fail with the error Privileged File Violation FSERR 45 This is the result of changes made to NS to improve security for remote file access Apparently some customers complained to HP that a program on the local system should not be permitted to FOPEN a privileged file such as an IMAGE dataset on a remote system unless the user on the remote system has PM capability There are three workarounds to this problem 1 Set Privmode Off in the Suprtool task before the Base command This forces Suprtool to use slow DBGETs instead of fast NOBUF MR access 2 Logon to the remote system as a user with PM capability and proper read write access to the database such as Manager Sys Or run a program on the remote system such as GOD from VESOFT granting the remote user the required capability and file access privileges 3 Logonto the remote system as you have done in the past but run Suprtool on the remote system instead of the local system That is run Suprtool on the same computer as the database resides and direct the output file back to th
553. t of last month field Sdate 18 exactly eighteen months ago The day can be a specific number e g 15 an asterisk for the current day the word first for the first day of the month or the word last for the last day of the month You cannot add or subtract relative days use today instead if field Sdate 2001 01 first January 1 2001 if field date today s date if field Sdate 1 last last day of previous month Combining these features makes it possible to generate batch jobs that require no operator input For example to select all of the transactions for last month you would use Suprtool Commands e 179 180 e Suprtool 5 5 for MPE gt item trans date date phdate gt if trans date gt Sdate 1 first and amp trans date lt date 1 last Month End Suprtool is always expecting a valid date Suppose that you have a month end job that contains the following If command gt if field date 1 When you run the job on May 31 2000 if Suprtool were to use the literal interpretation of date 1 it would use the date April 31 2000 In fact there is no such date April has only 30 days Whenever you specify for the day and the day is greater than the last day of the month you specified Suprtool uses the actual last day of the month instead of the current day of the month In our example Suprtool would use April 30 2000 Suprtool will take leap years into
554. t task creates an intermediate file Dupfile that contains the keys of the duplicate records The second task creates the desired output file Result that contains only the unique records 34 e Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Getting a Quick Start with Suprtool dataset keyfield keyfield only keys dupfile dataset dup table keyfield sorted dupfile not Slookup dup table keyfield result Report Only the Duplicates and Their Originals This performs the opposite function to the one outlined above It keeps only the duplicates and their originals Input Result 1111 a 2222 b 2222 b 2222 2222 c 2222 d 2222 d 3333 e Once again you have to use two Suprtool tasks to accomplish this The first task creates an intermediate file Dupfile that contains the keys of the duplicate records The second task creates the output file Result that contains only duplicate files and their originals dataset keyfield keyfield only keys dupfile dataset dup table keyfield sorted dupfile 1ookup dup table keyfield result Deleting Duplicate Database Records The method shown here assumes that each record can be distinguished from each other even though they have duplicate keys You cannot use just one task to delete duplicates To do the job safely you need three tasks 1 Identify which records to delete 2 Archive those records 3 Delete those records Task 1 Identify which records to delete Suprtool 5 5 for MPE
555. t time you run STExport you will get the temporary stack If the file name is not qualified the redo stack is created in the logon group and account This may be desirable if you want to have separate stacks If you want to always use the same persistent stacks you should qualify the name The Verify command shows which stack is currently in use If it shows temporary then STExport is using the default stack Anything else is the name of the file used on the Set Redo command Concurrency When STExport uses the default temporary stack it is only accessible to that particular instance of STExport You can run as many STExport instances as you need and each one gets its own redo stack With temporary stacks you will never get into concurrency problems If you start using a persistent redo stack however you might start running into concurrency problems A persistent redo stack can only be used by one STExport instance at a time If you try to use a persistent redo stack that is already in use you will get the following message Set Redo Myredo EXCLUSIVE VIOLATION FILE BEING ACCESSED FSERR 90 Unable to open file for REDO stack In this situation STExport continues to use the redo stack active at the time and lets you continue working as normal Qedit can also have permanent redo stacks To prevent products from writing to each other s redo stack it is advisable to have separate stacks for each product by giving them different
556. tabase feature generates a File command you cannot combine these two features If you specify a remote system in the Base command the specified basename must be precise Any existing File command will have been overruled When Suprtool closes a remote database any File command for the database is reset DS 3000 Database Access Suppose that you wished to obtain the total of the ON HAND QTY and the UNIT COST of the inventory in a remote DS database The following Suprtool example would obtain the totals gt base newyork store data 5 READER NEWYORK database gt get d inventory gt total on hand qty produce a total of this field gt total unit cost total this field too gt exit no output file is created You must have already done the necessary DSLINE and REMOTE HELLO commands This is the only way to read from a remote database in Suprtool You cannot use the Remote Database Access facility of IMAGE Suprtool does a File command for the base name before calling DBOPEN NS 3000 Database Access There are two restrictions to accessing a database on a remote NS system 1 You cannot use the system name of the Base command 2 You cannot specify the NS 3000 node specification as part of the database name The only way to access a database on a remote NS system is to use a File command dsline mrp go hp remote hello user account group file store store mrp go hp run suprtool pub robelle gt base store g
557. tack You can recall commands from the redo stack by using other commands such as Before Do and Redo By default the redo stack is stored in a temporary file and discarded as soon as you exit This temporary stack is not preserved across Suprlink invocations The new Set Redo command assigns a permanent file as the redo stack allowing the stack to become available for future Suprlink invocations For example to assign the Myredo file as a persistent redo stack enter set redo myredo If the file does not exist Suprlink creates it Otherwise Suprlink uses the existing file All subsequent commands are written to the persistent redo stack The setting is valid for the duration of the Suprlink session As soon as you exit Suprlink the setting is discarded Next time you run Suprlink you will get the temporary stack If the file name is not qualified the redo stack is created in the logon group and account This may be desirable if you want to have separate stacks If you want to always use the same persistent stacks you should qualify the name The Verify command shows which stack is currently in use If it shows lt temporary gt it means Suprlink is using the default stack Anything else is the name of the file used on the Set Redo command Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Concurrency When Suprlink uses the default temporary stack it is only accessible to that particular instance of Suprlink You can run as many Supr
558. tape that are not the last block of the tape Suprtool cannot detect this situation but the workaround is to specify NOMR on the input File command for the tape For example file intape dev tape rec 80 50 f ascii nomr Another recurring problem with MPE and tape files is odd byte length records We suggest that when writing to tape even byte length records be used These records take exactly the same amount of space on tape or disc because MPE always rounds up the record length to the nearest full word boundary To read data from an IBM tape where records start on odd byte offsets use the DEBLOCK option of FCOPY Suprtool can not read or write EBCDIC tapes use FCOPY instead Labelled Tapes Specifying DEV TAPE on a File command causes MPE and Suprtool to create a tape that has one file If you need to have multiple files on one tape or if your file takes more than one reel you must use labeled tapes To use a labeled tape requires a different kind of File command A typical File command might be file o dev tape label VOL1 next The string VOLI is the name of this volume of tapes This name appears on the console Note that it is possible to specify volume names in lowercase letters Never do this as it becomes extremely confusing when working with the console Use the NEXT keyword when writing the first file to the tape Be careful with the NEXT keyword because you can overwrite an existing labeled tape e
559. tax for the lookup function would look as follows gt extract target 1ookup table name key field data field The Table name key field and data field are all defined by the Table command which must be input before the Extract command A classic example your boss comes to you with a list of new prices for certain parts and asks you to update the Part Master dataset Just load the new prices into a Table index by the product number prodno then Extract the price field from each record and replace it with a lookup on the table Here is the code Suprtool Commands gt table newprices prodno file bosslist data price gt get part master if Slookup newprices prodno gt update gt extract price Slookup newprices prodno price gt xeq We do the If lookup to select only the parts which have new prices then do Extract with lookup to replace the existing price with a new one The Update command forces a database update on each selected record and must come before the Extract command Now let s see how a Table can be used to add additional useful information to a record Let s say we build this table of Canadian provinces The file prov file is assumed to be a Link or self describing file created by a previous pass of Suprtool gt table provtab prov code file provfile data prov name At this point the key into the Table is the prov code item and for each entry in the Table there is one associated prov
560. the Useq command gt useq store use no commands are listed You can also combine the Use command with Info In the following example we specify the store database and execute the usefile with our Item commands run suprtool pub robelle parm 4 amp info base store db mis 1 useq store suprtool mis In this example we open the database in mode 1 but the user is prompted for the database password In a job stream the database password would be the first line after run suprtool We then quietly execute all the Item commands for the store database from the file Store Suprtool Mis Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Suprtool Commands e 259 Nested Usefiles Usefiles may be nested In other words a usefile may use another usefile to a depth of ten files For example if the contents of the Usedef usefile has a references to Useext both usefiles would be executed gt in dsales gt use usedef define delivered deliv date define purchased purch date item delivered date yymmdd item purchased date yymmdd use useext ext cust account ext deliv date ext product no ext product price ext purch date ext sales qty ext sales tax sales total Care must be taken when entering Use commands with a stacked command after a usefile reference For example if you enter use usedef def j 1 6 byte the Define command will not be executed until after the Usedef and any other nested Use commands are finished Notes The usefil
561. the stdlist Or you can set a File command for QSHOLIST to a disc file build templist rec 80 f ascii file qsholist templist old dev disc run qshow current cognos Once inside QSHOW you must Set Report Device Printer so that QSHOW uses the QSHOLIST file The advantage of using QSHOLIST is that only the actual file report is put in the file not any of the other information printed by QSHOW such as the program banner PowerHouse subfiles can be processed in the same way as files defined in the PowerHouse dictionary QSCHEMA There is a QSHOW command called Show Subfile which works identically to Show File and produces a report with the same information Some of the columns are off horizontally but our Quiz example program fixes that Use the QSHOW command Set Compressed to suppress the page numbers and other heading information in the QSHOW report A sample output from QSHOW would look like this Subfile F184A PC Permanent Format 3 Record Size 138 Bytes Item Type Offset Size Occurs PRONUM CHARACTER 0 18 INSHP FLOAT 18 4 REFNUM CHARACTER 22 SONUM CHARACTER 32 ARFSC CHARACTER 42 TYPNUM INTEGER 46 SOES1 CHARACTER 48 SOES5 CHARACTER 78 BILNAM CHARACTER 108 First we define what the QSHOW reports look like in a dictionary File Oshow Subfile Organization Direct amp Open QSHOLIST File Qshow File Organization Direct amp Open QSHOLIST Record Qshow Subfile tem Fillerl character tem Name ch
562. the Dbedit commands Certain commands are the same in both Dbedit and Suprtool e g Use Before and Set The Before command works independently and each software module saves its own last command 1 Most Dbedit commands require you to have opened the database using the Base command of Suprtool Dbedit does not have a Base command 2 Dbedit does not work with any files other than IMAGE 3000 datasets 3 Youcannot switch to another database while in Dbedit Instead you must Exit do a Base command in Suprtool then Edit 4 The maximum size of any individual data item is 80 bytes i e 5X80 is acceptable but X100 is not 5 Only datasets whose search fields are compatible with Dbedit can be accessed i e no K5 search fields Functions of Dbedit 326 e Welcome to Dbedit There are five major functions in Dbedit Command Function Suprtool 5 5 for MPE ADD Add new entries to a dataset CHANGE Change a master search value in all related datasets DELETE Delete entries from a dataset LIST List the value of entries in a dataset MODIFY Modify specific fields of an entry from a dataset Performance of Dbedit Suprtool was designed to be as fast as possible while Dbedit was designed to have as many features as possible Dbedit does no special optimizations It uses the standard IMAGE intrinsics to do all of the accesses to the database Dbedit does not use the fast sequential access method of Suprtool but Dbedit usuall
563. the Total option of the Duplicate command It is important to note that if the field being sorted is the result of a function then you may not be sorting on the value of the field after the function has transformed the field For example the following task may not give you the result you expect gt base store 5 gt get d sales gt def cust accountx 1 6 byte gt ext cust accountx Sedit cust accout zzzz99 gt sort cust accountx sorting on transformed field before it has value from function gt dup none keys gt output dsales gt exit In this instance you will not be sorting on cust accountx as transformed by the edit function but rather the first six bytes of d sales Therefore it is important to note when you are using extract to transform a field you will not be sorting on that transformed value Therefore the way to do the transformation would be to either divide into two tasks or if you can logically sort on the field before the transformation in order to achieve the result so the task could be 130 e Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Suprtool Commands gt base store 5 gt get d sales gt def cust accountx 1 6 byte ext cust accountx edit cust accout zzzz99 sort cust account Note sorting on source field gt dup none keys gt output dsales gt exit or if two tasks are necessary gt base store 5 gt get d sales gt def cust accountx 1 6 byte ext cust accountx Sedit cust accout zzzz99
564. the current task are still in effect Examples run qedit pub robelle run suprlink pub robelle input invoices link customer start specifying options texit suspend return to Qedit without an Xeq SUPRLINK PUB ROBELLE is still alive Okay to HOLD Y Lx activate suprlink SUPRLINK PUB ROBELLE toutput invcust continue specifications xeq execute the current task Exit Xeq EX To perform the current linkage task you can either use Xeq which leaves you inside Suprlink ready to define another task or Exit Xeq which leaves Suprlink when done with the task Suprtool 5 5 for MPE After the Suprlink task completes Suprlink either terminates or suspends and awakens a father process i e RUN from within Qedit Exit Xeq is the default option i e specifying exit starts execution of the current task Examples run suprlink pub robelle texit no input was specified End Of Program run suprlink pub robelle input invoices link customer output invcust texit link and stop Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Suprlink Commands e 381 Form Command F Display the fields in a self describing file FORM filename If no file name is specified the fields in the input file are displayed The display shows the field type and field length in IMAGE notation An I1 field is a single integer Packed fields show the number of nibbles subtract one to obtain the number of digits Byte and zoned decimal fields show t
565. the d sales dataset note implied decimal output to an MPE file gt if sales tot gt 1000000 gt output dsales gt exit You would modify your application program to read the dsales MPE file 10 read and report section read sales file into buffer d sales at end move true to end of sales flag if not end of sales then perform 20 report d sales thru 20 report d sales exit 10 read and report exit TurboIMAGE Compatibility Suprtool is compatible with TurboIMAGE and TurboIMAGE XL Suprtool automatically adjusts for a Turbo database you do not need different versions of Suprtool for different versions of IMAGE Suprtool handles all of the limits introduced with TurboIMAGE Locking of IMAGE Datasets Suprtool calls DBDELETE DBPUT and DBUPDATE for the Delete Put and Update commands If the database is not open in mode 3 or mode 4 Suprtool must lock the dataset when adding or deleting dataset records The locking strategy is determined by the value of Set Lock Locking for the Entire Task Specifying Set Lock 0 forces Suprtool to lock either the Put and Delete datasets or the Update dataset for the entire task The lock is done after the Xeq command Suprtool uses a lock descriptor and one call to DBLOCK to lock two datasets in the same database If both a Delete and a Put were specified to different databases Suprtool locks them both first the input dataset in one database and then the output dataset
566. the output file it sets a JCW named SuprlinkOutCount with the number of output records This is the same number reported in the total line i e OUT You can use this JCW to control job stream execution by checking if the 360 e Accessing Suprlink Suprtool 5 5 for MPE SprlinkOutCount JCW is non zero If there are more than 65 535 output records Suprlink sets SuprlinkOutCount to 65 535 You can use the Showjcw command to see the value of a JCW For values greater than 16K Showjcw displays either the word WARN FATAL or SYSTEM followed by some digits These words correspond to the following values WARN 16384 FATAL 32768 SYSTEM 49152 Add the value of the word to the number that appears with it for the true value of SuprlinkOutCount For example showjcw Suprlinkoutcount SUPRLINKOUTCOUNT WARN8616 16384 8616 25000 The MPEAX Showvar command can also be used to see the value of a JCW Showvar displays the full correct number e g 25 000 up to the maximum of 65 535 Suprlink also sets two other JCWs SuprlinkOutCount and SuprlinkOutCount2 These communicate the full OUT value to the Suprlink2 interface SuprlinkFullCount Variable On MPHAX when Suprlink closes the output file it also sets a variable namedSuprlinkFullCount with the number of output records This is the same number reported in the total line 1 e OUT The advantage of the variable is that if more than 65 535 records are written
567. the selected records with their field names and values gt input dinvent d inventory same format as d inventory Input from Stdinx If file is stdinx is opened as the source of input records To terminate Input from stdinx hit Control Y on your terminal after the last input record or make eod the last input record in your batch job Do not use eof to end the input data as this causes the batch job to abort The record size of the output file is determined by the record size of stdinx Because this record size varies in terminals and batch jobs we recommend that you build the output file first and use the Output xxx Erase option Suprtool Commands Suprtool 5 5 for MPE job mgr robelle purge outfile build outfile rec 80 16 f ascii run suprtool pub robelle gt input gt output outfile erase gt exit Line 1 of 2 Line 2 of 2 eod listf outfile 2 eoj Permanent and Temporary Files create the output file input from stdinx output to an existing file end of Suprtool commands input data end of input data end of the job If you have both a temporary and a permanent file with the same name Suprtool tries to open the temporary file Selection by Record Number The startrecord endrecord parameter specifies a range of input records by record number The default value for endrecord is the highest record in the file The first r
568. this case the field defines the type and length that the value occupies The value portion must match the type of the field String values will be extended with blanks to fill the entire field If the input data does not have a field of the correct size and type you can create one using the Define command gt ext account key value gt ext rating 0 place the value 0 in the rating field gt output out2 The total number of bytes that you can extract for all constants is 5 100 bytes for MPE iX and HP UX and 1 275 bytes for MPE V Suprtool Commands Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Packed and Display Constants When extracting non negative packed and display constants Suprtool extracts them as unsigned unless you use a leading plus sign For the value zero you can use a leading plus or minus sign to get a positive or negative 0 field 1 6 packed field 1 field 1 signed 1 field 0 positive 0 unsigned 1 field unsigned 0 field 0 negative 0 Decimal Places If a field has implied decimal places Suprtool scales the input values according to the number of decimal places For example gt item tax decimal 2 two implied decimal pts gt item total decimal 2 same gt extract tax 1 02 specified decimal pts gt extract total 100 value stored as 10000 gt output out3 Blank Fill If you want to create an output record that consists of fifty blanks followed by the customer name use gt d
569. tially from 1 as entered and the last 1000 are retained Use the Listredo command to display the previous commands You can redo a single command a range of commands or the most recent command whose name matches a string The Redo command uses MPE style editing logic D I R U and The default mode is to replace characters To delete type DDDD under the characters to be removed To insert type I under the insertion spot then the new characters To undo your changes type U To append to the end of the line use gt xxx To delete from the end of the line use gt DD To replace at the end of the line use gt Rxxx And to erase the rest of the line use D If you prefer Qedit style editing Control D etc use the Before command instead of the Redo command Examples source is not spelled right listf soruce NON EXISTENT GROUP redo CIERR 908 redo most recent command listf soruce last command is printed our you enter changes to it listf source edited command is shown you press Return listredo all redo 5 redo 5th command in stack t red redo previous command redo 2 redo command before previous redo 8 10 redo 8th through 10th redo 10 redo 10 through last redo purge redo last Purge command t redo purge temp redo last purge temp redo temp redo last containing temp Notes The Redo command cannot be abbreviated To save more commands use a File command on the file L
570. tic expression that starts with a constant Suprtool assumes that you are attempting to extract a single constant value and not an arithmetic expression To specify an arithmetic expression that starts with a constant surround the expression with parentheses For example Incorrect gt extract c 6000 cost Error Missing comma or invalid arithmetic expression Correct gt extract c 6000 cost Numeric Truncation The accuracy of arithmetic computations is limited to approximately sixteen digits Suprtool may truncate four word integers quad or large packed decimal numbers or display numbers when they are converted to floating point Suprtool does not produce any error or warning in this case Division by Zero Suprtool reports an error in the input record number if an arithmetic computation results in division by zero Use Set Ignore On to force Suprtool to ignore division by zero errors With Set Ignore On the result of division by zero is zero The speed of a task decreases when you ask Suprtool to ignore many division by zero errors It is better to check for zero in the If expression before using it in division gt if qty lt gt 0 to avoid division by zero gt extract average total qty Abs function Suprtool supports an abs function which returns the absolute value of a number For example if a field called Credit contains the value 547 83 the abs function returns 547 83 This function will work
571. ting the input If you press Control Y and answer yes before a delete task has completed there may be no way to recover your deleted records Improving Performance of Delete with Deferred Output Suprtool uses the standard Image intrinsic DBDelete to remove entries from a dataset This makes tasks with a Delete operation slower than the standard MR NOBUF extracts but insures structural integrity of the database and that any Third Party Indexes are kept in sync You can reduce the time needed to Delete dataset entries by enabling deferred output for the database If you open the database in mode 3 exclusive and Set Defer On Suprtool calls DBCONTROL to defer posting of IMAGE writes to disc The database creator can enable deferred output processing for all users of a database with DBUTIL enable base for autodefer Deferred output can make deletes and puts faster but if the system crashes i e you have a system failure or a nonrecoverable power failure while you are using deferred output you must RESTORE your database from tape You do not have to restore the database if Suprtool stops because of an error or if you abort Suprtool i e break abort or abortjob while deferred output mode is being used Suprtool Commands Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Omnidex If you are deleting from a dataset with Omnidex keys you must have MPE iX third party indexing TPI enabled in your database or you must run Suprtool with Omnidex s call conve
572. to a new file in non Qedit format then use your favorite text editor to edit this file COBOL Example Below is a sample COBOL program named TOOL2COB It calls the Suprtool2 interface procedure The purpose of TOOL2COB is to print selected item master entries from an inventory database sorted by item number The program uses Suprtool to create a disc file named SELITEM filled with the selected item numbers and their descriptions Then it reads the disc file and prints a report on the line printer The database used in this example is called INVORY and the dataset is called INVREC Here is a QUERY FORM listing of the dataset Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Examples of Calling Suprtool e 447 run query pub sys gt base invory data PASSWORD gt gt MODE gt gt 1 gt form invrec SET NAME INVREC DETAIL ITEMS ITEM x8 lt lt SEARCH ITEM gt gt DESCRIPT WEIGHT J2 STD PKG SELLPRCE J2 SPUOM X2 SPLEVEL 302 SPMULTIR 301 CPMULTIR INDIC X2 VENDORPR X6 SUPPNUM X2 PRCEDATE X6 CAPACITY 44200 ENTRIES 35659 The listing for the COBOL program is 448 e Examples of Calling Suprtool Suprtool 5 5 for MPE control source uslinit errors 15 1ist control debug bounds identification division program id tool2cob author Robert M Green date written 19 apr83 date compiled installation Robelle Solutions Technology Inc security Copyright 1983 2001 Robelle Solutions Technology Inc remarks
573. to be 255 If you must have more fields use Suprtool s Define and Extract commands to extract several fields as one contiguous series of bytes Link File Maximum Record Size 2048 Words As with the input file you should use Suprtool s Extract command to minimize the link record size Link File Maximum Block Size 2048 Words See the description of the maximum input block size Link File Maximum Fields 255 See the description of the maximum number of input fields Link File Maximum Number Seven Suprlink will link one input file with up to seven Link files Limits Within Suprlink e 403 Output File Maximum Record Size 4096 Words When linking many files together it is easy to produce large output records Once again using the Extract command to minimize the size of the input and link records will avoid large output records Output File Maximum Fields 1023 Internal Suprlink tables that keep track of the output fields are restricted to 1023 entries 404 e Limits Within Suprlink Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Welcome to Speed Demon Welcome to Speed Demon MPE V MPE iX Welcome to version 5 5 of Speed Demon For improved performance call Speed Demon in your programs instead of DBGET mode 2 to read serially through a large dataset There are a few restrictions to using Speed Demon 1 The database must not be open in mode 3 or mode 7 You must have read access to all of the fields in the dataset The
574. to read SPDEDBSCAN Replaces calls to DBGET mode 2 and returns the same condition word values e g 0 for okay 11 for end of file SPDEDBSHUT Cleans up the Speed Demon environment Before you can call SPDEDBINIT for another dataset you must call SPDEDBSHUT Original Program Using DBGET Suppose that your program scans the d sales dataset to produce a report of all d sales records with a sales total greater than 10 000 00 Currently your COBOL program looks like this Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Accessing Speed Demon e 413 05 report control section move false value to end of d sales flag perform 10 read and report thru 10 read and report exit until end of d sales 05 report control exit exit 10 read and report section perform 10 10 get d sales if not end of d sales then if dsa sales total 10000 then perform 20 report d sales thru 20 report d sales exit go to 10 read and report exit 10 10 get d sales call DBGET using db base db set d sales db mode2 db status area db all list db buffer d sales db dummy arg if db end of file then move true value to end of d sales flag else if not db stat ok then perform 99 image fatal error 10 read and report exit exit Modified Program Using Speed Demon You would modify the original code to use Speed Demon to serially read through the d sales dataset The original report control section had no initializing paragraph because we assumed that the d sales d
575. to search the table 3 Or use the table with the Chain command to read a selected set of key values Adding Individual Values to a Table To add a value for an item to a table use TABLE tablename itemname ITEM value value When you start entering the values for a table you must enter all the values for that table before starting another table Once you switch to another table the previous table is closed and you cannot enter anymore values into it Parameters tablename Any identifier name up to sixteen characters long This name can be the same as the name of a Define field or database itemname but we recommend that you choose a unique name itemname An item from the database specified in the Base command or a Define field This cannot be a real type item value A specific value that must match the type of the item String values are extended with blanks to the length of the item Examples Suppose that you wanted to look for several part numbers You could use the following If command gt if part 12345 67890 39201 92308 14892 You could also load a table with the part numbers le part item 12345 le part item 67890 le part item 39201 le part item 92308 le part item 14892 and use a different If command Suprtool Commands e 251 252 e Suprtool 5 5 for MPE gt if lookup part table part Sometimes you need to look for all records that do not have any of a set of values
576. to the output file the value of the STExportFullCount variable is not truncated Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Accessing STExport e 275 Introduction to STExport Importing Data Input File Data Types 276 Introduction to STExport Use STExport to produce a formatted output file that can be used to import data into databases and applications Other databases have different requirements for the format of input data You will have to experiment with the various STExport formatting options to find a format that your particular database tool accepts STExport reads one input file and formats each input record into one record in the output file The Input file must be a self describing file use the Output Link option in Suprtool Dates and Decimal Places Use Suprtool s Item command to specify date formats and the number of implied decimal places when you create the self describing file STExport uses this information to correctly format the information in the output file See Appendix A for a complete example of how to use Suprtool s Item command and Output Link option to create an input file for STExport Each STExport formatting command applies to all fields of a specific data type i e you cannot specify formatting field by field only by type For example all numeric type fields can be formatted the same The main data types that STExport identifies are Byte Type STExport assumes that character information is stored in byte t
577. to the output file the value of the SuprlinkFullCount variable is not truncated Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Accessing Suprlink e 361 Introduction to Suprlink How Report Programs Work The best way to understand Suprlink is to examine the process of writing a report Your report program will be written in COBOL RPG PowerHouse or some other language Imagine that instead of hunting all over the database with DBFIND and DBGET to collect your data you just read a sorted disc file with a big record containing all the data on a given entity For example a sales report might read a disc file whose records consist of sales transactions plus customer information This file has been sorted by customer number and date If there are several sales for the same customer the customer information is just repeated in each record The report program reads the records checks for level breaks and formats and prints the records Suprlink fits into this model of report programs Working from the database to the final flat file how do we use Suprtool and Suprlink to produce the desired result Obviously Suprtool can extract the desired fields from the desired records of the sales detail dataset and put them in a disc file And Suprtool can extract the desired fields from the customer master dataset and write them to a second disc file What does Suprlink do If Suprtool sorts both files by customer Suprlink can link them together producing a third file whose
578. to today The stddate and days functions work for almost any date To use these date functions you must first identify the date format of an item by using the Item command The date function makes it easier to specify a target date for certain date formats e g PHdate or ASK To select records based on a specific date use this feature gt if field date year month day Suprtool checks the date s validity To select the transactions for January 1999 you would do the following gt item trans date date phdate gt if trans date gt date 1999 01 01 and amp trans date lt date 1999 01 31 Relative Dates You can specify a relative date using the date function Then you can create job streams that don t rely on hard coded dates The general syntax of the date function is date year month day The year can be a specific number e g 2000 or an asterisk for the current year To specify a relative year you add or subtract years from the one you specified gt if field Sdate 2000 01 01 January 1 2000 gt if field Sdate 2000 1 01 01 January 1 1999 if field Sdate 1 01 01 January 1 last year The month can be a specific number e g 6 for June or an asterisk for the current month To specify a relative month you add or subtract months from the one you specified field date 2000 06 1 01 May 1 2000 field Sdate 01 start of current year and month field date 1 01 star
579. tomers toutput custaddr if there is no address texit Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Suprlink Commands e 389 Listredo Command LISTREDO The Listredo command will display any of the previous 1000 commands LISTREDO start stop ABS OUT file string REL ALL I LUNN Default display previous 20 commands BJ and are short for LISTREDO Commands are numbered sequentially from 1 as entered and the last 1000 are retained You can display a single command a range of commands all 1000 or all the commands whose name matches the string You can print the commands with ABSolute line numbers the default RELative line numbers 5 4 or UNNumbered You can write the commands to your terminal or OUT to a temporary file If you want to redo any of these commands see Do Redo and Before Examples 5 5 10 help e print all Help commands print last ten commands ALL print entire redo stack purge print all Purge commands purge xx print all purge xx commands purge print all with purge anywhere rel print ALL relative numbers 1 10 out lp dump commands to printer unn out save write commands to a file eie tl tl 413 L ara L 414 L pai 41i Notes The Listredo command cannot be abbreviated but BJ is accepted as a short form Persistent Redo Redo commands can be saved in a permanent file and can therefore be used from another session You can use the
580. tool 5 5 for MPE Suprlink Commands e 379 Exit Command E 380 e Suprlink Commands Exit Suprlink in one of three ways By default perform the current linkage task if any then leave Suprlink Users are often frustrated when they exit Suprlink after specifying part of a task and Suprlink starts processing the task Use the Abort or Suspend options to exit Suprlink conveniently without executing the current task EXIT ABORT SUSPEND XEQ Default XEQ Typing Exit with no parameters means Exit Xeq Suprlink recognizes special command names which specify both the Exit command and an exit option e g ES means Exit Suspend Exit Abort EA Cancels the current operation and terminates Suprlink The Exit command without parameters always attempts to perform the task currently specified while Exit Abort cancels the task and terminates immediately Should Suprlink be executed as a son process Exit will only suspend Suprlink while Exit Abort will actually terminate the process Examples comment You began to specify a linkage stopped for comment coffee and decided to cancel the task comment upon your return input invoices coffee break texit abort cancel linkage and terminate Exit Suspend ES When running Suprlink as a son process e g from Qedit it would be nice to suspend Suprlink without executing the current task Exit Suspend does this After returning to Suprlink all specifications for
581. tor to edit this file COBOL Example The following is an example COBOL program that shows how to call Speed Demon This program prompts for a database database password dataset and field list to process Because upshifting is so messy in COBOL you must enter the dataset name and field list in uppercase If you want to use the field list just specify when asked by the sample program Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Examples of Calling Speed Demon e 427 Scontrol nolist control source errors 10 identification division program id testread date written May 11 1990 security Copyright Robelle Solutions Technology Inc remarks kkkkkxkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkxk testread test spde intrinsics version purpose Demonstrates that you must call DBOPEN before you call General purpose program to test Speed Demon i the Speed Demon procedures KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK environment division configuration section source computer hp 3000 series 37 object computer hp 3000 series 37 special names top is new page input output section file control select line printer assign to LINEPRT data division file section fd line printer data record is line record 0 line record pic Spage CONSTANTS working storage section 0 true value x value T 0 false value x value F
582. tries to Put a record to a detail dataset that does not have an associated master entry 6 Anattempt is made to add a master dataset entry which already exists 7 An attempt is made to delete a dataset record that has changed For errors 4 through 7 If Set Ignore is Off default Suprtool prints an error message and stops processing the input file For KSAM errors the standard file information display is printed For IMAGE errors Suprtool prints whatever information is available on the record that caused the DBDELETE DBPUT or DBUPDATE error when Set Dumponerror On The information from IMAGE errors may include the input record number the output record number and the data values of the record Suprtool uses the current options of the List command to print the data values If no List command was specified Suprtool uses the List defaults To only see a summary of IMAGE errors that occurred turn Set Dumponerror Off To continue processing even when errors occur turn Set Ignore On 108 e Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Suprtool Commands Add Command AD The Add command currently is available only for Oracle access on HP UX Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Suprtool Commands e 109 Base Command BA 110 Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Opens a specified database Once you have it open you can extract data from datasets delete entries load new entries into datasets use the schema to define fields for MPE files Input file set and do on line Editin
583. trol debug bounds identification division program id Link2cob date written 15 Sep88 date compiled installation Robelle Solutions Technology Inc security Copyright 1988 2001 Robelle Solutions Technology Inc remarks KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK link2cob functional overview Uses Suprtool to extract and print input Notes dataset of the cust database All notes with a specified product code and the related customer name from the customer dataset terminated by eof or error prep with cap ph maxdata 15000 rev init date reason 01 djg 15 Sep88 started first implementation 02 djg 10 Aug90 version 4 of the control record output print report on line printer Ej KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK Spage environment division environment division configuration section source computer hp 3000 object computer hp 3000 special names top is new page input output section file control select line printer assign to LINEPRT LP select notecust file assign to NOTECUST data division file section fd notecust file data record is item record 01 notecust record 05 notecust serial no 05 notecust product code 05 notecust text line 05 notecust company name fd line printer data record is line record 0 line record page
584. ts a series of underlines to show the field width Underline Off disables this feature Users with slow printing terminals will find Dbedit faster with Underline Off The Under option may be used to temporarily enable underlining for a single command Verify SET VERIFY ONIOFF Initially ON When you are adding new records to a dataset Dbedit lists the contents of new records after you have entered all of the field values Turning Verify Off causes Dbedit to stop listing new records after they are added Dbedit Commands e 353 Use Command U Specifies a file of commands to be executed as a group USE Q filename Examples A usefile makes your task easier by allowing common commands to be specified once in an external file Usefiles can also be set up for data entry functions such as adding a new customer into the database e g add one master entry add one billto entry add multiple shipto entries and then list the master entry plus RELATED details For example here is a usefile that uses the File command to define a dataset file d inventory key product no 5 key and limit You may use the List Modify or Delete commands to modify inventory records You are restricted to at most five inventory records per product number Use the file inside Dbedit gt base store gt edit enter Dbedit useq dinvent use specify commands from the usefile You may use the List Modify or Delete commands to modify inventory r
585. ts command Normally commands that are not valid Suprtool commands are passed off to the operating system If access to the O S has been disabled via the Set Limits command these commands are no longer passed off If the user does not precede the command with a colon we assume that the invalid command was meant for Suprtool If a colon precedes the command we assume that the command was meant for the operating system On HP UX systems an exclamation mark can be used in place of a colon Output ASCII not allowed with Duplicate None Keys Not all processing options are allowed in all combinations The ASCII option of the Output command which reformats the output record does not work with Duplicate None Keys Dup None Keys assumes that the output record has the same data definitions as the input record Xxxx is not the search field of Yyyy This message is issued by the Chain command when the search field specified Xxxx is not an index into the dataset Y yyy The field specified must be a TurboIMAGE search field or an MPE iX third party index When Suprtool detects an unusual situation that it should bring to your attention it prints a nonfatal warning message For example Warning No input data specified Warning DATABASE must be RESTORED if System Crashes The following list explains the most common warnings New entries were added to the dataset Suprtool may have ignored some dataset entries or The number of dataset ent
586. u actually need Only those fields needed for import into the final application should be present in the Input file 302 STExport Commands Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Listredo Command LISTREDO The Listredo command displays any of the previous 1000 commands LISTREDO start stop ABS OUT file string REL ALL LUNN Default display previous 20 commands BJ and are short for LISTREDO Commands are numbered sequentially from one as entered the last 1000 are retained You can display a single command a range of commands all 1000 or all the commands whose name matches the string You can print the commands with ABSolute line numbers the default RELative line numbers 5 4 or UNNumbered You can write the commands to your terminal or OUT to a temporary file If you want to redo any of these commands see Do Redo and Before Examples 5 5 10 help 10 print all Help commands print last ten commands ALL print entire redo stack rel print ALL relative numbers purge print all Purge commands purge xx print all purge xx commands purge 1 10 out 1p unn out save print all with purge anywhere dump commands to printer write commands to a file Notes The Listredo command cannot be abbreviated but BJ and comma comma are accepted as a short forms Persistent Redo Redo commands can be saved in a permanent file and can therefore be used from another
587. uch a file to Suprtool all compound fields are treated as byte arrays Suprtool correctly copies and extracts these fields but you can not select with them The Query option is not capable of retaining information about decimal places or date formats Creating KSAM SD Files You can use Suprtool to create a self describing KSAM file There are three steps to complete 1 Compute the number of labels used in the KSAMUTIL or MPEAX build command The number is the truncated value of this calculation labels fields 7 8 11 2 Build your KSAM V file with KSAMUTIL and specify Labels lt the number computed above For KSAM XL use the Build command with the userlabel keyword ULABEL x where x is the number computed above 3 Use Output xxx Link Erase to have the SD information written to the file labels The most difficult part is computing the number of labels You might want to use the Extract command to ensure that you know exactly how many fields will be in the output file For example we extract eight fields labels 8 7 8 11 12 MPE V run ksamutil pub sys gt build file2 rec 80 16 f ascii keyfile file2k amp key i 6 2 duplicate labels 12 MPE ix Fill the KSAM file Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Suprtool Issues and Solutions e 67 run suprtool pub robelle gt base sales gt get d sales input from a dataset gt extract cust account but we extract all fields explicitly so th
588. uct supr control hort version hort status har command 256 har priority 2 hort maxdatal hort maxdata2 har print_state 2 har total_type 2 har other_flags 18 hort totals 15 9 hort out_countl hort out_count2 har workspace 20 SuprControl void suprtool2 struct supr control init st2 int i SuprControl version 4 SuprControl status 0 SuprControl priority 0 SuprControl priority 1 uS SuprControl maxdatal 0 SuprControl maxdata2 0 SuprControl print_state 0 A SuprControl print state 1 L SuprControl total type 0 A SuprControl total type 1 5S strcpy SuprControl workspace for i 0 1i lt 256 1i SuprControl command i call suprtool2 Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Examples of Calling Suprtool e 463 suprtool2 amp SuprControl if SuprControl status 0 puts Suprtool2 interface call has failed printf Error number d n SuprControl status assign_cmd char cmd intu for i 0 1i lt 256 i SuprControl command i i 0 while cmd SuprControl command it cmd char cmd 256 inst 82 yy assign_cmd verify all call_suprtool2 assign_cmd exit call_suprtool2 Pascal Example Below is a Pascal program to invoke Suprtool through the interface routine The example as given is for use with Pascal iX Note that the HP3000_16 compiler option is set This is required beca
589. uently if we have a date beyond 1999 stored in yymmdd format a relative operation such as gt if date field gt date 98 12 10 will not find the date of December 10 2000 You will need to use the stddate function to make this task work correctly gt if Sstddate date field gt date 98 12 10 How Do Today and Date Work Suprtool s date functions date and today are a short hand method of generating a numeric constant So a date selection like gt item invoice date date YYMMDD gt if invoice date lt S today is exactly the same as Suprtool Issues and Solutions e 93 94 e Suprtool 5 5 for MPE if invoice date 980401 on Ist April 1998 Suprtool does record selection on the numeric value of the field and not on the implied date value If we move the calendar ahead to January 1 2000 and do the same commands as above the result would the same as if you had typed gt if invoice date lt 000101 on Ist January 2000 If you have some invoice dates from the previous century e g 990101 for December 1st 1999 they will not be selected Will Suprtool Generate an Error for Two Digit Year Dates Sometimes Because dates beyond 1999 will not collate properly for the YYMMDD and YYMM formats starting in version 4 0 11 the If command produces an error if the year specified in a date or today function is greater than 1999 and the date format is YYMMDD or YYMM and you are performing a relativ
590. ult line printer showing field names and field values converted to ASCII If you suspect that your data is bad you can dump the records in Octal Char format instead gt get d sales gt if sales total lt 0 gt list octal char gt xeq If you want the listing in column format use List Standard gt get d sales gt if sales total lt 0 gt list standard lp gt xeq Changing the Output Record Format You can change the output file record format by using the Extract command The Extract command causes Suprtool to assemble Output records by stringing together fields extracted from Input records You would use the following to extract two of the nine fields from the customer records input from a dataset extract the key value and one other field output file will have two fields gt get m customer gt extract cust account gt extract credit rating gt output outl gt xeq You can easily insert data into the middle of a record again using the Extract command Define the first and second halves of the record as two big chunks Now Extract the first part note the constant you wish to insert then Extract the second part Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Getting a Quick Start with Suprtool e 41 95 bytes wide first 60 bytes gt input myfile gt define part1 1 60 byte extract an 8 byte constant 103 bytes now gt extract partl constant part2 gt define part2 61 35 byte remaini
591. unction read set boolean var db buffer type db buffer begin read set false Spdedbscan db base db status area db buffer db dummy arg if db_status_area 1 0 then read_set true else if db status area 1 lt gt 11 then Spdeexplain db status area end read set procedure test spde var start cpu longint start wall longint 434 e Examples of Calling Speed Demon Suprtool 5 5 for MPE in count longint begin start cpu proctime start wall timer in count 0 while read set do in count in count 1 start cpu proctime start cpu start wall timer start wall writeln In in count 1 write Cpu time start cpu l write Wall time start wall 1 writeln end test spde procedure complete driver var db set type db set begin db set name PROCESS Spdedbshut db base db set do mode2 db status area db dummy arg if db_status_area 1 lt gt 0 then spdeexplain db_status_area end complete driver begin driver db model 1 1 db mode2 1 2 if open base then if init spde then begin test spde complete driver Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Examples of Calling Speed Demon e 435 Speed Demon Error Messages Error Messages and Numbers Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Speed Demon returns errors similar to IMAGE Each error is associated with an error number The following are the error numbers descriptions and causes that c
592. und in the first column of a job stream Anytime you want to specify an entire line through variable substitution you need to leave a space before the variable is specified setvar a base mydb get orders output file3x exit run suprtool pub robelle set varsub on la indent this line Avoiding Double Resolution For MPE commands some variables are resolved twice when passed off to MPE A double resolution gives different values if a variable references other variables The following example sets variables at the CI level MPEXL setvar a 10 MPEXL setvar b a MPEXL showvar ab A 10 B la Setting the variables within Suprtool with variable substitution enabled changes the value of b gt different results from MPE CI gt set varsub on gt setvar a 10 gt setvar b a gt showvar ab A 10 B 10 Suprtool does one level of variable substitution before the command is passed off to MPE If you are setting variables that reference other variables we recommend you set them before running Suprtool or temporarily disable variable substitution with the Set Varsub Off command Suprtool Issues and Solutions gt same results as MPE CI gt set varsub off gt setvar a 10 gt setvar b a gt showvar ab A 10 la gt set varsub on Suprlink and STExport Suprtool Suprlink and STExport each have their own Set Varsub command To do variable substitution in any of these components you
593. unless a ICONTINUE was in effect and prevents subsequent job steps from using the results of the failed Suprtool run In interactive mode Suprtool prints the error message and prompts for the next command File System Errors When a file system error occurs Suprtool prints the MPE error message and asks if you want to see a full File Information Display When Suprtool asks a question that requires a yes or no answer Y OUI JA and SI are accepted as YES and any other answer is considered NO Suprtool Errors and Warnings e 267 Warnings If the output file is too small to hold all the selected input records an error occurs and Suprtool terminates the extract task In fact any error during processing terminates the current task exceptions a chain head delete error a duplicate key value error or bad data with an If command when Set Ignore is On If Suprtool cannot Save the output file it goes through a recovery procedure see Output command Arithmetic Trap Abort If Suprtool should Abort with Parm 99x an error has been detected in the Arithmetic Trap Routine This should never happen so please report it to Robelle Solutions Technology Inc NUMRECS exceeded some records not processed You specified a Numrecs and have reached it This condition is considered an error if the input is from a source other than disc Command entered is not a valid Suprtool command and MPE access has been disabled See Set Limi
594. uprtool 5 5 for MPE Specify a delimiter if any that appears between each field in the output record DELIMITER NONE COMMA ITAB I SPACE string Default Comma Use Delimiter Comma to create an output file in comma delimited format this is common for PC database applications Use Delimiter Tab to tell STExport to insert the tab character between fields instead of a comma If you have selected Columns Fixed you will likely want to remove the delimiter by specifying Delimiter None If you want some white space between fixed length columns specify Delimiter Space instead String Parameter You can put anything inside quote characters to specify your own Delimiter For example Delimiter would insert a space a comma and another space between each field in the output record You can use either single or double quote characters to specify the delimiter e g Delimiter and Delimiter are the same The maximum length of the delimiter string is three characters STExport Commands e 289 Do Command DO The Do command repeats without changes any of the previous 1000 commands DO start stop string ALL I Default repeat the previous command Commands are numbered sequentially from one as entered the last 1000 of them are retained Use the Listredo command to display the previous commands You can repeat a single command do 5 a range of commands do 5 10 or the most recent command whose n
595. uprtool 5 5 for MPE Suprtool Commands The Extract command may be used for data conversion See the Data Conversion section of the Extract command for details Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Relative Example Combining Subscripts and Offsets If we have ten part numbers combined into one field e g 10X12 we can still define a single field that corresponds to the bin number of one of the parts gt in invoices allparts is 10X12 gt def bin3 allparts 3 5 4 we are checking starting at the fifth byte gt if bin3 100 of the third part Notes The purpose of the Define command is to tell Suprtool to look at a portion of the input record in a certain way For example if the record contains ASCII digits in the first ten bytes Define could be used to assign a field definition to the first six bytes In this case the field must be defined as data type Byte Char or Display The Define command cannot be used to convert data from one format to another Using the same example the Define command could not be used to treat the first six digits of the ten digit ASCII field as Integer Packed Real or any other numeric data format If the input record contains ASCII digits Define cannot change them to another data type It may be helpful to think of the Suprtool Define command as similar to a COBOL REDEFINES clause or a FORTRAN EQUIVALENCE statement Suprtool Commands e 123 Delete Command DEL 124 e Suprtool 5 5 for MPE
596. uprtool Commands e 253 254 e Suprtool 5 5 for MPE gt input parts gt def part no 1 6 define part no table part table part file partin product no must be first gt if 1lookup part table part no other fields follow out somepart output to a file gt xeq Suprtool can load up to ten tables either from separate files or the same file The following example assumes that the files are self describing gt input customer gt table cust table custno file custfile gt table zip table zipcode file custfile gt if Slookup cust table custno and S lookup zip table zipcode gt output newcust link gt xeq Keep in mind that using multiple tables may be more memory intensive and require more resources Data Example Your boss comes to you with a list of new prices for certain parts and asks you to update the Part Master dataset Just load the new prices into a Table index by the product number prodno then Extract the price field from each record and replace it with a lookup on the table Here is the code gt table newprices prodno file bosslist data price gt get part master if Slookup newprices prodno gt update gt extract price Slookup newprices prodno price gt xeq We do the If lookup to select only the parts which have new prices then do Extract with lookup to replace the existing price with a new one The Update command forces a database update on each selected record and must come
597. uprtool2 sees Control Y onset teretes Control Y problems in Suprtool CONVENON Saer ia e e eens convert data for HP UX sssssseeeereene Convert Dates to four digits convert from binary to ASCH eee converting an SD file sess Converting dates copying to another database seen count duplicate records essere count parameter count qualifying records Count output restrictions COUNES oerte aai creating Suprtool critical fields changing critical item update Suprtool 5 5 for MPE D data conversion Data Memory protection trap Data Option esee nee anina dus Gata overflow eror tette Hi t pce database editing database maintenance database parameter database open mode sese database Opening eere tenebant database output database password sese database remote eese A dataset parameter cesses eene dataset end of file eese eene dataset highwater mark dataset input i ee eine n ens dataset LOCKING 4 2 tfe b tete e eed dataset output dataset remote Jumbos datasets greater than 4Gb d ta types MI D te coinmand 2 1 per rete rett
598. ur web site at http www robelle com tips st performance html NLS SET NLS number Initially 0 or NLDATALANG JCW Use Set NLS with MPE files to specify the language to be used for sorting Character type fields see Native Language Support on page 69 The number corresponds to an NLS language you cannot use the NLS language name Suprtool uses the value of the NLDATALANG JCW to set the default NLS language The common language numbers are Mme ewe SSCS p ww i Bw p emm p mim Suprtool Commands e 239 240 e Suprtool 5 5 for MPE NumBug SET Numbug OnlOff The number function had a bug whereby it would add on two zeroes and or bad data if the input number did not have a decimal point We have fixed the bug so that the number function no longer adds the two digits on the end in error However some users worked around this issue by doing the following extract target truncate number conv field 100 Since some users used this work around the fix to the number function will then return incorrect results Therefore we added the set numbug command to have Suprtool revert from the correct behaviour to continue to have the bug By default Suprtool will just convert the number and not add on the data at the end however if you have used the work around then you can add the command set numbug on to the script directly or globally in your suprmgr file Openmode SET OPENMODE number Initi
599. use Suprtool2 s control record uses 16 bit alignment instead of Pascal 1X s default 32 bit alignment For Pascal V change the set nm line to set nm false 464 e Examples of Calling Suprtool Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Example of Calling Suprtool2 from Pascal Set nm false for MPE V set nm true Slist offs Sif nm s HP3000 16 Sendif program test input output const MaxSuprCmdLen 256 type Sif not nm shortint 32768 32767 16 bit integer S endif SuprCmdStr string MaxSuprCmdLen SuprTotalStr packed array 1 18 of char SuprControlRec record version shortint status shortint command packed array 1 MaxSuprCmdLen of char priority packed array 1 2 of char maxdata integer print_state packed array 1 2 of char total type packed array 1 2 of char other_flags packed array 1 18 of char totals array 1 15 of SuprTotalStr out count integer workspace packed array 1 20 of char end var SuprControl SuprControlRec procedure suprtool2 var control SuprControlRec external spl procedure InitST2 var i integer begin SuprControl version SuprControl status SuprControl priority 1 SuprControl priority 2 SuprControl maxdata SuprControl print_state 1 SuprControl print state 2 SuprControl total type l SuprControl total type 2 for i 1 to 20 do SuprControl workspace i for i 1 to MaxSuprCmdLen do SuprControl command i
600. ust appear before the Total option You cannot combine the Total command with the Total option of the Duplicate command gt key 1 4 gt def field 5 2 integer gt duplicate none keys total field Input Output 1111 jiir x d0 2222 2222 2 60 25 35 60 2222 3333 4 48 3333 Deleting Duplicate Records There is no direct way to delete duplicate records Specifying both the Delete and Duplicate commands does not delete all duplicate output records This is because the Delete command occurs in the input phase as records are read and selected but the Duplicate command occurs in the output phase after the sort has taken place The Duplicate command is not part of the selection process it is the If command that determines what records are deleted A common mistake is to specify the Duplicate and Delete commands without an If command In this case Suprtool asks your permission to delete a input records Answer No to this question to abort the task It may be possible to remove duplicates from an input dataset using Suprtool but only through roundabout methods These are too case specific to document here If you need to do this call Robelle technical support for assistance Self Describing Files When you are using the Count or Total options the sort information is not retained in the output file This means that if your output file is in LINK format there are no sort keys If you are going to use this file from Suprlink use the
601. ut dal TI UO 2222 2222 25 two records for key value 2222 2222 3333 48 3333 Total The Total option allows up to 15 fields to be subtotaled for each duplicate key Separate the fields with spaces not commas The Total option can only be used with Duplicate None Keys A new field is created at the end of the output record for each total Each field is called st total n gt sort customer no gt extract customer no gt duplicate none keys total sales qty sales amt The above commands will create a self describing file with the field customer no and the total by each customer of the sales qty in the field st total 1 Similarly the field st total 2 will contain the total sales amt by customer number The following data types are chosen for each total based on the data type of the field 128 e Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Suprtool Commands Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Data Type Total Data Type Real R4 IEEE E4 all others P28 Please see the P28 Fields section on how to define these fields in Cobol and PowerHouse programs Note that for byte fields there can be only digits in the field If there are other un on characters such as or then Suprtool reports an error You can use the Link output option to easily see the fields that Suprtool creates For repeated fields e g 612 the first subfield is subtotaled if you don t provide a subscript You can combine the Count and Total options but the Count option m
602. ut source Suprtool does a sort from a file named Input to a file named Output Suprtool assumes you have defined Input and Output using File commands 134 e Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Suprtool Commands Export Command EXP Send commands to STExport EXPORT STExport command Switching into STExport If you enter Export without parameters Suprtool executes Stexport Pub Robelle STExport then prompts you for commands just as it does when you run STExport from MPE When you exit STExport you are returned to Suprtool gt export invoke STExport STExport Copyright Robelle Solutions Technology Inc 1995 2001 Sinput sdfile columns fixed STExport prompts for commands Soutput pcfile Sexit do task and return to Suprtool Passing Commands to STExport You can send commands directly to STExport by specifying the STExport command as part of the Suprtool Export command STExport executes the command and returns to Suprtool gt export input sdfile gt export columns fixed send columns fixed to STExport gt export output pcfile gt export exit exit from STExport not Suprtool Notes You can use the Suprtool2 interface and the Export command to call STExport See the Suprcall User Manual for a complete example of how to use the interface to pass commands to STExport Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Suprtool Commands e 135 Extract Command EXT 136 e Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Assembles output records by stringing together f
603. ven though it has not expired Suprtool Issues and Solutions Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Use the ADDF keyword to add more files to the tape This tells MPE to add each file to the end of the tape volume Use the file name O with the Suprtool Output command You do not need to specify a record size or blocking factor on the File command When the file is read back most of the file attributes will be remembered One exception to this is file code Files read from a labeled tape always have a file code of 0 unless you use a File command to specify a specific file code Multiple Files Do the following to store four files to a labeled tape run suprtool pub robelle gt file o dev tape label VOL1 next gt in a out o x first file on the volume gt file o dev tape label VOL1 addf gt in b out o x subsequent files are added to the end gt in c out o x gt in d out o x If all of these files are purged and you want to restore the file D you would do the following file i dev tape label VOL1 4 run suprtool pub robelle gt in i out d x The 4 on the File command instructs the file system to restore the fourth file on the tape If you forget the contents of a labeled tape make FCOPY read it as if it were unlabeled file x dev tape acc update fcopy from x to char displays the volume and the first file headers from x to char skipeof 3 displays the file header for the following fi
604. w is a sample COBOL program named LINK2COB which calls the Suprtool2 interface procedure Its purpose is to print the notes for a selected product with the associated company name sorted by serial number The program uses the Suprtool2 interface to do the following 1 Select and sort records from the notes dataset 2 Extract specific fields and sort the entire Customer dataset 3 Use Suprlink to link the Notes and Customer files into the Notecust file The program then reads the Notecust file and prints a report on the line printer The database used in this example is called Cust and the datasets are called Notes and Customer Here is a Suprtool Form listing of the datasets Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Calling Suprlink e 469 run suprtool pub robelle gt ba cust history gt form notes NOTES Detail Entry SERIAL NO U4 CUSTOMER SORT ITEM PRODUCT CODE U2 TEXT LINE X80 SORT ITEM K2 Capacity 75010 Entries 40459 Entry Length 45 gt form customer CUSTOMER Master Entry SERIAL NO COMPANY NAME ALTERNATE NAME CONTACT NAME CONTACT TITLE PHONE NO CONTACT NOTE ADDRESS COUNTRY CUSTOMER NOTE RELATED NAME SORTING SEQ OMNIDEX SI TIMESTAMP INIT U16 Capacity 1499 Entries 1250 Entry Length 286 Search Field PX PX PX PX KK KK KG Ss SSO BBRAOAA OPFKNOOOOOOoO Cox o o o0 C N The listing for the COBOL program is 470 e Calling Suprlink Suprtool 5 5 for MPE control source errors 15 nolist con
605. with dates in a different format Consider the deliv date and purch date fields of the D Sales dataset Database STORE DBOLD ACCOUNT D SALES Detail Set 5 Entry Offset CUST ACCOUNT Z8 M CUSTOMER DELIV DATE X6 PRODUCT NO Z8 M PRODUCT PRODUCT PRICE J2 PURCH DATE X6 SALES QTY J1 SALES TAX J2 SALES TOTAL J2 Capacity 611 13 Entries 15 Highwater 15 Bytes 42 You want to convert to a date format with room for a cc at the beginning of the deliv date and purch date Database STORE DB ACCOUNT D SALES Detail Set 5 Entry Offset CUST ACCOUNT Z8 1 M CUSTOMER DELIV DATE X8 9 PRODUCT NO Z8 17 M PRODUCT PRODUCT PRICE J2 25 PURCH DATE X8 29 SALES QTY J1 ge SALES TAX J2 39 SALES TOTAL J2 43 Capacity 608 16 Entries 0 Highwater 0 Bytes 46 In order to convert these dates you need to be able to put either a 19 or 20 in front of the yymmdd date depending on the value of the year Before you can do either of these you must confirm once again that you have no invalid dates gt base store dbold gt get d sales gt item deliv date date yymmdd gt item purch date date yymmdd gt if Sinvalid deliv date or Sinvalid purch date gt list gt xeq Once you have confirmed that there are no invalid dates you can start converting the dates that you have Because there are two date fields in this dataset you must be careful to add the appropriate century for the proper field For this example assume that
606. with positive values have a positive result use the signed function gt extract packed field signed int field gt extract display field Ssigned dbl field 10 Truncation errors can occur when Suprtool converts from nonfloating point to floating point See the discussion under Numeric Truncation above Byte Fields Use the Extract command to shorten or lengthen byte type fields This feature is most useful when updating one field in an IMAGE SQL dataset with another field gt get d sales gt define part warehouse no part no 5 4 gt extract warehouse no part warehouse no gt update gt xeq If the target field is longer than the source field Suprtool fills the trailing space in the target field with spaces 150 e Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Suprtool Commands Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Byte to Numeric Conversion Suprtool cannot explicitly convert from a byte field to a numeric field such as a double integer The Extract command however does allow conversion from a display field to a double integer or any other numeric field You can define a byte field to be a display field if all of the characters in the field contain a number For example if you have a six character byte field that looks like this 012345 you can define it in the following manner gt def display field 1 6 display This field can then be converted to any of the other numeric types that Suprtool supports If the field is six characters a
607. with the same record size and blocking factor when reading the tape file Stdlist Specify output to stdlist by a single asterisk Output Use this filename with the ASCII option for a quick listing of a file or dataset Overwriting the Original File Use the special filename Input to specify erasing the unsorted records by writing the sorted records back into the original input file Disc space is saved because a new output file is not required but this option cannot be restarted The Input option can only be used for sorts to disc files and KSAM files not to IMAGE datasets You can use this feature to reorganize existing KSAM files by extracting the records you wish to retain sorting them into your optimal key sequence and writing them back into the same KSAM file gt in workfeb gt key 1 10 gt output input Note that typing input after the equal sign is optional Any name typed after the equal sign is ignored it is the equal sign itself that directs Suprtool to overwrite the input file Size of the Output File Suprtool builds new output files with a capacity large enough to hold all the input records You can determine the capacity limit in two ways 1 You can make the capacity larger by specifying a Numrecs command with either a specific value or a percentage greater than 100 gt numrecs 150 For IMAGE datasets you can also reduce the size of the output file using Numrecs When the input is not an IMAGE data
608. xample of this technique is as follows file x myhtml rec b disc 100000 in mysdfile Shtml table title My Web Page Sout x Sexit Stdlist If the output file name is each output record is written to stdlist This is useful for trying out different formatting combinations until you find the one that best fits the application that you want to import data into For example change one option view the result change a different option and so on 304 e STExport Commands Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Quote Command Q Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Specify which quote character if any is to be used around byte type fields QUOTE NONE DOUBLE SINGLE Default Double Most software packages expect byte type fields to be in one of two formats 1 Fixed column see the Column command 2 Surrounded by single or double quotes In this case you may also need to remove trailing spaces see the Spaces command No Quotes for Fixed Columns Use Quote None to cause byte type fields to be output as a group of characters In many cases you would combine this option with Columns Fixed Single or Double Quotes By default all byte type fields are surrounded by double quotes Specify single quotes using the Single option If a byte type field contains the quote character specified in the quote command it is replaced with a space For example if the input was customer s and Quote Single had been specifi
609. xt data comparison must be on left side Finding Data Based on Another Dataset s Criteria Sometimes you need to find data from one dataset based on conditions from another dataset This is a typical example you want to find all of the pending orders for those customers whose accounts receivable balance is 0 First we find the customers with an AR balance of 0 and extract their customer numbers to a file Getting a Quick Start with Suprtool Suprtool 5 5 for MPE gt get cust ar gt If ar balance 0 gt ext cust no gt output custlist gt xeq Now we can find information by loading a file of customer numbers into a table and then applying the lookup feature gt get ord details gt table cust table cust no file custlist gt if status PENDING and 1ookup cust table cust no gt output orders gt xeq Finding Data in a Data File So far the examples have looked up data from a database If you want to look up information in a data file you need to tell Suprtool about the fields Use the Define command to do this The following example gives you some idea of the byte size of one kind of record in a data file John Smith 12345678 Anna May Richardson 98765432 12 bytes 16 bytes 8 bytes If you want to look up customers based on a list of customer numbers in the file Custlist use the following task Notice how the start position and number of bytes is entered into the Define command This defines the positio
610. y Lists of Values Sometimes you want to find records based on criteria contained in another file or dataset Finding Data Based on a List Suppose we want to find all orders for the customers 1234 9876 and 5555 We simply use a list of values after the equal sign in the If command A match is made if a customer matches any one of the values in the list gt get ord details gt if cust no 1234 9876 5555 gt output orders gt xeq If we wanted to find orders for all customers except 1234 9876 and 5555 we would simply change the equal sign in the If command to a not equal sign A match is made if a customer does not match any values in the list Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Getting a Quick Start with Suprtool e 29 30 e Suprtool 5 5 for MPE gt get ord details gt if cust no lt gt 1234 9876 5555 gt output orders gt xeq Finding Data Based on a File If you have a large list of values in a file you can load them into Suprtool and select data based on this list First use the Table command to load values from an external file into a table Then use the function of the If command to match data to the table Suppose our list is in a file called Custlist The table we create is called cust table gt get ord details gt table cust table cust no file custlist if 1ookup cust table cust no gt output orders gt xeq If you want to find all customers not on the list just negate th
611. y works only with a few records within your database at one time Field Lists Dbedit arranges the list of fields in a dataset different from QUERY or Suprtool The QUERY ADD command prompts for the each field in the dataset in the order they were declared in the IMAGE schema In Dbedit the order of field lists is changed using the following algorithm 1 The search field for a master dataset or the primary search field for a detail dataset appears first 2 Any other detail search fields appear second Any sort fields appear third 4 All other non search and non sort fields that are compatible with Dbedit appear last 5 Where a non compatible field would appear in a list Dbedit replaces it with a compatible field from the end of the list Example The following example shows the difference between QUERY and Dbedit We add an entry to the d inventory dataset of the Store database In this dataset supplier name is the primary search field and product no is another nonprimary search field QUERY 3000 gt add d inventory BIN NO gt gt 1201 LAST SHIP DATE gt gt OH HAND QTY gt gt PRODUCT NO gt gt 2001001 SUPPLIER NAME gt gt STD Ribbons UNIT COST gt gt DBEDIT SUPRTOOL Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Welcome to Dbedit e 327 add d inventory SUPPLIER NAME gt STD Ribbons PRODUCT NO 22001001 BIN NO gt 1201 LAST SHIP DATE ON HAND QTY UNIT COST Database Locking Decimal Points Type to get
612. you are on line you can rename the file as a file on the remote computer In batch a duplicate file on a remote computer results in the Outputnn file being built on the remote computer Due to bugs in MPE Suprtool cannot always rename files on a remote computer We suggest that output files on remote computers be purged before you enter the Exit or Xeq command Network Services NS NS 3000 Network Services for the HP e3000 is the replacement for DS over LAN 3000 Suprtool reads and writes files using NS 3000 The Base Input and Output commands do not allow the node specification to be entered as part of the file name Use File commands to specify remote databases and files For example dsline mrp go hp remote hello user account group file store store mrp go hp run suprtool pub robelle gt base store gt get m customer gt output mcust gt xeq See Base Command BA on page 110 for a discussion of remote database access Suprtool and MPE iX Suprtool is available in native mode This section provides details for calling the Suprtool2 interface in native mode See the next section for ideas on how to combine MPH iX programming features with Suprtool Calling Suprtool in Native Mode The Suprtool2 interface is available in native mode Like the compatibility mode version of the Suprtool2 interface you require PH capability in order to use the Suprtool2 interface in native mode The native mode object code for the i
613. you might select all customers in California and all invoices with an amount greater than 2000 Suprlink Selection The Input file limits the scope of the Output file You cannot have more Output records than you do Input records but you can have fewer When you do a Link to another file you have an implied selection criterion That is if Suprlink cannot find a record in the Link file with matching key value s the Input record is dropped from the Output file If you have seven Link files the Input record must match all seven or be dropped This is the default selection logic You can override this for any specific Link file by specifying the OPTIONAL keyword on the Link command Only do this is you don t care whether that data exists or not since Suprlink will supply default values for those Link fields Suprtool 5 5 for MPE A Link Example You want to produce a report of all invoices over 2 000 00 for customers in California The customer information is in the m customer dataset and the invoice information is in the d invoice dataset Here are the steps to produce this report 1 Select and sort the California customers into the file customer 2 Select and sort invoices over 2 000 into the file invoice 3 Because there will often be more than one invoice per customer specify the invoice file as input to Suprlink 4 Linkin the customer file 5 Produce your report from the combined records in the output file sales database
614. ype fields By default all byte type fields are surrounded by quotes and trailing spaces are removed Numeric Type The numeric data types are integer logical floating point packed and display STExport converts the internal representation of each data type into a string of ASCII digits By default all numeric type fields have a leading sign and are variable length Where appropriate numeric type fields are converted with a decimal point Floating Type All commands that affect numeric type fields also affect floating type Suprtool 5 5 for MPE fields In addition you can use the Floating command to specify the format and decimal places for floating type fields i e Classic or IEEE floating point numbers Date Type If a field has a date format STExport does extra formatting By default dates are formatted into yyyymmdd e g 20001125 Formatting Commands Use the following table to determine which command applies to which data type Commands Command Data Type Date date type Floating floating type Quote byte type Sign numeric type Spaces byte type Zero numeric type Many of STExport s commands such as the formatting commands above once set will retain their settings between tasks Several other non formatting commands will also retain their settings HEAding HTML Each command and its options will remain in effect between any STExport ta
615. ype db base var d type db set var d type db mode var d type db status area var c type spde db control var d type db dummy arg external spl procedure spdedbscan var db type db base var db type db status area var db buffer type db buffer var dummy type db dummy arg external spl procedure spdedbshut var db base type db base var db set type db set var db mode type db mode var db stat type db status area var dummy type db dummy arg external spl q q q q Suprtool 5 5 for MPE Examples of Calling Speed Demon e 433 procedure spdeexplain var status type db status area external spl check formal parm 3 function open base boolean var db password packed array 1 8 of char model shortint begin pen_base false b_base db_id r s b base db name menu qlib b password 2ST Fy S odel 1 bopen db_base db password model db status area i if db status area 1 lt gt 0 then dbexplain db status area else open base true end open base function init spde boolean var db set type db set begin init spde false with spde db control do begin Spde version spde buffer size Spde future end db set name PROCESS spdedbinit db base db set db model db status area Spde db control db dummy arg i if db status area 1 lt gt 0 then spdeexplain db status area else init spde true end init spde f

Suprtool 5.5 for MPE

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents